<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/mindshare" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>How to Sell Advice</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/mindshare</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>A podcast helping independent marketers how to build a leveraged and profitable practice.

(This podcast was formerly named Mindshare Radio)</description>
    <copyright>All rights reserved.</copyright>
    <podcast:guid>db2cdf4c-4308-5a43-8600-3ced89d15c91</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked owner="hi@kevin.me">no</podcast:locked>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jul 2025 07:35:44 -0700</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 02 Dec 2025 13:53:32 -0800</lastBuildDate>
    <link>https://advisorywork.com</link>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistor.fm/6zMAladzby9A67sa0Unn6vlSBLyXPhiT-lu6-RExg4w/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9zaG93/LzE1NTkxLzE2ODIx/MDcyOTctYXJ0d29y/ay5qcGc.jpg</url>
      <title>How to Sell Advice</title>
      <link>https://advisorywork.com</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Marketing"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Business"/>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/6zMAladzby9A67sa0Unn6vlSBLyXPhiT-lu6-RExg4w/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9zaG93/LzE1NTkxLzE2ODIx/MDcyOTctYXJ0d29y/ay5qcGc.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>A podcast helping independent marketers how to build a leveraged and profitable practice.

(This podcast was formerly named Mindshare Radio)</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>A podcast helping independent marketers how to build a leveraged and profitable practice.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:name>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>210. From Freelancer to Marketing Strategist with Jordan Mogck</title>
      <itunes:title>210. From Freelancer to Marketing Strategist with Jordan Mogck</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0dea6f58-c569-4cc4-8e83-8afc92de856f</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/210-from-freelancer-to-marketing-strategist-with-jordan-mogck</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Jordan and I talk about his transition from freelancer to strategist, how he found his niche working with Amish farmers, and more.</p><p>• Transitioning from freelancer to strategist (and the steps he took in between) <br>• How he repositioned himself to sell more strategic offerings <br>• Exploring alternative niches before stumbling into a new niche—Amish farmers! <br>• How a "Golden Goose" relationship led to three clients (and counting) <br>• The benefits of aligning your personal identity with the niche you serve <br>• Using a performance-based compensation model with a fixed base and % of revenue <br>• How Jordan manages scope and delivers his engagements <br>• The benefits of a retainer-based model vs. only project work <br>• How Jordan plans to find more clients when his target market isn't online <br>• Mindset shifts around mass vs. small audience marketing (resonance) </p><p><strong>Key Links and Resources <br></strong><br>Jordan on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jordanmogck/<br>Jordan’s website: https://nicenewsletter.com/<br>Jordan on X: https://x.com/Jamogck</p><p>00:00 Intro <br>09:09 Finding Your Niche <br>6:52 Marketing Amish Farms <br>24:09 Retainer Clients <br>27:47 Marketing Strategies <br>35:32 Mindset Shifts <br>47:29 Follow Jordan</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Jordan and I talk about his transition from freelancer to strategist, how he found his niche working with Amish farmers, and more.</p><p>• Transitioning from freelancer to strategist (and the steps he took in between) <br>• How he repositioned himself to sell more strategic offerings <br>• Exploring alternative niches before stumbling into a new niche—Amish farmers! <br>• How a "Golden Goose" relationship led to three clients (and counting) <br>• The benefits of aligning your personal identity with the niche you serve <br>• Using a performance-based compensation model with a fixed base and % of revenue <br>• How Jordan manages scope and delivers his engagements <br>• The benefits of a retainer-based model vs. only project work <br>• How Jordan plans to find more clients when his target market isn't online <br>• Mindset shifts around mass vs. small audience marketing (resonance) </p><p><strong>Key Links and Resources <br></strong><br>Jordan on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jordanmogck/<br>Jordan’s website: https://nicenewsletter.com/<br>Jordan on X: https://x.com/Jamogck</p><p>00:00 Intro <br>09:09 Finding Your Niche <br>6:52 Marketing Amish Farms <br>24:09 Retainer Clients <br>27:47 Marketing Strategies <br>35:32 Mindset Shifts <br>47:29 Follow Jordan</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2025 13:08:30 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/db1f620f/6b25b34f.mp3" length="46032241" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/IwZ-9GKUV0ryweF5WsN8CaZLYAMj31aH9h9ah0MZZGY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lOWJj/OGE0YTQ0ODliMTMx/ZTc0ZmYyNGIwYWE1/NjFkNS5wbmc.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2876</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Jordan and I talk about his transition from freelancer to strategist, how he found his niche working with Amish farmers, and more.</p><p>• Transitioning from freelancer to strategist (and the steps he took in between) <br>• How he repositioned himself to sell more strategic offerings <br>• Exploring alternative niches before stumbling into a new niche—Amish farmers! <br>• How a "Golden Goose" relationship led to three clients (and counting) <br>• The benefits of aligning your personal identity with the niche you serve <br>• Using a performance-based compensation model with a fixed base and % of revenue <br>• How Jordan manages scope and delivers his engagements <br>• The benefits of a retainer-based model vs. only project work <br>• How Jordan plans to find more clients when his target market isn't online <br>• Mindset shifts around mass vs. small audience marketing (resonance) </p><p><strong>Key Links and Resources <br></strong><br>Jordan on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jordanmogck/<br>Jordan’s website: https://nicenewsletter.com/<br>Jordan on X: https://x.com/Jamogck</p><p>00:00 Intro <br>09:09 Finding Your Niche <br>6:52 Marketing Amish Farms <br>24:09 Retainer Clients <br>27:47 Marketing Strategies <br>35:32 Mindset Shifts <br>47:29 Follow Jordan</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/db1f620f/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/db1f620f/transcript.json" type="application/json"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>209. Going from employee to consultant with Reza Saeedi</title>
      <itunes:title>209. Going from employee to consultant with Reza Saeedi</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bedd5d8d-fc55-4d42-a8e8-dd76957d81d2</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/going-from-employee-to-consultant-with-reza-saeedi</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I recently interviewed <a href="https://reza.so">Reza Saeedi</a>—a marketing strategist and former Director of Marketing at On Deck—about his transition from employee to marketing advisor to employee again with advising as a side venture. </p><p><strong><br>In this episode, we chatted about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How Reza got into marketing and eventually, as a mentor/advisor to entrepreneurs </li><li>How he was able to get one fractional CMO and two advisory clients quickly after leaving his job at On Deck</li><li>The role of casual networking and how it led to unexpected opportunities down the line</li><li>The difference between being specific and niching down in business based on your strengths and interests</li><li>The role of risk-reversing guarantees and discussing prices against value during sales conversations </li><li>Why turning away poor-fit clients helped with his overall confidence and contributed to his early success</li><li>How to internally handle the fact we can’t guarantee successful outcomes </li><li>The value of factoring in word of mouth and referrals into your marketing plan</li><li>The intersection and overlap between teaching and advisory work </li><li>How Reza plans to do part-time advising in a low-labour, sustainable way </li><li>How Reza stays productize and organized in his work</li><li>The importance of exercise, habits, and mental health optimization<p></p></li></ul><p>Plus many fun tangents along the way!</p><p>Whether you currently have a job and are thinking about advising full or part-time, or you’re already independent but looking to get into advisory work, this episode will have a ton of insights to offer you.</p><p><strong>Key links and mentioned resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rezasaeedi/">Reza on LinkedIn</a></li><li><a href="https://reza.so">Reza's personal site</a></li><li><a href="https://x.com/rezasaeedi/">Reza on X.com</a></li><li><a href="https://www.passage.com/">Passage.com</a></li><li><a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/200-kevan-lee-on-part-time-advisory-work-mentorship-equity-compensation-and-more">Episode 200: Kevan Lee on part-time advisory work, mentorship, equity compensation, and more</a></li><li><a href="https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/the-manifesto/">The Win Without Pitching Manifesto (Book)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/30659.Meditations">Meditations by Marcus Aurelius </a></li><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/36481028-4000-weeks?from_search=true&amp;from_srp=true&amp;qid=UyVRDTTqar&amp;rank=1">4,000 Weeks by Robert Bosman</a></li><li><a href="https://readwise.io/">Readwise App<br></a><br></li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I recently interviewed <a href="https://reza.so">Reza Saeedi</a>—a marketing strategist and former Director of Marketing at On Deck—about his transition from employee to marketing advisor to employee again with advising as a side venture. </p><p><strong><br>In this episode, we chatted about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How Reza got into marketing and eventually, as a mentor/advisor to entrepreneurs </li><li>How he was able to get one fractional CMO and two advisory clients quickly after leaving his job at On Deck</li><li>The role of casual networking and how it led to unexpected opportunities down the line</li><li>The difference between being specific and niching down in business based on your strengths and interests</li><li>The role of risk-reversing guarantees and discussing prices against value during sales conversations </li><li>Why turning away poor-fit clients helped with his overall confidence and contributed to his early success</li><li>How to internally handle the fact we can’t guarantee successful outcomes </li><li>The value of factoring in word of mouth and referrals into your marketing plan</li><li>The intersection and overlap between teaching and advisory work </li><li>How Reza plans to do part-time advising in a low-labour, sustainable way </li><li>How Reza stays productize and organized in his work</li><li>The importance of exercise, habits, and mental health optimization<p></p></li></ul><p>Plus many fun tangents along the way!</p><p>Whether you currently have a job and are thinking about advising full or part-time, or you’re already independent but looking to get into advisory work, this episode will have a ton of insights to offer you.</p><p><strong>Key links and mentioned resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rezasaeedi/">Reza on LinkedIn</a></li><li><a href="https://reza.so">Reza's personal site</a></li><li><a href="https://x.com/rezasaeedi/">Reza on X.com</a></li><li><a href="https://www.passage.com/">Passage.com</a></li><li><a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/200-kevan-lee-on-part-time-advisory-work-mentorship-equity-compensation-and-more">Episode 200: Kevan Lee on part-time advisory work, mentorship, equity compensation, and more</a></li><li><a href="https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/the-manifesto/">The Win Without Pitching Manifesto (Book)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/30659.Meditations">Meditations by Marcus Aurelius </a></li><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/36481028-4000-weeks?from_search=true&amp;from_srp=true&amp;qid=UyVRDTTqar&amp;rank=1">4,000 Weeks by Robert Bosman</a></li><li><a href="https://readwise.io/">Readwise App<br></a><br></li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Mar 2024 12:10:41 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/abd1e306/a80b44ed.mp3" length="60855101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3801</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I recently interviewed <a href="https://reza.so">Reza Saeedi</a>—a marketing strategist and former Director of Marketing at On Deck—about his transition from employee to marketing advisor to employee again with advising as a side venture. </p><p><strong><br>In this episode, we chatted about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How Reza got into marketing and eventually, as a mentor/advisor to entrepreneurs </li><li>How he was able to get one fractional CMO and two advisory clients quickly after leaving his job at On Deck</li><li>The role of casual networking and how it led to unexpected opportunities down the line</li><li>The difference between being specific and niching down in business based on your strengths and interests</li><li>The role of risk-reversing guarantees and discussing prices against value during sales conversations </li><li>Why turning away poor-fit clients helped with his overall confidence and contributed to his early success</li><li>How to internally handle the fact we can’t guarantee successful outcomes </li><li>The value of factoring in word of mouth and referrals into your marketing plan</li><li>The intersection and overlap between teaching and advisory work </li><li>How Reza plans to do part-time advising in a low-labour, sustainable way </li><li>How Reza stays productize and organized in his work</li><li>The importance of exercise, habits, and mental health optimization<p></p></li></ul><p>Plus many fun tangents along the way!</p><p>Whether you currently have a job and are thinking about advising full or part-time, or you’re already independent but looking to get into advisory work, this episode will have a ton of insights to offer you.</p><p><strong>Key links and mentioned resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/rezasaeedi/">Reza on LinkedIn</a></li><li><a href="https://reza.so">Reza's personal site</a></li><li><a href="https://x.com/rezasaeedi/">Reza on X.com</a></li><li><a href="https://www.passage.com/">Passage.com</a></li><li><a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/200-kevan-lee-on-part-time-advisory-work-mentorship-equity-compensation-and-more">Episode 200: Kevan Lee on part-time advisory work, mentorship, equity compensation, and more</a></li><li><a href="https://www.winwithoutpitching.com/the-manifesto/">The Win Without Pitching Manifesto (Book)</a></li><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/30659.Meditations">Meditations by Marcus Aurelius </a></li><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/book/show/36481028-4000-weeks?from_search=true&amp;from_srp=true&amp;qid=UyVRDTTqar&amp;rank=1">4,000 Weeks by Robert Bosman</a></li><li><a href="https://readwise.io/">Readwise App<br></a><br></li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/abd1e306/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/abd1e306/transcript.json" type="application/json"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>208. My content publishing and distribution framework</title>
      <itunes:title>208. My content publishing and distribution framework</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f80516fa-48a3-450e-b1cf-bad60aaf19b9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/208-my-content-publishing-and-distribution-framework</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>So, you want to publish content to attract clients.</p><p>Do you start a blog? Hammer out posts on LinkedIn every day? Start a YouTube channel? A podcast?</p><p>Good question. I get asked it a lot. </p><p>In fact, someone in <a href="https://howtoselladvice.com/membership">Mindshare</a> asked me about it again today, so I thought I'd break out my mental model for how I think about publishing and distributing content.</p><p>Here is a <a href="https://kevin.me/wp-content/uploads/Kevins-Content-Publishing-Distribution-Framework.jpg">visual breakdown</a> to look at while you listen to the latest <a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/subscribe/">How to Sell Advice</a> podcast episode:</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/wp-content/uploads/Kevins-Content-Publishing-Distribution-Framework.jpg"></a></p><p> </p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>So, you want to publish content to attract clients.</p><p>Do you start a blog? Hammer out posts on LinkedIn every day? Start a YouTube channel? A podcast?</p><p>Good question. I get asked it a lot. </p><p>In fact, someone in <a href="https://howtoselladvice.com/membership">Mindshare</a> asked me about it again today, so I thought I'd break out my mental model for how I think about publishing and distributing content.</p><p>Here is a <a href="https://kevin.me/wp-content/uploads/Kevins-Content-Publishing-Distribution-Framework.jpg">visual breakdown</a> to look at while you listen to the latest <a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/subscribe/">How to Sell Advice</a> podcast episode:</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/wp-content/uploads/Kevins-Content-Publishing-Distribution-Framework.jpg"></a></p><p> </p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jan 2024 12:29:58 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b7ca1234/fc036473.mp3" length="16667449" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1040</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>So, you want to publish content to attract clients.</p><p>Do you start a blog? Hammer out posts on LinkedIn every day? Start a YouTube channel? A podcast?</p><p>Good question. I get asked it a lot. </p><p>In fact, someone in <a href="https://howtoselladvice.com/membership">Mindshare</a> asked me about it again today, so I thought I'd break out my mental model for how I think about publishing and distributing content.</p><p>Here is a <a href="https://kevin.me/wp-content/uploads/Kevins-Content-Publishing-Distribution-Framework.jpg">visual breakdown</a> to look at while you listen to the latest <a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/subscribe/">How to Sell Advice</a> podcast episode:</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/wp-content/uploads/Kevins-Content-Publishing-Distribution-Framework.jpg"></a></p><p> </p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>208. Brad Hussey on evolving from web designer to creator/educator</title>
      <itunes:title>208. Brad Hussey on evolving from web designer to creator/educator</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d62c4cb5-184e-4bb8-a56c-b4c084b1e7c3</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/208-brad-hussey-on-evolving-from-web-designer-to-creator-educator</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently had the privilege of interviewing Brad Hussey—a former web designer turned creator, educator, and community builder.</p><p><strong>In this episode, we talk about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How he made the leap from employee to full-time web designer</li><li>How he successfully sells web design courses on platforms like Udemy, Awwwards, Teachable, and other places</li><li>How these courses lead to people hiring him for web design services, training, coaching and even requesting more courses—creating a flywheel for his business</li><li>How he leveraged his expertise into a partnership with Wix, where he hosts and maintains the <a href="https://www.creativecrewcommunity.com/">Creative Crew Community</a></li><li>How his partnership with Wix is structured and run in terms of compensation and accountabilities</li><li>A breakdown of his revenue streams, including services, community, courses, sponsorships, ad revenue, and affiliates</li><li>His thoughts on publishing his courses on his own website <em>and</em> on learning platforms for a double benefit</li><li>How he built and monetized two YouTube channels with tens of thousands of followers across both channels</li><li>His advice on how to grow a YouTube channel—and how it benefits his business</li><li>And a lot more!</li></ul><p><strong>Resources &amp; Links Mentioned</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.bradhussey.ca/">Brad's Website</a></li><li><a href="https://www.creativecrewcommunity.com/">Creative Crew Community</a></li><li><a href="https://kit.co/bradhussey">Brad's audio/video equipment</a></li><li><a href="https://kevin.me/av/">Kevin's audio/video equipment</a></li><li><a href="https://becreatives.co/">BeCreatives</a> - Unlimited Video Subscription Agency</li><li><a href="https://www.videohusky.com/">Video Huskey</a></li><li><a href="https://100startup.com/">$100 Startup by Chris Guillebeau </a></li><li><a href="https://www.navalmanack.com/">The Almanac of Raval Ravikant by Eric Jorgenson </a></li></ul><p><a href="https://kevin.me/brad-hussey">Listen here</a> or <a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p><p>—kevin</p><p>P.S. Like this episode? Share it with another marketer and help <em>them</em> build a more leveraged and profitable marketing practice, too!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently had the privilege of interviewing Brad Hussey—a former web designer turned creator, educator, and community builder.</p><p><strong>In this episode, we talk about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How he made the leap from employee to full-time web designer</li><li>How he successfully sells web design courses on platforms like Udemy, Awwwards, Teachable, and other places</li><li>How these courses lead to people hiring him for web design services, training, coaching and even requesting more courses—creating a flywheel for his business</li><li>How he leveraged his expertise into a partnership with Wix, where he hosts and maintains the <a href="https://www.creativecrewcommunity.com/">Creative Crew Community</a></li><li>How his partnership with Wix is structured and run in terms of compensation and accountabilities</li><li>A breakdown of his revenue streams, including services, community, courses, sponsorships, ad revenue, and affiliates</li><li>His thoughts on publishing his courses on his own website <em>and</em> on learning platforms for a double benefit</li><li>How he built and monetized two YouTube channels with tens of thousands of followers across both channels</li><li>His advice on how to grow a YouTube channel—and how it benefits his business</li><li>And a lot more!</li></ul><p><strong>Resources &amp; Links Mentioned</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.bradhussey.ca/">Brad's Website</a></li><li><a href="https://www.creativecrewcommunity.com/">Creative Crew Community</a></li><li><a href="https://kit.co/bradhussey">Brad's audio/video equipment</a></li><li><a href="https://kevin.me/av/">Kevin's audio/video equipment</a></li><li><a href="https://becreatives.co/">BeCreatives</a> - Unlimited Video Subscription Agency</li><li><a href="https://www.videohusky.com/">Video Huskey</a></li><li><a href="https://100startup.com/">$100 Startup by Chris Guillebeau </a></li><li><a href="https://www.navalmanack.com/">The Almanac of Raval Ravikant by Eric Jorgenson </a></li></ul><p><a href="https://kevin.me/brad-hussey">Listen here</a> or <a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p><p>—kevin</p><p>P.S. Like this episode? Share it with another marketer and help <em>them</em> build a more leveraged and profitable marketing practice, too!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Sep 2023 13:25:22 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/9a2ec8c3/362976d5.mp3" length="56669151" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3540</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently had the privilege of interviewing Brad Hussey—a former web designer turned creator, educator, and community builder.</p><p><strong>In this episode, we talk about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How he made the leap from employee to full-time web designer</li><li>How he successfully sells web design courses on platforms like Udemy, Awwwards, Teachable, and other places</li><li>How these courses lead to people hiring him for web design services, training, coaching and even requesting more courses—creating a flywheel for his business</li><li>How he leveraged his expertise into a partnership with Wix, where he hosts and maintains the <a href="https://www.creativecrewcommunity.com/">Creative Crew Community</a></li><li>How his partnership with Wix is structured and run in terms of compensation and accountabilities</li><li>A breakdown of his revenue streams, including services, community, courses, sponsorships, ad revenue, and affiliates</li><li>His thoughts on publishing his courses on his own website <em>and</em> on learning platforms for a double benefit</li><li>How he built and monetized two YouTube channels with tens of thousands of followers across both channels</li><li>His advice on how to grow a YouTube channel—and how it benefits his business</li><li>And a lot more!</li></ul><p><strong>Resources &amp; Links Mentioned</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.bradhussey.ca/">Brad's Website</a></li><li><a href="https://www.creativecrewcommunity.com/">Creative Crew Community</a></li><li><a href="https://kit.co/bradhussey">Brad's audio/video equipment</a></li><li><a href="https://kevin.me/av/">Kevin's audio/video equipment</a></li><li><a href="https://becreatives.co/">BeCreatives</a> - Unlimited Video Subscription Agency</li><li><a href="https://www.videohusky.com/">Video Huskey</a></li><li><a href="https://100startup.com/">$100 Startup by Chris Guillebeau </a></li><li><a href="https://www.navalmanack.com/">The Almanac of Raval Ravikant by Eric Jorgenson </a></li></ul><p><a href="https://kevin.me/brad-hussey">Listen here</a> or <a href="https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p><p>—kevin</p><p>P.S. Like this episode? Share it with another marketer and help <em>them</em> build a more leveraged and profitable marketing practice, too!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9a2ec8c3/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9a2ec8c3/transcript.json" type="application/json"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>207. Reuben Swartz on the mindsets and strategies of successful selling</title>
      <itunes:title>207. Reuben Swartz on the mindsets and strategies of successful selling</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">062997bc-a69e-40bc-a82f-9844556ffa5e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/reuben-swartz-on-the-mindsets-and-strategies-of-successful-selling</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The other week, I chatted with former software consultant turned <a href="https://www.mimiran.com/">CRM SaaS</a> owner, Reuben Swartz about how to do sales in a way that doesn't feel like selling and instead sets up your relationships for success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode, we chat about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>Why traditional sales processes don't work</li><li>How he helps people win clients without being sales-y</li><li>How having a clear target market helps your sales success</li><li>Reframing "sales" as "educating" and "networking" as "connecting"</li><li>Why having a strong marketing engine allows you to be better at sales</li><li>A mental model for generating more referrals</li><li>Should you give gifts and thank-you notes to people who refer business to you?</li><li>Easy ways to maintain contact with people in your network</li></ul><p>And a lot more!</p><p><br></p><p>If selling isn't your jam—or even if it is—you'll get a ton of value out of this episode. </p><p>The mindsets and mental models he shares make it easy to navigate sales conversations without getting mired in tactical "steps" which can often confuse you and put a barrier between you and your prospects.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li>The Go-Giver by Bob Berg</li><li>Alchemy by Rory Sutherland </li><li>Mimiran: The fun, antiCRM</li><li>Reuben on LinkedIn</li></ul><p><br>Thanks for listening, and if you enjoy the show, please share it with a friend!</p><p>—kw</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The other week, I chatted with former software consultant turned <a href="https://www.mimiran.com/">CRM SaaS</a> owner, Reuben Swartz about how to do sales in a way that doesn't feel like selling and instead sets up your relationships for success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode, we chat about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>Why traditional sales processes don't work</li><li>How he helps people win clients without being sales-y</li><li>How having a clear target market helps your sales success</li><li>Reframing "sales" as "educating" and "networking" as "connecting"</li><li>Why having a strong marketing engine allows you to be better at sales</li><li>A mental model for generating more referrals</li><li>Should you give gifts and thank-you notes to people who refer business to you?</li><li>Easy ways to maintain contact with people in your network</li></ul><p>And a lot more!</p><p><br></p><p>If selling isn't your jam—or even if it is—you'll get a ton of value out of this episode. </p><p>The mindsets and mental models he shares make it easy to navigate sales conversations without getting mired in tactical "steps" which can often confuse you and put a barrier between you and your prospects.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li>The Go-Giver by Bob Berg</li><li>Alchemy by Rory Sutherland </li><li>Mimiran: The fun, antiCRM</li><li>Reuben on LinkedIn</li></ul><p><br>Thanks for listening, and if you enjoy the show, please share it with a friend!</p><p>—kw</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2023 11:58:07 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ec3993c5/550f08d1.mp3" length="45297761" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2829</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The other week, I chatted with former software consultant turned <a href="https://www.mimiran.com/">CRM SaaS</a> owner, Reuben Swartz about how to do sales in a way that doesn't feel like selling and instead sets up your relationships for success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>In this episode, we chat about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>Why traditional sales processes don't work</li><li>How he helps people win clients without being sales-y</li><li>How having a clear target market helps your sales success</li><li>Reframing "sales" as "educating" and "networking" as "connecting"</li><li>Why having a strong marketing engine allows you to be better at sales</li><li>A mental model for generating more referrals</li><li>Should you give gifts and thank-you notes to people who refer business to you?</li><li>Easy ways to maintain contact with people in your network</li></ul><p>And a lot more!</p><p><br></p><p>If selling isn't your jam—or even if it is—you'll get a ton of value out of this episode. </p><p>The mindsets and mental models he shares make it easy to navigate sales conversations without getting mired in tactical "steps" which can often confuse you and put a barrier between you and your prospects.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li>The Go-Giver by Bob Berg</li><li>Alchemy by Rory Sutherland </li><li>Mimiran: The fun, antiCRM</li><li>Reuben on LinkedIn</li></ul><p><br>Thanks for listening, and if you enjoy the show, please share it with a friend!</p><p>—kw</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec3993c5/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>206. Building an expertise business around a proprietary framework with Billy Broas</title>
      <itunes:title>206. Building an expertise business around a proprietary framework with Billy Broas</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b3452e1-5c0a-4213-aaf9-71e0724de949</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/206-building-a-business-around-a-proprietary-messaging-framework-with-billy-broas</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have a proprietary framework or methodology you can build an entire business around?</p><p>I recently recorded a podcast with Billy Broas, a copywriter, advisor, and educator who has built a business around his proprietary messaging framework, <a href="https://fivelightbulbs.com/">The Five Lightbulbs</a>. </p><p>In this episode, Billy and I unpack the Five Lightbulbs and then go deep into how his business works, how he gets clients, and a lot more.</p><p><strong><br>We discuss things like:</strong></p><ul><li>Why having a proprietary framework like the Five Lightbulbs is key to selling advice</li><li>How he leveraged his IP into courses, books, and other more leveraged ways </li><li>How he evolved his business from <em>doing</em> to <em>advising</em> and now <em>teaching</em> </li><li>Selling custom services with some productization on the back end</li><li>Why he focuses on the evergreen fundamentals of marketing and not just the “new thing”</li><li>How products get better by empathizing with and better understanding the customer</li><li>Why we should systemize and codify our expertise that outlives you</li><li>How teaching other audiences—i.e. industry software companies—leads to more business (Golden Goose Strategy)</li><li>How teaching courses and programs can lead to consulting engagements with students</li><li>How writing simple emails on a single topic under your own name works well as a format for email newsletters</li><li>How to fold the Five Lightbulbs framework into your emails and other marketing materials</li></ul><p><strong><br>Find Billy Online:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://fivelightbulbs.com/">Billy’s Website</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/BillyBroas">Billy’s Twitter</a></li></ul><p><strong>Books Mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/769443">Selling the Invisible by Harry Beckwith</a></li><li><a href="https://breakthroughadvertisingbook.com/">Breakthrough Advertising by Eugene Schwartz</a></li><li>Authors like:<ul><li>Gary Halbert</li><li>Victor Schwabb</li><li>Joe Sugarman</li><li>Claude Hopkins</li></ul></li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have a proprietary framework or methodology you can build an entire business around?</p><p>I recently recorded a podcast with Billy Broas, a copywriter, advisor, and educator who has built a business around his proprietary messaging framework, <a href="https://fivelightbulbs.com/">The Five Lightbulbs</a>. </p><p>In this episode, Billy and I unpack the Five Lightbulbs and then go deep into how his business works, how he gets clients, and a lot more.</p><p><strong><br>We discuss things like:</strong></p><ul><li>Why having a proprietary framework like the Five Lightbulbs is key to selling advice</li><li>How he leveraged his IP into courses, books, and other more leveraged ways </li><li>How he evolved his business from <em>doing</em> to <em>advising</em> and now <em>teaching</em> </li><li>Selling custom services with some productization on the back end</li><li>Why he focuses on the evergreen fundamentals of marketing and not just the “new thing”</li><li>How products get better by empathizing with and better understanding the customer</li><li>Why we should systemize and codify our expertise that outlives you</li><li>How teaching other audiences—i.e. industry software companies—leads to more business (Golden Goose Strategy)</li><li>How teaching courses and programs can lead to consulting engagements with students</li><li>How writing simple emails on a single topic under your own name works well as a format for email newsletters</li><li>How to fold the Five Lightbulbs framework into your emails and other marketing materials</li></ul><p><strong><br>Find Billy Online:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://fivelightbulbs.com/">Billy’s Website</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/BillyBroas">Billy’s Twitter</a></li></ul><p><strong>Books Mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/769443">Selling the Invisible by Harry Beckwith</a></li><li><a href="https://breakthroughadvertisingbook.com/">Breakthrough Advertising by Eugene Schwartz</a></li><li>Authors like:<ul><li>Gary Halbert</li><li>Victor Schwabb</li><li>Joe Sugarman</li><li>Claude Hopkins</li></ul></li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 May 2023 10:16:21 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/dbbb9a36/3555293c.mp3" length="53855974" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3364</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have a proprietary framework or methodology you can build an entire business around?</p><p>I recently recorded a podcast with Billy Broas, a copywriter, advisor, and educator who has built a business around his proprietary messaging framework, <a href="https://fivelightbulbs.com/">The Five Lightbulbs</a>. </p><p>In this episode, Billy and I unpack the Five Lightbulbs and then go deep into how his business works, how he gets clients, and a lot more.</p><p><strong><br>We discuss things like:</strong></p><ul><li>Why having a proprietary framework like the Five Lightbulbs is key to selling advice</li><li>How he leveraged his IP into courses, books, and other more leveraged ways </li><li>How he evolved his business from <em>doing</em> to <em>advising</em> and now <em>teaching</em> </li><li>Selling custom services with some productization on the back end</li><li>Why he focuses on the evergreen fundamentals of marketing and not just the “new thing”</li><li>How products get better by empathizing with and better understanding the customer</li><li>Why we should systemize and codify our expertise that outlives you</li><li>How teaching other audiences—i.e. industry software companies—leads to more business (Golden Goose Strategy)</li><li>How teaching courses and programs can lead to consulting engagements with students</li><li>How writing simple emails on a single topic under your own name works well as a format for email newsletters</li><li>How to fold the Five Lightbulbs framework into your emails and other marketing materials</li></ul><p><strong><br>Find Billy Online:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://fivelightbulbs.com/">Billy’s Website</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/BillyBroas">Billy’s Twitter</a></li></ul><p><strong>Books Mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/769443">Selling the Invisible by Harry Beckwith</a></li><li><a href="https://breakthroughadvertisingbook.com/">Breakthrough Advertising by Eugene Schwartz</a></li><li>Authors like:<ul><li>Gary Halbert</li><li>Victor Schwabb</li><li>Joe Sugarman</li><li>Claude Hopkins</li></ul></li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Guest" href="https://fivelightbulbs.com">Billy Broas</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/dbbb9a36/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>205. How to Sell Advice and AdvisoryWork.com—Mindshare is rebranding!</title>
      <itunes:title>205. How to Sell Advice and AdvisoryWork.com—Mindshare is rebranding!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">46b7ab91-ad05-416b-8cbb-170a97414811</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/205-how-to-sell-advice-and-advisorywork-com-mindshare-is-rebranding</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently decided to rebrand the Mindshare franchise (can I call it that?).</p><p>Listen in for all the details!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently decided to rebrand the Mindshare franchise (can I call it that?).</p><p>Listen in for all the details!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Apr 2023 14:14:11 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/be08be97/63609a7d.mp3" length="15216271" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>949</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently decided to rebrand the Mindshare franchise (can I call it that?).</p><p>Listen in for all the details!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>204. Tsavo Neal on how to get more clients through your website with SEO</title>
      <itunes:title>204. Tsavo Neal on how to get more clients through your website with SEO</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31ce48cf-978a-4ab0-8fde-fd508c9f83fb</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/204-tsavo-neal-on-how-to-get-more-clients-through-your-website-with-seo</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Do you focus much on optimizing your website for search engines? </p><p><br>Personally, I don’t really do much beyond the basic best practices. My strategy has been more focused on email, social media, and <a href="https://kevin.me/golden/">Golden Goose</a> tactics to build awareness for what I do.</p><p><br>But a part of me feels like I’m missing out—especially as I begin to sell knowledge products to a large potential audience.</p><p><br>That’s why I wanted to talk to <a href="https://tsavoneal.com/">Tsavo Neal</a> about how he approaches his marketing and business model. Tsavo gets almost all of his clients and customers through search engine optimization. </p><p><br>It just so happens, he teaches other consultants how to do the same. Which made this episode packed with value.</p><p><br><strong>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, Tsavo and I unpack:</strong></p><ul><li>How he decided to niche down on helping consultants attract clients through their website</li><li>A breakdown of his business model comprised of do-it-yourself and done-with-you offerings</li><li>How raised the price of his course from $197 to $497 without losing deterring new customers</li><li>His thoughts on evergreen vs. launch-based (open vs. closed-cart) access to his course</li><li>How he sells $5-6k in digital products each month relying almost exclusively on SEO</li><li>A walkthrough of his done-with-you SEO service and how he designed the program</li><li>A deep-dive walkthrough of his SEO process, including research, outlining, writing, editing, publishing, and distribution</li><li>How he chooses keywords to write articles for based on competitiveness and difficulty</li><li>How he’s applying these same skills and techniques to rank and monetize a website in the Brazillian Jiu-Jitsu niche </li><li>And a lot more!</li></ul><p>If you've ever thought you might want to get your website ranking better for search engines, get your pencil ready because this episode will show you how.<br><strong><br>Mentioned links and resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://philipmorganconsulting.com/">Phillip Morgan</a></li><li><a href="https://www.consultingsuccess.com/">Consulting Success</a></li><li><a href="https://ahrefs.com">Ahrefs.com</a></li><li><a href="https://tsavoneal.com">TsavoNeal.com</a></li><li><a href="https://bjjequipment.com">BJJEquipment.com</a></li></ul><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Want a deeper-dive training on how to do exactly this process? Tsavo shared an over-the-shoulder view for Mindshare members last month on how he does it. Sign up to get access to that plus a library of other training, group coaching, a private Slack community and more. <a href="https://kevin.me/group"><strong>Learn more about Mindshare → </strong></a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Do you focus much on optimizing your website for search engines? </p><p><br>Personally, I don’t really do much beyond the basic best practices. My strategy has been more focused on email, social media, and <a href="https://kevin.me/golden/">Golden Goose</a> tactics to build awareness for what I do.</p><p><br>But a part of me feels like I’m missing out—especially as I begin to sell knowledge products to a large potential audience.</p><p><br>That’s why I wanted to talk to <a href="https://tsavoneal.com/">Tsavo Neal</a> about how he approaches his marketing and business model. Tsavo gets almost all of his clients and customers through search engine optimization. </p><p><br>It just so happens, he teaches other consultants how to do the same. Which made this episode packed with value.</p><p><br><strong>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, Tsavo and I unpack:</strong></p><ul><li>How he decided to niche down on helping consultants attract clients through their website</li><li>A breakdown of his business model comprised of do-it-yourself and done-with-you offerings</li><li>How raised the price of his course from $197 to $497 without losing deterring new customers</li><li>His thoughts on evergreen vs. launch-based (open vs. closed-cart) access to his course</li><li>How he sells $5-6k in digital products each month relying almost exclusively on SEO</li><li>A walkthrough of his done-with-you SEO service and how he designed the program</li><li>A deep-dive walkthrough of his SEO process, including research, outlining, writing, editing, publishing, and distribution</li><li>How he chooses keywords to write articles for based on competitiveness and difficulty</li><li>How he’s applying these same skills and techniques to rank and monetize a website in the Brazillian Jiu-Jitsu niche </li><li>And a lot more!</li></ul><p>If you've ever thought you might want to get your website ranking better for search engines, get your pencil ready because this episode will show you how.<br><strong><br>Mentioned links and resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://philipmorganconsulting.com/">Phillip Morgan</a></li><li><a href="https://www.consultingsuccess.com/">Consulting Success</a></li><li><a href="https://ahrefs.com">Ahrefs.com</a></li><li><a href="https://tsavoneal.com">TsavoNeal.com</a></li><li><a href="https://bjjequipment.com">BJJEquipment.com</a></li></ul><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Want a deeper-dive training on how to do exactly this process? Tsavo shared an over-the-shoulder view for Mindshare members last month on how he does it. Sign up to get access to that plus a library of other training, group coaching, a private Slack community and more. <a href="https://kevin.me/group"><strong>Learn more about Mindshare → </strong></a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 14:08:47 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/2cb90628/e54a9ac3.mp3" length="51547031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/cgzK5egKmtCTvwpaPefUFWP-8Bqb1IW8Zc8eyuJWFBE/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzEyNjMyOTEv/MTY3OTY5MjEyNy1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3221</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Do you focus much on optimizing your website for search engines? </p><p><br>Personally, I don’t really do much beyond the basic best practices. My strategy has been more focused on email, social media, and <a href="https://kevin.me/golden/">Golden Goose</a> tactics to build awareness for what I do.</p><p><br>But a part of me feels like I’m missing out—especially as I begin to sell knowledge products to a large potential audience.</p><p><br>That’s why I wanted to talk to <a href="https://tsavoneal.com/">Tsavo Neal</a> about how he approaches his marketing and business model. Tsavo gets almost all of his clients and customers through search engine optimization. </p><p><br>It just so happens, he teaches other consultants how to do the same. Which made this episode packed with value.</p><p><br><strong>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, Tsavo and I unpack:</strong></p><ul><li>How he decided to niche down on helping consultants attract clients through their website</li><li>A breakdown of his business model comprised of do-it-yourself and done-with-you offerings</li><li>How raised the price of his course from $197 to $497 without losing deterring new customers</li><li>His thoughts on evergreen vs. launch-based (open vs. closed-cart) access to his course</li><li>How he sells $5-6k in digital products each month relying almost exclusively on SEO</li><li>A walkthrough of his done-with-you SEO service and how he designed the program</li><li>A deep-dive walkthrough of his SEO process, including research, outlining, writing, editing, publishing, and distribution</li><li>How he chooses keywords to write articles for based on competitiveness and difficulty</li><li>How he’s applying these same skills and techniques to rank and monetize a website in the Brazillian Jiu-Jitsu niche </li><li>And a lot more!</li></ul><p>If you've ever thought you might want to get your website ranking better for search engines, get your pencil ready because this episode will show you how.<br><strong><br>Mentioned links and resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://philipmorganconsulting.com/">Phillip Morgan</a></li><li><a href="https://www.consultingsuccess.com/">Consulting Success</a></li><li><a href="https://ahrefs.com">Ahrefs.com</a></li><li><a href="https://tsavoneal.com">TsavoNeal.com</a></li><li><a href="https://bjjequipment.com">BJJEquipment.com</a></li></ul><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Want a deeper-dive training on how to do exactly this process? Tsavo shared an over-the-shoulder view for Mindshare members last month on how he does it. Sign up to get access to that plus a library of other training, group coaching, a private Slack community and more. <a href="https://kevin.me/group"><strong>Learn more about Mindshare → </strong></a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Guest" href="https://tsavoneal.com">Tsavo Neal</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cb90628/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>203. Mark Evans on the unique challenges and methodologies of fractional CMO and advisory work</title>
      <itunes:title>203. Mark Evans on the unique challenges and methodologies of fractional CMO and advisory work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2f2c8963-d055-4e39-9497-1e97d10fb26e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/203-mark-evans-on-the-unique-challenges-and-methodologies-of-fractional-cmo-and-marketing-advisory-work</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A few weeks ago, I invited <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Mindshare</a> member and long-time marketing consultant, <a href="https://www.marketingspark.co/">Mark Evans</a>, to talk shop with me about the business of marketing consulting and fractional CMO work.</p><p><br>This was a really fun episode. We went deep into the nerdy nuances of fractional/interim CMO and advisory work.</p><p><br><strong>Some topics we explored include:</strong></p><ul><li>Mark’s transition from reporter to marketing consultant</li><li>How he uses his training as a reporter to do positioning and messaging work</li><li>The challenges and frustrations of fractional CMO work</li><li>Why a strategic advisory work is his preferred way to engage with clients</li><li>His thoughts on coaching, mentoring, and training in-house marketers</li><li>The value proposition of interim CMO vs. fractional CMO</li><li>Pricing and value calculations for advisors vs. fCMOs</li><li>Refund policies and minimum commitment periods</li><li>Setting expectations and getting clear on goals before starting engagements</li><li>How and when to turn down clients who aren’t a fit</li><li>The importance of continually marketing yourself</li><li>Using video, podcasts, and showing up in person to build trust </li></ul><p><strong><br>Books mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li>The Inside Advantage by Robert Bloom and Dave Conti</li><li>Don’t Make Me Think by Steve Krug</li><li>Rocket Surgery Made Easy by Steve Krug</li></ul><p><strong><br>Connect with Mark:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.marketingspark.co/">Marketing Spark</a> (consulting website)</li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/markevans">Twitter</a></li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A few weeks ago, I invited <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Mindshare</a> member and long-time marketing consultant, <a href="https://www.marketingspark.co/">Mark Evans</a>, to talk shop with me about the business of marketing consulting and fractional CMO work.</p><p><br>This was a really fun episode. We went deep into the nerdy nuances of fractional/interim CMO and advisory work.</p><p><br><strong>Some topics we explored include:</strong></p><ul><li>Mark’s transition from reporter to marketing consultant</li><li>How he uses his training as a reporter to do positioning and messaging work</li><li>The challenges and frustrations of fractional CMO work</li><li>Why a strategic advisory work is his preferred way to engage with clients</li><li>His thoughts on coaching, mentoring, and training in-house marketers</li><li>The value proposition of interim CMO vs. fractional CMO</li><li>Pricing and value calculations for advisors vs. fCMOs</li><li>Refund policies and minimum commitment periods</li><li>Setting expectations and getting clear on goals before starting engagements</li><li>How and when to turn down clients who aren’t a fit</li><li>The importance of continually marketing yourself</li><li>Using video, podcasts, and showing up in person to build trust </li></ul><p><strong><br>Books mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li>The Inside Advantage by Robert Bloom and Dave Conti</li><li>Don’t Make Me Think by Steve Krug</li><li>Rocket Surgery Made Easy by Steve Krug</li></ul><p><strong><br>Connect with Mark:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.marketingspark.co/">Marketing Spark</a> (consulting website)</li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/markevans">Twitter</a></li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Mar 2023 13:19:03 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/5696b774/a1274f23.mp3" length="57802690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3612</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>A few weeks ago, I invited <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Mindshare</a> member and long-time marketing consultant, <a href="https://www.marketingspark.co/">Mark Evans</a>, to talk shop with me about the business of marketing consulting and fractional CMO work.</p><p><br>This was a really fun episode. We went deep into the nerdy nuances of fractional/interim CMO and advisory work.</p><p><br><strong>Some topics we explored include:</strong></p><ul><li>Mark’s transition from reporter to marketing consultant</li><li>How he uses his training as a reporter to do positioning and messaging work</li><li>The challenges and frustrations of fractional CMO work</li><li>Why a strategic advisory work is his preferred way to engage with clients</li><li>His thoughts on coaching, mentoring, and training in-house marketers</li><li>The value proposition of interim CMO vs. fractional CMO</li><li>Pricing and value calculations for advisors vs. fCMOs</li><li>Refund policies and minimum commitment periods</li><li>Setting expectations and getting clear on goals before starting engagements</li><li>How and when to turn down clients who aren’t a fit</li><li>The importance of continually marketing yourself</li><li>Using video, podcasts, and showing up in person to build trust </li></ul><p><strong><br>Books mentioned:</strong></p><ul><li>The Inside Advantage by Robert Bloom and Dave Conti</li><li>Don’t Make Me Think by Steve Krug</li><li>Rocket Surgery Made Easy by Steve Krug</li></ul><p><strong><br>Connect with Mark:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.marketingspark.co/">Marketing Spark</a> (consulting website)</li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/markevans">Twitter</a></li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Guest" href="https://marketingspark.co">Mark Evans</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5696b774/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>202. The highest leverage thing you can do in your freelance or consulting practice</title>
      <itunes:title>202. The highest leverage thing you can do in your freelance or consulting practice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8676de84-ed84-4a36-9bb5-ae30576c5c4b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/202-the-highest-leverage-thing-you-can-do-in-your-freelance-or-consulting-practice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The other day, I replied to a Twitter friend's (@RodBurkert) <a href="https://twitter.com/RodBurkert/status/1630583727834255361?s=20">open question</a>:</p>My question: What is the 'right next best thing' you should do to create the biggest leverage and productivity boost for your practice?<p>I replied with the following:</p>Taking the expertise in your head and putting it into writing/audio/video, then organizing it into a system or framework so others can learn from you without having to repeat yourself forever.<p>But then I wanted to expand on this idea further since it's core to everything I teach.</p><p><strong>That's what this episode is about: how to take your expertise out of your head so you can deploy it without having to repeat yourself forever.</strong></p><p>Listen in and let me know what you think.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The other day, I replied to a Twitter friend's (@RodBurkert) <a href="https://twitter.com/RodBurkert/status/1630583727834255361?s=20">open question</a>:</p>My question: What is the 'right next best thing' you should do to create the biggest leverage and productivity boost for your practice?<p>I replied with the following:</p>Taking the expertise in your head and putting it into writing/audio/video, then organizing it into a system or framework so others can learn from you without having to repeat yourself forever.<p>But then I wanted to expand on this idea further since it's core to everything I teach.</p><p><strong>That's what this episode is about: how to take your expertise out of your head so you can deploy it without having to repeat yourself forever.</strong></p><p>Listen in and let me know what you think.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2023 08:33:30 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/302f7cd7/bab5e49e.mp3" length="13234407" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>826</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The other day, I replied to a Twitter friend's (@RodBurkert) <a href="https://twitter.com/RodBurkert/status/1630583727834255361?s=20">open question</a>:</p>My question: What is the 'right next best thing' you should do to create the biggest leverage and productivity boost for your practice?<p>I replied with the following:</p>Taking the expertise in your head and putting it into writing/audio/video, then organizing it into a system or framework so others can learn from you without having to repeat yourself forever.<p>But then I wanted to expand on this idea further since it's core to everything I teach.</p><p><strong>That's what this episode is about: how to take your expertise out of your head so you can deploy it without having to repeat yourself forever.</strong></p><p>Listen in and let me know what you think.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/302f7cd7/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>201. The dichotomy of advice </title>
      <itunes:title>201. The dichotomy of advice </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d42eacb-1c2d-4148-a2c7-a6d74d8921f1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/201-the-dichotemy-of-advice-d62fd40f-fc6d-4b9d-b0e6-44b6a64a52fe</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's easy to believe that as advisors, we get paid to have all the answers.</p><p>We feel like to add value, we need to be able to <em>tell</em> people what to do.</p><p>What if instead, our value came from things like:</p><ul><li>Asking good questions</li><li>Having good taste</li><li>Running ideas through your filters</li><li>Pattern matching against your experience</li><li>Creating visions to consider</li><li>Clarifying ideas that aren't well-considered</li><li>Being an encourager of good ideas</li><li>Wrestling with options</li><li>Looking at things from different perspectives</li><li>Playing devil's advocate</li><li>Pushing people out of their comfort zone</li></ul><p>As technicians, we like knowing the best tool or tactic to use for any situation. As creatives, we like envisioning new ideas and potential futures.</p><p><br><strong>But as advisors, what if we didn't feel like we needed to have all answers, and instead helped our clients explore options until the answers became a little more obvious?</strong></p><p><br>Your value isn't having all the answers. Your value comes from helping your clients make good decisions.</p><p><br>There are a lot of ways to get a result. The key is helping your clients choose the right way for <em>them</em>.</p><p><br><a href="https://kevin.me/dichotomy">Listen to this episode</a> or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p><p><br>—kw</p><p><br>P.S. <strong>REGISTER FOR THE UPCOMING WORKSHOP</strong><br>Next week (January 25 at 11:00 am EST) I'm hosting a live 90-minute workshop (with the recording made available) on <strong>how to package, price, and sell custom consulting services</strong>. We'll go deep on creating custom proposals that convert, so don't miss this one.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/ccs/"><strong>REGISTER NOW</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's easy to believe that as advisors, we get paid to have all the answers.</p><p>We feel like to add value, we need to be able to <em>tell</em> people what to do.</p><p>What if instead, our value came from things like:</p><ul><li>Asking good questions</li><li>Having good taste</li><li>Running ideas through your filters</li><li>Pattern matching against your experience</li><li>Creating visions to consider</li><li>Clarifying ideas that aren't well-considered</li><li>Being an encourager of good ideas</li><li>Wrestling with options</li><li>Looking at things from different perspectives</li><li>Playing devil's advocate</li><li>Pushing people out of their comfort zone</li></ul><p>As technicians, we like knowing the best tool or tactic to use for any situation. As creatives, we like envisioning new ideas and potential futures.</p><p><br><strong>But as advisors, what if we didn't feel like we needed to have all answers, and instead helped our clients explore options until the answers became a little more obvious?</strong></p><p><br>Your value isn't having all the answers. Your value comes from helping your clients make good decisions.</p><p><br>There are a lot of ways to get a result. The key is helping your clients choose the right way for <em>them</em>.</p><p><br><a href="https://kevin.me/dichotomy">Listen to this episode</a> or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p><p><br>—kw</p><p><br>P.S. <strong>REGISTER FOR THE UPCOMING WORKSHOP</strong><br>Next week (January 25 at 11:00 am EST) I'm hosting a live 90-minute workshop (with the recording made available) on <strong>how to package, price, and sell custom consulting services</strong>. We'll go deep on creating custom proposals that convert, so don't miss this one.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/ccs/"><strong>REGISTER NOW</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 14:55:16 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/416f3441/70cab302.mp3" length="8615002" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>537</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's easy to believe that as advisors, we get paid to have all the answers.</p><p>We feel like to add value, we need to be able to <em>tell</em> people what to do.</p><p>What if instead, our value came from things like:</p><ul><li>Asking good questions</li><li>Having good taste</li><li>Running ideas through your filters</li><li>Pattern matching against your experience</li><li>Creating visions to consider</li><li>Clarifying ideas that aren't well-considered</li><li>Being an encourager of good ideas</li><li>Wrestling with options</li><li>Looking at things from different perspectives</li><li>Playing devil's advocate</li><li>Pushing people out of their comfort zone</li></ul><p>As technicians, we like knowing the best tool or tactic to use for any situation. As creatives, we like envisioning new ideas and potential futures.</p><p><br><strong>But as advisors, what if we didn't feel like we needed to have all answers, and instead helped our clients explore options until the answers became a little more obvious?</strong></p><p><br>Your value isn't having all the answers. Your value comes from helping your clients make good decisions.</p><p><br>There are a lot of ways to get a result. The key is helping your clients choose the right way for <em>them</em>.</p><p><br><a href="https://kevin.me/dichotomy">Listen to this episode</a> or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p><p><br>—kw</p><p><br>P.S. <strong>REGISTER FOR THE UPCOMING WORKSHOP</strong><br>Next week (January 25 at 11:00 am EST) I'm hosting a live 90-minute workshop (with the recording made available) on <strong>how to package, price, and sell custom consulting services</strong>. We'll go deep on creating custom proposals that convert, so don't miss this one.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/ccs/"><strong>REGISTER NOW</strong></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/416f3441/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>200. Kevan Lee on part-time advisory work, mentorship, equity compensation, and more</title>
      <itunes:title>200. Kevan Lee on part-time advisory work, mentorship, equity compensation, and more</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0bd3220-e365-46a6-b72a-7b47bc7a3f23</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/200-kevan-lee-on-part-time-advisory-work-mentorship-equity-compensation-and-more</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently interviewed Kevan Lee, the former VP of Marketing at <a href="https://buffer.com/">Buffer</a> and currently Senior VP of Marketing at <a href="https://www.oysterhr.com/">Oyster</a>.</p><p>Kevan is a wealth of knowledge when it comes to leading tech startups to significant growth. To give you an example, he helped Buffer go from $5m to $20m in annual revenue and 100,000 new customers acquisitions per month. </p><p>In his first year at Oyster, he helped the company 20x its revenue and build a marketing team comprising over 50 people. He's also involved as an educator and advisor with <a href="https://www.reforge.com/">Reforge</a>, <a href="https://www.beondeck.com/">On Deck</a>, as well as a past contributor to ProductLed, and more.</p><p>In this interview, Kevan and I explore the realm of advisory work. </p><p><strong>We cover topics like:</strong></p><ol><li>How he approaches advisory work while having a full-time gig</li><li>How he views mentorship and why it's important to him</li><li>How he prices his advice—and what he's learning in the process</li><li>His experience on the buyer side of equity for advice compensation discussions</li><li>How he packages his ideas into a playbook that he shares with paying Substack subscribers</li><li>And a lot more...</li></ol><p>This conversation was a fun exploration of the world of advisory work. And like all of us, Kevan is still figuring out what works best for him.</p><p>You can follow Kevan on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/kevanlee">@kevanlee</a> and subscribe to his Substack at <a href="https://kevanlee.substack.com">kevanlee.substack.com</a>.</p><p>Give this a listen and subscribe to get more interviews like this in the future.</p><p><br>—k </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently interviewed Kevan Lee, the former VP of Marketing at <a href="https://buffer.com/">Buffer</a> and currently Senior VP of Marketing at <a href="https://www.oysterhr.com/">Oyster</a>.</p><p>Kevan is a wealth of knowledge when it comes to leading tech startups to significant growth. To give you an example, he helped Buffer go from $5m to $20m in annual revenue and 100,000 new customers acquisitions per month. </p><p>In his first year at Oyster, he helped the company 20x its revenue and build a marketing team comprising over 50 people. He's also involved as an educator and advisor with <a href="https://www.reforge.com/">Reforge</a>, <a href="https://www.beondeck.com/">On Deck</a>, as well as a past contributor to ProductLed, and more.</p><p>In this interview, Kevan and I explore the realm of advisory work. </p><p><strong>We cover topics like:</strong></p><ol><li>How he approaches advisory work while having a full-time gig</li><li>How he views mentorship and why it's important to him</li><li>How he prices his advice—and what he's learning in the process</li><li>His experience on the buyer side of equity for advice compensation discussions</li><li>How he packages his ideas into a playbook that he shares with paying Substack subscribers</li><li>And a lot more...</li></ol><p>This conversation was a fun exploration of the world of advisory work. And like all of us, Kevan is still figuring out what works best for him.</p><p>You can follow Kevan on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/kevanlee">@kevanlee</a> and subscribe to his Substack at <a href="https://kevanlee.substack.com">kevanlee.substack.com</a>.</p><p>Give this a listen and subscribe to get more interviews like this in the future.</p><p><br>—k </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Oct 2022 10:17:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a24813ac/c6e6261b.mp3" length="51865063" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3240</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently interviewed Kevan Lee, the former VP of Marketing at <a href="https://buffer.com/">Buffer</a> and currently Senior VP of Marketing at <a href="https://www.oysterhr.com/">Oyster</a>.</p><p>Kevan is a wealth of knowledge when it comes to leading tech startups to significant growth. To give you an example, he helped Buffer go from $5m to $20m in annual revenue and 100,000 new customers acquisitions per month. </p><p>In his first year at Oyster, he helped the company 20x its revenue and build a marketing team comprising over 50 people. He's also involved as an educator and advisor with <a href="https://www.reforge.com/">Reforge</a>, <a href="https://www.beondeck.com/">On Deck</a>, as well as a past contributor to ProductLed, and more.</p><p>In this interview, Kevan and I explore the realm of advisory work. </p><p><strong>We cover topics like:</strong></p><ol><li>How he approaches advisory work while having a full-time gig</li><li>How he views mentorship and why it's important to him</li><li>How he prices his advice—and what he's learning in the process</li><li>His experience on the buyer side of equity for advice compensation discussions</li><li>How he packages his ideas into a playbook that he shares with paying Substack subscribers</li><li>And a lot more...</li></ol><p>This conversation was a fun exploration of the world of advisory work. And like all of us, Kevan is still figuring out what works best for him.</p><p>You can follow Kevan on Twitter at <a href="https://twitter.com/kevanlee">@kevanlee</a> and subscribe to his Substack at <a href="https://kevanlee.substack.com">kevanlee.substack.com</a>.</p><p>Give this a listen and subscribe to get more interviews like this in the future.</p><p><br>—k </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:person role="Guest" href="https://kevanlee.substack.com/">Kevan Lee</podcast:person>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a24813ac/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>199. The three core ways to get more consulting clients</title>
      <itunes:title>199. The three core ways to get more consulting clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">51daf75b-cebf-499d-8190-065e91917412</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/199-the-three-core-ways-to-get-more-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>You may be a rock star when it comes to marketing your clients' business. </p><p>But when it comes to your own, it might be an entirely different story. And you know what? That doesn't make you a bad marketer. </p><p>It's <em>incredibly</em> hard to market yourself—especially if you don't have a system to follow.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the three core pillars to attracting more clients:</p><ol><li>Looking good "on paper" to your ideal clients</li><li>Having somewhere to invite people back to</li><li>Opening conversations and fostering relationships</li></ol><p>This might seem simple, and it is. But it's not easy. It takes time, energy, and commitment to build it out and for it to start working for you.</p><p>But with any luck, this framework (and the details I talk about in the episode) will make attracting clients a lot easier. When you have clarity, you can really lean into your efforts and start seeing traction faster than simply winging it.</p><p>Listen to this episode for all the nuances and details.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>You may be a rock star when it comes to marketing your clients' business. </p><p>But when it comes to your own, it might be an entirely different story. And you know what? That doesn't make you a bad marketer. </p><p>It's <em>incredibly</em> hard to market yourself—especially if you don't have a system to follow.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the three core pillars to attracting more clients:</p><ol><li>Looking good "on paper" to your ideal clients</li><li>Having somewhere to invite people back to</li><li>Opening conversations and fostering relationships</li></ol><p>This might seem simple, and it is. But it's not easy. It takes time, energy, and commitment to build it out and for it to start working for you.</p><p>But with any luck, this framework (and the details I talk about in the episode) will make attracting clients a lot easier. When you have clarity, you can really lean into your efforts and start seeing traction faster than simply winging it.</p><p>Listen to this episode for all the nuances and details.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2022 14:03:53 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fb24a1ea/ce18a6e0.mp3" length="18130720" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1132</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>You may be a rock star when it comes to marketing your clients' business. </p><p>But when it comes to your own, it might be an entirely different story. And you know what? That doesn't make you a bad marketer. </p><p>It's <em>incredibly</em> hard to market yourself—especially if you don't have a system to follow.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the three core pillars to attracting more clients:</p><ol><li>Looking good "on paper" to your ideal clients</li><li>Having somewhere to invite people back to</li><li>Opening conversations and fostering relationships</li></ol><p>This might seem simple, and it is. But it's not easy. It takes time, energy, and commitment to build it out and for it to start working for you.</p><p>But with any luck, this framework (and the details I talk about in the episode) will make attracting clients a lot easier. When you have clarity, you can really lean into your efforts and start seeing traction faster than simply winging it.</p><p>Listen to this episode for all the nuances and details.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fb24a1ea/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>198. Lowering the barrier for email</title>
      <itunes:title>198. Lowering the barrier for email</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0196e785-62c6-47ad-aee4-dce9b93ffb3b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/198-lowering-the-barrier-for-email</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the way to get your emails read and subscribers to stay subscribed was to lower the bar a little?</p><p>Not in terms of quality, necessarily. But in terms of format or type.</p><p><strong>Instead of trying to write a grand theory of mathematics every time you publish, what if we treated email more like social media?<br></strong><br></p><p>What if we aimed for a simple, concise, interesting, and/or fun piece of content?</p><p>Something light and consumable. Not overthought. Not pre-judged. Just something you found interesting or valuable.</p><p><strong>Would you be able to be consistent with your publishing habits? Would your readers prefer it? Would it keep you interested?</strong></p><p>I think yes. But there's nuance, as with all things.</p><p>So give this a <a href="https://kevin.me/barrier/">listen</a>. See if it resonates with your headspace.</p><p>See if it helps you overcome that mental block stopping you from sharing your ideas with your subscribers.</p><p>And while you're at it, <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe to Mindshare Radio</a> via your podcast player to get more ideas like this (and interviews coming soon).</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the way to get your emails read and subscribers to stay subscribed was to lower the bar a little?</p><p>Not in terms of quality, necessarily. But in terms of format or type.</p><p><strong>Instead of trying to write a grand theory of mathematics every time you publish, what if we treated email more like social media?<br></strong><br></p><p>What if we aimed for a simple, concise, interesting, and/or fun piece of content?</p><p>Something light and consumable. Not overthought. Not pre-judged. Just something you found interesting or valuable.</p><p><strong>Would you be able to be consistent with your publishing habits? Would your readers prefer it? Would it keep you interested?</strong></p><p>I think yes. But there's nuance, as with all things.</p><p>So give this a <a href="https://kevin.me/barrier/">listen</a>. See if it resonates with your headspace.</p><p>See if it helps you overcome that mental block stopping you from sharing your ideas with your subscribers.</p><p>And while you're at it, <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe to Mindshare Radio</a> via your podcast player to get more ideas like this (and interviews coming soon).</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 14:03:24 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/9ed7bd79/ffd74cbd.mp3" length="6373093" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>397</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the way to get your emails read and subscribers to stay subscribed was to lower the bar a little?</p><p>Not in terms of quality, necessarily. But in terms of format or type.</p><p><strong>Instead of trying to write a grand theory of mathematics every time you publish, what if we treated email more like social media?<br></strong><br></p><p>What if we aimed for a simple, concise, interesting, and/or fun piece of content?</p><p>Something light and consumable. Not overthought. Not pre-judged. Just something you found interesting or valuable.</p><p><strong>Would you be able to be consistent with your publishing habits? Would your readers prefer it? Would it keep you interested?</strong></p><p>I think yes. But there's nuance, as with all things.</p><p>So give this a <a href="https://kevin.me/barrier/">listen</a>. See if it resonates with your headspace.</p><p>See if it helps you overcome that mental block stopping you from sharing your ideas with your subscribers.</p><p>And while you're at it, <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe to Mindshare Radio</a> via your podcast player to get more ideas like this (and interviews coming soon).</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ed7bd79/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>197. How to put your advisory clients at the epicentre of your business</title>
      <itunes:title>197. How to put your advisory clients at the epicentre of your business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1509e430-a83e-4677-a11c-a2b98d5948d4</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/197-putting-your-advisory-clients-at-the-epicentre-of-your-business</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The most successful businesses have a high degree of customer-centricity. Think Amazon or Google—they're absolutely relentless about the customer experience.</p><p>And in the consulting world, the most successful advisors are the ones who have a high customer-centricity and <em>low self-orientation</em>.</p><p>Not sure what this all means? In this episode, I break down how to put your client at the epicentre of your business, how to reduce your self-orientation, and the trade-offs needed to do all of this well.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The most successful businesses have a high degree of customer-centricity. Think Amazon or Google—they're absolutely relentless about the customer experience.</p><p>And in the consulting world, the most successful advisors are the ones who have a high customer-centricity and <em>low self-orientation</em>.</p><p>Not sure what this all means? In this episode, I break down how to put your client at the epicentre of your business, how to reduce your self-orientation, and the trade-offs needed to do all of this well.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 13:42:40 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a32fda59/37fdd578.mp3" length="18941609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1183</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The most successful businesses have a high degree of customer-centricity. Think Amazon or Google—they're absolutely relentless about the customer experience.</p><p>And in the consulting world, the most successful advisors are the ones who have a high customer-centricity and <em>low self-orientation</em>.</p><p>Not sure what this all means? In this episode, I break down how to put your client at the epicentre of your business, how to reduce your self-orientation, and the trade-offs needed to do all of this well.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a32fda59/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>196. Iteration and innovation is the only way</title>
      <itunes:title>196. Iteration and innovation is the only way</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3da0d9b5-bc61-4e48-8bc6-08440d046e2c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/196-iteration-and-improvement</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The odds of you succeeding with new ventures or ideas out of the gate is low. It’s not fun but it’s true.</p><p><strong>Even if your idea is good, it might be adjacent to the one the market wants.</strong> A small set of tweaks and iterations to the format, offer, or audience might just be what it needs to take off.</p><p>And that’s empowering! It means you’re not alone. Nobody figures everything out right away.</p><p><strong>It’s easy to get frustrated when things aren’t clicking for you</strong>—especially when you’re trying something new that you feel really passionate about.</p><p>It can feel like two steps forward and one step back. We look around for answers but get frustrated when nobody offers the magic pill.</p><p>There is no magic pill, only iteration and innovation.</p><p><strong>We have to hold our vision strong while simultaneously being loose about our best ideas. It’s a fine line between a steadfast vision and being oblivious to what the market wants.<br></strong><br></p><p>If you are willing to iterate and innovate continually, it’s only a matter of time before your vision and what your audience wants are in complete alignment.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/iteration-innovation/">Listen in</a> for more on this topic if you’re in this mode or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The odds of you succeeding with new ventures or ideas out of the gate is low. It’s not fun but it’s true.</p><p><strong>Even if your idea is good, it might be adjacent to the one the market wants.</strong> A small set of tweaks and iterations to the format, offer, or audience might just be what it needs to take off.</p><p>And that’s empowering! It means you’re not alone. Nobody figures everything out right away.</p><p><strong>It’s easy to get frustrated when things aren’t clicking for you</strong>—especially when you’re trying something new that you feel really passionate about.</p><p>It can feel like two steps forward and one step back. We look around for answers but get frustrated when nobody offers the magic pill.</p><p>There is no magic pill, only iteration and innovation.</p><p><strong>We have to hold our vision strong while simultaneously being loose about our best ideas. It’s a fine line between a steadfast vision and being oblivious to what the market wants.<br></strong><br></p><p>If you are willing to iterate and innovate continually, it’s only a matter of time before your vision and what your audience wants are in complete alignment.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/iteration-innovation/">Listen in</a> for more on this topic if you’re in this mode or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2022 13:38:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/58a9dec8/821bfe19.mp3" length="10790493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>673</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The odds of you succeeding with new ventures or ideas out of the gate is low. It’s not fun but it’s true.</p><p><strong>Even if your idea is good, it might be adjacent to the one the market wants.</strong> A small set of tweaks and iterations to the format, offer, or audience might just be what it needs to take off.</p><p>And that’s empowering! It means you’re not alone. Nobody figures everything out right away.</p><p><strong>It’s easy to get frustrated when things aren’t clicking for you</strong>—especially when you’re trying something new that you feel really passionate about.</p><p>It can feel like two steps forward and one step back. We look around for answers but get frustrated when nobody offers the magic pill.</p><p>There is no magic pill, only iteration and innovation.</p><p><strong>We have to hold our vision strong while simultaneously being loose about our best ideas. It’s a fine line between a steadfast vision and being oblivious to what the market wants.<br></strong><br></p><p>If you are willing to iterate and innovate continually, it’s only a matter of time before your vision and what your audience wants are in complete alignment.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/iteration-innovation/">Listen in</a> for more on this topic if you’re in this mode or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe">subscribe via your podcast player</a>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/58a9dec8/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>195. Selling confidence</title>
      <itunes:title>195. Selling confidence</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea55b181-b150-4c6e-a2ff-2fced1c23ca8</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/195-selling-confidence</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you ever stop to wonder what it is we are <em>really</em> selling as consultants? </p><p>Are we selling a website, strategy, or brand identity? Yes... and no. Those are <em>features</em> of our work. And people don't really buy features.</p><p>Maybe we are selling new customer growth? Better retention? Ease of use? Those are all great <em>benefits</em> of our work. But let's dig a little deeper. <br><strong><br>What is the </strong><strong><em>emotion</em></strong><strong> behind those benefits? What feeling are we </strong><strong><em>really</em></strong><strong> creating with our work?</strong></p><p>People buy based on how they <em>feel </em>about the purchase. It aligns with logic, yes. But it's driven by emotion. So it makes sense to explore that emotion people are really seeking inside of what we sell. </p><p><strong>I believe most consultants are selling confidence. Give this a listen to see what I mean. <br></strong><br>Get this right and it will be a lot easier to create and sell the true benefits of your work.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you ever stop to wonder what it is we are <em>really</em> selling as consultants? </p><p>Are we selling a website, strategy, or brand identity? Yes... and no. Those are <em>features</em> of our work. And people don't really buy features.</p><p>Maybe we are selling new customer growth? Better retention? Ease of use? Those are all great <em>benefits</em> of our work. But let's dig a little deeper. <br><strong><br>What is the </strong><strong><em>emotion</em></strong><strong> behind those benefits? What feeling are we </strong><strong><em>really</em></strong><strong> creating with our work?</strong></p><p>People buy based on how they <em>feel </em>about the purchase. It aligns with logic, yes. But it's driven by emotion. So it makes sense to explore that emotion people are really seeking inside of what we sell. </p><p><strong>I believe most consultants are selling confidence. Give this a listen to see what I mean. <br></strong><br>Get this right and it will be a lot easier to create and sell the true benefits of your work.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:24:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/3282c2ed/ed8c69c6.mp3" length="10138378" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>632</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you ever stop to wonder what it is we are <em>really</em> selling as consultants? </p><p>Are we selling a website, strategy, or brand identity? Yes... and no. Those are <em>features</em> of our work. And people don't really buy features.</p><p>Maybe we are selling new customer growth? Better retention? Ease of use? Those are all great <em>benefits</em> of our work. But let's dig a little deeper. <br><strong><br>What is the </strong><strong><em>emotion</em></strong><strong> behind those benefits? What feeling are we </strong><strong><em>really</em></strong><strong> creating with our work?</strong></p><p>People buy based on how they <em>feel </em>about the purchase. It aligns with logic, yes. But it's driven by emotion. So it makes sense to explore that emotion people are really seeking inside of what we sell. </p><p><strong>I believe most consultants are selling confidence. Give this a listen to see what I mean. <br></strong><br>Get this right and it will be a lot easier to create and sell the true benefits of your work.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>194. How to avoid the "employee" trap as a fractional CXO</title>
      <itunes:title>194. How to avoid the "employee" trap as a fractional CXO</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d420e64c-466c-4986-b454-4f23201ea1e8</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/194-how-to-avoid-the-employee-trap-as-a-fractional-cxo</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's <em>incredibly</em> easy to get sucked into being an employee-like figure when you do fractional leadership work.</p><p><br></p><p>When I first got started as a fractional CMO, I basically had two part-time jobs. The money was good but I worked HARD. I knew I needed to create better parameters.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, I'll break down the five main ways to avoid turning into a set of employee-like hands when you sell fractional CXO services.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>We'll talk about things like:</strong></p><ol><li>Setting expectations during sales</li><li>Defining what you will or won't do</li><li>Building your Rolodex</li><li>Setting a limit on your time if needed</li><li>Down-selling yourself to pure advisory work</li></ol><p><br></p><p>And a ton of nuance in between.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and let me know what you think—did I miss anything important?</p><p><br></p><p>Hit reply and let me know.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p><p><br><strong>P.S. Need help transitioning into advisory/fractional CXO work? </strong>Check out my <a href="https://kevin.me/think">Paid to Think</a> program or join <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Mindtrust</a>, the no-brainer group coaching and training program for as little as $63/mo. when you pay annually.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's <em>incredibly</em> easy to get sucked into being an employee-like figure when you do fractional leadership work.</p><p><br></p><p>When I first got started as a fractional CMO, I basically had two part-time jobs. The money was good but I worked HARD. I knew I needed to create better parameters.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, I'll break down the five main ways to avoid turning into a set of employee-like hands when you sell fractional CXO services.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>We'll talk about things like:</strong></p><ol><li>Setting expectations during sales</li><li>Defining what you will or won't do</li><li>Building your Rolodex</li><li>Setting a limit on your time if needed</li><li>Down-selling yourself to pure advisory work</li></ol><p><br></p><p>And a ton of nuance in between.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and let me know what you think—did I miss anything important?</p><p><br></p><p>Hit reply and let me know.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p><p><br><strong>P.S. Need help transitioning into advisory/fractional CXO work? </strong>Check out my <a href="https://kevin.me/think">Paid to Think</a> program or join <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Mindtrust</a>, the no-brainer group coaching and training program for as little as $63/mo. when you pay annually.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Aug 2022 14:04:08 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6eacc9e7/09e3077f.mp3" length="21369094" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1333</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's <em>incredibly</em> easy to get sucked into being an employee-like figure when you do fractional leadership work.</p><p><br></p><p>When I first got started as a fractional CMO, I basically had two part-time jobs. The money was good but I worked HARD. I knew I needed to create better parameters.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, I'll break down the five main ways to avoid turning into a set of employee-like hands when you sell fractional CXO services.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>We'll talk about things like:</strong></p><ol><li>Setting expectations during sales</li><li>Defining what you will or won't do</li><li>Building your Rolodex</li><li>Setting a limit on your time if needed</li><li>Down-selling yourself to pure advisory work</li></ol><p><br></p><p>And a ton of nuance in between.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and let me know what you think—did I miss anything important?</p><p><br></p><p>Hit reply and let me know.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p><p><br><strong>P.S. Need help transitioning into advisory/fractional CXO work? </strong>Check out my <a href="https://kevin.me/think">Paid to Think</a> program or join <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Mindtrust</a>, the no-brainer group coaching and training program for as little as $63/mo. when you pay annually.</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6eacc9e7/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>193. Two ways to think about positioning</title>
      <itunes:title>193. Two ways to think about positioning</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d7e2cbc3-1aac-432b-90b8-069c9b72d0c1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/193-two-ways-to-think-about-niching</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This post originally appeared at <a href="https://kevin.me/ways">https://kevin.me/ways</a></p><p>You can think about niching in a lot of ways.</p><p>In many cases, the tighter you go, the easier it can be to sell what you offer. People are swimming in options, they want specific when they can get it.</p><p>So there are two angles to consider when deciding on how specific you should go with your business.</p><p><strong>1. You can get specific about who you serve</strong></p><p>The more specific your target market, the broader your focus can be in terms of what you help people with—while still being credible.</p><p>If I help multi-location coworking spaces do better marketing, that's a specific target market and a fairly broad way of helping them. It can be reasoned that you can have rare knowledge about marketing in a way that is uniquely applied to multi-location coworking spaces.</p><p>If I said I help anyone do better marketing at scale, you can begin to see where the skepticism may come in.</p><p><strong>2. You can get specific about the problem you solve</strong></p><p>When you're highly specific about the problem you solve, it makes sense that you could solve it credibly for a wide range of industries.</p><p>For example, I could say I help people sell their expertise through membership programs. And that could be a reasonably credible positioning given the specificity of the problem being solved.</p><p>I don't need to say "I help faith-based dog groomers sell membership programs." The market would be too small. And the same skills or lessons could be applied to far greater contexts.</p><p><strong>And this is what strategy is all about.</strong></p><p>There's no perfect way to position your consulting business. Specificity helps—but how you apply specificity is where the hard choices are made.</p><p>So what trade-offs are you making? How are you being specific about either what you do or who you do it for?</p><p>As they say, hard choices, easy life. Easy choices, hard life.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This post originally appeared at <a href="https://kevin.me/ways">https://kevin.me/ways</a></p><p>You can think about niching in a lot of ways.</p><p>In many cases, the tighter you go, the easier it can be to sell what you offer. People are swimming in options, they want specific when they can get it.</p><p>So there are two angles to consider when deciding on how specific you should go with your business.</p><p><strong>1. You can get specific about who you serve</strong></p><p>The more specific your target market, the broader your focus can be in terms of what you help people with—while still being credible.</p><p>If I help multi-location coworking spaces do better marketing, that's a specific target market and a fairly broad way of helping them. It can be reasoned that you can have rare knowledge about marketing in a way that is uniquely applied to multi-location coworking spaces.</p><p>If I said I help anyone do better marketing at scale, you can begin to see where the skepticism may come in.</p><p><strong>2. You can get specific about the problem you solve</strong></p><p>When you're highly specific about the problem you solve, it makes sense that you could solve it credibly for a wide range of industries.</p><p>For example, I could say I help people sell their expertise through membership programs. And that could be a reasonably credible positioning given the specificity of the problem being solved.</p><p>I don't need to say "I help faith-based dog groomers sell membership programs." The market would be too small. And the same skills or lessons could be applied to far greater contexts.</p><p><strong>And this is what strategy is all about.</strong></p><p>There's no perfect way to position your consulting business. Specificity helps—but how you apply specificity is where the hard choices are made.</p><p>So what trade-offs are you making? How are you being specific about either what you do or who you do it for?</p><p>As they say, hard choices, easy life. Easy choices, hard life.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jul 2022 13:29:36 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/5b88df45/6ceca13a.mp3" length="7473163" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>465</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This post originally appeared at <a href="https://kevin.me/ways">https://kevin.me/ways</a></p><p>You can think about niching in a lot of ways.</p><p>In many cases, the tighter you go, the easier it can be to sell what you offer. People are swimming in options, they want specific when they can get it.</p><p>So there are two angles to consider when deciding on how specific you should go with your business.</p><p><strong>1. You can get specific about who you serve</strong></p><p>The more specific your target market, the broader your focus can be in terms of what you help people with—while still being credible.</p><p>If I help multi-location coworking spaces do better marketing, that's a specific target market and a fairly broad way of helping them. It can be reasoned that you can have rare knowledge about marketing in a way that is uniquely applied to multi-location coworking spaces.</p><p>If I said I help anyone do better marketing at scale, you can begin to see where the skepticism may come in.</p><p><strong>2. You can get specific about the problem you solve</strong></p><p>When you're highly specific about the problem you solve, it makes sense that you could solve it credibly for a wide range of industries.</p><p>For example, I could say I help people sell their expertise through membership programs. And that could be a reasonably credible positioning given the specificity of the problem being solved.</p><p>I don't need to say "I help faith-based dog groomers sell membership programs." The market would be too small. And the same skills or lessons could be applied to far greater contexts.</p><p><strong>And this is what strategy is all about.</strong></p><p>There's no perfect way to position your consulting business. Specificity helps—but how you apply specificity is where the hard choices are made.</p><p>So what trade-offs are you making? How are you being specific about either what you do or who you do it for?</p><p>As they say, hard choices, easy life. Easy choices, hard life.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5b88df45/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>192. Why I don't position myself as a fractional CMO</title>
      <itunes:title>192. Why I don't position myself as a fractional CMO</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8713e1ab-c629-4b9e-b669-fcd43ab3aaf6</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/192-why-i-dont-position-myself-as-a-fractional-cmo</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I don't position myself as a fractional CMO.</p><p>I might have a fractional CMO <em>service</em>. Or in a sales conversation, I may say that I'm <em>like</em> having a part-time CMO on your team. But I don't call myself a fractional CMO as my top-level positioning.</p><p>I'm a consultant. I'm an advisor. I help companies with their marketing strategy.</p><p>But I'm not a part-time employee. I don't want to be seen as one. Nor do I want their actual marketing team to be threatened by what may seem like a new boss breathing down their neck.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I go into:</strong></p><ul><li>Why I believe it's best to position yourself as a consultant—not an employee-like person</li><li>When to use terms like "fractional CMO" in your sales conversations and marketing copy</li><li>How to avoid threatening the in-house marketing managers when you're hired to help their organization.</li></ul><p>The topic is nuanced, but I think it's important if you are selling strategic advisory services.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I don't position myself as a fractional CMO.</p><p>I might have a fractional CMO <em>service</em>. Or in a sales conversation, I may say that I'm <em>like</em> having a part-time CMO on your team. But I don't call myself a fractional CMO as my top-level positioning.</p><p>I'm a consultant. I'm an advisor. I help companies with their marketing strategy.</p><p>But I'm not a part-time employee. I don't want to be seen as one. Nor do I want their actual marketing team to be threatened by what may seem like a new boss breathing down their neck.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I go into:</strong></p><ul><li>Why I believe it's best to position yourself as a consultant—not an employee-like person</li><li>When to use terms like "fractional CMO" in your sales conversations and marketing copy</li><li>How to avoid threatening the in-house marketing managers when you're hired to help their organization.</li></ul><p>The topic is nuanced, but I think it's important if you are selling strategic advisory services.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jul 2022 11:17:47 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b242a4e0/9a9e60d8.mp3" length="13787204" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>860</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I don't position myself as a fractional CMO.</p><p>I might have a fractional CMO <em>service</em>. Or in a sales conversation, I may say that I'm <em>like</em> having a part-time CMO on your team. But I don't call myself a fractional CMO as my top-level positioning.</p><p>I'm a consultant. I'm an advisor. I help companies with their marketing strategy.</p><p>But I'm not a part-time employee. I don't want to be seen as one. Nor do I want their actual marketing team to be threatened by what may seem like a new boss breathing down their neck.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I go into:</strong></p><ul><li>Why I believe it's best to position yourself as a consultant—not an employee-like person</li><li>When to use terms like "fractional CMO" in your sales conversations and marketing copy</li><li>How to avoid threatening the in-house marketing managers when you're hired to help their organization.</li></ul><p>The topic is nuanced, but I think it's important if you are selling strategic advisory services.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b242a4e0/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>191. Noticing your quiet inner voice (and what to do about it)</title>
      <itunes:title>191. Noticing your quiet inner voice (and what to do about it)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93bc5f03-137e-4f2d-90c4-c619a8ee6d91</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/192-following-your-quiet-inner-voice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What is your quiet inner voice telling you?</p><p>The one that whispers. You barely notice it at first. But when you do hear it, you're inspired. </p><p>Should you explore it? </p><p>Maybe you don't take it seriously at first. Maybe it feels like a pipe dream. It's not always rational. Sometimes it's idealistic. Regardless, when you pay attention to it, it feels directionally interesting. </p><p>Where does it come from?</p><p>I've noticed that it shows up when I take time away from my business. It shows up on vacations, bike rides, long walks, or while reading a good book. I'm not sure if it's the truth or just a passing random idea, but it feels worth exploring.</p><p>So what do you do when that voice says something? Do you jump to action or think about it until it no longer inspires you? Is it valuable or random? That's what I cover today.</p><p>It may just be the very thing that helps you create unique, valuable, and lasting work.</p><p>Or maybe not. Who knows.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What is your quiet inner voice telling you?</p><p>The one that whispers. You barely notice it at first. But when you do hear it, you're inspired. </p><p>Should you explore it? </p><p>Maybe you don't take it seriously at first. Maybe it feels like a pipe dream. It's not always rational. Sometimes it's idealistic. Regardless, when you pay attention to it, it feels directionally interesting. </p><p>Where does it come from?</p><p>I've noticed that it shows up when I take time away from my business. It shows up on vacations, bike rides, long walks, or while reading a good book. I'm not sure if it's the truth or just a passing random idea, but it feels worth exploring.</p><p>So what do you do when that voice says something? Do you jump to action or think about it until it no longer inspires you? Is it valuable or random? That's what I cover today.</p><p>It may just be the very thing that helps you create unique, valuable, and lasting work.</p><p>Or maybe not. Who knows.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 14:10:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/562aff3b/252bf9d5.mp3" length="10879533" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>678</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What is your quiet inner voice telling you?</p><p>The one that whispers. You barely notice it at first. But when you do hear it, you're inspired. </p><p>Should you explore it? </p><p>Maybe you don't take it seriously at first. Maybe it feels like a pipe dream. It's not always rational. Sometimes it's idealistic. Regardless, when you pay attention to it, it feels directionally interesting. </p><p>Where does it come from?</p><p>I've noticed that it shows up when I take time away from my business. It shows up on vacations, bike rides, long walks, or while reading a good book. I'm not sure if it's the truth or just a passing random idea, but it feels worth exploring.</p><p>So what do you do when that voice says something? Do you jump to action or think about it until it no longer inspires you? Is it valuable or random? That's what I cover today.</p><p>It may just be the very thing that helps you create unique, valuable, and lasting work.</p><p>Or maybe not. Who knows.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/562aff3b/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>190. Analyzing where my advisory clients come from (a general vs. niche business comparison)</title>
      <itunes:title>190. Analyzing where my advisory clients come from (a general vs. niche business comparison)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b0d27dda-2ab8-4233-a6a5-31edc2af9210</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/190-where-my-advisory-clients-come-from-a-general-vs-niche-business-comparison</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I break down where my advisory clients came from.</p><p>I also compare my niche (Everspaces) vs. general consulting clients came from to see if there was a difference.</p><p>And let me tell you, it was enlightening.</p><p>Do you analyze where your clients come from?</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you find about your own business.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I break down where my advisory clients came from.</p><p>I also compare my niche (Everspaces) vs. general consulting clients came from to see if there was a difference.</p><p>And let me tell you, it was enlightening.</p><p>Do you analyze where your clients come from?</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you find about your own business.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 14:17:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/00ec0ce5/e9d30ff9.mp3" length="21107920" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1317</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I break down where my advisory clients came from.</p><p>I also compare my niche (Everspaces) vs. general consulting clients came from to see if there was a difference.</p><p>And let me tell you, it was enlightening.</p><p>Do you analyze where your clients come from?</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you find about your own business.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/00ec0ce5/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>189. What to do if nobody is buying your productized services</title>
      <itunes:title>189. What to do if nobody is buying your productized services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">50df6d23-639b-4dd9-bdc8-0b55f447a27e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/189-what-to-do-if-nobody-is-buying-your-productized-services</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you having trouble selling your productized service?</p><p>In this new episode of Mindshare Radio, I break down the four main things to consider when trying to fix the problem.</p><p>Give it a listen.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you having trouble selling your productized service?</p><p>In this new episode of Mindshare Radio, I break down the four main things to consider when trying to fix the problem.</p><p>Give it a listen.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jun 2022 14:33:33 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b9805e7f/3f26af18.mp3" length="12400534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>773</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you having trouble selling your productized service?</p><p>In this new episode of Mindshare Radio, I break down the four main things to consider when trying to fix the problem.</p><p>Give it a listen.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b9805e7f/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>188. Predicting the future of in-house and outsourced hybrid marketing teams </title>
      <itunes:title>188. Predicting the future of in-house and outsourced hybrid marketing teams </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">99a468d3-363d-415e-976e-089978ca515c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/188-predicting-the-future-of-in-house-and-outsourced-hybrid-marketing-teams-3157b95b-a1b7-487a-b936-927cf14a6462</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Companies are hiring in-house and outsourced marketers differently than they did before.</p><p>I'm seeing less reliance on using a single in-house marketer or even one full-service agency to "do everything" for them.</p><p>Marketing has gotten too broad with too many specialties to work like that. But there's still a long way to go.</p><p>In this episode, I share a prediction on how marketing teams will continue to evolve toward a hybrid in-house/outsourced way.</p><p>I'll get into how I see things evolving and why this presents an opportunity for you.</p><p>Agree? Got another view? Hit reply and let me know.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Companies are hiring in-house and outsourced marketers differently than they did before.</p><p>I'm seeing less reliance on using a single in-house marketer or even one full-service agency to "do everything" for them.</p><p>Marketing has gotten too broad with too many specialties to work like that. But there's still a long way to go.</p><p>In this episode, I share a prediction on how marketing teams will continue to evolve toward a hybrid in-house/outsourced way.</p><p>I'll get into how I see things evolving and why this presents an opportunity for you.</p><p>Agree? Got another view? Hit reply and let me know.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jun 2022 14:06:50 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/70a8bae2/e8b5fad8.mp3" length="14236661" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>888</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Companies are hiring in-house and outsourced marketers differently than they did before.</p><p>I'm seeing less reliance on using a single in-house marketer or even one full-service agency to "do everything" for them.</p><p>Marketing has gotten too broad with too many specialties to work like that. But there's still a long way to go.</p><p>In this episode, I share a prediction on how marketing teams will continue to evolve toward a hybrid in-house/outsourced way.</p><p>I'll get into how I see things evolving and why this presents an opportunity for you.</p><p>Agree? Got another view? Hit reply and let me know.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/70a8bae2/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>187. Why you may want to offer multiple price options</title>
      <itunes:title>187. Why you may want to offer multiple price options</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5ae2d720-2943-4dd8-8045-93ffad9e6e95</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/197-why-you-want-multiple-price-options</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a client requests your services, it can really help to have multiple options at different prices.</p><p>You can do this with a product or service ladder at different prices and scope, or you can create multiple options in your custom proposals.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the reasons why you may want to have multiple options and how to price them based on the value you're delivering.</p><p>This seemingly simple idea can have a major impact on your average deal value—often increasing your revenue by 30%+.</p><p><br>Listen in to learn more.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a client requests your services, it can really help to have multiple options at different prices.</p><p>You can do this with a product or service ladder at different prices and scope, or you can create multiple options in your custom proposals.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the reasons why you may want to have multiple options and how to price them based on the value you're delivering.</p><p>This seemingly simple idea can have a major impact on your average deal value—often increasing your revenue by 30%+.</p><p><br>Listen in to learn more.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 14:25:15 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6691c2fa/f7ba8abd.mp3" length="9487317" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>591</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a client requests your services, it can really help to have multiple options at different prices.</p><p>You can do this with a product or service ladder at different prices and scope, or you can create multiple options in your custom proposals.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the reasons why you may want to have multiple options and how to price them based on the value you're delivering.</p><p>This seemingly simple idea can have a major impact on your average deal value—often increasing your revenue by 30%+.</p><p><br>Listen in to learn more.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6691c2fa/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>186. What to do when clients don't take your advice</title>
      <itunes:title>186. What to do when clients don't take your advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2737baf3-ab9b-4194-b2b6-1e33fb469407</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/196-what-to-do-when-clients-dont-take-your-advice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you do when clients give you advice but then do their own thing anyway?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why this happens, how to prevent it from happening, and how to both give and get the best possible advice.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you do when clients give you advice but then do their own thing anyway?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why this happens, how to prevent it from happening, and how to both give and get the best possible advice.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 08:12:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/4143344b/5f9c5c59.mp3" length="7091179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>441</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you do when clients give you advice but then do their own thing anyway?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why this happens, how to prevent it from happening, and how to both give and get the best possible advice.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4143344b/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>185. Twitter growth strategies and memes-as-marketing with Dagobert Renouf</title>
      <itunes:title>185. Twitter growth strategies and memes-as-marketing with Dagobert Renouf</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">05b38fa4-c616-429d-9d82-1b59dece28ca</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/195-twitter-growth-strategies-and-memes-as-marketing-with-dagobert-renouf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I interviewed Dagobert Renouf of <a href="https://logology.co">Logology</a> last week on how he's been so successful on Twitter.</p><p>Dagobert is extremely active and publishes a meme every day of the week, which is a big hit for his 30k+ audience.</p><p>But like any successful story, there's an underlying mindset and strategy that makes the tactics more successful.</p><p>So I wanted to dig into those. And he delivered.</p><p>​We’ll get into the specifics of:</p><ul><li>​His overarching Twitter strategy</li><li>​Why he believes memes as a marketing tactic works so well</li><li>​How he comes up with his meme ideas each day</li><li>​How he actually creates and publishes his memes</li><li>​His approach to engaging with accounts—small and big—at scale</li><li>​The tools he uses to manage Twitter as a power user</li><li>​How he’s grown his logo design business with this strategy</li><li>​And a range of other topics!</li></ul><p>Listen in to hear this episode, it already changed my thinking and approach to Twitter.</p><p><strong>Mentioned links</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.logology.co/">Logology</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/dagorenouf">Dagobert on Twitter (@dagorenouf)</a></li><li><a href="https://blackmagic.so/">Black Magic</a> (Twitter CRM/Analytics)</li><li><a href="https://matthewpalmer.net/rocket/">Rocket</a> (emojis for Mac)</li><li><a href="https://imgflip.com/">Imgflip</a> (meme inspiration)</li></ul><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I interviewed Dagobert Renouf of <a href="https://logology.co">Logology</a> last week on how he's been so successful on Twitter.</p><p>Dagobert is extremely active and publishes a meme every day of the week, which is a big hit for his 30k+ audience.</p><p>But like any successful story, there's an underlying mindset and strategy that makes the tactics more successful.</p><p>So I wanted to dig into those. And he delivered.</p><p>​We’ll get into the specifics of:</p><ul><li>​His overarching Twitter strategy</li><li>​Why he believes memes as a marketing tactic works so well</li><li>​How he comes up with his meme ideas each day</li><li>​How he actually creates and publishes his memes</li><li>​His approach to engaging with accounts—small and big—at scale</li><li>​The tools he uses to manage Twitter as a power user</li><li>​How he’s grown his logo design business with this strategy</li><li>​And a range of other topics!</li></ul><p>Listen in to hear this episode, it already changed my thinking and approach to Twitter.</p><p><strong>Mentioned links</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.logology.co/">Logology</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/dagorenouf">Dagobert on Twitter (@dagorenouf)</a></li><li><a href="https://blackmagic.so/">Black Magic</a> (Twitter CRM/Analytics)</li><li><a href="https://matthewpalmer.net/rocket/">Rocket</a> (emojis for Mac)</li><li><a href="https://imgflip.com/">Imgflip</a> (meme inspiration)</li></ul><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 May 2022 11:29:40 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/f4e588df/724e170d.mp3" length="49882304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3116</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I interviewed Dagobert Renouf of <a href="https://logology.co">Logology</a> last week on how he's been so successful on Twitter.</p><p>Dagobert is extremely active and publishes a meme every day of the week, which is a big hit for his 30k+ audience.</p><p>But like any successful story, there's an underlying mindset and strategy that makes the tactics more successful.</p><p>So I wanted to dig into those. And he delivered.</p><p>​We’ll get into the specifics of:</p><ul><li>​His overarching Twitter strategy</li><li>​Why he believes memes as a marketing tactic works so well</li><li>​How he comes up with his meme ideas each day</li><li>​How he actually creates and publishes his memes</li><li>​His approach to engaging with accounts—small and big—at scale</li><li>​The tools he uses to manage Twitter as a power user</li><li>​How he’s grown his logo design business with this strategy</li><li>​And a range of other topics!</li></ul><p>Listen in to hear this episode, it already changed my thinking and approach to Twitter.</p><p><strong>Mentioned links</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.logology.co/">Logology</a></li><li><a href="https://twitter.com/dagorenouf">Dagobert on Twitter (@dagorenouf)</a></li><li><a href="https://blackmagic.so/">Black Magic</a> (Twitter CRM/Analytics)</li><li><a href="https://matthewpalmer.net/rocket/">Rocket</a> (emojis for Mac)</li><li><a href="https://imgflip.com/">Imgflip</a> (meme inspiration)</li></ul><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>Yes</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f4e588df/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>184. "In order to do this right..."</title>
      <itunes:title>184. "In order to do this right..."</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4bf64b39-e00e-4531-a7c0-05d0607709b9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/193-in-order-to-do-this-right</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It can be nerve-wracking to propose a project that is more expensive or takes longer than a client is asking for.</p><p>Our first instinct might be to charge the bare minimum to get the job done. Or to promise the most ideal timelines—assuming nothing will go wrong—to win the deal and avoid pushback and rejection.</p><p>But we know that's not realistic. Something always comes up.</p><p>The problem is, while you think you're giving the client what they want, you're actually undercutting both you <em>and</em> them. </p><p>You're reducing the likelihood of achieving the very thing they're hiring you to do, which is to get a business result. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about one magical phrase that gives you <em>and</em> your clients more confidence to do work that may be more expensive or take longer than they hoped for.</p><p>And why it's the best thing for them—and you—to take this approach more often than not.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It can be nerve-wracking to propose a project that is more expensive or takes longer than a client is asking for.</p><p>Our first instinct might be to charge the bare minimum to get the job done. Or to promise the most ideal timelines—assuming nothing will go wrong—to win the deal and avoid pushback and rejection.</p><p>But we know that's not realistic. Something always comes up.</p><p>The problem is, while you think you're giving the client what they want, you're actually undercutting both you <em>and</em> them. </p><p>You're reducing the likelihood of achieving the very thing they're hiring you to do, which is to get a business result. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about one magical phrase that gives you <em>and</em> your clients more confidence to do work that may be more expensive or take longer than they hoped for.</p><p>And why it's the best thing for them—and you—to take this approach more often than not.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 May 2022 14:28:30 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/61f49608/42aa2cfb.mp3" length="2505288" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>155</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>It can be nerve-wracking to propose a project that is more expensive or takes longer than a client is asking for.</p><p>Our first instinct might be to charge the bare minimum to get the job done. Or to promise the most ideal timelines—assuming nothing will go wrong—to win the deal and avoid pushback and rejection.</p><p>But we know that's not realistic. Something always comes up.</p><p>The problem is, while you think you're giving the client what they want, you're actually undercutting both you <em>and</em> them. </p><p>You're reducing the likelihood of achieving the very thing they're hiring you to do, which is to get a business result. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about one magical phrase that gives you <em>and</em> your clients more confidence to do work that may be more expensive or take longer than they hoped for.</p><p>And why it's the best thing for them—and you—to take this approach more often than not.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/61f49608/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>183. Why I'm allowing myself to stop publishing daily</title>
      <itunes:title>183. Why I'm allowing myself to stop publishing daily</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce7a2f67-b9e0-47ac-ae56-e96e90377c4b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/193-switching-from-daily</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently decided to switch from daily publishing to a more flexible format.</p><p>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, I break down the reasons why I started publishing daily in the first place (549 days ago) as well as the reasons for giving myself permission to publish whenever I want.</p><p>I'm still bullish on daily content. It's an extremely powerful tactic if it aligns with your strategy. </p><p>But for now, I'm choosing flexibility. Listen to find out more.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I'd love your thoughts. Hit reply and tell me what you're doing/thinking related to publishing.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently decided to switch from daily publishing to a more flexible format.</p><p>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, I break down the reasons why I started publishing daily in the first place (549 days ago) as well as the reasons for giving myself permission to publish whenever I want.</p><p>I'm still bullish on daily content. It's an extremely powerful tactic if it aligns with your strategy. </p><p>But for now, I'm choosing flexibility. Listen to find out more.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I'd love your thoughts. Hit reply and tell me what you're doing/thinking related to publishing.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 14:05:46 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d6af5124/0b7905ad.mp3" length="19773680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1234</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I recently decided to switch from daily publishing to a more flexible format.</p><p>In this episode of Mindshare Radio, I break down the reasons why I started publishing daily in the first place (549 days ago) as well as the reasons for giving myself permission to publish whenever I want.</p><p>I'm still bullish on daily content. It's an extremely powerful tactic if it aligns with your strategy. </p><p>But for now, I'm choosing flexibility. Listen to find out more.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I'd love your thoughts. Hit reply and tell me what you're doing/thinking related to publishing.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d6af5124/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>182. Customer surplus and price to value ratio</title>
      <itunes:title>182. Customer surplus and price to value ratio</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0da24d9f-9feb-434e-bc73-82eded82c011</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/192-customer-surplus-and-price-to-value-ratio</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you price your services, there's something called <em>customer surplus</em> to consider.</p><p>Customer surplus, in this case, means the amount of profit your customers gain after deducting your costs.</p><p>Not all profit is financial, but it's easier to think about it in financial terms.</p><p><strong>On the one hand, you want to price your services high enough</strong> to attract people who need and value the outcome of your services.</p><p>People with the highest needs want to buy expensive solutions because they need them to work. Higher prices are both a <a href="https://kevin.me/premium/">signal of quality</a> and they allow you to invest the resources to do great work.</p><p><strong>On the other, you don't want to price too high</strong> or you risk capturing too much of the customer surplus, making your products and services less compelling.</p><p>It also makes you less likely to be referred because the price to value ratio after an engagement wasn't high enough to have people rave about you.</p><p><strong>You also can't drop your prices too low</strong> or your ideal customers also won't buy it because, profit aside, they want and need something of quality that will actually solve their problems.</p><p>So should you price your work? Give this a listen.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you price your services, there's something called <em>customer surplus</em> to consider.</p><p>Customer surplus, in this case, means the amount of profit your customers gain after deducting your costs.</p><p>Not all profit is financial, but it's easier to think about it in financial terms.</p><p><strong>On the one hand, you want to price your services high enough</strong> to attract people who need and value the outcome of your services.</p><p>People with the highest needs want to buy expensive solutions because they need them to work. Higher prices are both a <a href="https://kevin.me/premium/">signal of quality</a> and they allow you to invest the resources to do great work.</p><p><strong>On the other, you don't want to price too high</strong> or you risk capturing too much of the customer surplus, making your products and services less compelling.</p><p>It also makes you less likely to be referred because the price to value ratio after an engagement wasn't high enough to have people rave about you.</p><p><strong>You also can't drop your prices too low</strong> or your ideal customers also won't buy it because, profit aside, they want and need something of quality that will actually solve their problems.</p><p>So should you price your work? Give this a listen.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 May 2022 13:31:45 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e8edd2ad/7a6f1373.mp3" length="7761575" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>483</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you price your services, there's something called <em>customer surplus</em> to consider.</p><p>Customer surplus, in this case, means the amount of profit your customers gain after deducting your costs.</p><p>Not all profit is financial, but it's easier to think about it in financial terms.</p><p><strong>On the one hand, you want to price your services high enough</strong> to attract people who need and value the outcome of your services.</p><p>People with the highest needs want to buy expensive solutions because they need them to work. Higher prices are both a <a href="https://kevin.me/premium/">signal of quality</a> and they allow you to invest the resources to do great work.</p><p><strong>On the other, you don't want to price too high</strong> or you risk capturing too much of the customer surplus, making your products and services less compelling.</p><p>It also makes you less likely to be referred because the price to value ratio after an engagement wasn't high enough to have people rave about you.</p><p><strong>You also can't drop your prices too low</strong> or your ideal customers also won't buy it because, profit aside, they want and need something of quality that will actually solve their problems.</p><p>So should you price your work? Give this a listen.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8edd2ad/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>181. "What if my marketing budget doesn't allow me to implement your advice?"</title>
      <itunes:title>181. "What if my marketing budget doesn't allow me to implement your advice?"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">054eee02-52ef-45eb-a00d-8e96f568e9f9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/181-what-if-my-marketing-budget-doesnt-allow-me-to-implement-your-advice-f45ab345-27a8-4afd-b682-dca889a478d7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://kevin.me/mindshare">Mindshare</a> member, Sean, had an interesting objection while selling his advisory services.</p><p>This is a common question when selling advisory work, so it's worth unpacking this and other follow-up questions Sean had.</p>"What if my marketing budget doesn't allow me to implement your advice?"<p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ul><li>How to answer this question succinctly in your FAQs or sales conversations</li><li>The difference between cash flow/budget adherence and long-term ROI</li><li>Breaking out a spreadsheet to show potential cash flow scenarios</li><li>Comparing their other options, like agency, in-house employee, and DIY</li><li>Business model and pricing questions around advisory vs. <em>managed</em> advisory services</li></ul><p>At the end of the day, your job is to get an ROI for your clients in a cash-sustainable manner.</p><p>If budgets are strict, your job is to work within their constraints.</p><p>But it's also worth noting that sometimes, the ROI pays dividends over a longer time horizon.</p><p>The better you can prove a business case, the easier it will be to sell.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/allow">Listen to this episode for a more in-depth response.</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://kevin.me/mindshare">Mindshare</a> member, Sean, had an interesting objection while selling his advisory services.</p><p>This is a common question when selling advisory work, so it's worth unpacking this and other follow-up questions Sean had.</p>"What if my marketing budget doesn't allow me to implement your advice?"<p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ul><li>How to answer this question succinctly in your FAQs or sales conversations</li><li>The difference between cash flow/budget adherence and long-term ROI</li><li>Breaking out a spreadsheet to show potential cash flow scenarios</li><li>Comparing their other options, like agency, in-house employee, and DIY</li><li>Business model and pricing questions around advisory vs. <em>managed</em> advisory services</li></ul><p>At the end of the day, your job is to get an ROI for your clients in a cash-sustainable manner.</p><p>If budgets are strict, your job is to work within their constraints.</p><p>But it's also worth noting that sometimes, the ROI pays dividends over a longer time horizon.</p><p>The better you can prove a business case, the easier it will be to sell.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/allow">Listen to this episode for a more in-depth response.</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:12:06 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ba9df9bb/f4a0d2c2.mp3" length="10065428" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>627</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://kevin.me/mindshare">Mindshare</a> member, Sean, had an interesting objection while selling his advisory services.</p><p>This is a common question when selling advisory work, so it's worth unpacking this and other follow-up questions Sean had.</p>"What if my marketing budget doesn't allow me to implement your advice?"<p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ul><li>How to answer this question succinctly in your FAQs or sales conversations</li><li>The difference between cash flow/budget adherence and long-term ROI</li><li>Breaking out a spreadsheet to show potential cash flow scenarios</li><li>Comparing their other options, like agency, in-house employee, and DIY</li><li>Business model and pricing questions around advisory vs. <em>managed</em> advisory services</li></ul><p>At the end of the day, your job is to get an ROI for your clients in a cash-sustainable manner.</p><p>If budgets are strict, your job is to work within their constraints.</p><p>But it's also worth noting that sometimes, the ROI pays dividends over a longer time horizon.</p><p>The better you can prove a business case, the easier it will be to sell.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/allow">Listen to this episode for a more in-depth response.</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ba9df9bb/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>180. How narrowly should you niche when starting out as a consultant?</title>
      <itunes:title>180. How narrowly should you niche when starting out as a consultant?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ea1f3f56-bba0-4b41-bd4d-76e85622427c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/180-how-niche-should-you-go-when-youre-starting-out</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mindshare community member, Jack, had a great question about how narrow to go with your niche when just starting out as a new consultant.</p><p>Here's the gist of his question:</p>I'm currently in-house at what would <em>probably </em>be classed as a B2B manufacturer. <p>The plan is to step into strategy/advisory within the next 6 months.</p><p>So with my current experience, I see it as an easy step to niche further into B2B - helping B2B manufacturers grow by transforming their marketing. </p><p>However, the company I work for is actually a manufacturer/service provider in the fire safety space. As a result a lot of my experience is how to target, position, market etc to a pretty specific ICP. </p><p>So my options would/could be:</p><p>1) General B2B<br>2) Manufacturers<br>3) Fire Safety &amp; Security companies (B2B focussed but not all will be manufacturers)</p><p>Some of my thoughts on 3 come of the back of going to a big fire safety expo recently—there are a lot of companies with bad websites/branding spending a lot of money on their marketing!</p><p>I'm just concerned I could narrow myself too much.</p><p>As always, any thoughts are greatly received. </p><p>This is a great question that I answered in the community but wanted to give greater nuance to with a long-form audio recording.</p><p>The question really is: <strong>how niche do you go when leaving a job and starting a consulting practice?</strong></p><p>In this episode, I talk about factors like:</p><ul><li>The amount of runway you have</li><li>The size of the market</li><li>Access to the target market in your network</li><li>What things you're credible at</li><li>The benefits of staying broader at first</li><li>Alignment of your niche with your genuine interests </li><li>And general strategies for transitioning out of a job and into consulting with less risk</li></ul><p>If you're thinking of making the leap from employment to consulting and aren't sure how niche to go, this episode is for you.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mindshare community member, Jack, had a great question about how narrow to go with your niche when just starting out as a new consultant.</p><p>Here's the gist of his question:</p>I'm currently in-house at what would <em>probably </em>be classed as a B2B manufacturer. <p>The plan is to step into strategy/advisory within the next 6 months.</p><p>So with my current experience, I see it as an easy step to niche further into B2B - helping B2B manufacturers grow by transforming their marketing. </p><p>However, the company I work for is actually a manufacturer/service provider in the fire safety space. As a result a lot of my experience is how to target, position, market etc to a pretty specific ICP. </p><p>So my options would/could be:</p><p>1) General B2B<br>2) Manufacturers<br>3) Fire Safety &amp; Security companies (B2B focussed but not all will be manufacturers)</p><p>Some of my thoughts on 3 come of the back of going to a big fire safety expo recently—there are a lot of companies with bad websites/branding spending a lot of money on their marketing!</p><p>I'm just concerned I could narrow myself too much.</p><p>As always, any thoughts are greatly received. </p><p>This is a great question that I answered in the community but wanted to give greater nuance to with a long-form audio recording.</p><p>The question really is: <strong>how niche do you go when leaving a job and starting a consulting practice?</strong></p><p>In this episode, I talk about factors like:</p><ul><li>The amount of runway you have</li><li>The size of the market</li><li>Access to the target market in your network</li><li>What things you're credible at</li><li>The benefits of staying broader at first</li><li>Alignment of your niche with your genuine interests </li><li>And general strategies for transitioning out of a job and into consulting with less risk</li></ul><p>If you're thinking of making the leap from employment to consulting and aren't sure how niche to go, this episode is for you.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Apr 2022 11:45:21 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/16e3c6ac/2392d1a7.mp3" length="13923551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>868</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mindshare community member, Jack, had a great question about how narrow to go with your niche when just starting out as a new consultant.</p><p>Here's the gist of his question:</p>I'm currently in-house at what would <em>probably </em>be classed as a B2B manufacturer. <p>The plan is to step into strategy/advisory within the next 6 months.</p><p>So with my current experience, I see it as an easy step to niche further into B2B - helping B2B manufacturers grow by transforming their marketing. </p><p>However, the company I work for is actually a manufacturer/service provider in the fire safety space. As a result a lot of my experience is how to target, position, market etc to a pretty specific ICP. </p><p>So my options would/could be:</p><p>1) General B2B<br>2) Manufacturers<br>3) Fire Safety &amp; Security companies (B2B focussed but not all will be manufacturers)</p><p>Some of my thoughts on 3 come of the back of going to a big fire safety expo recently—there are a lot of companies with bad websites/branding spending a lot of money on their marketing!</p><p>I'm just concerned I could narrow myself too much.</p><p>As always, any thoughts are greatly received. </p><p>This is a great question that I answered in the community but wanted to give greater nuance to with a long-form audio recording.</p><p>The question really is: <strong>how niche do you go when leaving a job and starting a consulting practice?</strong></p><p>In this episode, I talk about factors like:</p><ul><li>The amount of runway you have</li><li>The size of the market</li><li>Access to the target market in your network</li><li>What things you're credible at</li><li>The benefits of staying broader at first</li><li>Alignment of your niche with your genuine interests </li><li>And general strategies for transitioning out of a job and into consulting with less risk</li></ul><p>If you're thinking of making the leap from employment to consulting and aren't sure how niche to go, this episode is for you.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/16e3c6ac/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>179. How to properly categorize your products and service</title>
      <itunes:title>179. How to properly categorize your products and service</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">43e0ef25-4deb-4bcb-80a8-086037bbf7a1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/179-categorizing-your-products-and-service</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mindshare Pro used to be a premium upgrade to the free <a href="https://kevin.me/mindshare">Mindshare Community</a> membership.</p><p>But in my opinion, that was a <a href="https://kevin.me/categorical/">mistake</a>. It should have been positioned as <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Group Coaching</a>.</p><p>And the templates/resources should be categorized separately as knowledge products. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about categorizing your own products and services, how to break them down, why it matters, and also how to apply it to an industry like web design.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if your products and services have had similar categorization issues.</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mindshare Pro used to be a premium upgrade to the free <a href="https://kevin.me/mindshare">Mindshare Community</a> membership.</p><p>But in my opinion, that was a <a href="https://kevin.me/categorical/">mistake</a>. It should have been positioned as <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Group Coaching</a>.</p><p>And the templates/resources should be categorized separately as knowledge products. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about categorizing your own products and services, how to break them down, why it matters, and also how to apply it to an industry like web design.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if your products and services have had similar categorization issues.</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Apr 2022 13:46:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/08951c95/c99436a1.mp3" length="13341344" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>832</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Mindshare Pro used to be a premium upgrade to the free <a href="https://kevin.me/mindshare">Mindshare Community</a> membership.</p><p>But in my opinion, that was a <a href="https://kevin.me/categorical/">mistake</a>. It should have been positioned as <a href="https://kevin.me/group">Group Coaching</a>.</p><p>And the templates/resources should be categorized separately as knowledge products. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about categorizing your own products and services, how to break them down, why it matters, and also how to apply it to an industry like web design.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if your products and services have had similar categorization issues.</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/08951c95/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>178. The relationship between hourly and commodity work</title>
      <itunes:title>178. The relationship between hourly and commodity work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">651a3a04-9e0c-4411-b2fe-29106099a13e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/178-the-relationship-between-hourly-and-commodity-work</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On a long drive today, I re-listened to some of the book, <em>The Passion Economy</em>, by Adam Davidson.</p><p>It spoke to me the first time I read it. It's about craftsmanship in your business and working on something you're passionate about.</p><p>It's about the power of building small-scale, high-quality work instead of mass-produced commodity work that can be scaled infinitely.</p><p>The book has a lot of great rules, quotes, and stories. I'll share one quote that came up because it fits so well into how we price our work.</p><p>Here's the quote:</p>“I recently hired a lawyer who told me that he would not charge me by the hour but would, instead, agree to a fixed fee for the work we were going to do together. He explained that charging by the hour contradicted his core values of serving his clients; it would create an incentive for him to spend more time even if it wasn’t strictly necessary. Or, on the other hand, he might choose to rush some work to save me some money. He preferred not to think about time at all but, instead, to focus on providing me with the greatest service. I found this comforting.”— The Passion Economy: Nine Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century by Adam Davidson<p>Selling by the hour often doesn't feel good for either party, nor is it always aligned with the best interests of your clients.</p><p>The <a href="https://kevin.me/better/">incentive structure</a> is broken.</p><p>I've noticed hourly is most often the best option when you're doing commodity work, like website support or odd design tasks, for example.</p><p>I'm not bashing hourly work or these kinds of support roles. They may be necessary to grow and/or sustain your business. They can be profitable.</p><p>But I am pointing to the fact that hourly work—when it is required—is closest to commodity work and therefore should come with an orange flag.</p><p>The longer you do commodity work, the harder it will be to do great work.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On a long drive today, I re-listened to some of the book, <em>The Passion Economy</em>, by Adam Davidson.</p><p>It spoke to me the first time I read it. It's about craftsmanship in your business and working on something you're passionate about.</p><p>It's about the power of building small-scale, high-quality work instead of mass-produced commodity work that can be scaled infinitely.</p><p>The book has a lot of great rules, quotes, and stories. I'll share one quote that came up because it fits so well into how we price our work.</p><p>Here's the quote:</p>“I recently hired a lawyer who told me that he would not charge me by the hour but would, instead, agree to a fixed fee for the work we were going to do together. He explained that charging by the hour contradicted his core values of serving his clients; it would create an incentive for him to spend more time even if it wasn’t strictly necessary. Or, on the other hand, he might choose to rush some work to save me some money. He preferred not to think about time at all but, instead, to focus on providing me with the greatest service. I found this comforting.”— The Passion Economy: Nine Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century by Adam Davidson<p>Selling by the hour often doesn't feel good for either party, nor is it always aligned with the best interests of your clients.</p><p>The <a href="https://kevin.me/better/">incentive structure</a> is broken.</p><p>I've noticed hourly is most often the best option when you're doing commodity work, like website support or odd design tasks, for example.</p><p>I'm not bashing hourly work or these kinds of support roles. They may be necessary to grow and/or sustain your business. They can be profitable.</p><p>But I am pointing to the fact that hourly work—when it is required—is closest to commodity work and therefore should come with an orange flag.</p><p>The longer you do commodity work, the harder it will be to do great work.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 17 Apr 2022 20:11:43 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/04f2be2c/391d4bb4.mp3" length="7690158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>473</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>On a long drive today, I re-listened to some of the book, <em>The Passion Economy</em>, by Adam Davidson.</p><p>It spoke to me the first time I read it. It's about craftsmanship in your business and working on something you're passionate about.</p><p>It's about the power of building small-scale, high-quality work instead of mass-produced commodity work that can be scaled infinitely.</p><p>The book has a lot of great rules, quotes, and stories. I'll share one quote that came up because it fits so well into how we price our work.</p><p>Here's the quote:</p>“I recently hired a lawyer who told me that he would not charge me by the hour but would, instead, agree to a fixed fee for the work we were going to do together. He explained that charging by the hour contradicted his core values of serving his clients; it would create an incentive for him to spend more time even if it wasn’t strictly necessary. Or, on the other hand, he might choose to rush some work to save me some money. He preferred not to think about time at all but, instead, to focus on providing me with the greatest service. I found this comforting.”— The Passion Economy: Nine Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century by Adam Davidson<p>Selling by the hour often doesn't feel good for either party, nor is it always aligned with the best interests of your clients.</p><p>The <a href="https://kevin.me/better/">incentive structure</a> is broken.</p><p>I've noticed hourly is most often the best option when you're doing commodity work, like website support or odd design tasks, for example.</p><p>I'm not bashing hourly work or these kinds of support roles. They may be necessary to grow and/or sustain your business. They can be profitable.</p><p>But I am pointing to the fact that hourly work—when it is required—is closest to commodity work and therefore should come with an orange flag.</p><p>The longer you do commodity work, the harder it will be to do great work.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/04f2be2c/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>177. The right amount of work</title>
      <itunes:title>177. The right amount of work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f1b3d44-5523-48d3-ad00-a791458ded23</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/177-finding-the-right-amount-of-work-to-do</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How much work should you take on?</p><p>When does the quality of your work suffer?</p><p>What are the ethical implications?</p><p>I talk about this and more in today's episode.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How much work should you take on?</p><p>When does the quality of your work suffer?</p><p>What are the ethical implications?</p><p>I talk about this and more in today's episode.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 Apr 2022 19:30:14 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fec6e444/71aada40.mp3" length="7247097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>446</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>How much work should you take on?</p><p>When does the quality of your work suffer?</p><p>What are the ethical implications?</p><p>I talk about this and more in today's episode.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fec6e444/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>176. The story of the car detailer</title>
      <itunes:title>176. The story of the car detailer</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3b588349-969c-4ed4-adb5-3d452edbe5b2</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/176-the-story-of-the-car-detailer</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A while back, I had my car detailed at a new shop around the corner. </p><p>When I called to book, the new business owner asked how dirty it was. </p><p>I said it was decent but it had some dog fur in parts of the back seat.</p><p>He grumbled and told me (reluctantly) to come in. </p><p>They were closed a few months later.</p><p>In this episode, I get into a few lessons we can all learn, including the importance of:</p><ul><li>Doing work that you're intrinsically motivated by</li><li>For people you enjoy working with</li><li>At prices that excite you to bring your best</li><li>So you can build a sustainable business</li><li>Which allows you to become great at what you do</li><li>Which becomes a continued flywheel for your business</li></ul><p>Give this a listen if it feels timely for you.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A while back, I had my car detailed at a new shop around the corner. </p><p>When I called to book, the new business owner asked how dirty it was. </p><p>I said it was decent but it had some dog fur in parts of the back seat.</p><p>He grumbled and told me (reluctantly) to come in. </p><p>They were closed a few months later.</p><p>In this episode, I get into a few lessons we can all learn, including the importance of:</p><ul><li>Doing work that you're intrinsically motivated by</li><li>For people you enjoy working with</li><li>At prices that excite you to bring your best</li><li>So you can build a sustainable business</li><li>Which allows you to become great at what you do</li><li>Which becomes a continued flywheel for your business</li></ul><p>Give this a listen if it feels timely for you.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Apr 2022 10:00:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d76d3dc9/dd0ac268.mp3" length="5720238" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>355</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>A while back, I had my car detailed at a new shop around the corner. </p><p>When I called to book, the new business owner asked how dirty it was. </p><p>I said it was decent but it had some dog fur in parts of the back seat.</p><p>He grumbled and told me (reluctantly) to come in. </p><p>They were closed a few months later.</p><p>In this episode, I get into a few lessons we can all learn, including the importance of:</p><ul><li>Doing work that you're intrinsically motivated by</li><li>For people you enjoy working with</li><li>At prices that excite you to bring your best</li><li>So you can build a sustainable business</li><li>Which allows you to become great at what you do</li><li>Which becomes a continued flywheel for your business</li></ul><p>Give this a listen if it feels timely for you.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d76d3dc9/transcript.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>175. The problem with generalist positioning</title>
      <itunes:title>175. The problem with generalist positioning</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfa649c1-18a8-4799-af6c-39c47f866b51</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/175-the-problem-with-generalist-positioning</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are a lot of problems with having purely generalist positioning.</p><p>The main one, though, is that potential clients don't know what you're <em>actually</em> good at.</p><p>So they're left to figure that out for themselves—and there's no way to tell what you're actually good at until they work with you.</p><p>And by then it's too late.</p><p>The best clients will go to someone who looks the most qualified on paper.  They will spend top dollar with <em>them</em> to do things right.</p><p>And that means you'll be left with the less-than-ideal clients. The ones who don't understand just how nuanced the work is to do right—which means they won't value your work enough to pay you well.</p><p>They'll be price shopping and have unrealistic expectations based on naive perceptions that things are easy.</p><p>Yes, I think you can be a generalist and specialist at the same time. You <em>can</em> build around your best skills and ideal niche until you don't need to take on other clients.</p><p>But having purely generalist positioning is a recipe for having a business you don't want to run.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are a lot of problems with having purely generalist positioning.</p><p>The main one, though, is that potential clients don't know what you're <em>actually</em> good at.</p><p>So they're left to figure that out for themselves—and there's no way to tell what you're actually good at until they work with you.</p><p>And by then it's too late.</p><p>The best clients will go to someone who looks the most qualified on paper.  They will spend top dollar with <em>them</em> to do things right.</p><p>And that means you'll be left with the less-than-ideal clients. The ones who don't understand just how nuanced the work is to do right—which means they won't value your work enough to pay you well.</p><p>They'll be price shopping and have unrealistic expectations based on naive perceptions that things are easy.</p><p>Yes, I think you can be a generalist and specialist at the same time. You <em>can</em> build around your best skills and ideal niche until you don't need to take on other clients.</p><p>But having purely generalist positioning is a recipe for having a business you don't want to run.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 14:26:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/708908e7/b6075715.mp3" length="14473710" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>903</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are a lot of problems with having purely generalist positioning.</p><p>The main one, though, is that potential clients don't know what you're <em>actually</em> good at.</p><p>So they're left to figure that out for themselves—and there's no way to tell what you're actually good at until they work with you.</p><p>And by then it's too late.</p><p>The best clients will go to someone who looks the most qualified on paper.  They will spend top dollar with <em>them</em> to do things right.</p><p>And that means you'll be left with the less-than-ideal clients. The ones who don't understand just how nuanced the work is to do right—which means they won't value your work enough to pay you well.</p><p>They'll be price shopping and have unrealistic expectations based on naive perceptions that things are easy.</p><p>Yes, I think you can be a generalist and specialist at the same time. You <em>can</em> build around your best skills and ideal niche until you don't need to take on other clients.</p><p>But having purely generalist positioning is a recipe for having a business you don't want to run.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>174. Cleaning up</title>
      <itunes:title>174. Cleaning up</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20f7d0bf-c182-468b-b326-718de975856b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/174-cleaning-up</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I cleaned my office today and I felt a lot better. More clear-thinking.</p><p>Strange how your environment can affect your mental state.</p><p>And to me, this is analogous to all areas of your business. </p><p>For example, cleaning out expenses you no longer use.</p><p>Or services that are not profitable enough. </p><p>Or clients who are not the right fit for you.</p><p>Or emails that are left unanswered for too long.</p><p>Or tasks that you have neglected and need to be either dealt with or deleted.</p><p>Or decisions you have been putting off until today.</p><p>I’m a big believer in creating space to think. I took today off calls to give myself time to clean things up and work on the things that mattered.</p><p>Without space, there’s no time to clean up. And if you don’t clean things up, your mind and your business will eventually be overrun.</p><p>This is your reminder to reserve time, clean up, and work on the things that excite you most in your business. </p><p>Or, just take a nap. Either way.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I cleaned my office today and I felt a lot better. More clear-thinking.</p><p>Strange how your environment can affect your mental state.</p><p>And to me, this is analogous to all areas of your business. </p><p>For example, cleaning out expenses you no longer use.</p><p>Or services that are not profitable enough. </p><p>Or clients who are not the right fit for you.</p><p>Or emails that are left unanswered for too long.</p><p>Or tasks that you have neglected and need to be either dealt with or deleted.</p><p>Or decisions you have been putting off until today.</p><p>I’m a big believer in creating space to think. I took today off calls to give myself time to clean things up and work on the things that mattered.</p><p>Without space, there’s no time to clean up. And if you don’t clean things up, your mind and your business will eventually be overrun.</p><p>This is your reminder to reserve time, clean up, and work on the things that excite you most in your business. </p><p>Or, just take a nap. Either way.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Apr 2022 10:43:23 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6488951b/6c8d67f9.mp3" length="7269884" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>452</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I cleaned my office today and I felt a lot better. More clear-thinking.</p><p>Strange how your environment can affect your mental state.</p><p>And to me, this is analogous to all areas of your business. </p><p>For example, cleaning out expenses you no longer use.</p><p>Or services that are not profitable enough. </p><p>Or clients who are not the right fit for you.</p><p>Or emails that are left unanswered for too long.</p><p>Or tasks that you have neglected and need to be either dealt with or deleted.</p><p>Or decisions you have been putting off until today.</p><p>I’m a big believer in creating space to think. I took today off calls to give myself time to clean things up and work on the things that mattered.</p><p>Without space, there’s no time to clean up. And if you don’t clean things up, your mind and your business will eventually be overrun.</p><p>This is your reminder to reserve time, clean up, and work on the things that excite you most in your business. </p><p>Or, just take a nap. Either way.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>173. Are your prices negotiable?</title>
      <itunes:title>173. Are your prices negotiable?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae747f42-70c1-40fc-a950-27d3f05446a1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/173-are-your-prices-negotiable</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a window installer come by recently to quote new windows on my house.</p><p>When I asked how the process works, he told me he'd educate me on the products, size the windows, give me a quote, then I'd "beat him up" on price, and then we'd make a deal when we figured out the details.</p><p>The throwaway line about haggling over price had me feeling uneasy. I don't know anything about windows let alone how to haggle over their prices.</p><p>There are lots of lessons here to unpack. Should you negotiate? If so, when and how? What do you do when price is a factor?</p><p>We'll get into that and more.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a window installer come by recently to quote new windows on my house.</p><p>When I asked how the process works, he told me he'd educate me on the products, size the windows, give me a quote, then I'd "beat him up" on price, and then we'd make a deal when we figured out the details.</p><p>The throwaway line about haggling over price had me feeling uneasy. I don't know anything about windows let alone how to haggle over their prices.</p><p>There are lots of lessons here to unpack. Should you negotiate? If so, when and how? What do you do when price is a factor?</p><p>We'll get into that and more.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 15:00:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/8e6f29e7/ad2b914e.mp3" length="14484038" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>451</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a window installer come by recently to quote new windows on my house.</p><p>When I asked how the process works, he told me he'd educate me on the products, size the windows, give me a quote, then I'd "beat him up" on price, and then we'd make a deal when we figured out the details.</p><p>The throwaway line about haggling over price had me feeling uneasy. I don't know anything about windows let alone how to haggle over their prices.</p><p>There are lots of lessons here to unpack. Should you negotiate? If so, when and how? What do you do when price is a factor?</p><p>We'll get into that and more.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>172. How to publish more consistently</title>
      <itunes:title>172. How to publish more consistently</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cee28530-a776-4916-8a71-8eaa1dbab86f</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/172-a-trick-to-publishing-consistently</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the things I've noticed about myself is that when I don't have a fixed publishing schedule, it's easy to push it off for long periods without publishing anything.</p><p>Just like exercising, the longer you don't publish content, the harder it is to get going again.</p><p>I noticed this recently with Mindshare Radio, too. I used to publish episodes 3 times per week—every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.</p><p>Then, I decided to record something once per week. But, I didn't set a strict publishing date or really commit to anything publicly. </p><p>And that resulted in inconsistent publishing—and worse, some over-thinking and even occasional anxiety about what to create.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why committing publicly to your publishing schedule can not only make you more consistent, it can reduce the anxiety you face each time you stare at a blank page. </p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/consistently"><strong>Give this a listen and let me know if you can relate.</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the things I've noticed about myself is that when I don't have a fixed publishing schedule, it's easy to push it off for long periods without publishing anything.</p><p>Just like exercising, the longer you don't publish content, the harder it is to get going again.</p><p>I noticed this recently with Mindshare Radio, too. I used to publish episodes 3 times per week—every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.</p><p>Then, I decided to record something once per week. But, I didn't set a strict publishing date or really commit to anything publicly. </p><p>And that resulted in inconsistent publishing—and worse, some over-thinking and even occasional anxiety about what to create.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why committing publicly to your publishing schedule can not only make you more consistent, it can reduce the anxiety you face each time you stare at a blank page. </p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/consistently"><strong>Give this a listen and let me know if you can relate.</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Mar 2022 14:28:01 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/21e64ff3/8c12887b.mp3" length="7112923" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>221</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the things I've noticed about myself is that when I don't have a fixed publishing schedule, it's easy to push it off for long periods without publishing anything.</p><p>Just like exercising, the longer you don't publish content, the harder it is to get going again.</p><p>I noticed this recently with Mindshare Radio, too. I used to publish episodes 3 times per week—every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.</p><p>Then, I decided to record something once per week. But, I didn't set a strict publishing date or really commit to anything publicly. </p><p>And that resulted in inconsistent publishing—and worse, some over-thinking and even occasional anxiety about what to create.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why committing publicly to your publishing schedule can not only make you more consistent, it can reduce the anxiety you face each time you stare at a blank page. </p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/consistently"><strong>Give this a listen and let me know if you can relate.</strong></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>171. Time for yourself</title>
      <itunes:title>171. Time for yourself</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a620868-888c-4462-b1c5-0c16e112dfe5</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/time-for-yourself</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Could you take one day off client work per week to work <em>on</em> your business (and yourself)?</p><p>I've been doing that for the past five weeks and it's been incredible.</p><p>In this Mindshare Radio episode, I talk about how and why it might just be the best thing for you, too.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/off">Listen</a> on the web or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe/">subscribe</a> on your favourite podcast player.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Could you take one day off client work per week to work <em>on</em> your business (and yourself)?</p><p>I've been doing that for the past five weeks and it's been incredible.</p><p>In this Mindshare Radio episode, I talk about how and why it might just be the best thing for you, too.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/off">Listen</a> on the web or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe/">subscribe</a> on your favourite podcast player.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2022 14:34:19 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/2be84399/77857504.mp3" length="20903861" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>652</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Could you take one day off client work per week to work <em>on</em> your business (and yourself)?</p><p>I've been doing that for the past five weeks and it's been incredible.</p><p>In this Mindshare Radio episode, I talk about how and why it might just be the best thing for you, too.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/off">Listen</a> on the web or <a href="https://radio.mindshare.community/subscribe/">subscribe</a> on your favourite podcast player.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>170. Building around your super-consumers</title>
      <itunes:title>170. Building around your super-consumers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1e3827fe-a0ba-48c2-822f-0d579801c05c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/170-building-around-your-super-consumers</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://hbr.org/2009/11/surprising-insights-from-super">Super-consumers</a> are the 10% of your customers who account for upwards of 50% of your profit.</p><p>All industries have them. All of us are super-consumers of at least <em>something. </em>It's true. And for very logical reasons.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down the concept as coined by Eddie Yoon in his book, <a href="https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/29502594-superconsumers">Superconsumers</a>—and why it matters to your both business <em>and</em> the clients you serve at a strategic level.</p><p><br></p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think.</p><p><br></p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://hbr.org/2009/11/surprising-insights-from-super">Super-consumers</a> are the 10% of your customers who account for upwards of 50% of your profit.</p><p>All industries have them. All of us are super-consumers of at least <em>something. </em>It's true. And for very logical reasons.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down the concept as coined by Eddie Yoon in his book, <a href="https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/29502594-superconsumers">Superconsumers</a>—and why it matters to your both business <em>and</em> the clients you serve at a strategic level.</p><p><br></p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think.</p><p><br></p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Mar 2022 14:01:02 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1989d8e8/0d197aab.mp3" length="28654841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>894</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://hbr.org/2009/11/surprising-insights-from-super">Super-consumers</a> are the 10% of your customers who account for upwards of 50% of your profit.</p><p>All industries have them. All of us are super-consumers of at least <em>something. </em>It's true. And for very logical reasons.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down the concept as coined by Eddie Yoon in his book, <a href="https://www.goodreads.com/en/book/show/29502594-superconsumers">Superconsumers</a>—and why it matters to your both business <em>and</em> the clients you serve at a strategic level.</p><p><br></p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think.</p><p><br></p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>169. Thinking like an agency</title>
      <itunes:title>169. Thinking like an agency</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d61d692b-c908-4777-acd8-75ce9ac5534d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/169-thinking-like-an-agency</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There's a common misconception that marketing advisors don't execute.</p><p>The reality is, we <em>do</em> execute. We just don't use our hands nor manage the minutia.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to think like an agency (even if you're doing advisory work).</p><p>At the end of the day, you're responsible for execution. You just do it differently than a typical agency.</p><p>Listen in and use this way of thinking in your own business—and during sales conversations when delivering this idea matters most.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>There's a common misconception that marketing advisors don't execute.</p><p>The reality is, we <em>do</em> execute. We just don't use our hands nor manage the minutia.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to think like an agency (even if you're doing advisory work).</p><p>At the end of the day, you're responsible for execution. You just do it differently than a typical agency.</p><p>Listen in and use this way of thinking in your own business—and during sales conversations when delivering this idea matters most.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 13:51:32 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cf77ea05/527149cf.mp3" length="14484326" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>451</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>There's a common misconception that marketing advisors don't execute.</p><p>The reality is, we <em>do</em> execute. We just don't use our hands nor manage the minutia.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to think like an agency (even if you're doing advisory work).</p><p>At the end of the day, you're responsible for execution. You just do it differently than a typical agency.</p><p>Listen in and use this way of thinking in your own business—and during sales conversations when delivering this idea matters most.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>168. Marketing from a standstill</title>
      <itunes:title>168. Marketing from a standstill</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5fbce061-fd80-4033-9ae9-9fb1ee696898</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/168-marketing-from-a-standstill</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you do when a client comes along looking for your help, but until now, they haven't been doing much (or any) of their own marketing?</p><p>Do you take on the work, turn it away, or do you use this as a chance to educate them on what to expect?</p><p>Personally, I prefer the latter. And if it seems like they are bought-in to reality, I'll consider working with them.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to be fully conscious when clients like this come along, how to educate them about how long things should take, and ultimately to manage expectations.</p><p>Slow results are the cost of marketing from a standstill. Like an engine, it takes time to rev up.</p><p>They either get it or they don't. Better to know up front before you start working together.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you do when a client comes along looking for your help, but until now, they haven't been doing much (or any) of their own marketing?</p><p>Do you take on the work, turn it away, or do you use this as a chance to educate them on what to expect?</p><p>Personally, I prefer the latter. And if it seems like they are bought-in to reality, I'll consider working with them.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to be fully conscious when clients like this come along, how to educate them about how long things should take, and ultimately to manage expectations.</p><p>Slow results are the cost of marketing from a standstill. Like an engine, it takes time to rev up.</p><p>They either get it or they don't. Better to know up front before you start working together.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Mar 2022 14:48:08 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1fc1c788/ed44d82b.mp3" length="19952912" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>622</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you do when a client comes along looking for your help, but until now, they haven't been doing much (or any) of their own marketing?</p><p>Do you take on the work, turn it away, or do you use this as a chance to educate them on what to expect?</p><p>Personally, I prefer the latter. And if it seems like they are bought-in to reality, I'll consider working with them.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to be fully conscious when clients like this come along, how to educate them about how long things should take, and ultimately to manage expectations.</p><p>Slow results are the cost of marketing from a standstill. Like an engine, it takes time to rev up.</p><p>They either get it or they don't. Better to know up front before you start working together.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>167. Permission to change your mind</title>
      <itunes:title>167. Permission to change your mind</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b12a420-2846-448d-a16f-c67b69ff249e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/167-permission-to-change-your-mind</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/167-permission-to-change-your-mind">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Your thinking will get updated.</p><p>You will try things that don't work.</p><p>You will pivot your advice based on what works.</p><p>In this episode, I give you permission to change your mind and update your thinking—regardless of any sunk costs.</p><p>Listen in to hear more.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/167-permission-to-change-your-mind">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Your thinking will get updated.</p><p>You will try things that don't work.</p><p>You will pivot your advice based on what works.</p><p>In this episode, I give you permission to change your mind and update your thinking—regardless of any sunk costs.</p><p>Listen in to hear more.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Mar 2022 14:40:14 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/35ab0159/2ab45ab3.mp3" length="19192232" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>598</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/167-permission-to-change-your-mind">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Your thinking will get updated.</p><p>You will try things that don't work.</p><p>You will pivot your advice based on what works.</p><p>In this episode, I give you permission to change your mind and update your thinking—regardless of any sunk costs.</p><p>Listen in to hear more.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>166. The 5 major problems with doing execution work as a marketing consultant</title>
      <itunes:title>166. The 5 major problems with doing execution work as a marketing consultant</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9cd2370c-8c33-446f-906b-2f6e6f2b0223</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/166-the-5-major-problems-with-doing-execution-work-as-a-marketing-consultant</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</p><p>One of the biggest challenges I hear from marketing consultants is getting stuck doing execution work. </p><p>Managed advisory services/fractional CMO is a great way to ease into advisory work. In the short-term, it can be an exciting and profitable line of work. </p><p>But if you don't manage to shift into pure advisory work, it <em>will</em> create a lot of unnecessary stress and it <em>will</em> hold you back from growing your business. </p><p>In this episode, I break down the five biggest problems (and the sub-variations thereof) with doing execution work as a marketing consultant.</p><p><strong>These include:</strong></p><ul><li>Lack of time to work on your business</li><li>Becoming an order-taker vs. being seen as an advisor</li><li>Being non-aligned with your clients' interests</li><li>Feeling stressed, overwhelmed, and scatter-brained</li><li>No ability to scale your offerings and grow your business</li></ul><p>This was a longer episode, so I'll talk about how to break free from execution in a future episode—plus the significant upside that creates for both you <em>and</em> your clients.</p><p>Execution is by far the most time and energy intensive thing you do, but is much lower value than you may think.</p><p>I'll get into all that and more in future episodes.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Are you experiencing any or all of these pains? Hit reply and let me know!<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</p><p>One of the biggest challenges I hear from marketing consultants is getting stuck doing execution work. </p><p>Managed advisory services/fractional CMO is a great way to ease into advisory work. In the short-term, it can be an exciting and profitable line of work. </p><p>But if you don't manage to shift into pure advisory work, it <em>will</em> create a lot of unnecessary stress and it <em>will</em> hold you back from growing your business. </p><p>In this episode, I break down the five biggest problems (and the sub-variations thereof) with doing execution work as a marketing consultant.</p><p><strong>These include:</strong></p><ul><li>Lack of time to work on your business</li><li>Becoming an order-taker vs. being seen as an advisor</li><li>Being non-aligned with your clients' interests</li><li>Feeling stressed, overwhelmed, and scatter-brained</li><li>No ability to scale your offerings and grow your business</li></ul><p>This was a longer episode, so I'll talk about how to break free from execution in a future episode—plus the significant upside that creates for both you <em>and</em> your clients.</p><p>Execution is by far the most time and energy intensive thing you do, but is much lower value than you may think.</p><p>I'll get into all that and more in future episodes.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Are you experiencing any or all of these pains? Hit reply and let me know!<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 14:06:04 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a63c6e2e/08cc76d0.mp3" length="45917463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1434</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</p><p>One of the biggest challenges I hear from marketing consultants is getting stuck doing execution work. </p><p>Managed advisory services/fractional CMO is a great way to ease into advisory work. In the short-term, it can be an exciting and profitable line of work. </p><p>But if you don't manage to shift into pure advisory work, it <em>will</em> create a lot of unnecessary stress and it <em>will</em> hold you back from growing your business. </p><p>In this episode, I break down the five biggest problems (and the sub-variations thereof) with doing execution work as a marketing consultant.</p><p><strong>These include:</strong></p><ul><li>Lack of time to work on your business</li><li>Becoming an order-taker vs. being seen as an advisor</li><li>Being non-aligned with your clients' interests</li><li>Feeling stressed, overwhelmed, and scatter-brained</li><li>No ability to scale your offerings and grow your business</li></ul><p>This was a longer episode, so I'll talk about how to break free from execution in a future episode—plus the significant upside that creates for both you <em>and</em> your clients.</p><p>Execution is by far the most time and energy intensive thing you do, but is much lower value than you may think.</p><p>I'll get into all that and more in future episodes.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Are you experiencing any or all of these pains? Hit reply and let me know!<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>165. Ditching execution revenue to sell advisory services</title>
      <itunes:title>165. Ditching execution revenue to sell advisory services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3562d02c-b254-4b20-b51d-ea3b64f299fc</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/165-ditching-execution-revenue-to-sell-advisory-services</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/165-ditching-execution-revenue-to-sell-advisory-services">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Are you a freelancer or agency owner looking to sell advisory services in addition to or instead of execution services?</p><p><br></p><p>If so, are you willing to stop earning money on execution so you can become a "trusted advisor" to a fiduciary standard?  Do you need to?</p><p><br></p><p>Should you create a new website/business or add advisory services to your list of existing execution services?</p><p><br></p><p>While there's no right answer, I have some thoughts on all this and more.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/165-ditching-execution-revenue-to-sell-advisory-services">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Are you a freelancer or agency owner looking to sell advisory services in addition to or instead of execution services?</p><p><br></p><p>If so, are you willing to stop earning money on execution so you can become a "trusted advisor" to a fiduciary standard?  Do you need to?</p><p><br></p><p>Should you create a new website/business or add advisory services to your list of existing execution services?</p><p><br></p><p>While there's no right answer, I have some thoughts on all this and more.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 14:42:21 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/82906398/ad46875e.mp3" length="39925560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1246</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/165-ditching-execution-revenue-to-sell-advisory-services">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Are you a freelancer or agency owner looking to sell advisory services in addition to or instead of execution services?</p><p><br></p><p>If so, are you willing to stop earning money on execution so you can become a "trusted advisor" to a fiduciary standard?  Do you need to?</p><p><br></p><p>Should you create a new website/business or add advisory services to your list of existing execution services?</p><p><br></p><p>While there's no right answer, I have some thoughts on all this and more.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>164. The constraints being a fractional CMO</title>
      <itunes:title>164. The constraints being a fractional CMO</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37eecb28-9c40-46d7-988b-d5e7dcb1bb47</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/164-the-constraints-being-a-fractional-cmo</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/164-the-constraints-being-a-fractional-cmo">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>If you've done any fractional CMO/freelance head of growth/managed advisory work (as I like to call it), you'll quickly notice how much it limits your time to work with multiple clients and do your own marketing.</p><p>In this episode, I unpack a few topics, questions, and constraints brought up by member 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/7e71a9ff?show_back_link=true">
    Rob Denton-Ross
  </a>

 in a private discussion (with his permission to respond via podcast). </p><p>Rob currently does some execution work and is getting opportunities to do more involved fractional CMO work. As a result, it's difficult to find time (and justify spending it) to market himself. </p><p>I talk about things like:</p><ol><li> My thoughts on selling days per week/month</li><li>Hiring marketing managers instead of being the one to manage</li><li>Focusing on selling advisory level as soon as you can</li><li>What to do to market yourself when your time is limited</li><li>And a lot of other limits, constraints, and ways of dealing with fractional CMO work in your business</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/164-the-constraints-being-a-fractional-cmo">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>If you've done any fractional CMO/freelance head of growth/managed advisory work (as I like to call it), you'll quickly notice how much it limits your time to work with multiple clients and do your own marketing.</p><p>In this episode, I unpack a few topics, questions, and constraints brought up by member 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/7e71a9ff?show_back_link=true">
    Rob Denton-Ross
  </a>

 in a private discussion (with his permission to respond via podcast). </p><p>Rob currently does some execution work and is getting opportunities to do more involved fractional CMO work. As a result, it's difficult to find time (and justify spending it) to market himself. </p><p>I talk about things like:</p><ol><li> My thoughts on selling days per week/month</li><li>Hiring marketing managers instead of being the one to manage</li><li>Focusing on selling advisory level as soon as you can</li><li>What to do to market yourself when your time is limited</li><li>And a lot of other limits, constraints, and ways of dealing with fractional CMO work in your business</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2022 14:26:34 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/34419e11/2be731e4.mp3" length="44681072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1395</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/164-the-constraints-being-a-fractional-cmo">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>If you've done any fractional CMO/freelance head of growth/managed advisory work (as I like to call it), you'll quickly notice how much it limits your time to work with multiple clients and do your own marketing.</p><p>In this episode, I unpack a few topics, questions, and constraints brought up by member 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/7e71a9ff?show_back_link=true">
    Rob Denton-Ross
  </a>

 in a private discussion (with his permission to respond via podcast). </p><p>Rob currently does some execution work and is getting opportunities to do more involved fractional CMO work. As a result, it's difficult to find time (and justify spending it) to market himself. </p><p>I talk about things like:</p><ol><li> My thoughts on selling days per week/month</li><li>Hiring marketing managers instead of being the one to manage</li><li>Focusing on selling advisory level as soon as you can</li><li>What to do to market yourself when your time is limited</li><li>And a lot of other limits, constraints, and ways of dealing with fractional CMO work in your business</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>162. Three ways to get clients to take your advice</title>
      <itunes:title>162. Three ways to get clients to take your advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6732f6cc-ee44-4a2e-8445-a4e4e4f8cec2</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/163-three-ways-to-get-clients-to-take-your-advice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In order to be successful as an advisor, you need to be able to:</p><ol><li>Prove you're worth hiring for your knowledge in the first place</li><li>Reinforce why you're worth listening to after they hire you</li></ol><p>If you have difficulty selling advisory services, or if clients stop listening to your advice during your engagements, it might be due to one of the three things I talk about in this episode.</p><p>Give it a listen and share with a friend who might benefit!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In order to be successful as an advisor, you need to be able to:</p><ol><li>Prove you're worth hiring for your knowledge in the first place</li><li>Reinforce why you're worth listening to after they hire you</li></ol><p>If you have difficulty selling advisory services, or if clients stop listening to your advice during your engagements, it might be due to one of the three things I talk about in this episode.</p><p>Give it a listen and share with a friend who might benefit!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Jan 2022 14:18:57 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/69a1784a/28acc2ff.mp3" length="33553340" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1047</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In order to be successful as an advisor, you need to be able to:</p><ol><li>Prove you're worth hiring for your knowledge in the first place</li><li>Reinforce why you're worth listening to after they hire you</li></ol><p>If you have difficulty selling advisory services, or if clients stop listening to your advice during your engagements, it might be due to one of the three things I talk about in this episode.</p><p>Give it a listen and share with a friend who might benefit!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>161. Why you should have (and stick to) a core process</title>
      <itunes:title>161. Why you should have (and stick to) a core process</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">df52b6aa-1b1a-490a-8200-c6374d68bc7d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/162-why-you-should-have-and-stick-to-a-core-process</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/161-why-you-should-have-and-stick-to-a-core-process">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>It can be tempting to ignore all or parts of your core process with a new client.</p><p>You might find yourself jumping into an engagement head first, reacting to demands and/or responding to tactical projects already in motion.</p><p>Things may be under tight timelines and the client feels like they know what they need to do, they just need a little guidance.</p><p>But the problem is, when you skip some or all of your core process, things quickly begin to fall apart.</p><p>Instead of deciding what to do, you're reacting to things the client wants you to do. </p><p>Instead of diagnosing the real problems and developing a strategic plan, you're working within the parameters of their thinking, not yours.</p><p><strong>But you're hired to be the expert and you've been doing this a long time. Which means you need to be true to the process that has gotten results time and time again.</strong></p><p>In this episode, I talk about the three big reasons why you should have a formal process and stick to it during all of your client engagements.</p><p>Every time I skip some or all of it, I always regret it. At very least, I prefer to check the boxes so I know no stone is unturned.</p><p>Listen in for more.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/161-why-you-should-have-and-stick-to-a-core-process">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>It can be tempting to ignore all or parts of your core process with a new client.</p><p>You might find yourself jumping into an engagement head first, reacting to demands and/or responding to tactical projects already in motion.</p><p>Things may be under tight timelines and the client feels like they know what they need to do, they just need a little guidance.</p><p>But the problem is, when you skip some or all of your core process, things quickly begin to fall apart.</p><p>Instead of deciding what to do, you're reacting to things the client wants you to do. </p><p>Instead of diagnosing the real problems and developing a strategic plan, you're working within the parameters of their thinking, not yours.</p><p><strong>But you're hired to be the expert and you've been doing this a long time. Which means you need to be true to the process that has gotten results time and time again.</strong></p><p>In this episode, I talk about the three big reasons why you should have a formal process and stick to it during all of your client engagements.</p><p>Every time I skip some or all of it, I always regret it. At very least, I prefer to check the boxes so I know no stone is unturned.</p><p>Listen in for more.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Jan 2022 14:09:40 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d48f235f/1a81ed69.mp3" length="37690309" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1177</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/161-why-you-should-have-and-stick-to-a-core-process">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>It can be tempting to ignore all or parts of your core process with a new client.</p><p>You might find yourself jumping into an engagement head first, reacting to demands and/or responding to tactical projects already in motion.</p><p>Things may be under tight timelines and the client feels like they know what they need to do, they just need a little guidance.</p><p>But the problem is, when you skip some or all of your core process, things quickly begin to fall apart.</p><p>Instead of deciding what to do, you're reacting to things the client wants you to do. </p><p>Instead of diagnosing the real problems and developing a strategic plan, you're working within the parameters of their thinking, not yours.</p><p><strong>But you're hired to be the expert and you've been doing this a long time. Which means you need to be true to the process that has gotten results time and time again.</strong></p><p>In this episode, I talk about the three big reasons why you should have a formal process and stick to it during all of your client engagements.</p><p>Every time I skip some or all of it, I always regret it. At very least, I prefer to check the boxes so I know no stone is unturned.</p><p>Listen in for more.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>160. Documenting everything you know</title>
      <itunes:title>160. Documenting everything you know</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31f19264-7f26-4c83-8fd8-8748e53a92fb</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/161-documenting-everything-you-know</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As I wrote about <a href="https://kevin.me/assets/">the other day,</a> one of the most critical aspects of scaling a consulting business without hiring a team is to generate assets from your ideas and expertise.</p><p>In this episode, I break down how and why you should aim to document all your ideas and processes in your business to help you create leverage and grow without working harder.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would like to join this group? Have them visit <a href="https://mindshare.fm">https://mindshare.fm</a> and click the button to join the free (or Pro) tier. Your referrals are all I ask if you enjoy the community and content.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As I wrote about <a href="https://kevin.me/assets/">the other day,</a> one of the most critical aspects of scaling a consulting business without hiring a team is to generate assets from your ideas and expertise.</p><p>In this episode, I break down how and why you should aim to document all your ideas and processes in your business to help you create leverage and grow without working harder.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would like to join this group? Have them visit <a href="https://mindshare.fm">https://mindshare.fm</a> and click the button to join the free (or Pro) tier. Your referrals are all I ask if you enjoy the community and content.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jan 2022 14:13:02 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ad2a3d57/31712222.mp3" length="25230909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>787</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>As I wrote about <a href="https://kevin.me/assets/">the other day,</a> one of the most critical aspects of scaling a consulting business without hiring a team is to generate assets from your ideas and expertise.</p><p>In this episode, I break down how and why you should aim to document all your ideas and processes in your business to help you create leverage and grow without working harder.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would like to join this group? Have them visit <a href="https://mindshare.fm">https://mindshare.fm</a> and click the button to join the free (or Pro) tier. Your referrals are all I ask if you enjoy the community and content.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>159. How to pick a good niche for your consulting business</title>
      <itunes:title>159. How to pick a good niche for your consulting business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">490d4c4d-89a8-4592-b358-353134aa26d4</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/159-how-to-pick-a-good-niche-for-your-consulting-business</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/159-how-to-pick-a-good-niche-for-your-consulting-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>A while back, I wrote a post arguing how <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/specialization-is-simplification">specialization is simplification</a>.</p><p><br></p><p>The article spawned a series of questions around how to find a niche, so I thought I'd do an episode covering just this topic.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><p><br></p><ol><li>Why you should niche (or not)</li><li>Things to look for when picking a niche</li><li>How limiting your focus increases your opportunities</li><li>How and whether you should specialize in multiple niches</li><li>Examples of horizontal and vertical specialization</li><li>Why excluding industries is actually <em>good</em> for business</li><li>Why the target is not always the market</li><li>And a lot more!</li></ol><p><br></p><p>If you're considering niching, I go deep on the topic in this episode so give it a listen.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/159-how-to-pick-a-good-niche-for-your-consulting-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>A while back, I wrote a post arguing how <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/specialization-is-simplification">specialization is simplification</a>.</p><p><br></p><p>The article spawned a series of questions around how to find a niche, so I thought I'd do an episode covering just this topic.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><p><br></p><ol><li>Why you should niche (or not)</li><li>Things to look for when picking a niche</li><li>How limiting your focus increases your opportunities</li><li>How and whether you should specialize in multiple niches</li><li>Examples of horizontal and vertical specialization</li><li>Why excluding industries is actually <em>good</em> for business</li><li>Why the target is not always the market</li><li>And a lot more!</li></ol><p><br></p><p>If you're considering niching, I go deep on the topic in this episode so give it a listen.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Nov 2021 12:58:43 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a18219a3/55d0cde6.mp3" length="60041103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1875</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/159-how-to-pick-a-good-niche-for-your-consulting-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>A while back, I wrote a post arguing how <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/specialization-is-simplification">specialization is simplification</a>.</p><p><br></p><p>The article spawned a series of questions around how to find a niche, so I thought I'd do an episode covering just this topic.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><p><br></p><ol><li>Why you should niche (or not)</li><li>Things to look for when picking a niche</li><li>How limiting your focus increases your opportunities</li><li>How and whether you should specialize in multiple niches</li><li>Examples of horizontal and vertical specialization</li><li>Why excluding industries is actually <em>good</em> for business</li><li>Why the target is not always the market</li><li>And a lot more!</li></ol><p><br></p><p>If you're considering niching, I go deep on the topic in this episode so give it a listen.</p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>158. How long it took me to build a profitable advisory business</title>
      <itunes:title>158. How long it took me to build a profitable advisory business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">250d0047-1d1f-47e1-8745-9cd2b571654c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/158-how-long-it-took-me-to-build-a-profitable-advisory-business</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/158-how-long-it-took-me-to-build-a-profitable-advisory-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In this episode, I break down the <em>how</em> and <em>how long</em> it took me to build an advisory practice out of my former marketing agency, including:]</p><ul><li>Revenue growth and timelines from 2017 to today</li><li>Transitions from freelancer to employee to agency owner to consultant</li><li>Bring a specialist <em>and</em> a generalist consultant</li><li>Managed advisory services vs. pure advisory services</li><li>And other topics related to growing over the past 5 years</li></ul><p><br>Give this a listen if you're wondering what my path looked like and how yours could, too.</p><p>It takes time to build, but advisory work is a great business model.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/158-how-long-it-took-me-to-build-a-profitable-advisory-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In this episode, I break down the <em>how</em> and <em>how long</em> it took me to build an advisory practice out of my former marketing agency, including:]</p><ul><li>Revenue growth and timelines from 2017 to today</li><li>Transitions from freelancer to employee to agency owner to consultant</li><li>Bring a specialist <em>and</em> a generalist consultant</li><li>Managed advisory services vs. pure advisory services</li><li>And other topics related to growing over the past 5 years</li></ul><p><br>Give this a listen if you're wondering what my path looked like and how yours could, too.</p><p>It takes time to build, but advisory work is a great business model.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Nov 2021 14:00:41 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/438ec051/6dbe1c7f.mp3" length="43777486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1367</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/158-how-long-it-took-me-to-build-a-profitable-advisory-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In this episode, I break down the <em>how</em> and <em>how long</em> it took me to build an advisory practice out of my former marketing agency, including:]</p><ul><li>Revenue growth and timelines from 2017 to today</li><li>Transitions from freelancer to employee to agency owner to consultant</li><li>Bring a specialist <em>and</em> a generalist consultant</li><li>Managed advisory services vs. pure advisory services</li><li>And other topics related to growing over the past 5 years</li></ul><p><br>Give this a listen if you're wondering what my path looked like and how yours could, too.</p><p>It takes time to build, but advisory work is a great business model.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>157. How to reduce your price without offering a discount</title>
      <itunes:title>157. How to reduce your price without offering a discount</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">45c6ce43-0e47-4faa-8ebe-04106073013f</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/157-how-to-reduce-your-price-without-offering-a-discount</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/how-to-reduce-your-price-without-offering-a-discount">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Sometimes, people will not be able to afford the sticker price for your consulting services.</p><p>Instead of folding and offering an immediate discount, there are lots of ways to work with them collaboratively to create a win-win (read: <a href="https://kevin.me/mutual/">mutually profitable</a>) situation for both of you.</p><p><strong>The first way is by removing scope. </strong></p><p>What can you take off the table while still helping them accomplish their business objectives?</p><p>Examples might include: </p><p>1. Who has access to you (owner, staff, suppliers?)<br>2. Frequency of calls<br>3. Medium of contact (i.e. Slack vs. email vs phone)<br>4. Deliverables (or not)<br>5. Additional content or bonuses<br>6. What will you advise on or not<br>7. Access to your network/Rolodex</p><p>You can listen to episode 65 for examples of the levers of value I employ with my advisory clients.</p><p><strong>Another form of scope change is to elongate timelines while reducing interaction. <br></strong><br>I did this recently by turning a $27k/6 month project into an 8-month project for the same total amount. </p><p>We also agreed to do twice-monthly instead of weekly strategy calls instead, giving a longer lead time to their launch date (this was a new coworking business).</p><p>This actually resulted in being more profitable on a per-hour basis (not that I charge hourly), given I'd be having 50% less calls for 25% longer period of time for the same money. </p><p>It also reduced the stress that comes from needing to do everything quickly and intensely leading up to a launch. We have more time to get things done, which causes less stress for me.</p><p><strong>You can also reduce prices for something beneficial to you in return.</strong></p><p>Ideas include getting permission to do detailed case studies or testimonials (which will help win business later on), or getting constructive feedback on your process, referrals, services in kind, access to an audience, or any number of other factors that may create benefit to you commensurate with the reduction in price.</p><p><strong>Whatever you do, don’t just discount your services for nothing in return.</strong></p><p>There are a lot of ways to play with scope, time, access, and benefits to create a customized proposal that is a win-win for you and your clients.</p><p>The worst thing you can do is straight discount your time unless you feel there's a good reason to do so.</p><p>If people can't afford your services, and none of the above ideas work, it's not your place to subsidize their businesses.</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/how-to-reduce-your-price-without-offering-a-discount">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Sometimes, people will not be able to afford the sticker price for your consulting services.</p><p>Instead of folding and offering an immediate discount, there are lots of ways to work with them collaboratively to create a win-win (read: <a href="https://kevin.me/mutual/">mutually profitable</a>) situation for both of you.</p><p><strong>The first way is by removing scope. </strong></p><p>What can you take off the table while still helping them accomplish their business objectives?</p><p>Examples might include: </p><p>1. Who has access to you (owner, staff, suppliers?)<br>2. Frequency of calls<br>3. Medium of contact (i.e. Slack vs. email vs phone)<br>4. Deliverables (or not)<br>5. Additional content or bonuses<br>6. What will you advise on or not<br>7. Access to your network/Rolodex</p><p>You can listen to episode 65 for examples of the levers of value I employ with my advisory clients.</p><p><strong>Another form of scope change is to elongate timelines while reducing interaction. <br></strong><br>I did this recently by turning a $27k/6 month project into an 8-month project for the same total amount. </p><p>We also agreed to do twice-monthly instead of weekly strategy calls instead, giving a longer lead time to their launch date (this was a new coworking business).</p><p>This actually resulted in being more profitable on a per-hour basis (not that I charge hourly), given I'd be having 50% less calls for 25% longer period of time for the same money. </p><p>It also reduced the stress that comes from needing to do everything quickly and intensely leading up to a launch. We have more time to get things done, which causes less stress for me.</p><p><strong>You can also reduce prices for something beneficial to you in return.</strong></p><p>Ideas include getting permission to do detailed case studies or testimonials (which will help win business later on), or getting constructive feedback on your process, referrals, services in kind, access to an audience, or any number of other factors that may create benefit to you commensurate with the reduction in price.</p><p><strong>Whatever you do, don’t just discount your services for nothing in return.</strong></p><p>There are a lot of ways to play with scope, time, access, and benefits to create a customized proposal that is a win-win for you and your clients.</p><p>The worst thing you can do is straight discount your time unless you feel there's a good reason to do so.</p><p>If people can't afford your services, and none of the above ideas work, it's not your place to subsidize their businesses.</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Nov 2021 13:58:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cecb36dd/588e86c2.mp3" length="28812362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>899</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/how-to-reduce-your-price-without-offering-a-discount">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Sometimes, people will not be able to afford the sticker price for your consulting services.</p><p>Instead of folding and offering an immediate discount, there are lots of ways to work with them collaboratively to create a win-win (read: <a href="https://kevin.me/mutual/">mutually profitable</a>) situation for both of you.</p><p><strong>The first way is by removing scope. </strong></p><p>What can you take off the table while still helping them accomplish their business objectives?</p><p>Examples might include: </p><p>1. Who has access to you (owner, staff, suppliers?)<br>2. Frequency of calls<br>3. Medium of contact (i.e. Slack vs. email vs phone)<br>4. Deliverables (or not)<br>5. Additional content or bonuses<br>6. What will you advise on or not<br>7. Access to your network/Rolodex</p><p>You can listen to episode 65 for examples of the levers of value I employ with my advisory clients.</p><p><strong>Another form of scope change is to elongate timelines while reducing interaction. <br></strong><br>I did this recently by turning a $27k/6 month project into an 8-month project for the same total amount. </p><p>We also agreed to do twice-monthly instead of weekly strategy calls instead, giving a longer lead time to their launch date (this was a new coworking business).</p><p>This actually resulted in being more profitable on a per-hour basis (not that I charge hourly), given I'd be having 50% less calls for 25% longer period of time for the same money. </p><p>It also reduced the stress that comes from needing to do everything quickly and intensely leading up to a launch. We have more time to get things done, which causes less stress for me.</p><p><strong>You can also reduce prices for something beneficial to you in return.</strong></p><p>Ideas include getting permission to do detailed case studies or testimonials (which will help win business later on), or getting constructive feedback on your process, referrals, services in kind, access to an audience, or any number of other factors that may create benefit to you commensurate with the reduction in price.</p><p><strong>Whatever you do, don’t just discount your services for nothing in return.</strong></p><p>There are a lot of ways to play with scope, time, access, and benefits to create a customized proposal that is a win-win for you and your clients.</p><p>The worst thing you can do is straight discount your time unless you feel there's a good reason to do so.</p><p>If people can't afford your services, and none of the above ideas work, it's not your place to subsidize their businesses.</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>156. Implement systems—not just projects—and layer them on them slowly over time</title>
      <itunes:title>156. Implement systems—not just projects—and layer them on them slowly over time</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">655c4507-1733-4aed-874f-61e86d878c17</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/156-implement-systems-not-just-projects-and-layer-them-on-them-slowly-over-time</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/156-implement-systems-not-just-projects-and-layer-them-on-them-slowly-over-time">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ol><li>Why you want to develop <em>systems</em> in your clients' business—not just implement projects</li><li>Why you want to start slowly before adding on more layers</li><li>Why you want to watch for signs of overwhelm closely</li><li>And why you want to create momentum and confidence instead</li></ol><p>…all of this so that you can create more consistent and sustainable results for your clients.</p><p>—k </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/156-implement-systems-not-just-projects-and-layer-them-on-them-slowly-over-time">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ol><li>Why you want to develop <em>systems</em> in your clients' business—not just implement projects</li><li>Why you want to start slowly before adding on more layers</li><li>Why you want to watch for signs of overwhelm closely</li><li>And why you want to create momentum and confidence instead</li></ol><p>…all of this so that you can create more consistent and sustainable results for your clients.</p><p>—k </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Nov 2021 13:26:28 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/bedda52b/0906b187.mp3" length="19301328" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>601</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/156-implement-systems-not-just-projects-and-layer-them-on-them-slowly-over-time">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ol><li>Why you want to develop <em>systems</em> in your clients' business—not just implement projects</li><li>Why you want to start slowly before adding on more layers</li><li>Why you want to watch for signs of overwhelm closely</li><li>And why you want to create momentum and confidence instead</li></ol><p>…all of this so that you can create more consistent and sustainable results for your clients.</p><p>—k </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>155. The true cost of working with bad-fit clients</title>
      <itunes:title>155. The true cost of working with bad-fit clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6ccdaf15-fb68-459f-8646-d5f427b0167d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/155-the-true-cost-of-working-with-bad-fit-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/155-the-real-cost-of-working-with-bad-fit-clients">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Working with bad clients:</p><ol><li>Distracts you from doing your best work for your best clients</li><li>Ties you up from working with new and better-fit clients</li><li>Creates stress which you bring home to your loved ones</li><li>Eliminates the chances of you getting a referral in the end</li><li>Reduces the chance of you being able to do a case study</li><li>Drains you of your energy (physically and emotionally)</li><li>Hurts your confidence in other areas of your life and business</li><li>Burns you out more quickly—which is bad for business</li><li>Creates risk like reputation damage, lawsuits, and other negative byproducts</li></ol><p><br>As a consultant, you're the asset. </p><p>Working with bad clients is like allowing corrosives on your core machinery. If you don't fix it, you'll have no business.</p><p><br></p><p>Don't mistake revenue for a profitable situation. </p><p><br></p><p>Remove the acid in the vessel. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/155-the-real-cost-of-working-with-bad-fit-clients">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Working with bad clients:</p><ol><li>Distracts you from doing your best work for your best clients</li><li>Ties you up from working with new and better-fit clients</li><li>Creates stress which you bring home to your loved ones</li><li>Eliminates the chances of you getting a referral in the end</li><li>Reduces the chance of you being able to do a case study</li><li>Drains you of your energy (physically and emotionally)</li><li>Hurts your confidence in other areas of your life and business</li><li>Burns you out more quickly—which is bad for business</li><li>Creates risk like reputation damage, lawsuits, and other negative byproducts</li></ol><p><br>As a consultant, you're the asset. </p><p>Working with bad clients is like allowing corrosives on your core machinery. If you don't fix it, you'll have no business.</p><p><br></p><p>Don't mistake revenue for a profitable situation. </p><p><br></p><p>Remove the acid in the vessel. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 12:24:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/24cd4631/ff1f7197.mp3" length="48119555" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1502</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/155-the-real-cost-of-working-with-bad-fit-clients">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Working with bad clients:</p><ol><li>Distracts you from doing your best work for your best clients</li><li>Ties you up from working with new and better-fit clients</li><li>Creates stress which you bring home to your loved ones</li><li>Eliminates the chances of you getting a referral in the end</li><li>Reduces the chance of you being able to do a case study</li><li>Drains you of your energy (physically and emotionally)</li><li>Hurts your confidence in other areas of your life and business</li><li>Burns you out more quickly—which is bad for business</li><li>Creates risk like reputation damage, lawsuits, and other negative byproducts</li></ol><p><br>As a consultant, you're the asset. </p><p>Working with bad clients is like allowing corrosives on your core machinery. If you don't fix it, you'll have no business.</p><p><br></p><p>Don't mistake revenue for a profitable situation. </p><p><br></p><p>Remove the acid in the vessel. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>154. Why upfront goal setting will help you win deals and save projects from disaster</title>
      <itunes:title>154. Why upfront goal setting will help you win deals and save projects from disaster</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0cee5dd-6574-4996-85d4-a7f224e12fe2</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/154-why-upfront-goal-setting-will-help-you-win-deals-and-save-projects-from-disaster</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/154-why-upfront-goal-setting-will-help-you-win-deals-and-save-projects-from-disaster">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you get clear on business outcomes during your initial sales discussions? </p><p>Do they make it into your proposal? </p><p>Do they get referenced during and after the engagement?</p><p>If not, chances are you're not winning as many deals as you could, and you may run into challenges down the road even if you do.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why capturing your client's business goals during the sales process and including it in your proposal is immensely valuable to the success of your projects.</p><p>Doing this upfront and including it in your working Trello board (or whatever you use to store information) is key to actually achieving the things your clients want you to, making for better relationships and results for everybody.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I did a training on this for members of Mindshare Pro today, including where and how I incorporate this information into proposals.</p><p>And yes, I do proposals and agreements even for my productized consulting services. Sign up to get access to these trainings, resources, and monthly group coaching calls here: <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">https://mindshare.fm</a>. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/154-why-upfront-goal-setting-will-help-you-win-deals-and-save-projects-from-disaster">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you get clear on business outcomes during your initial sales discussions? </p><p>Do they make it into your proposal? </p><p>Do they get referenced during and after the engagement?</p><p>If not, chances are you're not winning as many deals as you could, and you may run into challenges down the road even if you do.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why capturing your client's business goals during the sales process and including it in your proposal is immensely valuable to the success of your projects.</p><p>Doing this upfront and including it in your working Trello board (or whatever you use to store information) is key to actually achieving the things your clients want you to, making for better relationships and results for everybody.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I did a training on this for members of Mindshare Pro today, including where and how I incorporate this information into proposals.</p><p>And yes, I do proposals and agreements even for my productized consulting services. Sign up to get access to these trainings, resources, and monthly group coaching calls here: <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">https://mindshare.fm</a>. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Oct 2021 13:10:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e742ca2e/102cddb8.mp3" length="20109671" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>627</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/154-why-upfront-goal-setting-will-help-you-win-deals-and-save-projects-from-disaster">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you get clear on business outcomes during your initial sales discussions? </p><p>Do they make it into your proposal? </p><p>Do they get referenced during and after the engagement?</p><p>If not, chances are you're not winning as many deals as you could, and you may run into challenges down the road even if you do.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why capturing your client's business goals during the sales process and including it in your proposal is immensely valuable to the success of your projects.</p><p>Doing this upfront and including it in your working Trello board (or whatever you use to store information) is key to actually achieving the things your clients want you to, making for better relationships and results for everybody.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I did a training on this for members of Mindshare Pro today, including where and how I incorporate this information into proposals.</p><p>And yes, I do proposals and agreements even for my productized consulting services. Sign up to get access to these trainings, resources, and monthly group coaching calls here: <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">https://mindshare.fm</a>. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>153. How my documented methodology saved a potential sale</title>
      <itunes:title>153. How my documented methodology saved a potential sale</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff4626b9-ef9b-4255-b5aa-71e9eedf1e0c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/153-how-my-documented-methodology-saved-a-potential-sale</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/153-how-my-documented-methodology-saved-a-potential-sale">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Last week, I had a sales conversation for a $4,500/mo. advisory engagement that I almost lost because I didn't explain what I do well enough.</p><p>Luckily, I was able to save the conversation and left the call feeling good about future next steps.</p><p>What saved it was being able to show my documented methodology, including my KPI spreadsheet, Methodology Trello Board, and Client Operating System. </p><p>All of these and more are included in the Pro membership, by the way. </p><p>Give this a listen to hear how I almost dropped the ball and learn how to better sell your advisory services.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/153-how-my-documented-methodology-saved-a-potential-sale">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Last week, I had a sales conversation for a $4,500/mo. advisory engagement that I almost lost because I didn't explain what I do well enough.</p><p>Luckily, I was able to save the conversation and left the call feeling good about future next steps.</p><p>What saved it was being able to show my documented methodology, including my KPI spreadsheet, Methodology Trello Board, and Client Operating System. </p><p>All of these and more are included in the Pro membership, by the way. </p><p>Give this a listen to hear how I almost dropped the ball and learn how to better sell your advisory services.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 13:20:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/218445e5/d09082d1.mp3" length="17399568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>542</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/153-how-my-documented-methodology-saved-a-potential-sale">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Last week, I had a sales conversation for a $4,500/mo. advisory engagement that I almost lost because I didn't explain what I do well enough.</p><p>Luckily, I was able to save the conversation and left the call feeling good about future next steps.</p><p>What saved it was being able to show my documented methodology, including my KPI spreadsheet, Methodology Trello Board, and Client Operating System. </p><p>All of these and more are included in the Pro membership, by the way. </p><p>Give this a listen to hear how I almost dropped the ball and learn how to better sell your advisory services.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>152. Should you follow-up with prospects who don't reply?</title>
      <itunes:title>152. Should you follow-up with prospects who don't reply?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7c12b5db-fd19-463b-a7e2-c11bf6071591</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/152-should-you-follow-up-with-prospects-who-dont-reply</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/152-should-you-follow-up-with-prospects-who-don-t-reply">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I saw a <a href="https://twitter.com/AndrewWarner/status/1445810363807698944?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1445810363807698944%7Ctwgr%5E%7Ctwcon%5Es1_c10&amp;ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fsociety.mindshare.fm%2Fembeds%2FBAh7CEkiCGdpZAY6BkVUSSIwZ2lkOi8vanVtcHN0YXJ0LWFwcC9FbWJlZC8xNzA0MDg_ZXhwaXJlc19pbgY7AFRJIgxwdXJwb3NlBjsAVEkiD2F0dGFjaGFibGUGOwBUSSIPZXhwaXJlc19hdAY7AFQw--787055b95f37b8e3991b15d036f493e32bccb524">tweet</a> the other day by Andrew Warner, host of the Mixergy podcast. </p><p>He reaches out to potential guests asking if they would like to appear on his shows. Only 25% of the people he reached out to replied... which is wild because he has a huge platform.</p><p>But when he started doing follow-ups, he doubled his response rate to 50%. </p><p><strong>Which got me thinking, should you do follow-ups to your prospects who don't reply?</strong></p><p>In this episode, I explore whether you should, and if so, how you could do it without seeming desperate.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you do when following up with potential opportunities. </p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. If you're interested in jumping on a beta version of a mastermind group coaching program, hit me up in the DMs or email me at <a href="mailto:kevin@kevin.me">kevin@kevin.me</a>. </p><p>I have three spots remaining in a group of five and I'm aiming to fill it this month. Learn more here: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/are-you-interested">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/are-you-interested</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/152-should-you-follow-up-with-prospects-who-don-t-reply">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I saw a <a href="https://twitter.com/AndrewWarner/status/1445810363807698944?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1445810363807698944%7Ctwgr%5E%7Ctwcon%5Es1_c10&amp;ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fsociety.mindshare.fm%2Fembeds%2FBAh7CEkiCGdpZAY6BkVUSSIwZ2lkOi8vanVtcHN0YXJ0LWFwcC9FbWJlZC8xNzA0MDg_ZXhwaXJlc19pbgY7AFRJIgxwdXJwb3NlBjsAVEkiD2F0dGFjaGFibGUGOwBUSSIPZXhwaXJlc19hdAY7AFQw--787055b95f37b8e3991b15d036f493e32bccb524">tweet</a> the other day by Andrew Warner, host of the Mixergy podcast. </p><p>He reaches out to potential guests asking if they would like to appear on his shows. Only 25% of the people he reached out to replied... which is wild because he has a huge platform.</p><p>But when he started doing follow-ups, he doubled his response rate to 50%. </p><p><strong>Which got me thinking, should you do follow-ups to your prospects who don't reply?</strong></p><p>In this episode, I explore whether you should, and if so, how you could do it without seeming desperate.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you do when following up with potential opportunities. </p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. If you're interested in jumping on a beta version of a mastermind group coaching program, hit me up in the DMs or email me at <a href="mailto:kevin@kevin.me">kevin@kevin.me</a>. </p><p>I have three spots remaining in a group of five and I'm aiming to fill it this month. Learn more here: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/are-you-interested">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/are-you-interested</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Oct 2021 12:48:46 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d67db634/cc1c2853.mp3" length="21156185" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>659</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/152-should-you-follow-up-with-prospects-who-don-t-reply">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I saw a <a href="https://twitter.com/AndrewWarner/status/1445810363807698944?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1445810363807698944%7Ctwgr%5E%7Ctwcon%5Es1_c10&amp;ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fsociety.mindshare.fm%2Fembeds%2FBAh7CEkiCGdpZAY6BkVUSSIwZ2lkOi8vanVtcHN0YXJ0LWFwcC9FbWJlZC8xNzA0MDg_ZXhwaXJlc19pbgY7AFRJIgxwdXJwb3NlBjsAVEkiD2F0dGFjaGFibGUGOwBUSSIPZXhwaXJlc19hdAY7AFQw--787055b95f37b8e3991b15d036f493e32bccb524">tweet</a> the other day by Andrew Warner, host of the Mixergy podcast. </p><p>He reaches out to potential guests asking if they would like to appear on his shows. Only 25% of the people he reached out to replied... which is wild because he has a huge platform.</p><p>But when he started doing follow-ups, he doubled his response rate to 50%. </p><p><strong>Which got me thinking, should you do follow-ups to your prospects who don't reply?</strong></p><p>In this episode, I explore whether you should, and if so, how you could do it without seeming desperate.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you do when following up with potential opportunities. </p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. If you're interested in jumping on a beta version of a mastermind group coaching program, hit me up in the DMs or email me at <a href="mailto:kevin@kevin.me">kevin@kevin.me</a>. </p><p>I have three spots remaining in a group of five and I'm aiming to fill it this month. Learn more here: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/are-you-interested">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/are-you-interested</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>151. Does using a methodology in a niche work for SEO/PPC services in the same geography?</title>
      <itunes:title>151. Does using a methodology in a niche work for SEO/PPC services in the same geography?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">817ed3fb-f289-4ab4-b8e6-82065883ada6</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/151-does-using-a-methodology-in-a-niche-work-for-seo-ppc-services-in-the-same-geography</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/151-does-using-a-methodology-in-a-niche-work-for-seo-ppc-services-in-the-same-geography?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>There's a common concern that working with multiple companies in a niche might create competition among your clients—especially when they operate in similar geographic areas.</p><p>Usually, it's not an issue—especially if you don't work with companies who are going after the <em>same market </em>in the <em>same locations </em>at the <em>same time </em>and who are completely <em>undifferentiated.</em></p><p>But what happens when you do SEO/PPC services for companies with global reach who have similar audiences? </p><p>If search engines are zero-sum, wouldn't you just be competing against your other clients by doing that? </p><p>It's a great question by <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/bbe5e62d?show_back_link=true"> Alex Nech </a>so I want to explore the nuances with you all to help navigate the uncertainty.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about picking a broad enough niche, helping your clients with differentiation, the ethics of working with similar companies later on, and creating custom solutions that work for <em>your individual clients,</em> even if you apply the same general methodology in doing so, and much more.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you agree or disagree!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/151-does-using-a-methodology-in-a-niche-work-for-seo-ppc-services-in-the-same-geography?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>There's a common concern that working with multiple companies in a niche might create competition among your clients—especially when they operate in similar geographic areas.</p><p>Usually, it's not an issue—especially if you don't work with companies who are going after the <em>same market </em>in the <em>same locations </em>at the <em>same time </em>and who are completely <em>undifferentiated.</em></p><p>But what happens when you do SEO/PPC services for companies with global reach who have similar audiences? </p><p>If search engines are zero-sum, wouldn't you just be competing against your other clients by doing that? </p><p>It's a great question by <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/bbe5e62d?show_back_link=true"> Alex Nech </a>so I want to explore the nuances with you all to help navigate the uncertainty.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about picking a broad enough niche, helping your clients with differentiation, the ethics of working with similar companies later on, and creating custom solutions that work for <em>your individual clients,</em> even if you apply the same general methodology in doing so, and much more.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you agree or disagree!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 13:36:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ca8e5265/50db16e3.mp3" length="25436151" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>793</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/151-does-using-a-methodology-in-a-niche-work-for-seo-ppc-services-in-the-same-geography?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>There's a common concern that working with multiple companies in a niche might create competition among your clients—especially when they operate in similar geographic areas.</p><p>Usually, it's not an issue—especially if you don't work with companies who are going after the <em>same market </em>in the <em>same locations </em>at the <em>same time </em>and who are completely <em>undifferentiated.</em></p><p>But what happens when you do SEO/PPC services for companies with global reach who have similar audiences? </p><p>If search engines are zero-sum, wouldn't you just be competing against your other clients by doing that? </p><p>It's a great question by <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/bbe5e62d?show_back_link=true"> Alex Nech </a>so I want to explore the nuances with you all to help navigate the uncertainty.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about picking a broad enough niche, helping your clients with differentiation, the ethics of working with similar companies later on, and creating custom solutions that work for <em>your individual clients,</em> even if you apply the same general methodology in doing so, and much more.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you agree or disagree!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>150. Why I built an advisory business instead of an agency</title>
      <itunes:title>150. Why I built an advisory business instead of an agency</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">44b7bef8-63f4-4444-926e-33911fc5d17e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/150-why-i-built-an-advisory-business-instead-of-an-agency</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/150-why-i-built-an-advisory-business-instead-of-an-agency">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I was asked recently by community member 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/bbe5e62d?show_back_link=true">
    Alex Nech
  </a>

 why I chose to run an advisory business instead going the agency route.</p><p>In this episode, I break down most of the reasons I chose to go this route instead of growing my agency. </p><p>The main reasons include:</p><ol><li>Higher take-home profit at the end of the year (at my size)</li><li>Less day-to-day stress</li><li>Less business overhead and complexity</li><li>A better overall experience working with clients</li><li>More free time in my day</li><li>And generally a better fit with my skills/personality</li></ol><p>There are more reasons, and I break it all down in this episode including how I transitioned from running an agency to advisory work. </p><p>If you're not sure what route to go, give this a listen and see if any parts of it resonate with your situation.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/150-why-i-built-an-advisory-business-instead-of-an-agency">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I was asked recently by community member 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/bbe5e62d?show_back_link=true">
    Alex Nech
  </a>

 why I chose to run an advisory business instead going the agency route.</p><p>In this episode, I break down most of the reasons I chose to go this route instead of growing my agency. </p><p>The main reasons include:</p><ol><li>Higher take-home profit at the end of the year (at my size)</li><li>Less day-to-day stress</li><li>Less business overhead and complexity</li><li>A better overall experience working with clients</li><li>More free time in my day</li><li>And generally a better fit with my skills/personality</li></ol><p>There are more reasons, and I break it all down in this episode including how I transitioned from running an agency to advisory work. </p><p>If you're not sure what route to go, give this a listen and see if any parts of it resonate with your situation.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Sep 2021 14:16:08 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/63698906/a14c101b.mp3" length="34343636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1071</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/150-why-i-built-an-advisory-business-instead-of-an-agency">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I was asked recently by community member 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/bbe5e62d?show_back_link=true">
    Alex Nech
  </a>

 why I chose to run an advisory business instead going the agency route.</p><p>In this episode, I break down most of the reasons I chose to go this route instead of growing my agency. </p><p>The main reasons include:</p><ol><li>Higher take-home profit at the end of the year (at my size)</li><li>Less day-to-day stress</li><li>Less business overhead and complexity</li><li>A better overall experience working with clients</li><li>More free time in my day</li><li>And generally a better fit with my skills/personality</li></ol><p>There are more reasons, and I break it all down in this episode including how I transitioned from running an agency to advisory work. </p><p>If you're not sure what route to go, give this a listen and see if any parts of it resonate with your situation.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>149. Why prospects don't care about your methodology—and why it's still critical</title>
      <itunes:title>149. Why prospects don't care about your methodology—and why it's still critical</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e8efd789-a5e7-413a-a6ea-34aa6c67f978</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/149-why-prospects-dont-about-your-methodology-and-why-its-still-critical</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I talk a lot about having a <a href="https://kevin.me/?s=methodology">methodology</a> for your consulting work. It's core to the way you organize, package, and deliver your expertise.</p><p>But the thing is, prospects don't really care about your methodology. At least, not at first. </p><p>What they care most about are solving their pains and achieving their desired outcomes. Your marketing should focus on those things first and foremost.</p><p>And yet, having a methodology is critical to not only instilling confidence into your clients, but also to deliver results consistently and ultimately scale your expertise.</p><p>In this episode, I go into how/when to use your methodology in your marketing, why <em>credibility</em> is the thing you want to focus on most, and the methodology becomes valuable to you business later on. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I talk a lot about having a <a href="https://kevin.me/?s=methodology">methodology</a> for your consulting work. It's core to the way you organize, package, and deliver your expertise.</p><p>But the thing is, prospects don't really care about your methodology. At least, not at first. </p><p>What they care most about are solving their pains and achieving their desired outcomes. Your marketing should focus on those things first and foremost.</p><p>And yet, having a methodology is critical to not only instilling confidence into your clients, but also to deliver results consistently and ultimately scale your expertise.</p><p>In this episode, I go into how/when to use your methodology in your marketing, why <em>credibility</em> is the thing you want to focus on most, and the methodology becomes valuable to you business later on. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Sep 2021 14:01:46 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/8c99ce40/1ebfaf0f.mp3" length="25382870" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/bprt5xyQPshuvNQoM8ZUBt-yJgl4l19lm6-rwAkxLLY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzY0Nzg3NC8x/NjMxMzA3NzA2LWFy/dHdvcmsuanBn.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>792</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I talk a lot about having a <a href="https://kevin.me/?s=methodology">methodology</a> for your consulting work. It's core to the way you organize, package, and deliver your expertise.</p><p>But the thing is, prospects don't really care about your methodology. At least, not at first. </p><p>What they care most about are solving their pains and achieving their desired outcomes. Your marketing should focus on those things first and foremost.</p><p>And yet, having a methodology is critical to not only instilling confidence into your clients, but also to deliver results consistently and ultimately scale your expertise.</p><p>In this episode, I go into how/when to use your methodology in your marketing, why <em>credibility</em> is the thing you want to focus on most, and the methodology becomes valuable to you business later on. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>148. Should you charge by the day for advisory services?</title>
      <itunes:title>148. Should you charge by the day for advisory services?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22470ca7-9bed-42ca-88dc-4349a56617b7</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/148-should-you-charge-by-the-day-for-advisory-services</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/148-should-you-charge-by-the-day-for-advisory-services">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I've heard a few people lately talking about using day rates as a marketing advisor or fractional CMO. Things like one, two, or three days a week for X price per month.</p><p><br></p><p>I've even heard of people charging around $10k+/month on a couple days per week with the client. Seems decent, right?</p><p><br></p><p>There's no hard and fast rules with this, so I won't say never do it. But I prefer not to unless it's for single projects where I visit clients for a day or two to get things done. But even then, I usually lump it into my advisory retainers unless significant travel is required.</p><p><br></p><p>When you charge by the day, what ends up happening is people see you as a part-time employee. They begin to ask what you "got done" in the time allotted, or other such questions usually reserved for employees or "suppliers". </p><p>They begin to delegate tasks instead of receiving your expertise and guidance on what to do. You become the catch-all of ideas.</p><p><br></p><p>It's also not scalable unless you oversell your time, but even then—now you're not allocating the promised amount of time to them.</p><p><br></p><p>I'd rather offer unlimited access to me for a select number of people or in a limited capacities to keep scope down rather than selling hours, days, or other such time-based metrics.</p><p>I'd also avoid the execution/project management work unless you're <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/how-to-transition-from-selling-execution-to-advisory-work">transitioning into advisory services using a "managed advisory services" model</a> or if you charge a lot and limit it to a few months to sort out emergencies. It quickly becomes a full time job and it's just not worth it. </p><p><br></p><p>There are exceptions to this, but that's what I've found.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/148-should-you-charge-by-the-day-for-advisory-services">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I've heard a few people lately talking about using day rates as a marketing advisor or fractional CMO. Things like one, two, or three days a week for X price per month.</p><p><br></p><p>I've even heard of people charging around $10k+/month on a couple days per week with the client. Seems decent, right?</p><p><br></p><p>There's no hard and fast rules with this, so I won't say never do it. But I prefer not to unless it's for single projects where I visit clients for a day or two to get things done. But even then, I usually lump it into my advisory retainers unless significant travel is required.</p><p><br></p><p>When you charge by the day, what ends up happening is people see you as a part-time employee. They begin to ask what you "got done" in the time allotted, or other such questions usually reserved for employees or "suppliers". </p><p>They begin to delegate tasks instead of receiving your expertise and guidance on what to do. You become the catch-all of ideas.</p><p><br></p><p>It's also not scalable unless you oversell your time, but even then—now you're not allocating the promised amount of time to them.</p><p><br></p><p>I'd rather offer unlimited access to me for a select number of people or in a limited capacities to keep scope down rather than selling hours, days, or other such time-based metrics.</p><p>I'd also avoid the execution/project management work unless you're <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/how-to-transition-from-selling-execution-to-advisory-work">transitioning into advisory services using a "managed advisory services" model</a> or if you charge a lot and limit it to a few months to sort out emergencies. It quickly becomes a full time job and it's just not worth it. </p><p><br></p><p>There are exceptions to this, but that's what I've found.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Sep 2021 12:02:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/bd9e1a9d/2fc6210e.mp3" length="16923966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>527</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/148-should-you-charge-by-the-day-for-advisory-services">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>I've heard a few people lately talking about using day rates as a marketing advisor or fractional CMO. Things like one, two, or three days a week for X price per month.</p><p><br></p><p>I've even heard of people charging around $10k+/month on a couple days per week with the client. Seems decent, right?</p><p><br></p><p>There's no hard and fast rules with this, so I won't say never do it. But I prefer not to unless it's for single projects where I visit clients for a day or two to get things done. But even then, I usually lump it into my advisory retainers unless significant travel is required.</p><p><br></p><p>When you charge by the day, what ends up happening is people see you as a part-time employee. They begin to ask what you "got done" in the time allotted, or other such questions usually reserved for employees or "suppliers". </p><p>They begin to delegate tasks instead of receiving your expertise and guidance on what to do. You become the catch-all of ideas.</p><p><br></p><p>It's also not scalable unless you oversell your time, but even then—now you're not allocating the promised amount of time to them.</p><p><br></p><p>I'd rather offer unlimited access to me for a select number of people or in a limited capacities to keep scope down rather than selling hours, days, or other such time-based metrics.</p><p>I'd also avoid the execution/project management work unless you're <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/how-to-transition-from-selling-execution-to-advisory-work">transitioning into advisory services using a "managed advisory services" model</a> or if you charge a lot and limit it to a few months to sort out emergencies. It quickly becomes a full time job and it's just not worth it. </p><p><br></p><p>There are exceptions to this, but that's what I've found.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>147. Why I paid $1k to be a sponsor at an industry conference</title>
      <itunes:title>147. Why I paid $1k to be a sponsor at an industry conference</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4314a165-772c-40b9-8dad-db81ff714368</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/147-why-i-paid-1k-to-be-a-sponsor-at-an-industry-conference</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Have you ever considered sponsoring a conference?</p><p>It never dawned on me to do it before, but I recently did.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why I recently sponsored a conference for $1k in exchange for a logo on the conference website and a 30-second podcast ad. </p><p>Sound crazy? Maybe. </p><p>While this isn't something I normally do, I explain why this was on-strategy for me this time and why I wouldn't stand at a booth, for example.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Have you ever considered sponsoring a conference?</p><p>It never dawned on me to do it before, but I recently did.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why I recently sponsored a conference for $1k in exchange for a logo on the conference website and a 30-second podcast ad. </p><p>Sound crazy? Maybe. </p><p>While this isn't something I normally do, I explain why this was on-strategy for me this time and why I wouldn't stand at a booth, for example.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 14:37:35 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/661f110c/3a75ecc1.mp3" length="17161377" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>535</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Have you ever considered sponsoring a conference?</p><p>It never dawned on me to do it before, but I recently did.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about why I recently sponsored a conference for $1k in exchange for a logo on the conference website and a 30-second podcast ad. </p><p>Sound crazy? Maybe. </p><p>While this isn't something I normally do, I explain why this was on-strategy for me this time and why I wouldn't stand at a booth, for example.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>146. The Travelling Roadshow</title>
      <itunes:title>146. The Travelling Roadshow</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06b3e98e-1bde-4c56-8b21-43a9663a677a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/145-the-travelling-roadshow</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/145-the-travelling-roadshow">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>The Travelling Roadshow is an approach I’ve picked up over the years that has gotten me several new clients while building my audience at the same time.</p><p>In this episode, I break down my core approach to using webinars in a way that leaves people with tremendous value they can implement themselves while also subtly selling your products and services.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think! </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/145-the-travelling-roadshow">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>The Travelling Roadshow is an approach I’ve picked up over the years that has gotten me several new clients while building my audience at the same time.</p><p>In this episode, I break down my core approach to using webinars in a way that leaves people with tremendous value they can implement themselves while also subtly selling your products and services.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think! </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Aug 2021 13:06:54 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/873856e2/16351cef.mp3" length="28907636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>902</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/145-the-travelling-roadshow">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>The Travelling Roadshow is an approach I’ve picked up over the years that has gotten me several new clients while building my audience at the same time.</p><p>In this episode, I break down my core approach to using webinars in a way that leaves people with tremendous value they can implement themselves while also subtly selling your products and services.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think! </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>145. How knowing your clients' numbers directly impacts your profitability</title>
      <itunes:title>145. How knowing your clients' numbers directly impacts your profitability</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a3ff9e92-e55f-45e0-89c0-37ed15b00ca1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/145-how-knowing-your-clients-numbers-directly-impacts-your-profitability</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/145-how-knowing-your-clients-numbers-directly-impacts-your-profitability">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>A client recently asked me to downgrade or potentially pause our engagement.</p><p>They were nervous about the future of their business as we continue experiencing COVID impacts and wanted to conserve cash/play defence.</p><p>I suggested we have a call to discuss the financials and make a decision about what's best.</p><p>When we dug into the numbers in our <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/templates/kpi-dashboard-template">KPI spreadsheet</a>, it showed that not only were they excellent, they should be spending even more and getting MORE clients for as long as the acquisition costs stayed steady, which is safer than trying to conserve capital.</p><p>We explored the business case together of either downgrading or pausing our engagement, and it became obvious based on their current financial situation and future goals that we should keep working together.</p><p><strong>After all, they were acquiring customers and paying back their acquisition costs in their first month, meaning every month after was profitable—including my fees.</strong></p><p>The client wasn't close to these numbers (something they know they need to fix), so it was an eye-opening experience for them. They decided to keep at my full rate and scope for the indefinite future.</p><p>Give this episode a listen for a longer conversation on proving value and knowing your clients' numbers. Your own business depends on it. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/145-how-knowing-your-clients-numbers-directly-impacts-your-profitability">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>A client recently asked me to downgrade or potentially pause our engagement.</p><p>They were nervous about the future of their business as we continue experiencing COVID impacts and wanted to conserve cash/play defence.</p><p>I suggested we have a call to discuss the financials and make a decision about what's best.</p><p>When we dug into the numbers in our <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/templates/kpi-dashboard-template">KPI spreadsheet</a>, it showed that not only were they excellent, they should be spending even more and getting MORE clients for as long as the acquisition costs stayed steady, which is safer than trying to conserve capital.</p><p>We explored the business case together of either downgrading or pausing our engagement, and it became obvious based on their current financial situation and future goals that we should keep working together.</p><p><strong>After all, they were acquiring customers and paying back their acquisition costs in their first month, meaning every month after was profitable—including my fees.</strong></p><p>The client wasn't close to these numbers (something they know they need to fix), so it was an eye-opening experience for them. They decided to keep at my full rate and scope for the indefinite future.</p><p>Give this episode a listen for a longer conversation on proving value and knowing your clients' numbers. Your own business depends on it. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Aug 2021 09:32:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/db0d255d/f2dc1286.mp3" length="26529540" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>827</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/145-how-knowing-your-clients-numbers-directly-impacts-your-profitability">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>A client recently asked me to downgrade or potentially pause our engagement.</p><p>They were nervous about the future of their business as we continue experiencing COVID impacts and wanted to conserve cash/play defence.</p><p>I suggested we have a call to discuss the financials and make a decision about what's best.</p><p>When we dug into the numbers in our <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/templates/kpi-dashboard-template">KPI spreadsheet</a>, it showed that not only were they excellent, they should be spending even more and getting MORE clients for as long as the acquisition costs stayed steady, which is safer than trying to conserve capital.</p><p>We explored the business case together of either downgrading or pausing our engagement, and it became obvious based on their current financial situation and future goals that we should keep working together.</p><p><strong>After all, they were acquiring customers and paying back their acquisition costs in their first month, meaning every month after was profitable—including my fees.</strong></p><p>The client wasn't close to these numbers (something they know they need to fix), so it was an eye-opening experience for them. They decided to keep at my full rate and scope for the indefinite future.</p><p>Give this episode a listen for a longer conversation on proving value and knowing your clients' numbers. Your own business depends on it. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>144. Aligning the troops</title>
      <itunes:title>144. Aligning the troops</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6aeb8951-7ff6-4169-957f-5650292d8df1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/144-aligning-the-troops</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/144-aligning-the-troops">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>There's a lot of power in consolidating your focus on one goal.</p><p>In this episode, I tell a story about how a client I'm working with lacked a cohesive focus among the team. We were doing a lot of things very well, but the team of about 8-10 people were all thinking in silos. </p><p>We were marching in different directions.</p><p><strong>What we lacked was alignment around our goals.</strong> We lacked a core marketing strategy outside of the overall brand strategy.</p><p>In this episode, I break down what we did to get in alignment and how our decisions have led to a new lens from which to look at our marketing.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/144-aligning-the-troops">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>There's a lot of power in consolidating your focus on one goal.</p><p>In this episode, I tell a story about how a client I'm working with lacked a cohesive focus among the team. We were doing a lot of things very well, but the team of about 8-10 people were all thinking in silos. </p><p>We were marching in different directions.</p><p><strong>What we lacked was alignment around our goals.</strong> We lacked a core marketing strategy outside of the overall brand strategy.</p><p>In this episode, I break down what we did to get in alignment and how our decisions have led to a new lens from which to look at our marketing.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Aug 2021 13:25:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e92a1306/10aa6165.mp3" length="9921167" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>411</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/144-aligning-the-troops">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>There's a lot of power in consolidating your focus on one goal.</p><p>In this episode, I tell a story about how a client I'm working with lacked a cohesive focus among the team. We were doing a lot of things very well, but the team of about 8-10 people were all thinking in silos. </p><p>We were marching in different directions.</p><p><strong>What we lacked was alignment around our goals.</strong> We lacked a core marketing strategy outside of the overall brand strategy.</p><p>In this episode, I break down what we did to get in alignment and how our decisions have led to a new lens from which to look at our marketing.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>143. Worrying about delivering value and getting more clients.mp3</title>
      <itunes:title>143. Worrying about delivering value and getting more clients.mp3</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">713d840b-ee24-4cc9-a88c-ae313de1773f</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/143-worrying-about-delivering-value-and-getting-more-clients-mp3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/143">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>As consultants, we worry about two things to various degrees at different times:</p><p>1. Are we delivering enough value?<br>2. Where will my next client come from/will it all dry it up one day?</p><p>In this episode, I address both of these head-on.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I announced the new membership tier, Mindshare Pro, today. Be sure to check it out and sign up if you're interested! <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/new-membership-tier-mindshare-pro">Check out the announcement here</a>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/143">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>As consultants, we worry about two things to various degrees at different times:</p><p>1. Are we delivering enough value?<br>2. Where will my next client come from/will it all dry it up one day?</p><p>In this episode, I address both of these head-on.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I announced the new membership tier, Mindshare Pro, today. Be sure to check it out and sign up if you're interested! <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/new-membership-tier-mindshare-pro">Check out the announcement here</a>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Jul 2021 13:43:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b74f949e/5d0db8de.mp3" length="13951249" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>579</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/143">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>As consultants, we worry about two things to various degrees at different times:</p><p>1. Are we delivering enough value?<br>2. Where will my next client come from/will it all dry it up one day?</p><p>In this episode, I address both of these head-on.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. I announced the new membership tier, Mindshare Pro, today. Be sure to check it out and sign up if you're interested! <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/announcements/new-membership-tier-mindshare-pro">Check out the announcement here</a>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>142. Just hit publish</title>
      <itunes:title>142. Just hit publish</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">96df48b6-1f88-46e3-bda0-7c3cc1f6615f</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/142-just-hit-publish</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/142-just-hit-publish?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Are you hesitating to hit publish?</p><p><br></p><p>It might be time to re-think your approach. Chances are, you're talking yourself out of publishing your good ideas because you think they're not unique, or interesting, or that nobody would pay attention anyway.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to <em>think</em> about your content publishing habit and ways to talk yourself <em>into</em> just hitting publish.</p><p>Hint: just try to be useful to one person.</p><p><br></p><p>I promise that once you do, you'll feel a lot better.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/142-just-hit-publish?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Are you hesitating to hit publish?</p><p><br></p><p>It might be time to re-think your approach. Chances are, you're talking yourself out of publishing your good ideas because you think they're not unique, or interesting, or that nobody would pay attention anyway.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to <em>think</em> about your content publishing habit and ways to talk yourself <em>into</em> just hitting publish.</p><p>Hint: just try to be useful to one person.</p><p><br></p><p>I promise that once you do, you'll feel a lot better.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Jul 2021 13:38:19 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/15b4656d/c469b719.mp3" length="9742521" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>404</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/142-just-hit-publish?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Are you hesitating to hit publish?</p><p><br></p><p>It might be time to re-think your approach. Chances are, you're talking yourself out of publishing your good ideas because you think they're not unique, or interesting, or that nobody would pay attention anyway.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I talk about how to <em>think</em> about your content publishing habit and ways to talk yourself <em>into</em> just hitting publish.</p><p>Hint: just try to be useful to one person.</p><p><br></p><p>I promise that once you do, you'll feel a lot better.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>141. Is being a marketing consultant a risky business model?</title>
      <itunes:title>141. Is being a marketing consultant a risky business model?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3ec7648-6413-4924-b99a-fd7245510c0b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/141-is-being-a-marketing-consultant-a-risky-business-model</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/141-is-being-a-marketing-consultant-a-risky-business-model?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Is being a marketing consultant a risky business model?</p><p>Would you be better off being an employee?</p><p>In this episode, I talk all about risk, including:<br> <br>1. How companies flee to expertise during hard times<br>2. How COVID was riskier to many employees than to consultants<br>3. How the marketing industry is going more flexible<br>4. The greater need for fractional executives</p><p>And other ideas that I think show how consulting is less risky if you are a good fit for the business. </p><p>Consulting isn't for everyone. But if you're in the game or have clients already, it might not only be less risky, it might be far more lucrative.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/141-is-being-a-marketing-consultant-a-risky-business-model?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Is being a marketing consultant a risky business model?</p><p>Would you be better off being an employee?</p><p>In this episode, I talk all about risk, including:<br> <br>1. How companies flee to expertise during hard times<br>2. How COVID was riskier to many employees than to consultants<br>3. How the marketing industry is going more flexible<br>4. The greater need for fractional executives</p><p>And other ideas that I think show how consulting is less risky if you are a good fit for the business. </p><p>Consulting isn't for everyone. But if you're in the game or have clients already, it might not only be less risky, it might be far more lucrative.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jul 2021 13:42:32 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/7852098c/0c5d3847.mp3" length="12346276" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>512</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/141-is-being-a-marketing-consultant-a-risky-business-model?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Is being a marketing consultant a risky business model?</p><p>Would you be better off being an employee?</p><p>In this episode, I talk all about risk, including:<br> <br>1. How companies flee to expertise during hard times<br>2. How COVID was riskier to many employees than to consultants<br>3. How the marketing industry is going more flexible<br>4. The greater need for fractional executives</p><p>And other ideas that I think show how consulting is less risky if you are a good fit for the business. </p><p>Consulting isn't for everyone. But if you're in the game or have clients already, it might not only be less risky, it might be far more lucrative.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>140. Be the steering wheel, not the engine</title>
      <itunes:title>140. Be the steering wheel, not the engine</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">25c4eb3e-e8e4-4542-bcf9-f86f16c3ed5a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/140-be-the-steering-wheel-not-the-engine</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/140-be-the-steering-wheel-not-the-engine">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you're selling advisory services and feel stressed, burned out, or exhausted in the process, this episode is for you.</p><p>Your job as an advisor is to sell access to your brain. </p><p>Sure, you may also bring a Rolodex of people, some systems and templates, training, and other supplementary resources, but that's not the same as tactical execution or project management. </p><p>If you're doing execution and/or project management but want to be selling your brain instead, there's room for improvement which will free you from the stresses I described above. </p><p>The critical piece to selling access to your brain is ensuring expectations are set up-front and then "installing the engine" before you begin your engagement. </p><p>Listen in for what this means and why it's so important if you plan to scale your expertise and not get mired in the execution details.</p><p>-kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/140-be-the-steering-wheel-not-the-engine">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you're selling advisory services and feel stressed, burned out, or exhausted in the process, this episode is for you.</p><p>Your job as an advisor is to sell access to your brain. </p><p>Sure, you may also bring a Rolodex of people, some systems and templates, training, and other supplementary resources, but that's not the same as tactical execution or project management. </p><p>If you're doing execution and/or project management but want to be selling your brain instead, there's room for improvement which will free you from the stresses I described above. </p><p>The critical piece to selling access to your brain is ensuring expectations are set up-front and then "installing the engine" before you begin your engagement. </p><p>Listen in for what this means and why it's so important if you plan to scale your expertise and not get mired in the execution details.</p><p>-kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Jul 2021 13:46:40 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/5a34968d/45d5d898.mp3" length="24145853" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/kemaWeqXRmAx44eteS1mYzM4N8oGyhyiPGSF7OSlmxY/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzU5NDk1OC8x/NjI2NDY4NDAwLWFy/dHdvcmsuanBn.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1004</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/140-be-the-steering-wheel-not-the-engine">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you're selling advisory services and feel stressed, burned out, or exhausted in the process, this episode is for you.</p><p>Your job as an advisor is to sell access to your brain. </p><p>Sure, you may also bring a Rolodex of people, some systems and templates, training, and other supplementary resources, but that's not the same as tactical execution or project management. </p><p>If you're doing execution and/or project management but want to be selling your brain instead, there's room for improvement which will free you from the stresses I described above. </p><p>The critical piece to selling access to your brain is ensuring expectations are set up-front and then "installing the engine" before you begin your engagement. </p><p>Listen in for what this means and why it's so important if you plan to scale your expertise and not get mired in the execution details.</p><p>-kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>139. The travelling roadshow</title>
      <itunes:title>139. The travelling roadshow</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07b2e458-7f66-43ed-9c78-0d65d76039fc</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/139-the-travelling-roadshow</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/139-the-travelling-roadshow?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>One of the ways I get clients in the coworking industry is with a travelling roadshow.</p><p>It ultimately comprises of:</p><ol><li>Your big idea/way of achieving a desired result</li><li>A lesson with free resources on how to DIY</li><li>An offer to those who need (paid) support</li></ol><p><br>It's usually a webinar but it could also be a podcast appearance, conference talk/workshop, or any other kind of free training you do.</p><p>The key is to let people know upfront that you'll be sharing ways they can hire or buy your ideas at the end of the talk, but that you'll also be giving them all the tools and basics needed to take an honest shot at the DIY approach.</p><p>This has worked for me to acquire several clients who have gone on to be long-term clients with me. </p><p>It's also worked to drive people to my free resources (and therefore email list) which has resulted in untold sales and audience growth.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if it gets the wheels turning for you, too!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/139-the-travelling-roadshow?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>One of the ways I get clients in the coworking industry is with a travelling roadshow.</p><p>It ultimately comprises of:</p><ol><li>Your big idea/way of achieving a desired result</li><li>A lesson with free resources on how to DIY</li><li>An offer to those who need (paid) support</li></ol><p><br>It's usually a webinar but it could also be a podcast appearance, conference talk/workshop, or any other kind of free training you do.</p><p>The key is to let people know upfront that you'll be sharing ways they can hire or buy your ideas at the end of the talk, but that you'll also be giving them all the tools and basics needed to take an honest shot at the DIY approach.</p><p>This has worked for me to acquire several clients who have gone on to be long-term clients with me. </p><p>It's also worked to drive people to my free resources (and therefore email list) which has resulted in untold sales and audience growth.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if it gets the wheels turning for you, too!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 13:58:17 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ffd54f94/4352317e.mp3" length="22077554" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/uk9FGELw7PX9xf4K15iTtO-nyRcKcdtqvXIXXtTpRXo/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzU5Mjg0NS8x/NjI2MjA5ODk3LWFy/dHdvcmsuanBn.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>918</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/139-the-travelling-roadshow?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>One of the ways I get clients in the coworking industry is with a travelling roadshow.</p><p>It ultimately comprises of:</p><ol><li>Your big idea/way of achieving a desired result</li><li>A lesson with free resources on how to DIY</li><li>An offer to those who need (paid) support</li></ol><p><br>It's usually a webinar but it could also be a podcast appearance, conference talk/workshop, or any other kind of free training you do.</p><p>The key is to let people know upfront that you'll be sharing ways they can hire or buy your ideas at the end of the talk, but that you'll also be giving them all the tools and basics needed to take an honest shot at the DIY approach.</p><p>This has worked for me to acquire several clients who have gone on to be long-term clients with me. </p><p>It's also worked to drive people to my free resources (and therefore email list) which has resulted in untold sales and audience growth.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if it gets the wheels turning for you, too!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>138. My marketing Methodology for advisory client engagements</title>
      <itunes:title>138. My marketing Methodology for advisory client engagements</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3a51769-d49e-4259-9536-bb11c5257bc9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/138-my-marketing-methodology-for-advisory-client-engagements</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/138-my-marketing-methodology-for-advisory-client-engagements">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>When you approach your client work, do you follow a Methodology or standard process? Or do you make it up as you go along?</p><p>I have a Methodology, and it makes every engagement streamlined and less stressful. </p><p>It's like a checklist. Something to capture and document your ideas. But also to use as a reference in your client engagements to ensure nothing gets missed. This creates predictable outcomes when applied consistently.</p><p>I call this the <em>Methodology</em>. Your prospects may not care much that you have a Methodology, only that you can get results. </p><p>But once they become your clients, they <em>do</em> start to care if it feels like you're winging it every day or there's no method to your madness (results) to speak of. </p><p>They also notice and appreciate it when you do show them how it works. When you create a Trello or Asana board just for them with the entire picture mapped out. It gives them a lot of confidence to see they're part of your tried-and-true process. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about my own Methodology and the general approach I use in my marketing advisory practice. </p><p>I store it in Trello, and every new idea or learning I get goes into the core template that becomes the basis for every new (and current) engagement I run.</p><p>If this topic is interesting, let me know. I'll give you a bigger peek behind the curtain at how it looks.</p><p>More on this soon,</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/138-my-marketing-methodology-for-advisory-client-engagements">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>When you approach your client work, do you follow a Methodology or standard process? Or do you make it up as you go along?</p><p>I have a Methodology, and it makes every engagement streamlined and less stressful. </p><p>It's like a checklist. Something to capture and document your ideas. But also to use as a reference in your client engagements to ensure nothing gets missed. This creates predictable outcomes when applied consistently.</p><p>I call this the <em>Methodology</em>. Your prospects may not care much that you have a Methodology, only that you can get results. </p><p>But once they become your clients, they <em>do</em> start to care if it feels like you're winging it every day or there's no method to your madness (results) to speak of. </p><p>They also notice and appreciate it when you do show them how it works. When you create a Trello or Asana board just for them with the entire picture mapped out. It gives them a lot of confidence to see they're part of your tried-and-true process. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about my own Methodology and the general approach I use in my marketing advisory practice. </p><p>I store it in Trello, and every new idea or learning I get goes into the core template that becomes the basis for every new (and current) engagement I run.</p><p>If this topic is interesting, let me know. I'll give you a bigger peek behind the curtain at how it looks.</p><p>More on this soon,</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Jul 2021 13:39:30 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/dd0dd94c/54d0cc66.mp3" length="27040469" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1125</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/138-my-marketing-methodology-for-advisory-client-engagements">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>When you approach your client work, do you follow a Methodology or standard process? Or do you make it up as you go along?</p><p>I have a Methodology, and it makes every engagement streamlined and less stressful. </p><p>It's like a checklist. Something to capture and document your ideas. But also to use as a reference in your client engagements to ensure nothing gets missed. This creates predictable outcomes when applied consistently.</p><p>I call this the <em>Methodology</em>. Your prospects may not care much that you have a Methodology, only that you can get results. </p><p>But once they become your clients, they <em>do</em> start to care if it feels like you're winging it every day or there's no method to your madness (results) to speak of. </p><p>They also notice and appreciate it when you do show them how it works. When you create a Trello or Asana board just for them with the entire picture mapped out. It gives them a lot of confidence to see they're part of your tried-and-true process. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about my own Methodology and the general approach I use in my marketing advisory practice. </p><p>I store it in Trello, and every new idea or learning I get goes into the core template that becomes the basis for every new (and current) engagement I run.</p><p>If this topic is interesting, let me know. I'll give you a bigger peek behind the curtain at how it looks.</p><p>More on this soon,</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>137. Ethical advice and over-delivering</title>
      <itunes:title>137. Ethical advice and over-delivering</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fdf29441-b45b-4d41-8609-42f558e81364</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/137-ethical-advice-and-over-delivering</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/137-ethical-advice-and-over-delivering?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>To succeed as an advisor, you need to get a lot of details right.</p><p>But above all else, there are two core areas you need to get right when it comes to delivering your advisory services.</p><ol><li>Over-delivering for your clients</li><li>Maintaining high ethical standards and integrity</li></ol><p><br>When you over-deliver, you're not only more likely to get results, you'll also blow your clients away with unexpected value. And that's what creates excellent referrals, word of mouth, and long-lasting relationships. </p><p>Maintaining high ethical standards and integrity should go without saying, but there's a lot of nuance to <em>how</em> to do that.  </p><p>In this episode, I talk about a story of my recent experience with real estate agents and what we can learn from both great and shady practices.</p><p>Hit that like button and leave a comment if this resonates!</p><p>–kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/137-ethical-advice-and-over-delivering?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>To succeed as an advisor, you need to get a lot of details right.</p><p>But above all else, there are two core areas you need to get right when it comes to delivering your advisory services.</p><ol><li>Over-delivering for your clients</li><li>Maintaining high ethical standards and integrity</li></ol><p><br>When you over-deliver, you're not only more likely to get results, you'll also blow your clients away with unexpected value. And that's what creates excellent referrals, word of mouth, and long-lasting relationships. </p><p>Maintaining high ethical standards and integrity should go without saying, but there's a lot of nuance to <em>how</em> to do that.  </p><p>In this episode, I talk about a story of my recent experience with real estate agents and what we can learn from both great and shady practices.</p><p>Hit that like button and leave a comment if this resonates!</p><p>–kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 09:17:33 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/33f2139c/b95dc7f5.mp3" length="23473770" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>976</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/137-ethical-advice-and-over-delivering?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>To succeed as an advisor, you need to get a lot of details right.</p><p>But above all else, there are two core areas you need to get right when it comes to delivering your advisory services.</p><ol><li>Over-delivering for your clients</li><li>Maintaining high ethical standards and integrity</li></ol><p><br>When you over-deliver, you're not only more likely to get results, you'll also blow your clients away with unexpected value. And that's what creates excellent referrals, word of mouth, and long-lasting relationships. </p><p>Maintaining high ethical standards and integrity should go without saying, but there's a lot of nuance to <em>how</em> to do that.  </p><p>In this episode, I talk about a story of my recent experience with real estate agents and what we can learn from both great and shady practices.</p><p>Hit that like button and leave a comment if this resonates!</p><p>–kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>136. Two lesssons from a sales conversation gone wrong</title>
      <itunes:title>136. Two lesssons from a sales conversation gone wrong</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aeafca28-66d8-47eb-b4b1-3d90988ead8a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/136-two-lesssons-from-a-sales-conversation-gone-wrong</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/136-two-lesssons-from-a-sales-conversation-gone-wrong?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Every so often, a prospect comes along who's not an ideal fit.</p><p>And with that, the sales conversation usually doesn't go super well.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about a recent sales conversation I had with someone who was not in my ideal target market.</p><p>And there were two lessons:</p><ol><li>Niching and credibility are at the top of my Mindshare Methodology Framework for a reason—and it impacts the sales conversation (see image below)</li><li>Instead of answering how you work, start by figuring out <em>what</em> your prospects wants, <em>why</em> it matters, <em>how </em>they envision success looking like, and only <em>then </em>explaining how you work once you understand their true goals and think you can help.</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and see if you agree.</p><p><br>Here's the framework I mentioned, which I talk about in <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/134-a-framework-for-leveraging-and-selling-your-expertise">Episode 134: A framework for leveraging and selling your expertise</a>.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/136-two-lesssons-from-a-sales-conversation-gone-wrong?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Every so often, a prospect comes along who's not an ideal fit.</p><p>And with that, the sales conversation usually doesn't go super well.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about a recent sales conversation I had with someone who was not in my ideal target market.</p><p>And there were two lessons:</p><ol><li>Niching and credibility are at the top of my Mindshare Methodology Framework for a reason—and it impacts the sales conversation (see image below)</li><li>Instead of answering how you work, start by figuring out <em>what</em> your prospects wants, <em>why</em> it matters, <em>how </em>they envision success looking like, and only <em>then </em>explaining how you work once you understand their true goals and think you can help.</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and see if you agree.</p><p><br>Here's the framework I mentioned, which I talk about in <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/134-a-framework-for-leveraging-and-selling-your-expertise">Episode 134: A framework for leveraging and selling your expertise</a>.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jun 2021 12:34:16 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/08cacae8/1ea470ec.mp3" length="15448984" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>642</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/136-two-lesssons-from-a-sales-conversation-gone-wrong?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Every so often, a prospect comes along who's not an ideal fit.</p><p>And with that, the sales conversation usually doesn't go super well.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about a recent sales conversation I had with someone who was not in my ideal target market.</p><p>And there were two lessons:</p><ol><li>Niching and credibility are at the top of my Mindshare Methodology Framework for a reason—and it impacts the sales conversation (see image below)</li><li>Instead of answering how you work, start by figuring out <em>what</em> your prospects wants, <em>why</em> it matters, <em>how </em>they envision success looking like, and only <em>then </em>explaining how you work once you understand their true goals and think you can help.</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and see if you agree.</p><p><br>Here's the framework I mentioned, which I talk about in <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/134-a-framework-for-leveraging-and-selling-your-expertise">Episode 134: A framework for leveraging and selling your expertise</a>.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>135. Two tips for selling better advice</title>
      <itunes:title>135. Two tips for selling better advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c1d138be-9916-49a3-a374-6d5f9655b13a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/135-two-tips-for-selling-better-advice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/135-two-tips-for-selling-better-advice">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Today, I've got two ideas for helping you sell better advice.</p><p>I'll give you a hint, it involves getting excited, saying yes, and articulating value and trade-offs. </p><p>Give it a listen and tell me what you think.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/135-two-tips-for-selling-better-advice">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Today, I've got two ideas for helping you sell better advice.</p><p>I'll give you a hint, it involves getting excited, saying yes, and articulating value and trade-offs. </p><p>Give it a listen and tell me what you think.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2021 13:55:45 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/57794915/0db8333f.mp3" length="16447667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>683</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/135-two-tips-for-selling-better-advice">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Today, I've got two ideas for helping you sell better advice.</p><p>I'll give you a hint, it involves getting excited, saying yes, and articulating value and trade-offs. </p><p>Give it a listen and tell me what you think.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>134. A framework for leveraging and selling your expertise</title>
      <itunes:title>134. A framework for leveraging and selling your expertise</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ffee2da-b659-4663-9b50-5e5ce90a8088</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/134-a-framework-for-leveraging-and-selling-your-expertise</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/134-a-framework-for-leveraging-and-selling-your-expertise?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>The premise of this group is to help you package, sell, and create leverage around your marketing expertise (not your hands).</p><p>In this episode, I break down my 5-part framework for how this all works. It's the latest version of my thinking and it's always a work in progress.</p><p><strong>The high-level points include:</strong></p><ol><li>Niche</li><li>Credibility</li><li>Methodology</li><li>Business Model</li><li>Marketing Engine</li></ol><p>In the coming weeks and months, I'll be fleshing this out in more detail. </p><p>For now, if you're stuck on any part of this, drop me a line in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask">Ask Kevin</a> channel or reply to this episode below!</p><p>Have a great weekend.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/134-a-framework-for-leveraging-and-selling-your-expertise?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>The premise of this group is to help you package, sell, and create leverage around your marketing expertise (not your hands).</p><p>In this episode, I break down my 5-part framework for how this all works. It's the latest version of my thinking and it's always a work in progress.</p><p><strong>The high-level points include:</strong></p><ol><li>Niche</li><li>Credibility</li><li>Methodology</li><li>Business Model</li><li>Marketing Engine</li></ol><p>In the coming weeks and months, I'll be fleshing this out in more detail. </p><p>For now, if you're stuck on any part of this, drop me a line in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask">Ask Kevin</a> channel or reply to this episode below!</p><p>Have a great weekend.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Jun 2021 20:23:02 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/0c2e66a1/c937dfa1.mp3" length="23824892" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistor.fm/LbKysBHSlOK2Pq9Jhgr10k3DPouDKddvmgselY2otOU/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzU3Mjk2Mi8x/NjI0MDcyOTgyLWFy/dHdvcmsuanBn.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>991</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/134-a-framework-for-leveraging-and-selling-your-expertise?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>The premise of this group is to help you package, sell, and create leverage around your marketing expertise (not your hands).</p><p>In this episode, I break down my 5-part framework for how this all works. It's the latest version of my thinking and it's always a work in progress.</p><p><strong>The high-level points include:</strong></p><ol><li>Niche</li><li>Credibility</li><li>Methodology</li><li>Business Model</li><li>Marketing Engine</li></ol><p>In the coming weeks and months, I'll be fleshing this out in more detail. </p><p>For now, if you're stuck on any part of this, drop me a line in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask">Ask Kevin</a> channel or reply to this episode below!</p><p>Have a great weekend.</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>133. The top 20 benefits for niching as a consultant</title>
      <itunes:title>133. The top 20 benefits for niching as a consultant</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b258439b-fc37-43aa-be57-10966a586c9a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/133-the-top-20-benefits-for-niching-as-a-consultant</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/133-the-top-20-benefits-for-niching-as-a-consultant?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Are you still debating about the benefits of niching?</p><p>Do you feel like you might not be niched enough?</p><p>Give this a listen if you're on the fence and not sure if niching is worth the "risk" for you (hint: it probably is).</p><p><strong>Here's the top-level list:</strong></p><ol><li>When you know who you're targeting, every decision is easier</li><li>You can show up where they hang out</li><li>You can understand your target market deeply </li><li>You can speak their language (which lets you be heard)</li><li>People are more likely to share your content (and reach more people in the niche in the process)</li><li>You create better products and services the more you do it</li><li>You become rarer and more valuable to your target market</li><li>You can more easily sell group programs/info products/training</li><li>You solve similar kinds of problems, making your engagements more efficient (and therefore profitable)</li><li>You have less competition, which lets you close more deals and charge a premium</li><li>People will travel from further away to do business, which gives you location independence and other freedoms</li><li>You gain more confidence in your work, which gives your clients confidence, too</li><li>You'll develop a better network, which can cross-pollinate and create even more opportunities</li><li>You can partner with others who offer complimentary services, allowing you to build your audience and make the pie bigger for everyone</li><li>You create better social proof via logos and case studies, improving speed to trust with your ideal clients</li><li>You become known for something specific, making you more likely to get referrals through word of mouth</li><li>You're seen as a credible expert on a specific topic, making you more likely to speak at conferences, on podcasts, media mentions, etc.</li><li>Your advertising is far more targeted (better reach + conversion rate)</li><li>You get the <em>feeling</em> of being great at something, which is better than solving new challenges every day</li><li>Those who lead a market gets the lions share of results</li></ol><p><br>Was this helpful? Let me know in the comments below.</p><p>—k</p><p><strong>P.S. Want to help me out? </strong>Recommend Mindshare to a friend and I'll give you three months free to the group as a thanks. :) </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/133-the-top-20-benefits-for-niching-as-a-consultant?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Are you still debating about the benefits of niching?</p><p>Do you feel like you might not be niched enough?</p><p>Give this a listen if you're on the fence and not sure if niching is worth the "risk" for you (hint: it probably is).</p><p><strong>Here's the top-level list:</strong></p><ol><li>When you know who you're targeting, every decision is easier</li><li>You can show up where they hang out</li><li>You can understand your target market deeply </li><li>You can speak their language (which lets you be heard)</li><li>People are more likely to share your content (and reach more people in the niche in the process)</li><li>You create better products and services the more you do it</li><li>You become rarer and more valuable to your target market</li><li>You can more easily sell group programs/info products/training</li><li>You solve similar kinds of problems, making your engagements more efficient (and therefore profitable)</li><li>You have less competition, which lets you close more deals and charge a premium</li><li>People will travel from further away to do business, which gives you location independence and other freedoms</li><li>You gain more confidence in your work, which gives your clients confidence, too</li><li>You'll develop a better network, which can cross-pollinate and create even more opportunities</li><li>You can partner with others who offer complimentary services, allowing you to build your audience and make the pie bigger for everyone</li><li>You create better social proof via logos and case studies, improving speed to trust with your ideal clients</li><li>You become known for something specific, making you more likely to get referrals through word of mouth</li><li>You're seen as a credible expert on a specific topic, making you more likely to speak at conferences, on podcasts, media mentions, etc.</li><li>Your advertising is far more targeted (better reach + conversion rate)</li><li>You get the <em>feeling</em> of being great at something, which is better than solving new challenges every day</li><li>Those who lead a market gets the lions share of results</li></ol><p><br>Was this helpful? Let me know in the comments below.</p><p>—k</p><p><strong>P.S. Want to help me out? </strong>Recommend Mindshare to a friend and I'll give you three months free to the group as a thanks. :) </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jun 2021 13:40:27 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e2124d36/c6c0e9a7.mp3" length="37205636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1548</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/133-the-top-20-benefits-for-niching-as-a-consultant?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Are you still debating about the benefits of niching?</p><p>Do you feel like you might not be niched enough?</p><p>Give this a listen if you're on the fence and not sure if niching is worth the "risk" for you (hint: it probably is).</p><p><strong>Here's the top-level list:</strong></p><ol><li>When you know who you're targeting, every decision is easier</li><li>You can show up where they hang out</li><li>You can understand your target market deeply </li><li>You can speak their language (which lets you be heard)</li><li>People are more likely to share your content (and reach more people in the niche in the process)</li><li>You create better products and services the more you do it</li><li>You become rarer and more valuable to your target market</li><li>You can more easily sell group programs/info products/training</li><li>You solve similar kinds of problems, making your engagements more efficient (and therefore profitable)</li><li>You have less competition, which lets you close more deals and charge a premium</li><li>People will travel from further away to do business, which gives you location independence and other freedoms</li><li>You gain more confidence in your work, which gives your clients confidence, too</li><li>You'll develop a better network, which can cross-pollinate and create even more opportunities</li><li>You can partner with others who offer complimentary services, allowing you to build your audience and make the pie bigger for everyone</li><li>You create better social proof via logos and case studies, improving speed to trust with your ideal clients</li><li>You become known for something specific, making you more likely to get referrals through word of mouth</li><li>You're seen as a credible expert on a specific topic, making you more likely to speak at conferences, on podcasts, media mentions, etc.</li><li>Your advertising is far more targeted (better reach + conversion rate)</li><li>You get the <em>feeling</em> of being great at something, which is better than solving new challenges every day</li><li>Those who lead a market gets the lions share of results</li></ol><p><br>Was this helpful? Let me know in the comments below.</p><p>—k</p><p><strong>P.S. Want to help me out? </strong>Recommend Mindshare to a friend and I'll give you three months free to the group as a thanks. :) </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>132. How to design a group coaching program</title>
      <itunes:title>132. How to design a group coaching program</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">890d38cb-7c3e-43b5-bd0f-8a90c6c90cfc</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/132-how-to-design-a-group-coaching-program</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coaching">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Oren is interested in exploring group coaching and mentorship for in-house marketing managers. I really like the idea.</p><p>Here's the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coaching">origina</a>l heart of the questions asked in the "<a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coachinghttps://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask">Ask Kevin</a>" channel:</p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/7cfe78d4?show_back_link=true">Kevin C. Whelan</a> originally I had in mind £250/mo per person. When I started reflecting and working towards the program creation I realised that individualised or tailored help is totally not viable (checking they defined audiences or ICP correctly, giving advice on their tech stack etc').<p>So then I began exploring what others are doing and what does that look like. I remembered you run one so was wondering about the format. Is it the same weekly or variable and what do you do when individual groups members begin to ask questions regarding their own marketing strategy / challenges. Don’t want to play fractional CMO on demand support for 50-100 marketers.</p><p>Re: "higher-touch, small-group models or something low-touch, large group?"<br>I was reflecting on whether it's easier to start with low-cost/touch large group and then upsell a subset into group coaching.</p><p>On Propeller do you cap the number of people re group coaching calls? Is the format of the bi-weekly assignments personalised or the same to all group coaching clients?</p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ol><li>The benefits of leading with a niche</li><li>Doing 1:1 consulting before going to group</li><li>Creating and refining your methodology before trying to teach it</li><li>Consider doing training content inside the group coaching program</li><li>The different business models I've seen work</li><li>How to design it based on your conversations, not plucking it out of thin air and trying to sell it to people</li><li>How to actually validate and sell the idea once you have it formalized</li></ol><p><br><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/9394d2e1?show_back_link=true">Oren</a> , I hope this helps you somewhat! If you can get people interested in your day-to-day conversations, it will go a long way towards creating something people actually want.</p><p>Cheers!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coaching">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Oren is interested in exploring group coaching and mentorship for in-house marketing managers. I really like the idea.</p><p>Here's the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coaching">origina</a>l heart of the questions asked in the "<a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coachinghttps://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask">Ask Kevin</a>" channel:</p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/7cfe78d4?show_back_link=true">Kevin C. Whelan</a> originally I had in mind £250/mo per person. When I started reflecting and working towards the program creation I realised that individualised or tailored help is totally not viable (checking they defined audiences or ICP correctly, giving advice on their tech stack etc').<p>So then I began exploring what others are doing and what does that look like. I remembered you run one so was wondering about the format. Is it the same weekly or variable and what do you do when individual groups members begin to ask questions regarding their own marketing strategy / challenges. Don’t want to play fractional CMO on demand support for 50-100 marketers.</p><p>Re: "higher-touch, small-group models or something low-touch, large group?"<br>I was reflecting on whether it's easier to start with low-cost/touch large group and then upsell a subset into group coaching.</p><p>On Propeller do you cap the number of people re group coaching calls? Is the format of the bi-weekly assignments personalised or the same to all group coaching clients?</p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ol><li>The benefits of leading with a niche</li><li>Doing 1:1 consulting before going to group</li><li>Creating and refining your methodology before trying to teach it</li><li>Consider doing training content inside the group coaching program</li><li>The different business models I've seen work</li><li>How to design it based on your conversations, not plucking it out of thin air and trying to sell it to people</li><li>How to actually validate and sell the idea once you have it formalized</li></ol><p><br><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/9394d2e1?show_back_link=true">Oren</a> , I hope this helps you somewhat! If you can get people interested in your day-to-day conversations, it will go a long way towards creating something people actually want.</p><p>Cheers!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jun 2021 14:09:05 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/35efbfad/0ab0d9f0.mp3" length="36955490" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1538</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coaching">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Oren is interested in exploring group coaching and mentorship for in-house marketing managers. I really like the idea.</p><p>Here's the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coaching">origina</a>l heart of the questions asked in the "<a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask/group-coachinghttps://society.mindshare.fm/c/ask">Ask Kevin</a>" channel:</p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/7cfe78d4?show_back_link=true">Kevin C. Whelan</a> originally I had in mind £250/mo per person. When I started reflecting and working towards the program creation I realised that individualised or tailored help is totally not viable (checking they defined audiences or ICP correctly, giving advice on their tech stack etc').<p>So then I began exploring what others are doing and what does that look like. I remembered you run one so was wondering about the format. Is it the same weekly or variable and what do you do when individual groups members begin to ask questions regarding their own marketing strategy / challenges. Don’t want to play fractional CMO on demand support for 50-100 marketers.</p><p>Re: "higher-touch, small-group models or something low-touch, large group?"<br>I was reflecting on whether it's easier to start with low-cost/touch large group and then upsell a subset into group coaching.</p><p>On Propeller do you cap the number of people re group coaching calls? Is the format of the bi-weekly assignments personalised or the same to all group coaching clients?</p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ol><li>The benefits of leading with a niche</li><li>Doing 1:1 consulting before going to group</li><li>Creating and refining your methodology before trying to teach it</li><li>Consider doing training content inside the group coaching program</li><li>The different business models I've seen work</li><li>How to design it based on your conversations, not plucking it out of thin air and trying to sell it to people</li><li>How to actually validate and sell the idea once you have it formalized</li></ol><p><br><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/9394d2e1?show_back_link=true">Oren</a> , I hope this helps you somewhat! If you can get people interested in your day-to-day conversations, it will go a long way towards creating something people actually want.</p><p>Cheers!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>131. Marginal profit and handling value conversations</title>
      <itunes:title>131. Marginal profit and handling value conversations</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff84dca0-a30f-495c-99a6-933bfe3e1d24</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/131-marginal-profit-and-handling-value-conversations</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/131-marginal-profit-and-handling-value-conversations">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>I was talking with a client recently about the <em>value</em> of a project we were considering hiring someone for. The client wanted to know if paying a premium for a high-value writing project was worthwhile.</p><p><br></p><p>It was a fair questions. So, we compared:</p><ol><li>The opportunity costs of <em>not</em> doing the project</li><li>The DIY option and implications</li><li>Hiring a generalist to do the work cheaper—and the trade-offs in that</li><li>Hiring a specialist to do the work—and the benefits of doing that</li><li>The longterm value that can be spun off of a well-produced outcome</li></ol><p>In this episode, we go into the nuances of value conversations applied to this particular situation, as well as understanding the impacts of <em>marginal profit and costs</em> in the value conversations you have with your clients.</p><p><br></p><p>At the end of the day, you need to be able to articulate the value of working with you (or not working with you). Hope this helps you navigate your next discussions around price and value. </p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/131-marginal-profit-and-handling-value-conversations">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>I was talking with a client recently about the <em>value</em> of a project we were considering hiring someone for. The client wanted to know if paying a premium for a high-value writing project was worthwhile.</p><p><br></p><p>It was a fair questions. So, we compared:</p><ol><li>The opportunity costs of <em>not</em> doing the project</li><li>The DIY option and implications</li><li>Hiring a generalist to do the work cheaper—and the trade-offs in that</li><li>Hiring a specialist to do the work—and the benefits of doing that</li><li>The longterm value that can be spun off of a well-produced outcome</li></ol><p>In this episode, we go into the nuances of value conversations applied to this particular situation, as well as understanding the impacts of <em>marginal profit and costs</em> in the value conversations you have with your clients.</p><p><br></p><p>At the end of the day, you need to be able to articulate the value of working with you (or not working with you). Hope this helps you navigate your next discussions around price and value. </p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Jun 2021 08:44:01 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/5c1fc53c/bd8449b7.mp3" length="15984406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>664</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/131-marginal-profit-and-handling-value-conversations">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>I was talking with a client recently about the <em>value</em> of a project we were considering hiring someone for. The client wanted to know if paying a premium for a high-value writing project was worthwhile.</p><p><br></p><p>It was a fair questions. So, we compared:</p><ol><li>The opportunity costs of <em>not</em> doing the project</li><li>The DIY option and implications</li><li>Hiring a generalist to do the work cheaper—and the trade-offs in that</li><li>Hiring a specialist to do the work—and the benefits of doing that</li><li>The longterm value that can be spun off of a well-produced outcome</li></ol><p>In this episode, we go into the nuances of value conversations applied to this particular situation, as well as understanding the impacts of <em>marginal profit and costs</em> in the value conversations you have with your clients.</p><p><br></p><p>At the end of the day, you need to be able to articulate the value of working with you (or not working with you). Hope this helps you navigate your next discussions around price and value. </p><p><br></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>130. Applying your methodology &amp; operating system in your advisory OR execution business</title>
      <itunes:title>130. Applying your methodology &amp; operating system in your advisory OR execution business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dda5d9ee-d723-4699-8803-9b7de33d137d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/130-applying-your-methodology-operating-system-in-your-advisory-or-execution-business</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/130-applying-your-methodology-operating-system-in-your-advisory-or-execution-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community<br></a><br>I talk a lot about having a Methodology in your advisory business. A checklist of sorts that lets you deliver consistent and repeatable results for your clients. It usually is comprised of projects, processes, and things to do/review/audit. </p><p>I also talk about your Operating System, the thing you or your clients use to run their marketing program based around the ideas you teach and implement with them.</p><p>I don't always talk about how to leverage those two things in freelance or agency (execution) business. </p><p>In this episode, I explain <em>how</em> those two pieces become assets to your business, whether you're an advisor <strong><em>or</em></strong> you do execution work. </p><p>I also talk about how I organize those assets in a tool like Trello, Asana or Basecamp—and why it becomes so useful to do so.</p><p>As always, the goal is to free up your time, create leverage, increase profit, and deliver consistent and repeatable results for you and your clients.</p><p>Listen in and stay tuned for more examples on the subject.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/130-applying-your-methodology-operating-system-in-your-advisory-or-execution-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community<br></a><br>I talk a lot about having a Methodology in your advisory business. A checklist of sorts that lets you deliver consistent and repeatable results for your clients. It usually is comprised of projects, processes, and things to do/review/audit. </p><p>I also talk about your Operating System, the thing you or your clients use to run their marketing program based around the ideas you teach and implement with them.</p><p>I don't always talk about how to leverage those two things in freelance or agency (execution) business. </p><p>In this episode, I explain <em>how</em> those two pieces become assets to your business, whether you're an advisor <strong><em>or</em></strong> you do execution work. </p><p>I also talk about how I organize those assets in a tool like Trello, Asana or Basecamp—and why it becomes so useful to do so.</p><p>As always, the goal is to free up your time, create leverage, increase profit, and deliver consistent and repeatable results for you and your clients.</p><p>Listen in and stay tuned for more examples on the subject.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 May 2021 14:15:03 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/95f83c57/5dd808bf.mp3" length="16911718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>702</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/130-applying-your-methodology-operating-system-in-your-advisory-or-execution-business">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community<br></a><br>I talk a lot about having a Methodology in your advisory business. A checklist of sorts that lets you deliver consistent and repeatable results for your clients. It usually is comprised of projects, processes, and things to do/review/audit. </p><p>I also talk about your Operating System, the thing you or your clients use to run their marketing program based around the ideas you teach and implement with them.</p><p>I don't always talk about how to leverage those two things in freelance or agency (execution) business. </p><p>In this episode, I explain <em>how</em> those two pieces become assets to your business, whether you're an advisor <strong><em>or</em></strong> you do execution work. </p><p>I also talk about how I organize those assets in a tool like Trello, Asana or Basecamp—and why it becomes so useful to do so.</p><p>As always, the goal is to free up your time, create leverage, increase profit, and deliver consistent and repeatable results for you and your clients.</p><p>Listen in and stay tuned for more examples on the subject.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>129. Selling access to your thinking</title>
      <itunes:title>129. Selling access to your thinking</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d60683be-d2fb-400e-bfd1-1a5b9fb9265d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/129-selling-access-to-your-thinking</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/129-selling-access-to-your-thinking">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare communit<br></a><br>If you're a marketing advisor, you might feel like you need to have everything figured out. To have a system for everything backed by training, documentation, and formal processes.</p><p>But the reality is, all you really need is your <em>thinking—y</em>our ability to solve client challenges, in whatever way you know how. </p><p>When you first start out, you won't have a formal methodology. You won't have a documented system to give your clients. You won't have resources or a process for running your client engagements.</p><p>But that's fine. You're not selling those.</p><p>Sure, it makes your life easier. But it's not the point.</p><p>The point is to sell access to your <em>brain. </em>You make your time more valuable and your engagements less time intensive later on by creating documented methodologies, systems, processes, and checklists. But that comes later.</p><p>Better to get started with your bare hands and build from there. That's where most of the value is, anyway.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/129-selling-access-to-your-thinking">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare communit<br></a><br>If you're a marketing advisor, you might feel like you need to have everything figured out. To have a system for everything backed by training, documentation, and formal processes.</p><p>But the reality is, all you really need is your <em>thinking—y</em>our ability to solve client challenges, in whatever way you know how. </p><p>When you first start out, you won't have a formal methodology. You won't have a documented system to give your clients. You won't have resources or a process for running your client engagements.</p><p>But that's fine. You're not selling those.</p><p>Sure, it makes your life easier. But it's not the point.</p><p>The point is to sell access to your <em>brain. </em>You make your time more valuable and your engagements less time intensive later on by creating documented methodologies, systems, processes, and checklists. But that comes later.</p><p>Better to get started with your bare hands and build from there. That's where most of the value is, anyway.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 May 2021 14:04:14 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cc171d3d/2de34d4c.mp3" length="18231320" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>757</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/129-selling-access-to-your-thinking">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare communit<br></a><br>If you're a marketing advisor, you might feel like you need to have everything figured out. To have a system for everything backed by training, documentation, and formal processes.</p><p>But the reality is, all you really need is your <em>thinking—y</em>our ability to solve client challenges, in whatever way you know how. </p><p>When you first start out, you won't have a formal methodology. You won't have a documented system to give your clients. You won't have resources or a process for running your client engagements.</p><p>But that's fine. You're not selling those.</p><p>Sure, it makes your life easier. But it's not the point.</p><p>The point is to sell access to your <em>brain. </em>You make your time more valuable and your engagements less time intensive later on by creating documented methodologies, systems, processes, and checklists. But that comes later.</p><p>Better to get started with your bare hands and build from there. That's where most of the value is, anyway.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>128. How to create epic case studies with minimal effort</title>
      <itunes:title>128. How to create epic case studies with minimal effort</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b4d47ff-e723-440a-b7c5-cc3809dd8247</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/128-how-to-create-epic-case-studies-with-minimal-effort</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/128-how-to-create-epic-case-studies-with-minimal-effort">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you're like me, case studies can be a neglected part of your own marketing.  And yet, case studies done well are one of the most persuasive forms of proof you can create. </p><p>Honestly, I can't believe I can sign up so many clients without having more than a couple case studies. Luckily, I am good at what I do!</p><p>Anyway, I used to say "kill them with proof", implying you can't produce <em>too much</em> proof around the work you do and results you get.</p><p>The best consultants and course creators use endless proof to demonstrate the wins people get. It's far more persuasive than simply staying what you can do.</p><p>Now I say, "win them with proof" because it's a probably a better way to say it. But regardless, the truth is: <strong>you can't over-prove yourself.</strong></p><p>Clients don't always know what you actually do in your engagements, let alone what kind of results you can get.</p><p>Case studies are a great way to show the kinds of clients you work with, what you do, and how it impacts the business. </p><p>Listen to this episode to learn my approach to creating case studies that convert with minimal time and effort involved to create them. </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/128-how-to-create-epic-case-studies-with-minimal-effort">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you're like me, case studies can be a neglected part of your own marketing.  And yet, case studies done well are one of the most persuasive forms of proof you can create. </p><p>Honestly, I can't believe I can sign up so many clients without having more than a couple case studies. Luckily, I am good at what I do!</p><p>Anyway, I used to say "kill them with proof", implying you can't produce <em>too much</em> proof around the work you do and results you get.</p><p>The best consultants and course creators use endless proof to demonstrate the wins people get. It's far more persuasive than simply staying what you can do.</p><p>Now I say, "win them with proof" because it's a probably a better way to say it. But regardless, the truth is: <strong>you can't over-prove yourself.</strong></p><p>Clients don't always know what you actually do in your engagements, let alone what kind of results you can get.</p><p>Case studies are a great way to show the kinds of clients you work with, what you do, and how it impacts the business. </p><p>Listen to this episode to learn my approach to creating case studies that convert with minimal time and effort involved to create them. </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2021 10:59:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e4ef5616/9f688a8a.mp3" length="19230074" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>799</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/128-how-to-create-epic-case-studies-with-minimal-effort">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you're like me, case studies can be a neglected part of your own marketing.  And yet, case studies done well are one of the most persuasive forms of proof you can create. </p><p>Honestly, I can't believe I can sign up so many clients without having more than a couple case studies. Luckily, I am good at what I do!</p><p>Anyway, I used to say "kill them with proof", implying you can't produce <em>too much</em> proof around the work you do and results you get.</p><p>The best consultants and course creators use endless proof to demonstrate the wins people get. It's far more persuasive than simply staying what you can do.</p><p>Now I say, "win them with proof" because it's a probably a better way to say it. But regardless, the truth is: <strong>you can't over-prove yourself.</strong></p><p>Clients don't always know what you actually do in your engagements, let alone what kind of results you can get.</p><p>Case studies are a great way to show the kinds of clients you work with, what you do, and how it impacts the business. </p><p>Listen to this episode to learn my approach to creating case studies that convert with minimal time and effort involved to create them. </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>127. Six ways to tell if you're specialized enough or not</title>
      <itunes:title>127. Six ways to tell if you're specialized enough or not</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">62f30bd2-9244-4c05-9927-c0342813a71d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/127-six-ways-to-tell-if-youre-specialized-enough-or-not</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/127-six-ways-to-tell-if-you-re-specialized-enough-or-not?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you wonder if you're niched down or specialized enough?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the six signs to look for to indicate whether you've tightened your positioning enough.</p><p>Give it a lesson and leave a comment in the community with your thoughts!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/127-six-ways-to-tell-if-you-re-specialized-enough-or-not?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you wonder if you're niched down or specialized enough?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the six signs to look for to indicate whether you've tightened your positioning enough.</p><p>Give it a lesson and leave a comment in the community with your thoughts!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 May 2021 14:03:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/f3e6f965/75a0b7c2.mp3" length="25007943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1040</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/127-six-ways-to-tell-if-you-re-specialized-enough-or-not?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you wonder if you're niched down or specialized enough?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the six signs to look for to indicate whether you've tightened your positioning enough.</p><p>Give it a lesson and leave a comment in the community with your thoughts!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>126. Why creating confidence in yourself and your clients is critical to your success</title>
      <itunes:title>126. Why creating confidence in yourself and your clients is critical to your success</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">feaf4306-3556-4ae7-a766-3c3c45ae9c04</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/126-why-creating-confidence-in-yourself-and-your-clients-is-critical-to-your-success</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/126-why-creating-confidence-in-yourself-and-your-clients-is-critical-to-your-success">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>As a consultant, your job is to deliver results.</p><p>But we need to remember that people don't just buy results, because frankly, we don't buy on logic. We buy on emotion.</p><p>What this means is you're also responsible for delivering a certain <em>feeling </em>in your engagements. </p><p>Sound hippy dippy? Stick with me, it's not.</p><p><strong>As much as your clients are looking for results, what they're really buying is confidence. </strong></p><p>Your clients' confidence looks different before, during, and after you work with them.</p><p>It comes from a belief you can help, the verification that you're an expert, from downside protection and avoidance, and also from legitimate gains as a result of your work.</p><p>It's a tall order. And I go into detail on why <em>you</em> need to be confident as a consultant, too, as well as how to create confidence in both you and your clients.</p><p><strong>At the end of the day, you can't succeed without instilling confidence—both in you and your clients. It's that simple.</strong></p><p>It's more than just a mindset, but I do talk about that too. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you agree! I promise this won't be a kumbaya episode and will be very practical. :) </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/126-why-creating-confidence-in-yourself-and-your-clients-is-critical-to-your-success">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>As a consultant, your job is to deliver results.</p><p>But we need to remember that people don't just buy results, because frankly, we don't buy on logic. We buy on emotion.</p><p>What this means is you're also responsible for delivering a certain <em>feeling </em>in your engagements. </p><p>Sound hippy dippy? Stick with me, it's not.</p><p><strong>As much as your clients are looking for results, what they're really buying is confidence. </strong></p><p>Your clients' confidence looks different before, during, and after you work with them.</p><p>It comes from a belief you can help, the verification that you're an expert, from downside protection and avoidance, and also from legitimate gains as a result of your work.</p><p>It's a tall order. And I go into detail on why <em>you</em> need to be confident as a consultant, too, as well as how to create confidence in both you and your clients.</p><p><strong>At the end of the day, you can't succeed without instilling confidence—both in you and your clients. It's that simple.</strong></p><p>It's more than just a mindset, but I do talk about that too. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you agree! I promise this won't be a kumbaya episode and will be very practical. :) </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 May 2021 12:44:43 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/3416ec51/645e5dc1.mp3" length="20727888" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>861</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/126-why-creating-confidence-in-yourself-and-your-clients-is-critical-to-your-success">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>As a consultant, your job is to deliver results.</p><p>But we need to remember that people don't just buy results, because frankly, we don't buy on logic. We buy on emotion.</p><p>What this means is you're also responsible for delivering a certain <em>feeling </em>in your engagements. </p><p>Sound hippy dippy? Stick with me, it's not.</p><p><strong>As much as your clients are looking for results, what they're really buying is confidence. </strong></p><p>Your clients' confidence looks different before, during, and after you work with them.</p><p>It comes from a belief you can help, the verification that you're an expert, from downside protection and avoidance, and also from legitimate gains as a result of your work.</p><p>It's a tall order. And I go into detail on why <em>you</em> need to be confident as a consultant, too, as well as how to create confidence in both you and your clients.</p><p><strong>At the end of the day, you can't succeed without instilling confidence—both in you and your clients. It's that simple.</strong></p><p>It's more than just a mindset, but I do talk about that too. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you agree! I promise this won't be a kumbaya episode and will be very practical. :) </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>125. What content should you give away free vs. paid?</title>
      <itunes:title>125. What content should you give away free vs. paid?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7529532b-b93a-4c40-a760-e39fdf546a9e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/125-what-content-should-you-give-away-free-vs-paid</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/125-what-content-should-you-give-away-free-vs-paid">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you sell any of your expertise via subscriptions, courses, coaching, training, or whatever form, you might wonder what content to give away for free and what content to keep as paid.</p><p>There are lots of ways to do this, but one idea resonated with me the other day. I heard it on the Three Month Vacation podcast [<a href="https://overcast.fm/+PKRtQ6Yxw">link to episode</a>]. </p><p>The idea was to give away the <em>idea</em> and sell the <em>system</em>. </p><p>And that aligns perfectly with my approach to having a <em>methodology</em> that you can sell as a system while sharing the <em>ideas</em> for free.</p><p>Another version of this I've heard of is that your methodology is like an <em>encyclopedia</em> and your marketing is ripping out a page at a time and giving it away for free.</p><p>The third version of this I've heard, which is similar, is to give away the <em>why</em> but sell the <em>how.</em></p><p>At the end of the day, people will pay for the convenience of an organized, complete system they can actually implement, even if you give away most of the ideas for free over time. </p><p>So if you're wondering what to share, just share as much as you can. </p><p>Then, package everything you think is useful into a system that you can sell as consulting, coaching, memberships, subscriptions, education products, or any other delivery method.  </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/125-what-content-should-you-give-away-free-vs-paid">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you sell any of your expertise via subscriptions, courses, coaching, training, or whatever form, you might wonder what content to give away for free and what content to keep as paid.</p><p>There are lots of ways to do this, but one idea resonated with me the other day. I heard it on the Three Month Vacation podcast [<a href="https://overcast.fm/+PKRtQ6Yxw">link to episode</a>]. </p><p>The idea was to give away the <em>idea</em> and sell the <em>system</em>. </p><p>And that aligns perfectly with my approach to having a <em>methodology</em> that you can sell as a system while sharing the <em>ideas</em> for free.</p><p>Another version of this I've heard of is that your methodology is like an <em>encyclopedia</em> and your marketing is ripping out a page at a time and giving it away for free.</p><p>The third version of this I've heard, which is similar, is to give away the <em>why</em> but sell the <em>how.</em></p><p>At the end of the day, people will pay for the convenience of an organized, complete system they can actually implement, even if you give away most of the ideas for free over time. </p><p>So if you're wondering what to share, just share as much as you can. </p><p>Then, package everything you think is useful into a system that you can sell as consulting, coaching, memberships, subscriptions, education products, or any other delivery method.  </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 May 2021 14:00:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/9431319d/5a464344.mp3" length="11918081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>494</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/125-what-content-should-you-give-away-free-vs-paid">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you sell any of your expertise via subscriptions, courses, coaching, training, or whatever form, you might wonder what content to give away for free and what content to keep as paid.</p><p>There are lots of ways to do this, but one idea resonated with me the other day. I heard it on the Three Month Vacation podcast [<a href="https://overcast.fm/+PKRtQ6Yxw">link to episode</a>]. </p><p>The idea was to give away the <em>idea</em> and sell the <em>system</em>. </p><p>And that aligns perfectly with my approach to having a <em>methodology</em> that you can sell as a system while sharing the <em>ideas</em> for free.</p><p>Another version of this I've heard of is that your methodology is like an <em>encyclopedia</em> and your marketing is ripping out a page at a time and giving it away for free.</p><p>The third version of this I've heard, which is similar, is to give away the <em>why</em> but sell the <em>how.</em></p><p>At the end of the day, people will pay for the convenience of an organized, complete system they can actually implement, even if you give away most of the ideas for free over time. </p><p>So if you're wondering what to share, just share as much as you can. </p><p>Then, package everything you think is useful into a system that you can sell as consulting, coaching, memberships, subscriptions, education products, or any other delivery method.  </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>124. The importance of being candid with your clients</title>
      <itunes:title>124. The importance of being candid with your clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9fc76376-8262-4229-b416-99b43a9d9e3e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/124-the-importance-of-being-candid-with-your-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/124-the-importance-of-being-candid-with-your-clients">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In order to succeed as a consultant, you will need the confidence to be candid (yet tactful( with your clients. </p><p>And that's not always easy—especially when the stakes feel high, or if you're generally a low-key kind of person. </p><p>Sometimes, that might mean calling out tensions in the room. Other times, it might mean educating clients on the realities of their expectations and what's possible in a given timeframe. The situations will be varied.</p><p>What's important is that you acknowledge things that are going well (or aren't) be willing to say things <em>as they are</em> to create space for open communication.</p><p>Your job as a consultant is guaranteed to include sticky situations, unforeseen issues, challenging projects, and other things that make our job as innovators difficult.</p><p>And if you want to be able to thrive as a consultant, it means being ready to call out the world <em>as it is</em>, acknowledge the good, bad, and the ugly, and continue <em>advocating</em> for your clients best interest—even when things arent' easy. Especially when things aren't easy.</p><p>It also works the same way when things <em>are</em> easy. Sometimes, the work you need to do is done. You've successfully transformed your clients' business and they no longer need your services.</p><p>When that happens, you want to be proactive about either setting new targets, reducing the scope of your involvement, or parting ways. Always act in their best interest—which happens to be yours, too.  </p><p>This job requires a lot of confidence. I just want to remind and encourage you to embrace the situation you're in at all times to help create better outcomes for you and your clients.</p><p>If it were easy, it wouldn't be as fun as it is! Embrace it all.</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/124-the-importance-of-being-candid-with-your-clients">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In order to succeed as a consultant, you will need the confidence to be candid (yet tactful( with your clients. </p><p>And that's not always easy—especially when the stakes feel high, or if you're generally a low-key kind of person. </p><p>Sometimes, that might mean calling out tensions in the room. Other times, it might mean educating clients on the realities of their expectations and what's possible in a given timeframe. The situations will be varied.</p><p>What's important is that you acknowledge things that are going well (or aren't) be willing to say things <em>as they are</em> to create space for open communication.</p><p>Your job as a consultant is guaranteed to include sticky situations, unforeseen issues, challenging projects, and other things that make our job as innovators difficult.</p><p>And if you want to be able to thrive as a consultant, it means being ready to call out the world <em>as it is</em>, acknowledge the good, bad, and the ugly, and continue <em>advocating</em> for your clients best interest—even when things arent' easy. Especially when things aren't easy.</p><p>It also works the same way when things <em>are</em> easy. Sometimes, the work you need to do is done. You've successfully transformed your clients' business and they no longer need your services.</p><p>When that happens, you want to be proactive about either setting new targets, reducing the scope of your involvement, or parting ways. Always act in their best interest—which happens to be yours, too.  </p><p>This job requires a lot of confidence. I just want to remind and encourage you to embrace the situation you're in at all times to help create better outcomes for you and your clients.</p><p>If it were easy, it wouldn't be as fun as it is! Embrace it all.</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 May 2021 14:01:12 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1d97b99f/2e64aaa1.mp3" length="18873339" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>784</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/124-the-importance-of-being-candid-with-your-clients">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>In order to succeed as a consultant, you will need the confidence to be candid (yet tactful( with your clients. </p><p>And that's not always easy—especially when the stakes feel high, or if you're generally a low-key kind of person. </p><p>Sometimes, that might mean calling out tensions in the room. Other times, it might mean educating clients on the realities of their expectations and what's possible in a given timeframe. The situations will be varied.</p><p>What's important is that you acknowledge things that are going well (or aren't) be willing to say things <em>as they are</em> to create space for open communication.</p><p>Your job as a consultant is guaranteed to include sticky situations, unforeseen issues, challenging projects, and other things that make our job as innovators difficult.</p><p>And if you want to be able to thrive as a consultant, it means being ready to call out the world <em>as it is</em>, acknowledge the good, bad, and the ugly, and continue <em>advocating</em> for your clients best interest—even when things arent' easy. Especially when things aren't easy.</p><p>It also works the same way when things <em>are</em> easy. Sometimes, the work you need to do is done. You've successfully transformed your clients' business and they no longer need your services.</p><p>When that happens, you want to be proactive about either setting new targets, reducing the scope of your involvement, or parting ways. Always act in their best interest—which happens to be yours, too.  </p><p>This job requires a lot of confidence. I just want to remind and encourage you to embrace the situation you're in at all times to help create better outcomes for you and your clients.</p><p>If it were easy, it wouldn't be as fun as it is! Embrace it all.</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>123. What to do when a client or prospect asks for a discount</title>
      <itunes:title>123. What to do when a client or prospect asks for a discount</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0978a14-8ee2-45b2-be7f-7c3bc7799d23</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/123-what-to-do-when-clients-or-prospects-asks-for-a-discount</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/123-what-to-do-when-clients-or-prospects-ask-for-a-discount?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Every so often, a client or prospect will ask for a discount.</p><p><strong>And personally, I never do it. For a few reasons.</strong></p><ol><li>In order to do the job well, you need to be properly so you can invest the necessary time and energy to get a result.</li><li>You need to earn a profit on your time—not just be paid for your time. You can reinvest or take home that profit. That's what a business does.</li><li>It wouldn't be fair to other clients if you gave them a discount and not everyone else. </li><li>You need to be excited about the work you do and the price you charge. Otherwise, you won't be properly motivated. Never apologize for your price. </li><li>When you discount, your clients will value your work less because you value your work less. Your expertise is an asset, not a commodity. </li></ol><p><strong>So what do I say when clients or prospects ask for a discount?</strong></p><ol><li>Ask why the number is so important to them</li><li>Refocus them on the value of the project</li><li>Remove something from the scope to make it work</li><li>Find another lower-cost option they can buy</li><li>Do a custom project (which will be more expensive)</li><li>Ensure you're talking to the financial buyer, not an employee</li><li>Pass on the project if it's not a fit/you're not valued</li></ol><p>Some people negotiate with everyone for everything. It's in their nature or disposition. I don't take it personally. </p><p>As long as I have a scalable ladder of options for clients to select from, it shouldn't matter what your price is. If they value your expertise and you help them see how the investment will pay off, they will pay full price.</p><p>Otherwise, send them to someone who is cheaper.</p><p>Listen in for a lot more nuance on this subject.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/123-what-to-do-when-clients-or-prospects-ask-for-a-discount?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Every so often, a client or prospect will ask for a discount.</p><p><strong>And personally, I never do it. For a few reasons.</strong></p><ol><li>In order to do the job well, you need to be properly so you can invest the necessary time and energy to get a result.</li><li>You need to earn a profit on your time—not just be paid for your time. You can reinvest or take home that profit. That's what a business does.</li><li>It wouldn't be fair to other clients if you gave them a discount and not everyone else. </li><li>You need to be excited about the work you do and the price you charge. Otherwise, you won't be properly motivated. Never apologize for your price. </li><li>When you discount, your clients will value your work less because you value your work less. Your expertise is an asset, not a commodity. </li></ol><p><strong>So what do I say when clients or prospects ask for a discount?</strong></p><ol><li>Ask why the number is so important to them</li><li>Refocus them on the value of the project</li><li>Remove something from the scope to make it work</li><li>Find another lower-cost option they can buy</li><li>Do a custom project (which will be more expensive)</li><li>Ensure you're talking to the financial buyer, not an employee</li><li>Pass on the project if it's not a fit/you're not valued</li></ol><p>Some people negotiate with everyone for everything. It's in their nature or disposition. I don't take it personally. </p><p>As long as I have a scalable ladder of options for clients to select from, it shouldn't matter what your price is. If they value your expertise and you help them see how the investment will pay off, they will pay full price.</p><p>Otherwise, send them to someone who is cheaper.</p><p>Listen in for a lot more nuance on this subject.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 May 2021 11:00:16 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fd5a105b/7337e0e6.mp3" length="21120304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>878</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/123-what-to-do-when-clients-or-prospects-ask-for-a-discount?">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Every so often, a client or prospect will ask for a discount.</p><p><strong>And personally, I never do it. For a few reasons.</strong></p><ol><li>In order to do the job well, you need to be properly so you can invest the necessary time and energy to get a result.</li><li>You need to earn a profit on your time—not just be paid for your time. You can reinvest or take home that profit. That's what a business does.</li><li>It wouldn't be fair to other clients if you gave them a discount and not everyone else. </li><li>You need to be excited about the work you do and the price you charge. Otherwise, you won't be properly motivated. Never apologize for your price. </li><li>When you discount, your clients will value your work less because you value your work less. Your expertise is an asset, not a commodity. </li></ol><p><strong>So what do I say when clients or prospects ask for a discount?</strong></p><ol><li>Ask why the number is so important to them</li><li>Refocus them on the value of the project</li><li>Remove something from the scope to make it work</li><li>Find another lower-cost option they can buy</li><li>Do a custom project (which will be more expensive)</li><li>Ensure you're talking to the financial buyer, not an employee</li><li>Pass on the project if it's not a fit/you're not valued</li></ol><p>Some people negotiate with everyone for everything. It's in their nature or disposition. I don't take it personally. </p><p>As long as I have a scalable ladder of options for clients to select from, it shouldn't matter what your price is. If they value your expertise and you help them see how the investment will pay off, they will pay full price.</p><p>Otherwise, send them to someone who is cheaper.</p><p>Listen in for a lot more nuance on this subject.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>122. Why you want to be in a "Category of One"</title>
      <itunes:title>122. Why you want to be in a "Category of One"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5309a8c-d1e0-4ae4-ba0c-bc605e66e77a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/122-why-you-want-to-be-in-a-category-of-one</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/122-why-you-want-to-be-in-a-category-of-one">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>One of the fundamental views I have on positioning is to put yourself into a "Category of One". I recommend my clients do the same for their business.</p><p>That means:</p><ol><li>Find a unique and valuable differentiator</li><li>Double down on what makes you uniquely valuable</li><li>Communicate that value consistently everywhere you go</li></ol><p><br>It <em>doesn't</em> mean you need to be the only X in your field. What it means is you're the only X (agency, consultant, freelancer, whatever) who specializes in Y in some unique way. </p><p>So if people <em>want</em> that unique value or angle you bring, you're the only one offering it. There are other alternatives, but they will be either more broad or specific than you, and none will have your unique angle you bring to the table.</p><p>In this episode, I shared two stories that demonstrate how this has been advantageous to me in my own consulting business. </p><p>I hope this encourages you to find your unique angle, to be willing to double down on it (which requires making trade-offs), and to stick with it long enough to see the advantages.</p><p>Are you a category of one? Let me know in the comments!</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. <a href="https://www.everspaces.com/principles/">Here's an article I wrote</a> on this topic for my coworking audience, which still applies to you/your clients in general.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/122-why-you-want-to-be-in-a-category-of-one">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>One of the fundamental views I have on positioning is to put yourself into a "Category of One". I recommend my clients do the same for their business.</p><p>That means:</p><ol><li>Find a unique and valuable differentiator</li><li>Double down on what makes you uniquely valuable</li><li>Communicate that value consistently everywhere you go</li></ol><p><br>It <em>doesn't</em> mean you need to be the only X in your field. What it means is you're the only X (agency, consultant, freelancer, whatever) who specializes in Y in some unique way. </p><p>So if people <em>want</em> that unique value or angle you bring, you're the only one offering it. There are other alternatives, but they will be either more broad or specific than you, and none will have your unique angle you bring to the table.</p><p>In this episode, I shared two stories that demonstrate how this has been advantageous to me in my own consulting business. </p><p>I hope this encourages you to find your unique angle, to be willing to double down on it (which requires making trade-offs), and to stick with it long enough to see the advantages.</p><p>Are you a category of one? Let me know in the comments!</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. <a href="https://www.everspaces.com/principles/">Here's an article I wrote</a> on this topic for my coworking audience, which still applies to you/your clients in general.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 11:46:02 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b5cb510b/599081a9.mp3" length="15769978" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>655</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/122-why-you-want-to-be-in-a-category-of-one">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>One of the fundamental views I have on positioning is to put yourself into a "Category of One". I recommend my clients do the same for their business.</p><p>That means:</p><ol><li>Find a unique and valuable differentiator</li><li>Double down on what makes you uniquely valuable</li><li>Communicate that value consistently everywhere you go</li></ol><p><br>It <em>doesn't</em> mean you need to be the only X in your field. What it means is you're the only X (agency, consultant, freelancer, whatever) who specializes in Y in some unique way. </p><p>So if people <em>want</em> that unique value or angle you bring, you're the only one offering it. There are other alternatives, but they will be either more broad or specific than you, and none will have your unique angle you bring to the table.</p><p>In this episode, I shared two stories that demonstrate how this has been advantageous to me in my own consulting business. </p><p>I hope this encourages you to find your unique angle, to be willing to double down on it (which requires making trade-offs), and to stick with it long enough to see the advantages.</p><p>Are you a category of one? Let me know in the comments!</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. <a href="https://www.everspaces.com/principles/">Here's an article I wrote</a> on this topic for my coworking audience, which still applies to you/your clients in general.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>121. How to actually sell advice and avoid becoming a part-time marketing manager</title>
      <itunes:title>121. How to actually sell advice and avoid becoming a part-time marketing manager</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9afb928c-e2f6-4e80-83cf-03842837e88a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/121-how-to-actually-sell-advice-and-avoid-becoming-a-part-time-marketing-manager</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/121-how-to-sell-advice-and-avoid-becoming-a-part-time-marketing-manager">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Positioning yourself as a fractional CMO has a lot of benefits, but if you're not careful, you could end up becoming an outsourced marketing manager or a part-time employee. And that's no way to run a business.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the key attribute a client needs to have for you to be able to sell your expert advice and not end up getting stuck managing projects.</p><p>It's up to you to manage expectations around who drives the project forward and what you will or won't do. Miss this step and you'll end up being a task keeper at best or fired at worst.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you've seen this happen in your own engagements like I have in the past!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/121-how-to-sell-advice-and-avoid-becoming-a-part-time-marketing-manager">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Positioning yourself as a fractional CMO has a lot of benefits, but if you're not careful, you could end up becoming an outsourced marketing manager or a part-time employee. And that's no way to run a business.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the key attribute a client needs to have for you to be able to sell your expert advice and not end up getting stuck managing projects.</p><p>It's up to you to manage expectations around who drives the project forward and what you will or won't do. Miss this step and you'll end up being a task keeper at best or fired at worst.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you've seen this happen in your own engagements like I have in the past!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Apr 2021 14:43:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6e7b5932/ed3e30fb.mp3" length="18016997" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>749</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/121-how-to-sell-advice-and-avoid-becoming-a-part-time-marketing-manager">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Positioning yourself as a fractional CMO has a lot of benefits, but if you're not careful, you could end up becoming an outsourced marketing manager or a part-time employee. And that's no way to run a business.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the key attribute a client needs to have for you to be able to sell your expert advice and not end up getting stuck managing projects.</p><p>It's up to you to manage expectations around who drives the project forward and what you will or won't do. Miss this step and you'll end up being a task keeper at best or fired at worst.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know if you've seen this happen in your own engagements like I have in the past!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>120. Why relationships are critical for breaking into a niche</title>
      <itunes:title>120. Why relationships are critical for breaking into a niche</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04ddbaf5-7ed5-4d9a-96a6-b3f4fee7cc6d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/120-why-relationships-are-critical-for-breaking-into-a-niche</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/120-why-relationships-are-critical-for-breaking-into-a-niche">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you are trying to break into a niche, you might be surprised to hear that the quality of your marketing efforts is <em>not</em> the only growth tool you have. </p><p><strong>One of the most important ways to break into a niche is through relationships. <br></strong><br>In this episode, I talked about how I created relationships to break into the coworking niche and why I don't think I'd be here today if I relied solely on my marketing efforts to attract interest.</p><p>Relationships come in all shapes and sizes. But building them is a skill in itself. </p><p>Listen in for some good ideas around that.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/120-why-relationships-are-critical-for-breaking-into-a-niche">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you are trying to break into a niche, you might be surprised to hear that the quality of your marketing efforts is <em>not</em> the only growth tool you have. </p><p><strong>One of the most important ways to break into a niche is through relationships. <br></strong><br>In this episode, I talked about how I created relationships to break into the coworking niche and why I don't think I'd be here today if I relied solely on my marketing efforts to attract interest.</p><p>Relationships come in all shapes and sizes. But building them is a skill in itself. </p><p>Listen in for some good ideas around that.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Apr 2021 14:35:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/7c663748/93d1dcf1.mp3" length="9849826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>408</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/120-why-relationships-are-critical-for-breaking-into-a-niche">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>If you are trying to break into a niche, you might be surprised to hear that the quality of your marketing efforts is <em>not</em> the only growth tool you have. </p><p><strong>One of the most important ways to break into a niche is through relationships. <br></strong><br>In this episode, I talked about how I created relationships to break into the coworking niche and why I don't think I'd be here today if I relied solely on my marketing efforts to attract interest.</p><p>Relationships come in all shapes and sizes. But building them is a skill in itself. </p><p>Listen in for some good ideas around that.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>119. How to build a scalable consulting business model</title>
      <itunes:title>119. How to build a scalable consulting business model</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">380a597c-df4b-4b87-8bb5-a91edde3010c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/119-how-to-build-a-scalable-consulting-business-model</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/119-how-to-build-a-scalable-consulting-business-model">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>How you design your business will have a big impact on your profitability, enjoyment, and frankly, your level of stress.</p><p>In this episode I combine my entire approach to building a scalable consulting business model.<br><strong><br>Topics include:</strong></p><ul><li>Managed advisory services</li><li>Fractional CMO</li><li>Coaching &amp; mentorship</li><li>Downgrade engagements</li><li>Group coaching (small group and one to many)</li><li>Membership</li><li>Products</li><li>Strategy/audits</li><li>Custom engagements </li><li>Workshops and training</li></ul><p><br>If you're just starting out or want to build a ladder for your own business, I highly recommend you give this one a listen.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would value this group! Invite them in and let me know! I'm still trying to figure out a referral program but until then, your word of mouth is greatly appreciated. 😃</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/119-how-to-build-a-scalable-consulting-business-model">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>How you design your business will have a big impact on your profitability, enjoyment, and frankly, your level of stress.</p><p>In this episode I combine my entire approach to building a scalable consulting business model.<br><strong><br>Topics include:</strong></p><ul><li>Managed advisory services</li><li>Fractional CMO</li><li>Coaching &amp; mentorship</li><li>Downgrade engagements</li><li>Group coaching (small group and one to many)</li><li>Membership</li><li>Products</li><li>Strategy/audits</li><li>Custom engagements </li><li>Workshops and training</li></ul><p><br>If you're just starting out or want to build a ladder for your own business, I highly recommend you give this one a listen.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would value this group! Invite them in and let me know! I'm still trying to figure out a referral program but until then, your word of mouth is greatly appreciated. 😃</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 14:42:12 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/096fe3c5/1efe8492.mp3" length="45016062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1873</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/119-how-to-build-a-scalable-consulting-business-model">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>How you design your business will have a big impact on your profitability, enjoyment, and frankly, your level of stress.</p><p>In this episode I combine my entire approach to building a scalable consulting business model.<br><strong><br>Topics include:</strong></p><ul><li>Managed advisory services</li><li>Fractional CMO</li><li>Coaching &amp; mentorship</li><li>Downgrade engagements</li><li>Group coaching (small group and one to many)</li><li>Membership</li><li>Products</li><li>Strategy/audits</li><li>Custom engagements </li><li>Workshops and training</li></ul><p><br>If you're just starting out or want to build a ladder for your own business, I highly recommend you give this one a listen.</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would value this group! Invite them in and let me know! I'm still trying to figure out a referral program but until then, your word of mouth is greatly appreciated. 😃</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>118. The case for niche specialization</title>
      <itunes:title>118. The case for niche specialization</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">603ad3c5-8fbc-49b4-bd9c-fea4ad056e59</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/118-the-case-for-niche-specialization</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/118-the-case-for-niche-specialization">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>There are pros and cons to specialization. </p><p>In this episode, I break down some of the main benefits of niche specialization, which include:</p><ol><li>Easier sales process via differentiation</li><li>Lower time involvement required</li><li>Less downward price pressure</li><li>Better leverage and systemization</li><li>Ability to package and resell expertise as products</li><li>Easier to find and reach your target market</li><li>More efficient marketing</li></ol><p>And many more..</p><p>When you specialize, you build a competitive moat that grows over time. Once you get your marketing engine going, it becomes a real asset to your business. </p><p>Sure, there are advantages to being a generalist, which I talk about, but as a consultant they are far outweighed by specialization. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know your thoughts below!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/118-the-case-for-niche-specialization">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>There are pros and cons to specialization. </p><p>In this episode, I break down some of the main benefits of niche specialization, which include:</p><ol><li>Easier sales process via differentiation</li><li>Lower time involvement required</li><li>Less downward price pressure</li><li>Better leverage and systemization</li><li>Ability to package and resell expertise as products</li><li>Easier to find and reach your target market</li><li>More efficient marketing</li></ol><p>And many more..</p><p>When you specialize, you build a competitive moat that grows over time. Once you get your marketing engine going, it becomes a real asset to your business. </p><p>Sure, there are advantages to being a generalist, which I talk about, but as a consultant they are far outweighed by specialization. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know your thoughts below!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 14:39:08 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fb73d34c/659624c2.mp3" length="12025257" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>499</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/118-the-case-for-niche-specialization">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>There are pros and cons to specialization. </p><p>In this episode, I break down some of the main benefits of niche specialization, which include:</p><ol><li>Easier sales process via differentiation</li><li>Lower time involvement required</li><li>Less downward price pressure</li><li>Better leverage and systemization</li><li>Ability to package and resell expertise as products</li><li>Easier to find and reach your target market</li><li>More efficient marketing</li></ol><p>And many more..</p><p>When you specialize, you build a competitive moat that grows over time. Once you get your marketing engine going, it becomes a real asset to your business. </p><p>Sure, there are advantages to being a generalist, which I talk about, but as a consultant they are far outweighed by specialization. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know your thoughts below!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>117. How to measure the effectiveness of your marketing</title>
      <itunes:title>117. How to measure the effectiveness of your marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">be769cf3-2147-48c0-a966-ce80773ffab1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/117-how-to-measure-the-effectiveness-of-your-marketing</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/117-how-to-prove-the-effectiveness-of-your-marketing">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p><em>This episode comes from a </em><a href="https://kevin.me/effectiveness/"><em>blog post</em></a><em> I wrote in December and I'm sharing my highlights here because it's worth revisiting.</em></p><p>Below is the original post shared below (I don't talk about all of it in this episode, though):</p><p>When I work with clients, there are an infinite number of data points and layers we could look at to shape our work.</p><p>But at the end of the day, only a few high-level KPIs matter most as it relates to measuring the effectiveness of your marketing.</p><p><br>The KPIs that matter most at the end of the day are the following:</p><p><strong>1. Number of leads</strong></p><p><br>It could be subscribers, chat inquiries, telephone calls, contact form completions, appointments booked, it doesn’t matter.</p><p><strong><br>All that matters is the total number of people who gave you their contact information and expressed interest in your business.<br></strong><br></p><p>Subscribers are the grey area, but nobody subscribes to your list without some interest in what you offer, so I call that a lead if it makes sense for your business and is part of your sales funnel.</p><p>The main thing is that you captured their contact information.</p><p><strong>2. Number of qualified leads<br></strong><br></p><p>Now that we know the total number of inquiries (whose contact information you collected), we want to figure out how many of those leads are in the buying mode and qualified.</p><p><br>It could mean that they have the money, means, and interest in buying what you have to sell.</p><p><br>The definition is yours to create, but I wouldn’t consider subscribers “qualified” until they express actual buying interest.</p><p><strong>3. Number of new clients/customers<br></strong><br></p><p>Needless to say, this is a critical number.</p><p><br>If you sell products or services at various price points, <strong>break down the number of new clients by product/service</strong> so you have a better picture of where your sales are coming from.</p><p>This will matter more in the next few points, too.</p><p><strong>4. Total marketing spend<br></strong><br></p><p>So how much are we spending on marketing, all-in?</p><p><br>You’ll want to track that closely so you can figure out the next few KPIs.</p><p><strong>Break it out by channel/type</strong> so you know where you’re spending your money, too.</p><p><br>I track all this in one single spreadsheet, by the way.</p><p><strong>4. Cost per lead/qualified lead<br></strong><br></p><p>Divide the <strong>total marketing spend</strong> by <strong>number of qualified leads</strong> in that period and you have your <strong>cost per lead</strong>.</p><p>You can do the same for total leads in general, or just qualified leads depending on what/how you’re measuring.</p><p><br>I mostly care about qualified leads.</p><p><strong>5. Cost per new client acquisition<br></strong><br></p><p>Divide the <strong>total marketing spend</strong> in that period by the <strong>number of new clients</strong>you signed up.</p><p><br>This is your <strong>cost per acquisition</strong>. This is the golden number and tells you whether your marketing is profitable or not.</p><p><br>But the only way you’ll know that is if you have a good idea of the next number.</p><p><strong>6. Customer lifetime value<br></strong><br></p><p>It’s crucial to have an idea of your <strong>lifetime value (LTV)</strong>. Even if it’s a rough estimate.</p><p><br>There are too many ways to calculate it in this quick post, but a quick Google search will give you some formulas.</p><p>Break it out by service so you have a distinct LTV by service.</p><p><strong>7. Weighted average expenses<br></strong><br></p><p>Let’s say you sell consulting. It’s 80% of your revenue. You also sell a membership, which is 10%, and an eBook, which accounts for another 10% of <strong>total revenue</strong>.</p><p>I like to <strong>weight marketing expenses based on the total expected revenue</strong> in a business.</p><p><br>In this case, I’d allocate 80% of all marketing spend towards my consulting, 10% towards memberships, and 10% towards eBooks.</p><p><br>Now, I’m able to figure out my <strong>approximate cost per lead and cost per acquisition based on the weighted average</strong>.</p><p>It’s not perfect, but it works really well to give you a glimpse into whether you’re profitably acquiring leads and customers/clients for each service.</p><p>More on this some other time.</p><p><strong>8. Profitability and payback periods<br></strong><br></p><p>The last thing we look for is <strong>cost per lead</strong>, <strong>cost per acquisition, and payback period</strong>.</p><p><br>Are we acquiring leads and clients at a price we can sustain? When is our payback period (i.e. how fast do we get our money back)?</p><p>This should be obvious with some quick math based on revenue projections for the new business/opportunities.</p><p><strong>9. Other secondary numbers<br></strong><br></p><p>There are a ton of other things we could look at, such as marketing spend as a <strong>percent of revenue, total revenue, net new revenue growth, churn, capacity</strong>etc. but those don’t tell us quite as directly how well our marketing is performing.</p><p><br>You should still track those and many more things in one single spreadsheet.</p><p><strong>And that’s it!<br></strong><br></p><p>It all boils down to:</p><ol><li>How many opportunities did we get?</li><li>How many new clients/customers did we sign up?</li><li>How much did we spend to acquire them?</li><li>Is all of this working out profitably for us?</li></ol><p><strong><br>That’s all that matters at the high level.<br></strong><br></p><p>From there, we investigate <em>where</em> those leads came from so we can determine what’s working and what’s not.</p><p>We then go down the rabbit hole to find out how to get more opportunities and clients at a price we can afford.</p><p><br>Having these numbers gives us a high-level view of the health of our marketing.</p><p>There are many more KPIs you can look at in your marketing, and I share a spreadsheet template that I use in all my engagements inside of <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">Mindshare</a>.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/117-how-to-prove-the-effectiveness-of-your-marketing">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p><em>This episode comes from a </em><a href="https://kevin.me/effectiveness/"><em>blog post</em></a><em> I wrote in December and I'm sharing my highlights here because it's worth revisiting.</em></p><p>Below is the original post shared below (I don't talk about all of it in this episode, though):</p><p>When I work with clients, there are an infinite number of data points and layers we could look at to shape our work.</p><p>But at the end of the day, only a few high-level KPIs matter most as it relates to measuring the effectiveness of your marketing.</p><p><br>The KPIs that matter most at the end of the day are the following:</p><p><strong>1. Number of leads</strong></p><p><br>It could be subscribers, chat inquiries, telephone calls, contact form completions, appointments booked, it doesn’t matter.</p><p><strong><br>All that matters is the total number of people who gave you their contact information and expressed interest in your business.<br></strong><br></p><p>Subscribers are the grey area, but nobody subscribes to your list without some interest in what you offer, so I call that a lead if it makes sense for your business and is part of your sales funnel.</p><p>The main thing is that you captured their contact information.</p><p><strong>2. Number of qualified leads<br></strong><br></p><p>Now that we know the total number of inquiries (whose contact information you collected), we want to figure out how many of those leads are in the buying mode and qualified.</p><p><br>It could mean that they have the money, means, and interest in buying what you have to sell.</p><p><br>The definition is yours to create, but I wouldn’t consider subscribers “qualified” until they express actual buying interest.</p><p><strong>3. Number of new clients/customers<br></strong><br></p><p>Needless to say, this is a critical number.</p><p><br>If you sell products or services at various price points, <strong>break down the number of new clients by product/service</strong> so you have a better picture of where your sales are coming from.</p><p>This will matter more in the next few points, too.</p><p><strong>4. Total marketing spend<br></strong><br></p><p>So how much are we spending on marketing, all-in?</p><p><br>You’ll want to track that closely so you can figure out the next few KPIs.</p><p><strong>Break it out by channel/type</strong> so you know where you’re spending your money, too.</p><p><br>I track all this in one single spreadsheet, by the way.</p><p><strong>4. Cost per lead/qualified lead<br></strong><br></p><p>Divide the <strong>total marketing spend</strong> by <strong>number of qualified leads</strong> in that period and you have your <strong>cost per lead</strong>.</p><p>You can do the same for total leads in general, or just qualified leads depending on what/how you’re measuring.</p><p><br>I mostly care about qualified leads.</p><p><strong>5. Cost per new client acquisition<br></strong><br></p><p>Divide the <strong>total marketing spend</strong> in that period by the <strong>number of new clients</strong>you signed up.</p><p><br>This is your <strong>cost per acquisition</strong>. This is the golden number and tells you whether your marketing is profitable or not.</p><p><br>But the only way you’ll know that is if you have a good idea of the next number.</p><p><strong>6. Customer lifetime value<br></strong><br></p><p>It’s crucial to have an idea of your <strong>lifetime value (LTV)</strong>. Even if it’s a rough estimate.</p><p><br>There are too many ways to calculate it in this quick post, but a quick Google search will give you some formulas.</p><p>Break it out by service so you have a distinct LTV by service.</p><p><strong>7. Weighted average expenses<br></strong><br></p><p>Let’s say you sell consulting. It’s 80% of your revenue. You also sell a membership, which is 10%, and an eBook, which accounts for another 10% of <strong>total revenue</strong>.</p><p>I like to <strong>weight marketing expenses based on the total expected revenue</strong> in a business.</p><p><br>In this case, I’d allocate 80% of all marketing spend towards my consulting, 10% towards memberships, and 10% towards eBooks.</p><p><br>Now, I’m able to figure out my <strong>approximate cost per lead and cost per acquisition based on the weighted average</strong>.</p><p>It’s not perfect, but it works really well to give you a glimpse into whether you’re profitably acquiring leads and customers/clients for each service.</p><p>More on this some other time.</p><p><strong>8. Profitability and payback periods<br></strong><br></p><p>The last thing we look for is <strong>cost per lead</strong>, <strong>cost per acquisition, and payback period</strong>.</p><p><br>Are we acquiring leads and clients at a price we can sustain? When is our payback period (i.e. how fast do we get our money back)?</p><p>This should be obvious with some quick math based on revenue projections for the new business/opportunities.</p><p><strong>9. Other secondary numbers<br></strong><br></p><p>There are a ton of other things we could look at, such as marketing spend as a <strong>percent of revenue, total revenue, net new revenue growth, churn, capacity</strong>etc. but those don’t tell us quite as directly how well our marketing is performing.</p><p><br>You should still track those and many more things in one single spreadsheet.</p><p><strong>And that’s it!<br></strong><br></p><p>It all boils down to:</p><ol><li>How many opportunities did we get?</li><li>How many new clients/customers did we sign up?</li><li>How much did we spend to acquire them?</li><li>Is all of this working out profitably for us?</li></ol><p><strong><br>That’s all that matters at the high level.<br></strong><br></p><p>From there, we investigate <em>where</em> those leads came from so we can determine what’s working and what’s not.</p><p>We then go down the rabbit hole to find out how to get more opportunities and clients at a price we can afford.</p><p><br>Having these numbers gives us a high-level view of the health of our marketing.</p><p>There are many more KPIs you can look at in your marketing, and I share a spreadsheet template that I use in all my engagements inside of <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">Mindshare</a>.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Apr 2021 14:54:30 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/24f201d5/26b3979d.mp3" length="14165033" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>588</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/117-how-to-prove-the-effectiveness-of-your-marketing">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p><em>This episode comes from a </em><a href="https://kevin.me/effectiveness/"><em>blog post</em></a><em> I wrote in December and I'm sharing my highlights here because it's worth revisiting.</em></p><p>Below is the original post shared below (I don't talk about all of it in this episode, though):</p><p>When I work with clients, there are an infinite number of data points and layers we could look at to shape our work.</p><p>But at the end of the day, only a few high-level KPIs matter most as it relates to measuring the effectiveness of your marketing.</p><p><br>The KPIs that matter most at the end of the day are the following:</p><p><strong>1. Number of leads</strong></p><p><br>It could be subscribers, chat inquiries, telephone calls, contact form completions, appointments booked, it doesn’t matter.</p><p><strong><br>All that matters is the total number of people who gave you their contact information and expressed interest in your business.<br></strong><br></p><p>Subscribers are the grey area, but nobody subscribes to your list without some interest in what you offer, so I call that a lead if it makes sense for your business and is part of your sales funnel.</p><p>The main thing is that you captured their contact information.</p><p><strong>2. Number of qualified leads<br></strong><br></p><p>Now that we know the total number of inquiries (whose contact information you collected), we want to figure out how many of those leads are in the buying mode and qualified.</p><p><br>It could mean that they have the money, means, and interest in buying what you have to sell.</p><p><br>The definition is yours to create, but I wouldn’t consider subscribers “qualified” until they express actual buying interest.</p><p><strong>3. Number of new clients/customers<br></strong><br></p><p>Needless to say, this is a critical number.</p><p><br>If you sell products or services at various price points, <strong>break down the number of new clients by product/service</strong> so you have a better picture of where your sales are coming from.</p><p>This will matter more in the next few points, too.</p><p><strong>4. Total marketing spend<br></strong><br></p><p>So how much are we spending on marketing, all-in?</p><p><br>You’ll want to track that closely so you can figure out the next few KPIs.</p><p><strong>Break it out by channel/type</strong> so you know where you’re spending your money, too.</p><p><br>I track all this in one single spreadsheet, by the way.</p><p><strong>4. Cost per lead/qualified lead<br></strong><br></p><p>Divide the <strong>total marketing spend</strong> by <strong>number of qualified leads</strong> in that period and you have your <strong>cost per lead</strong>.</p><p>You can do the same for total leads in general, or just qualified leads depending on what/how you’re measuring.</p><p><br>I mostly care about qualified leads.</p><p><strong>5. Cost per new client acquisition<br></strong><br></p><p>Divide the <strong>total marketing spend</strong> in that period by the <strong>number of new clients</strong>you signed up.</p><p><br>This is your <strong>cost per acquisition</strong>. This is the golden number and tells you whether your marketing is profitable or not.</p><p><br>But the only way you’ll know that is if you have a good idea of the next number.</p><p><strong>6. Customer lifetime value<br></strong><br></p><p>It’s crucial to have an idea of your <strong>lifetime value (LTV)</strong>. Even if it’s a rough estimate.</p><p><br>There are too many ways to calculate it in this quick post, but a quick Google search will give you some formulas.</p><p>Break it out by service so you have a distinct LTV by service.</p><p><strong>7. Weighted average expenses<br></strong><br></p><p>Let’s say you sell consulting. It’s 80% of your revenue. You also sell a membership, which is 10%, and an eBook, which accounts for another 10% of <strong>total revenue</strong>.</p><p>I like to <strong>weight marketing expenses based on the total expected revenue</strong> in a business.</p><p><br>In this case, I’d allocate 80% of all marketing spend towards my consulting, 10% towards memberships, and 10% towards eBooks.</p><p><br>Now, I’m able to figure out my <strong>approximate cost per lead and cost per acquisition based on the weighted average</strong>.</p><p>It’s not perfect, but it works really well to give you a glimpse into whether you’re profitably acquiring leads and customers/clients for each service.</p><p>More on this some other time.</p><p><strong>8. Profitability and payback periods<br></strong><br></p><p>The last thing we look for is <strong>cost per lead</strong>, <strong>cost per acquisition, and payback period</strong>.</p><p><br>Are we acquiring leads and clients at a price we can sustain? When is our payback period (i.e. how fast do we get our money back)?</p><p>This should be obvious with some quick math based on revenue projections for the new business/opportunities.</p><p><strong>9. Other secondary numbers<br></strong><br></p><p>There are a ton of other things we could look at, such as marketing spend as a <strong>percent of revenue, total revenue, net new revenue growth, churn, capacity</strong>etc. but those don’t tell us quite as directly how well our marketing is performing.</p><p><br>You should still track those and many more things in one single spreadsheet.</p><p><strong>And that’s it!<br></strong><br></p><p>It all boils down to:</p><ol><li>How many opportunities did we get?</li><li>How many new clients/customers did we sign up?</li><li>How much did we spend to acquire them?</li><li>Is all of this working out profitably for us?</li></ol><p><strong><br>That’s all that matters at the high level.<br></strong><br></p><p>From there, we investigate <em>where</em> those leads came from so we can determine what’s working and what’s not.</p><p>We then go down the rabbit hole to find out how to get more opportunities and clients at a price we can afford.</p><p><br>Having these numbers gives us a high-level view of the health of our marketing.</p><p>There are many more KPIs you can look at in your marketing, and I share a spreadsheet template that I use in all my engagements inside of <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">Mindshare</a>.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>116. How to grow an audience within a niche</title>
      <itunes:title>116. How to grow an audience within a niche</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">62c5d43b-5274-4020-abf3-6f9f13a5f404</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/116-how-to-grow-an-audience-within-a-niche</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/116-how-to-grow-an-audience-within-a-niche">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>One of the ways I've been able to grow an audience within the coworking niche is by partnering and sharing value with other companies and consultants who have the same target audience but do different things.</p><p>I've been able to do webinars, podcasts, panel discussions, conference talks, paid seminars, workshops, and even advise others in the industry who serve the same audience. </p><p>Examples of those I've partnered with include consultants, software providers, associations, podcast hosts, and other community builders. </p><p><em>Why were they so receptive in letting me get access to their audience? <br></em><br><strong>It's because I'm different and have a niche within a niche, which means I don't compete with them directly. </strong></p><p>If you want to grow your business in a niche, listen to this episode for more insights.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/116-how-to-grow-an-audience-within-a-niche">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>One of the ways I've been able to grow an audience within the coworking niche is by partnering and sharing value with other companies and consultants who have the same target audience but do different things.</p><p>I've been able to do webinars, podcasts, panel discussions, conference talks, paid seminars, workshops, and even advise others in the industry who serve the same audience. </p><p>Examples of those I've partnered with include consultants, software providers, associations, podcast hosts, and other community builders. </p><p><em>Why were they so receptive in letting me get access to their audience? <br></em><br><strong>It's because I'm different and have a niche within a niche, which means I don't compete with them directly. </strong></p><p>If you want to grow your business in a niche, listen to this episode for more insights.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 15:27:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c78427e6/e57aa131.mp3" length="12988245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>539</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/116-how-to-grow-an-audience-within-a-niche">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>One of the ways I've been able to grow an audience within the coworking niche is by partnering and sharing value with other companies and consultants who have the same target audience but do different things.</p><p>I've been able to do webinars, podcasts, panel discussions, conference talks, paid seminars, workshops, and even advise others in the industry who serve the same audience. </p><p>Examples of those I've partnered with include consultants, software providers, associations, podcast hosts, and other community builders. </p><p><em>Why were they so receptive in letting me get access to their audience? <br></em><br><strong>It's because I'm different and have a niche within a niche, which means I don't compete with them directly. </strong></p><p>If you want to grow your business in a niche, listen to this episode for more insights.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>115. How to create target market profiles that actually get results</title>
      <itunes:title>115. How to create target market profiles that actually get results</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0e20477e-0024-4773-b990-02e7e4b2b692</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/115-how-to-create-target-market-profiles-that-actually-get-results</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/115-how-to-create-target-market-profiles-that-actually-get-results">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you have a clear idea on who your ideal target market is?</p><p>Or, do you help your clients get clear on who <em>theirs </em>is?</p><p>There's a lot of info on this subject and only some of it is really useful in a strategic marketing engagement.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about ways to create an ideal target market profile for your business <em>and </em>your clients'. </p><p>I also talk about using ideal client profiles vs. "customer personas" and why the difference matters.</p><p>There are lots of tactical ways to achieve this, so I'd love to hear if you have examples of ways you've done this and how it resulted in measurable outcomes. </p><p>Leave a comment below and let me know your thoughts.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>—k</p><p>H/T to <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/ef738317?show_back_link=true">Mark Evans</a> who inspired this episode with his insightful post on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:6782642474243428352">LinkedIn</a>.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/115-how-to-create-target-market-profiles-that-actually-get-results">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you have a clear idea on who your ideal target market is?</p><p>Or, do you help your clients get clear on who <em>theirs </em>is?</p><p>There's a lot of info on this subject and only some of it is really useful in a strategic marketing engagement.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about ways to create an ideal target market profile for your business <em>and </em>your clients'. </p><p>I also talk about using ideal client profiles vs. "customer personas" and why the difference matters.</p><p>There are lots of tactical ways to achieve this, so I'd love to hear if you have examples of ways you've done this and how it resulted in measurable outcomes. </p><p>Leave a comment below and let me know your thoughts.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>—k</p><p>H/T to <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/ef738317?show_back_link=true">Mark Evans</a> who inspired this episode with his insightful post on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:6782642474243428352">LinkedIn</a>.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Apr 2021 13:16:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b9afe08a/7d04869d.mp3" length="25221750" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1049</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/115-how-to-create-target-market-profiles-that-actually-get-results">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Do you have a clear idea on who your ideal target market is?</p><p>Or, do you help your clients get clear on who <em>theirs </em>is?</p><p>There's a lot of info on this subject and only some of it is really useful in a strategic marketing engagement.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about ways to create an ideal target market profile for your business <em>and </em>your clients'. </p><p>I also talk about using ideal client profiles vs. "customer personas" and why the difference matters.</p><p>There are lots of tactical ways to achieve this, so I'd love to hear if you have examples of ways you've done this and how it resulted in measurable outcomes. </p><p>Leave a comment below and let me know your thoughts.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>—k</p><p>H/T to <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/ef738317?show_back_link=true">Mark Evans</a> who inspired this episode with his insightful post on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/feed/update/urn:li:activity:6782642474243428352">LinkedIn</a>.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>114. How I would sell web design as an advisor—not a freelancer</title>
      <itunes:title>114. How I would sell web design as an advisor—not a freelancer</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8095c9fb-5c23-4a35-9648-ad44715e3b5c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/114-how-i-would-sell-web-design-as-an-advisor-not-a-freelancer</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/114-how-i-would-sell-web-design-as-an-advisor-not-a-freelancer">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a>---</p><p>I have been building and designing websites for nearly two decades. </p><p>Wild, right? Doesn't feel that long.</p><p>I started out in the early 2000's as a hobby as a teenager. Eventually, I did it as a freelancer, turned the work into an agency, branched out into other areas of marketing along the way, and some time later became a marketing advisor.</p><p>If I had to go back to my roots and sell web design services, I'd consider doing it as an advisor with some back end digital products. </p><p>In fact, I thought about offering an advisory package to my coworking website around web design for coworking spaces. I also have a small info product on web design for coworking spaces, which would be another way I'd consider doing things.</p><p><strong>So how would I do web design as an advisor? <br></strong><br>Loosely speaking, it would go like this.</p><ol><li>I'd specialize in a vertical/industry who need and value excellent web design and have a budget for great work. </li><li>I'd offer an initial strategy portion to help get clarity on scope, goals, and strategic requirements. Price determined by expected scope and value.</li><li>I'd then sell a fixed-fee project based on the scope to oversee the implementation of the website design project. Basically, I'd be insurance they'd get a great result.</li><li>I'd bring in strong developers, designers, and content people and introduce them to the client—not marking up their time. Ideally a mix of prices to offset some of the strategy costs.</li><li>I'd either manage the project (not ideal) or make myself available to review and answer questions along the way.</li><li>I'd then potentially sell an ongoing retainer (or include some time post-launch in my project scope) to ensure the goals are met and make tweaks to help it get there if not.</li></ol><p>It's not a perfectly clear vision in my head, but I think I could do it and it would be a net benefit for similar costs to the client in the end. But only if I specialized.</p><p>The only way you can sell your expertise instead of your hands (without a massive audience) is to be the best at what you do. Which means specializing.</p><p>Otherwise, people will roll the dice on a generalist and figure it out themselves.</p><p>This relates back to the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/113-how-to-phase-into-selling-advisory-work-and-out-of-tactical-implementation">last episode</a> with a question from Ant Pugh. The approach is slightly different but still along the same lines, just applied to web design instead of elearning.</p><p>I'd also begin to package my expertise into a course and/or themes for a vertical industry, allowing my expertise to be leveraged at scale for an even wider audience.</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/114-how-i-would-sell-web-design-as-an-advisor-not-a-freelancer">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a>---</p><p>I have been building and designing websites for nearly two decades. </p><p>Wild, right? Doesn't feel that long.</p><p>I started out in the early 2000's as a hobby as a teenager. Eventually, I did it as a freelancer, turned the work into an agency, branched out into other areas of marketing along the way, and some time later became a marketing advisor.</p><p>If I had to go back to my roots and sell web design services, I'd consider doing it as an advisor with some back end digital products. </p><p>In fact, I thought about offering an advisory package to my coworking website around web design for coworking spaces. I also have a small info product on web design for coworking spaces, which would be another way I'd consider doing things.</p><p><strong>So how would I do web design as an advisor? <br></strong><br>Loosely speaking, it would go like this.</p><ol><li>I'd specialize in a vertical/industry who need and value excellent web design and have a budget for great work. </li><li>I'd offer an initial strategy portion to help get clarity on scope, goals, and strategic requirements. Price determined by expected scope and value.</li><li>I'd then sell a fixed-fee project based on the scope to oversee the implementation of the website design project. Basically, I'd be insurance they'd get a great result.</li><li>I'd bring in strong developers, designers, and content people and introduce them to the client—not marking up their time. Ideally a mix of prices to offset some of the strategy costs.</li><li>I'd either manage the project (not ideal) or make myself available to review and answer questions along the way.</li><li>I'd then potentially sell an ongoing retainer (or include some time post-launch in my project scope) to ensure the goals are met and make tweaks to help it get there if not.</li></ol><p>It's not a perfectly clear vision in my head, but I think I could do it and it would be a net benefit for similar costs to the client in the end. But only if I specialized.</p><p>The only way you can sell your expertise instead of your hands (without a massive audience) is to be the best at what you do. Which means specializing.</p><p>Otherwise, people will roll the dice on a generalist and figure it out themselves.</p><p>This relates back to the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/113-how-to-phase-into-selling-advisory-work-and-out-of-tactical-implementation">last episode</a> with a question from Ant Pugh. The approach is slightly different but still along the same lines, just applied to web design instead of elearning.</p><p>I'd also begin to package my expertise into a course and/or themes for a vertical industry, allowing my expertise to be leveraged at scale for an even wider audience.</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Mar 2021 13:53:20 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/9c6675a2/9afdf2c8.mp3" length="19621924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>815</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/114-how-i-would-sell-web-design-as-an-advisor-not-a-freelancer">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a>---</p><p>I have been building and designing websites for nearly two decades. </p><p>Wild, right? Doesn't feel that long.</p><p>I started out in the early 2000's as a hobby as a teenager. Eventually, I did it as a freelancer, turned the work into an agency, branched out into other areas of marketing along the way, and some time later became a marketing advisor.</p><p>If I had to go back to my roots and sell web design services, I'd consider doing it as an advisor with some back end digital products. </p><p>In fact, I thought about offering an advisory package to my coworking website around web design for coworking spaces. I also have a small info product on web design for coworking spaces, which would be another way I'd consider doing things.</p><p><strong>So how would I do web design as an advisor? <br></strong><br>Loosely speaking, it would go like this.</p><ol><li>I'd specialize in a vertical/industry who need and value excellent web design and have a budget for great work. </li><li>I'd offer an initial strategy portion to help get clarity on scope, goals, and strategic requirements. Price determined by expected scope and value.</li><li>I'd then sell a fixed-fee project based on the scope to oversee the implementation of the website design project. Basically, I'd be insurance they'd get a great result.</li><li>I'd bring in strong developers, designers, and content people and introduce them to the client—not marking up their time. Ideally a mix of prices to offset some of the strategy costs.</li><li>I'd either manage the project (not ideal) or make myself available to review and answer questions along the way.</li><li>I'd then potentially sell an ongoing retainer (or include some time post-launch in my project scope) to ensure the goals are met and make tweaks to help it get there if not.</li></ol><p>It's not a perfectly clear vision in my head, but I think I could do it and it would be a net benefit for similar costs to the client in the end. But only if I specialized.</p><p>The only way you can sell your expertise instead of your hands (without a massive audience) is to be the best at what you do. Which means specializing.</p><p>Otherwise, people will roll the dice on a generalist and figure it out themselves.</p><p>This relates back to the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/113-how-to-phase-into-selling-advisory-work-and-out-of-tactical-implementation">last episode</a> with a question from Ant Pugh. The approach is slightly different but still along the same lines, just applied to web design instead of elearning.</p><p>I'd also begin to package my expertise into a course and/or themes for a vertical industry, allowing my expertise to be leveraged at scale for an even wider audience.</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>113. How to phase into selling advisory work and out of tactical implementation</title>
      <itunes:title>113. How to phase into selling advisory work and out of tactical implementation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3754b631-de48-4d8a-b3c9-615976a09efb</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/113-how-to-phase-into-selling-advisory-work-and-out-of-tactical-implementation</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/113-how-to-phase-into-selling-advisory-work-and-out-of-tactical-implementation">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Here's a great follow-up question in the thread, <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/selling-transformation-versus-selling-your-time">Selling transformation vs. selling your time</a>, by Ant Pugh:</p><p><br></p>Just going back to your comment about a phased approach to transitioning from tactical work to selling advice. <p>In <a href="https://kevin.me/conflict/">this excellent blog post</a> you talk about the conflict of interest between the same person doing the tactical and strategy work. </p><p>Do you believe that it's just unfortunately what needs to happen in the interim until you're at a place when you can exclusively offer strategy work?</p><p><br>Ant is in the process of phasing out of implementation work and into advisory work and is wondering how I reconcile it with my idea that there's a <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/selling-transformation-versus-selling-your-timehttps://kevin.me/conflict/">conflict of incentives</a> with selling full-service strategy and implementation at the same time. </p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about the middle ground between advisory and implementation work, and how it mostly circumvents this conflict while still being hands on in getting the work done.</p><p>The conversation here is nuanced, so I go into some examples, but generally it answers the question of incentives and most importantly, keeps you as a trusted advisor on the side of your clients.</p><p>If you want to phase out of implementation and into advisory, consider the <em>managed advisory services</em> approach.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/113-how-to-phase-into-selling-advisory-work-and-out-of-tactical-implementation">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Here's a great follow-up question in the thread, <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/selling-transformation-versus-selling-your-time">Selling transformation vs. selling your time</a>, by Ant Pugh:</p><p><br></p>Just going back to your comment about a phased approach to transitioning from tactical work to selling advice. <p>In <a href="https://kevin.me/conflict/">this excellent blog post</a> you talk about the conflict of interest between the same person doing the tactical and strategy work. </p><p>Do you believe that it's just unfortunately what needs to happen in the interim until you're at a place when you can exclusively offer strategy work?</p><p><br>Ant is in the process of phasing out of implementation work and into advisory work and is wondering how I reconcile it with my idea that there's a <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/selling-transformation-versus-selling-your-timehttps://kevin.me/conflict/">conflict of incentives</a> with selling full-service strategy and implementation at the same time. </p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about the middle ground between advisory and implementation work, and how it mostly circumvents this conflict while still being hands on in getting the work done.</p><p>The conversation here is nuanced, so I go into some examples, but generally it answers the question of incentives and most importantly, keeps you as a trusted advisor on the side of your clients.</p><p>If you want to phase out of implementation and into advisory, consider the <em>managed advisory services</em> approach.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Mar 2021 14:22:16 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/7a6b8d36/ef3b94d8.mp3" length="23260082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>967</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/113-how-to-phase-into-selling-advisory-work-and-out-of-tactical-implementation">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Here's a great follow-up question in the thread, <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/selling-transformation-versus-selling-your-time">Selling transformation vs. selling your time</a>, by Ant Pugh:</p><p><br></p>Just going back to your comment about a phased approach to transitioning from tactical work to selling advice. <p>In <a href="https://kevin.me/conflict/">this excellent blog post</a> you talk about the conflict of interest between the same person doing the tactical and strategy work. </p><p>Do you believe that it's just unfortunately what needs to happen in the interim until you're at a place when you can exclusively offer strategy work?</p><p><br>Ant is in the process of phasing out of implementation work and into advisory work and is wondering how I reconcile it with my idea that there's a <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/selling-transformation-versus-selling-your-timehttps://kevin.me/conflict/">conflict of incentives</a> with selling full-service strategy and implementation at the same time. </p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about the middle ground between advisory and implementation work, and how it mostly circumvents this conflict while still being hands on in getting the work done.</p><p>The conversation here is nuanced, so I go into some examples, but generally it answers the question of incentives and most importantly, keeps you as a trusted advisor on the side of your clients.</p><p>If you want to phase out of implementation and into advisory, consider the <em>managed advisory services</em> approach.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>112. How to build downside protection into your consulting business model</title>
      <itunes:title>112. How to build downside protection into your consulting business model</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d200bf31-d7bd-478e-ac4e-405bf1ef4dc4</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/112-how-to-build-downside-protection-into-your-consulting-business-model</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/112-how-to-build-downside-protection-into-your-business-model">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Most of my clients these days are turning into long-term clients, ranging from 1 to 4+ years working together so far. Which is great!</p><p>But with that, I get a slight background concern that they could all "ripen" (like a fruit) at the same time and fall off the tree leaving my business cut in half. </p><p>I also know that a business needs turnover in order to remain fresh, just like anything else in life. </p><p>One of the things I've done to create such long-term clients while still making room to work with new ones is to create a continuity program that costs less but is also much less time-intensive. </p><p>It ends up being about 30-40% of the original workload for about 60% of the original price. Which means the client saves considerably on my monthly retainer fee and I get to actually <em>increase</em> my effective hourly rate, freeing up more bandwidth to take on new clients while retaining a solid base of high effort:value work.</p><p>It acts a bit like insurance for both of us - they get the value of my mind applied to their business (to a lesser degree than before), which protects their downside and keeps new innovations and ideas flowing in.</p><p>For me, it lets me build a stable roster of revenue that keeps me feeling financially secure over time. A win-win.</p><p>There are limitations to this, of course. And it's not the only way to do things. </p><p>But for me, half my job is to protect the downside for me <em>and</em> my clients while also incrementally building in more leverage to increase the upside for everyone. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/112-how-to-build-downside-protection-into-your-business-model">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Most of my clients these days are turning into long-term clients, ranging from 1 to 4+ years working together so far. Which is great!</p><p>But with that, I get a slight background concern that they could all "ripen" (like a fruit) at the same time and fall off the tree leaving my business cut in half. </p><p>I also know that a business needs turnover in order to remain fresh, just like anything else in life. </p><p>One of the things I've done to create such long-term clients while still making room to work with new ones is to create a continuity program that costs less but is also much less time-intensive. </p><p>It ends up being about 30-40% of the original workload for about 60% of the original price. Which means the client saves considerably on my monthly retainer fee and I get to actually <em>increase</em> my effective hourly rate, freeing up more bandwidth to take on new clients while retaining a solid base of high effort:value work.</p><p>It acts a bit like insurance for both of us - they get the value of my mind applied to their business (to a lesser degree than before), which protects their downside and keeps new innovations and ideas flowing in.</p><p>For me, it lets me build a stable roster of revenue that keeps me feeling financially secure over time. A win-win.</p><p>There are limitations to this, of course. And it's not the only way to do things. </p><p>But for me, half my job is to protect the downside for me <em>and</em> my clients while also incrementally building in more leverage to increase the upside for everyone. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 14:06:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/28ca48c5/a062f1d7.mp3" length="12096798" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>502</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/112-how-to-build-downside-protection-into-your-business-model">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Most of my clients these days are turning into long-term clients, ranging from 1 to 4+ years working together so far. Which is great!</p><p>But with that, I get a slight background concern that they could all "ripen" (like a fruit) at the same time and fall off the tree leaving my business cut in half. </p><p>I also know that a business needs turnover in order to remain fresh, just like anything else in life. </p><p>One of the things I've done to create such long-term clients while still making room to work with new ones is to create a continuity program that costs less but is also much less time-intensive. </p><p>It ends up being about 30-40% of the original workload for about 60% of the original price. Which means the client saves considerably on my monthly retainer fee and I get to actually <em>increase</em> my effective hourly rate, freeing up more bandwidth to take on new clients while retaining a solid base of high effort:value work.</p><p>It acts a bit like insurance for both of us - they get the value of my mind applied to their business (to a lesser degree than before), which protects their downside and keeps new innovations and ideas flowing in.</p><p>For me, it lets me build a stable roster of revenue that keeps me feeling financially secure over time. A win-win.</p><p>There are limitations to this, of course. And it's not the only way to do things. </p><p>But for me, half my job is to protect the downside for me <em>and</em> my clients while also incrementally building in more leverage to increase the upside for everyone. </p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>111. Finding resources for continuing education, certification, and ongoing professional development</title>
      <itunes:title>111. Finding resources for continuing education, certification, and ongoing professional development</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">958a0417-9633-4d73-8b19-efcbbd5b3ddd</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/111-finding-resources-for-continuing-education-certification-and-ongoing-professional-development</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/111-finding-resources-for-continuing-education-certification-and-ongoing-professional-development/settings">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Here's a great <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question/continuing-education-certs">question from Michelle</a> that came in earlier in the week:</p>Hi - I'm curious where or what resources do you go to for ongoing education or certifications for marketing? <p>There are lots of ways to keep learning as you go along in your business.</p><p>The big ones, of course are:</p><ul><li>Books</li><li>Independent courses</li><li>Certifications</li><li>Traditional Education</li><li>Coaching</li></ul><p>As a marketing consultant, there are at least two areas you can focus on, too: <strong>marketing and business. </strong></p><p>Sure, there is personal development and other areas to explore, but for now I'll cover these two.</p><p><strong>Why continue learning?<br></strong> <strong><br></strong>Usually, it's to keep growing your skills to do better work and earn more money. But you might also use certifications and certificates to demonstrate that you know what you're doing on a subject. It's a form of proof.</p><p>I personally believe the best way to demonstrate credibility is to focus on demonstrating how you solve a particular problem for a particular group of people. <strong>In other words, specializing or niching.</strong></p><p>Below is a non-exhaustive list of courses, books, and ideas I've explored recently in the past couple years that have helped continue growing. </p><p>None of these are affiliate links. I have not bought some of the courses mentioned below. But I tell you when that's the case so you know. The rest are quality recommendations in my book. <br><strong><br>1. Business</strong></p><ul><li>Pricing<ul><li>Value-Based Fees by Alan Weiss - Book</li><li>Jane Portman's <a href="https://uibreakfast.com/productized-guide/">Productized Consulting Guide</a> - eBook</li><li>Jonathan Stark - <a href="https://jonathanstark.com/hbin">Hourly Billing is Nuts</a></li></ul></li><li>Positioning and Strategy<ul><li>Blue Ocean Strategy by Renée Mauborgne and W. Chan Kim - Book</li><li>Obviously Awesome by April Dunford - Book</li></ul></li><li>Sales<ul><li>The Secret of Selling Anything by Harry Browne - Book</li></ul></li><li>Research<ul><li><a href="https://30x500.com/academy/">30x500 course </a>- teaches audience research and product development (services, too)</li></ul></li></ul><p><br><strong>2. Marketing</strong></p><ul><li>Copywriting and content marketing<ul><li><a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/">Psychotactics</a> has lots of great small and big courses on content, copy, and marketing strategy in general</li><li><a href="https://academy.hubspot.com/">HubSpot</a> has a lot of courses to learn at a high level about a lot of things</li></ul></li><li>Social media<ul><li><a href="https://www.davidtalas.com/instagrizzle-masterclass">Dave Talas Instagram Course</a> - I haven't taken it but it seems credible</li><li>Daniel Vassallo's <a href="https://gumroad.com/l/twitter-audience/1000">Everyone Can Build a Twitter Audience</a> course </li><li><a href="https://gumroad.com/l/twitter-audience/1000https://www.linkedin.com/learning/topics/social-media-marketing">LinkedIn Learning </a></li></ul></li><li>SEO<ul><li><a href="https://moz.com/training">Moz's training </a></li></ul></li><li>Google Ads<ul><li><a href="https://skillshop.exceedlms.com/student/catalog/browse">Google's Certifications</a></li></ul></li><li>Facebook Ads<ul><li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/business/learn/certification">Facebook Ads Certification</a></li></ul></li><li>Analytics<ul><li><a href="https://www.analyticscourse.net/">Analytics Course</a> by Jeffalytics</li><li><a href="https://www.annielytics.com/annielytics-dashboard-course/">Annielytics </a>Dashboard course (have not taken this)</li></ul></li><li>Email marketing<ul><li>If you want to learn MailChimp - <a href="https://chimpessentials.com/">Chimp Essentials</a></li><li>Email automation - <a href="https://createandsell.co/courses/mastering-convertkit">Mastering ConvertKit</a> (applies to CK but has a lot of great practices to learn for more advanced uses).</li><li><a href="https://tinylittlebusinesses.com/products/autoresponder-madness/">Autoresponder Madness</a> - I bought this bc some people I trust recommended it, but have not consumed it yet</li></ul></li><li>CRMs<ul><li>Hubspot Certifications</li><li>Salesforce Certifications</li><li>ActiveCampaign Certifications</li></ul></li></ul><p>I'll share more sources for continued education as I think about them or buy them in the future. </p><p><strong>Got any good recommendations? Leave a comment below!<br></strong><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/111-finding-resources-for-continuing-education-certification-and-ongoing-professional-development/settings">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Here's a great <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question/continuing-education-certs">question from Michelle</a> that came in earlier in the week:</p>Hi - I'm curious where or what resources do you go to for ongoing education or certifications for marketing? <p>There are lots of ways to keep learning as you go along in your business.</p><p>The big ones, of course are:</p><ul><li>Books</li><li>Independent courses</li><li>Certifications</li><li>Traditional Education</li><li>Coaching</li></ul><p>As a marketing consultant, there are at least two areas you can focus on, too: <strong>marketing and business. </strong></p><p>Sure, there is personal development and other areas to explore, but for now I'll cover these two.</p><p><strong>Why continue learning?<br></strong> <strong><br></strong>Usually, it's to keep growing your skills to do better work and earn more money. But you might also use certifications and certificates to demonstrate that you know what you're doing on a subject. It's a form of proof.</p><p>I personally believe the best way to demonstrate credibility is to focus on demonstrating how you solve a particular problem for a particular group of people. <strong>In other words, specializing or niching.</strong></p><p>Below is a non-exhaustive list of courses, books, and ideas I've explored recently in the past couple years that have helped continue growing. </p><p>None of these are affiliate links. I have not bought some of the courses mentioned below. But I tell you when that's the case so you know. The rest are quality recommendations in my book. <br><strong><br>1. Business</strong></p><ul><li>Pricing<ul><li>Value-Based Fees by Alan Weiss - Book</li><li>Jane Portman's <a href="https://uibreakfast.com/productized-guide/">Productized Consulting Guide</a> - eBook</li><li>Jonathan Stark - <a href="https://jonathanstark.com/hbin">Hourly Billing is Nuts</a></li></ul></li><li>Positioning and Strategy<ul><li>Blue Ocean Strategy by Renée Mauborgne and W. Chan Kim - Book</li><li>Obviously Awesome by April Dunford - Book</li></ul></li><li>Sales<ul><li>The Secret of Selling Anything by Harry Browne - Book</li></ul></li><li>Research<ul><li><a href="https://30x500.com/academy/">30x500 course </a>- teaches audience research and product development (services, too)</li></ul></li></ul><p><br><strong>2. Marketing</strong></p><ul><li>Copywriting and content marketing<ul><li><a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/">Psychotactics</a> has lots of great small and big courses on content, copy, and marketing strategy in general</li><li><a href="https://academy.hubspot.com/">HubSpot</a> has a lot of courses to learn at a high level about a lot of things</li></ul></li><li>Social media<ul><li><a href="https://www.davidtalas.com/instagrizzle-masterclass">Dave Talas Instagram Course</a> - I haven't taken it but it seems credible</li><li>Daniel Vassallo's <a href="https://gumroad.com/l/twitter-audience/1000">Everyone Can Build a Twitter Audience</a> course </li><li><a href="https://gumroad.com/l/twitter-audience/1000https://www.linkedin.com/learning/topics/social-media-marketing">LinkedIn Learning </a></li></ul></li><li>SEO<ul><li><a href="https://moz.com/training">Moz's training </a></li></ul></li><li>Google Ads<ul><li><a href="https://skillshop.exceedlms.com/student/catalog/browse">Google's Certifications</a></li></ul></li><li>Facebook Ads<ul><li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/business/learn/certification">Facebook Ads Certification</a></li></ul></li><li>Analytics<ul><li><a href="https://www.analyticscourse.net/">Analytics Course</a> by Jeffalytics</li><li><a href="https://www.annielytics.com/annielytics-dashboard-course/">Annielytics </a>Dashboard course (have not taken this)</li></ul></li><li>Email marketing<ul><li>If you want to learn MailChimp - <a href="https://chimpessentials.com/">Chimp Essentials</a></li><li>Email automation - <a href="https://createandsell.co/courses/mastering-convertkit">Mastering ConvertKit</a> (applies to CK but has a lot of great practices to learn for more advanced uses).</li><li><a href="https://tinylittlebusinesses.com/products/autoresponder-madness/">Autoresponder Madness</a> - I bought this bc some people I trust recommended it, but have not consumed it yet</li></ul></li><li>CRMs<ul><li>Hubspot Certifications</li><li>Salesforce Certifications</li><li>ActiveCampaign Certifications</li></ul></li></ul><p>I'll share more sources for continued education as I think about them or buy them in the future. </p><p><strong>Got any good recommendations? Leave a comment below!<br></strong><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:08:23 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/4c0fc6d4/c65b6515.mp3" length="34958802" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1454</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/111-finding-resources-for-continuing-education-certification-and-ongoing-professional-development/settings">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>Here's a great <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question/continuing-education-certs">question from Michelle</a> that came in earlier in the week:</p>Hi - I'm curious where or what resources do you go to for ongoing education or certifications for marketing? <p>There are lots of ways to keep learning as you go along in your business.</p><p>The big ones, of course are:</p><ul><li>Books</li><li>Independent courses</li><li>Certifications</li><li>Traditional Education</li><li>Coaching</li></ul><p>As a marketing consultant, there are at least two areas you can focus on, too: <strong>marketing and business. </strong></p><p>Sure, there is personal development and other areas to explore, but for now I'll cover these two.</p><p><strong>Why continue learning?<br></strong> <strong><br></strong>Usually, it's to keep growing your skills to do better work and earn more money. But you might also use certifications and certificates to demonstrate that you know what you're doing on a subject. It's a form of proof.</p><p>I personally believe the best way to demonstrate credibility is to focus on demonstrating how you solve a particular problem for a particular group of people. <strong>In other words, specializing or niching.</strong></p><p>Below is a non-exhaustive list of courses, books, and ideas I've explored recently in the past couple years that have helped continue growing. </p><p>None of these are affiliate links. I have not bought some of the courses mentioned below. But I tell you when that's the case so you know. The rest are quality recommendations in my book. <br><strong><br>1. Business</strong></p><ul><li>Pricing<ul><li>Value-Based Fees by Alan Weiss - Book</li><li>Jane Portman's <a href="https://uibreakfast.com/productized-guide/">Productized Consulting Guide</a> - eBook</li><li>Jonathan Stark - <a href="https://jonathanstark.com/hbin">Hourly Billing is Nuts</a></li></ul></li><li>Positioning and Strategy<ul><li>Blue Ocean Strategy by Renée Mauborgne and W. Chan Kim - Book</li><li>Obviously Awesome by April Dunford - Book</li></ul></li><li>Sales<ul><li>The Secret of Selling Anything by Harry Browne - Book</li></ul></li><li>Research<ul><li><a href="https://30x500.com/academy/">30x500 course </a>- teaches audience research and product development (services, too)</li></ul></li></ul><p><br><strong>2. Marketing</strong></p><ul><li>Copywriting and content marketing<ul><li><a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/">Psychotactics</a> has lots of great small and big courses on content, copy, and marketing strategy in general</li><li><a href="https://academy.hubspot.com/">HubSpot</a> has a lot of courses to learn at a high level about a lot of things</li></ul></li><li>Social media<ul><li><a href="https://www.davidtalas.com/instagrizzle-masterclass">Dave Talas Instagram Course</a> - I haven't taken it but it seems credible</li><li>Daniel Vassallo's <a href="https://gumroad.com/l/twitter-audience/1000">Everyone Can Build a Twitter Audience</a> course </li><li><a href="https://gumroad.com/l/twitter-audience/1000https://www.linkedin.com/learning/topics/social-media-marketing">LinkedIn Learning </a></li></ul></li><li>SEO<ul><li><a href="https://moz.com/training">Moz's training </a></li></ul></li><li>Google Ads<ul><li><a href="https://skillshop.exceedlms.com/student/catalog/browse">Google's Certifications</a></li></ul></li><li>Facebook Ads<ul><li><a href="https://www.facebook.com/business/learn/certification">Facebook Ads Certification</a></li></ul></li><li>Analytics<ul><li><a href="https://www.analyticscourse.net/">Analytics Course</a> by Jeffalytics</li><li><a href="https://www.annielytics.com/annielytics-dashboard-course/">Annielytics </a>Dashboard course (have not taken this)</li></ul></li><li>Email marketing<ul><li>If you want to learn MailChimp - <a href="https://chimpessentials.com/">Chimp Essentials</a></li><li>Email automation - <a href="https://createandsell.co/courses/mastering-convertkit">Mastering ConvertKit</a> (applies to CK but has a lot of great practices to learn for more advanced uses).</li><li><a href="https://tinylittlebusinesses.com/products/autoresponder-madness/">Autoresponder Madness</a> - I bought this bc some people I trust recommended it, but have not consumed it yet</li></ul></li><li>CRMs<ul><li>Hubspot Certifications</li><li>Salesforce Certifications</li><li>ActiveCampaign Certifications</li></ul></li></ul><p>I'll share more sources for continued education as I think about them or buy them in the future. </p><p><strong>Got any good recommendations? Leave a comment below!<br></strong><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>110. How to value the work you do</title>
      <itunes:title>110. How to value the work you do</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1cd51122-eadc-4c5b-b33d-67cfd727d591</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/110-how-to-value-the-work-you-do</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/110-how-to-value-the-work-you-do">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>When it comes to value, there are two ways to look at things:</p><ol><li>The value of the <em>expertise</em> you have/bring to the table</li><li>The lifetime business value of the <em>outcomes</em> you create</li></ol><p>In this episode, I break both of these down in an effort to help you understand the value at the table and also to keep it in mind when pricing your services.</p><p>The value of your work is not just the outcomes you deliver today, but the trajectory and foundation you build which lasts many years.</p><p>The value also comes from being able to hire you on demand instead of your clients needing to learn things themselves from scratch (a form of leverage).</p><p>There are many ways to think about the value you create for your clients, but these are two of the big ones.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know how you think about value around these topics.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/110-how-to-value-the-work-you-do">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>When it comes to value, there are two ways to look at things:</p><ol><li>The value of the <em>expertise</em> you have/bring to the table</li><li>The lifetime business value of the <em>outcomes</em> you create</li></ol><p>In this episode, I break both of these down in an effort to help you understand the value at the table and also to keep it in mind when pricing your services.</p><p>The value of your work is not just the outcomes you deliver today, but the trajectory and foundation you build which lasts many years.</p><p>The value also comes from being able to hire you on demand instead of your clients needing to learn things themselves from scratch (a form of leverage).</p><p>There are many ways to think about the value you create for your clients, but these are two of the big ones.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know how you think about value around these topics.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Mar 2021 14:36:05 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/543ad742/01beefd1.mp3" length="11882305" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>493</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/110-how-to-value-the-work-you-do">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>When it comes to value, there are two ways to look at things:</p><ol><li>The value of the <em>expertise</em> you have/bring to the table</li><li>The lifetime business value of the <em>outcomes</em> you create</li></ol><p>In this episode, I break both of these down in an effort to help you understand the value at the table and also to keep it in mind when pricing your services.</p><p>The value of your work is not just the outcomes you deliver today, but the trajectory and foundation you build which lasts many years.</p><p>The value also comes from being able to hire you on demand instead of your clients needing to learn things themselves from scratch (a form of leverage).</p><p>There are many ways to think about the value you create for your clients, but these are two of the big ones.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know how you think about value around these topics.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>109. The benefits of writing and publishing daily</title>
      <itunes:title>109. The benefits of writing and publishing daily</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">adcf515c-025c-4445-b327-8f6cd4585a75</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/109-the-benefits-of-writing-and-publishing-daily</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/109-the-benefits-of-writing-and-publishing-daily">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Have you ever considered writing a daily blog?</p><p>In this episode, I break down some of the main reasons why I do it (and have done for 120 days in a row so far on kevin.me) and why you might consider doing so, too.</p><p><strong>Some of the main reasons include:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Clarifying your ideas to make them better</li><li>Creating a body of work that becomes interconnected on your blog</li><li>Building credibility by sharing your expertise</li><li>Increasing surface area and marketing gravity</li><li>Creates the building blocks for your Methodology</li><li>It makes you more "remarkable" and rare</li></ol><p><br>There are many more reasons to write daily. If you're going to do it, be sure to keep things short and sweet. Otherwise it will burn you and your readers out.</p><p>If you're up for a daily writing channel, let me know and I'll open a private section in this group for daily motivation and feedback.</p><p>Cheers!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/109-the-benefits-of-writing-and-publishing-daily">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Have you ever considered writing a daily blog?</p><p>In this episode, I break down some of the main reasons why I do it (and have done for 120 days in a row so far on kevin.me) and why you might consider doing so, too.</p><p><strong>Some of the main reasons include:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Clarifying your ideas to make them better</li><li>Creating a body of work that becomes interconnected on your blog</li><li>Building credibility by sharing your expertise</li><li>Increasing surface area and marketing gravity</li><li>Creates the building blocks for your Methodology</li><li>It makes you more "remarkable" and rare</li></ol><p><br>There are many more reasons to write daily. If you're going to do it, be sure to keep things short and sweet. Otherwise it will burn you and your readers out.</p><p>If you're up for a daily writing channel, let me know and I'll open a private section in this group for daily motivation and feedback.</p><p>Cheers!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 14:09:59 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/828d3d4f/45c09366.mp3" length="16020133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>665</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/109-the-benefits-of-writing-and-publishing-daily">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Have you ever considered writing a daily blog?</p><p>In this episode, I break down some of the main reasons why I do it (and have done for 120 days in a row so far on kevin.me) and why you might consider doing so, too.</p><p><strong>Some of the main reasons include:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Clarifying your ideas to make them better</li><li>Creating a body of work that becomes interconnected on your blog</li><li>Building credibility by sharing your expertise</li><li>Increasing surface area and marketing gravity</li><li>Creates the building blocks for your Methodology</li><li>It makes you more "remarkable" and rare</li></ol><p><br>There are many more reasons to write daily. If you're going to do it, be sure to keep things short and sweet. Otherwise it will burn you and your readers out.</p><p>If you're up for a daily writing channel, let me know and I'll open a private section in this group for daily motivation and feedback.</p><p>Cheers!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>108. What to do when a client needs results ASAP</title>
      <itunes:title>108. What to do when a client needs results ASAP</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a4a9da4e-e5c9-4d12-9b20-f818eeb1b2ee</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/108-what-to-do-when-a-client-needs-results-asap</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/108-what-to-do-when-a-client-needs-results-asap">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>What do you do when your client needs results ASAP?</p><p>Or when you have a prospect who has no momentum with their marketing program but expects big things in year one?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about setting expectations around the speed marketing should work at. </p><p>I talk about what clients to say no to and when to educate them on the big picture.</p><p>I also touch on how your job is to build a marketing <em>system</em> for your clients using your <em>methodology. </em>And that takes time.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/108-what-to-do-when-a-client-needs-results-asap">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>What do you do when your client needs results ASAP?</p><p>Or when you have a prospect who has no momentum with their marketing program but expects big things in year one?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about setting expectations around the speed marketing should work at. </p><p>I talk about what clients to say no to and when to educate them on the big picture.</p><p>I also touch on how your job is to build a marketing <em>system</em> for your clients using your <em>methodology. </em>And that takes time.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Mar 2021 13:23:57 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e9a4d261/4170a7b6.mp3" length="10741307" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>445</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/108-what-to-do-when-a-client-needs-results-asap">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br>What do you do when your client needs results ASAP?</p><p>Or when you have a prospect who has no momentum with their marketing program but expects big things in year one?</p><p>In this episode, I talk about setting expectations around the speed marketing should work at. </p><p>I talk about what clients to say no to and when to educate them on the big picture.</p><p>I also touch on how your job is to build a marketing <em>system</em> for your clients using your <em>methodology. </em>And that takes time.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>107. How to help your clients hire a marketing manager</title>
      <itunes:title>107. How to help your clients hire a marketing manager</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cdd4bc4f-fc34-4780-b562-083f47db3266</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/107-how-to-help-your-clients-hire-a-marketing-manager</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/107-how-to-help-your-clients-hire-a-marketing-manager">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>If you're in a marketing strategy/advisory role, you'll inevitably be called to ask to help hire someone in-house, whether it be a marketing manager, content person, or something else.</p><p><strong>Here's my general approach for helping clients find the right candidate.</strong></p><ol><li>Provide a sample job description<ul><li>Ideally, you have a template you can use. Otherwise, you can find a few similar job descriptions in the wild and send it to them to prepare a draft.</li></ul></li><li>Explain the few things that matter most for the position<ul><li>Written communication skills</li><li>Attention to detail</li><li>Similar experience</li></ul></li><li>Publish jobs on Indeed and LinkedIn</li><li>Ask them to create a short list of resumes to review together and reduce down to a small handful to interview</li><li>Once they've interviewed people, see who they feel is the best fit</li><li>Suggest doing a paid trial project or period<ul><li>Project manager - two week paid trial</li><li>Markeitng manager - audit the marketing and suggest ways you'd seek to improve things</li><li>Writer - give them a brief, get them to audit the current content marketing and propose ideas, create a draft article + social media posts for them</li></ul></li></ol><p><br>The key part of all of this is the trial. I've seen a lot of people who look good on paper and end up being terrible hires. </p><p>The thing is, you never know who's going to be good until you work with them. Get them to do either a trial project or work for two weeks and see if it's a mutual fit.</p><p>Hire right, not twice!</p><p>Have you hired before and done things differently? Any insight to share? Let me know in the comments below!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/107-how-to-help-your-clients-hire-a-marketing-manager">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>If you're in a marketing strategy/advisory role, you'll inevitably be called to ask to help hire someone in-house, whether it be a marketing manager, content person, or something else.</p><p><strong>Here's my general approach for helping clients find the right candidate.</strong></p><ol><li>Provide a sample job description<ul><li>Ideally, you have a template you can use. Otherwise, you can find a few similar job descriptions in the wild and send it to them to prepare a draft.</li></ul></li><li>Explain the few things that matter most for the position<ul><li>Written communication skills</li><li>Attention to detail</li><li>Similar experience</li></ul></li><li>Publish jobs on Indeed and LinkedIn</li><li>Ask them to create a short list of resumes to review together and reduce down to a small handful to interview</li><li>Once they've interviewed people, see who they feel is the best fit</li><li>Suggest doing a paid trial project or period<ul><li>Project manager - two week paid trial</li><li>Markeitng manager - audit the marketing and suggest ways you'd seek to improve things</li><li>Writer - give them a brief, get them to audit the current content marketing and propose ideas, create a draft article + social media posts for them</li></ul></li></ol><p><br>The key part of all of this is the trial. I've seen a lot of people who look good on paper and end up being terrible hires. </p><p>The thing is, you never know who's going to be good until you work with them. Get them to do either a trial project or work for two weeks and see if it's a mutual fit.</p><p>Hire right, not twice!</p><p>Have you hired before and done things differently? Any insight to share? Let me know in the comments below!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Mar 2021 09:46:44 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/0824bcba/6d50d14d.mp3" length="21156026" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>879</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/107-how-to-help-your-clients-hire-a-marketing-manager">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>If you're in a marketing strategy/advisory role, you'll inevitably be called to ask to help hire someone in-house, whether it be a marketing manager, content person, or something else.</p><p><strong>Here's my general approach for helping clients find the right candidate.</strong></p><ol><li>Provide a sample job description<ul><li>Ideally, you have a template you can use. Otherwise, you can find a few similar job descriptions in the wild and send it to them to prepare a draft.</li></ul></li><li>Explain the few things that matter most for the position<ul><li>Written communication skills</li><li>Attention to detail</li><li>Similar experience</li></ul></li><li>Publish jobs on Indeed and LinkedIn</li><li>Ask them to create a short list of resumes to review together and reduce down to a small handful to interview</li><li>Once they've interviewed people, see who they feel is the best fit</li><li>Suggest doing a paid trial project or period<ul><li>Project manager - two week paid trial</li><li>Markeitng manager - audit the marketing and suggest ways you'd seek to improve things</li><li>Writer - give them a brief, get them to audit the current content marketing and propose ideas, create a draft article + social media posts for them</li></ul></li></ol><p><br>The key part of all of this is the trial. I've seen a lot of people who look good on paper and end up being terrible hires. </p><p>The thing is, you never know who's going to be good until you work with them. Get them to do either a trial project or work for two weeks and see if it's a mutual fit.</p><p>Hire right, not twice!</p><p>Have you hired before and done things differently? Any insight to share? Let me know in the comments below!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>106. How to know when to drop your prices (or not)</title>
      <itunes:title>106. How to know when to drop your prices (or not)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8fd42cc0-48c4-4b37-9f27-6fd082804559</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/106-how-to-know-when-to-drop-your-prices-or-not</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/106-how-to-know-when-to-drop-your-prices-or-not">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/105-how-to-change-your-prices-with-current-clients">Last episode</a>, I talked about how I changed the price and scope up and down for a few different clients recently. </p><p>One thing I didn't get into is when to drop your price and when <em>not </em> to drop your price.</p><p>There's a few situation when I might drop the price:</p><ol><li>When the scope changes significnatly</li><li>When the value changes significantly (at which time I try to change scope, too)</li><li>When you have a great client who has given you lots of profitable work in the past, they're easy to work with, and it feels like the right thing to do</li></ol><p><br>I never drop my clients to new prospects who simply ask for a straight discount (red flag), nor do I drop my prices for clients who are not living up to their end of the bargain on the implementation side of things (which impacts value).</p><p>At the end of the day, like I wrote about yesterday, you don't want to be the cheap consultant. You want to be the best consultant for people who need and <em>value</em> your work the most.</p><p>Otherwise you'll be spread too thin and won't be able to do the necessary groundwork needed to get them actual results.</p><p>Do you drop your prices in any other situations? Hit reply and let me know!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/106-how-to-know-when-to-drop-your-prices-or-not">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/105-how-to-change-your-prices-with-current-clients">Last episode</a>, I talked about how I changed the price and scope up and down for a few different clients recently. </p><p>One thing I didn't get into is when to drop your price and when <em>not </em> to drop your price.</p><p>There's a few situation when I might drop the price:</p><ol><li>When the scope changes significnatly</li><li>When the value changes significantly (at which time I try to change scope, too)</li><li>When you have a great client who has given you lots of profitable work in the past, they're easy to work with, and it feels like the right thing to do</li></ol><p><br>I never drop my clients to new prospects who simply ask for a straight discount (red flag), nor do I drop my prices for clients who are not living up to their end of the bargain on the implementation side of things (which impacts value).</p><p>At the end of the day, like I wrote about yesterday, you don't want to be the cheap consultant. You want to be the best consultant for people who need and <em>value</em> your work the most.</p><p>Otherwise you'll be spread too thin and won't be able to do the necessary groundwork needed to get them actual results.</p><p>Do you drop your prices in any other situations? Hit reply and let me know!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Feb 2021 14:42:14 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/2d3e6788/22ab971b.mp3" length="8530097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>353</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/106-how-to-know-when-to-drop-your-prices-or-not">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></a><br><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/105-how-to-change-your-prices-with-current-clients">Last episode</a>, I talked about how I changed the price and scope up and down for a few different clients recently. </p><p>One thing I didn't get into is when to drop your price and when <em>not </em> to drop your price.</p><p>There's a few situation when I might drop the price:</p><ol><li>When the scope changes significnatly</li><li>When the value changes significantly (at which time I try to change scope, too)</li><li>When you have a great client who has given you lots of profitable work in the past, they're easy to work with, and it feels like the right thing to do</li></ol><p><br>I never drop my clients to new prospects who simply ask for a straight discount (red flag), nor do I drop my prices for clients who are not living up to their end of the bargain on the implementation side of things (which impacts value).</p><p>At the end of the day, like I wrote about yesterday, you don't want to be the cheap consultant. You want to be the best consultant for people who need and <em>value</em> your work the most.</p><p>Otherwise you'll be spread too thin and won't be able to do the necessary groundwork needed to get them actual results.</p><p>Do you drop your prices in any other situations? Hit reply and let me know!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>105. How to change your prices with current clients</title>
      <itunes:title>105. How to change your prices with current clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a8b22077-42cd-465b-b4d6-161a249b453a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/105-how-to-change-your-prices-with-current-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/105-how-to-change-your-prices-with-current-clients"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>There comes a time when you need to change prices with your current clients.</p><p>For me, it happens a lot when I work with them for a long time. The value changes over time.</p><p>And that's the key part here: <em>value</em>. </p><p>In most cases, I find new ways to create value instead of reducing my rates. I ask questions about goals and needs.<br> <br>But in many cases still, the value decreases once I get all the hard parts of the systems and strategies in place. And with that, it makes sense to have the talk.</p><p>I try to check in with my clients often, but especially when I intuit that either I'm doing way too much or not providing a clear enough value equation for them.</p><p>If you're not sure, the best thing to do is ask what the goals are and the impact of those goals will be so you can continue making a business case for the work you'e doing. </p><p>I like to pre-empt these conversations as much as possible and suggest new rates or new scopes proactively whenever possible. </p><p>The last thing you want to do is be stuck doing too much work or not feeling like you're adding enough value for your clients. When that happens, it's better to air your thoughts and make proactive adjustments to keep your work aligned with their needs and goals. </p><p>Ultimately, doing this means taking a long-term view. It's about them, not you. And when you put your clients first, you always get the most mutual value out of the relationship.</p><p>Listen in for some more context and a few specific examples of changes I've made this month.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/105-how-to-change-your-prices-with-current-clients"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>There comes a time when you need to change prices with your current clients.</p><p>For me, it happens a lot when I work with them for a long time. The value changes over time.</p><p>And that's the key part here: <em>value</em>. </p><p>In most cases, I find new ways to create value instead of reducing my rates. I ask questions about goals and needs.<br> <br>But in many cases still, the value decreases once I get all the hard parts of the systems and strategies in place. And with that, it makes sense to have the talk.</p><p>I try to check in with my clients often, but especially when I intuit that either I'm doing way too much or not providing a clear enough value equation for them.</p><p>If you're not sure, the best thing to do is ask what the goals are and the impact of those goals will be so you can continue making a business case for the work you'e doing. </p><p>I like to pre-empt these conversations as much as possible and suggest new rates or new scopes proactively whenever possible. </p><p>The last thing you want to do is be stuck doing too much work or not feeling like you're adding enough value for your clients. When that happens, it's better to air your thoughts and make proactive adjustments to keep your work aligned with their needs and goals. </p><p>Ultimately, doing this means taking a long-term view. It's about them, not you. And when you put your clients first, you always get the most mutual value out of the relationship.</p><p>Listen in for some more context and a few specific examples of changes I've made this month.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Feb 2021 12:27:35 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ef5fffcb/d5ea27b3.mp3" length="21690798" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>902</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/105-how-to-change-your-prices-with-current-clients"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>There comes a time when you need to change prices with your current clients.</p><p>For me, it happens a lot when I work with them for a long time. The value changes over time.</p><p>And that's the key part here: <em>value</em>. </p><p>In most cases, I find new ways to create value instead of reducing my rates. I ask questions about goals and needs.<br> <br>But in many cases still, the value decreases once I get all the hard parts of the systems and strategies in place. And with that, it makes sense to have the talk.</p><p>I try to check in with my clients often, but especially when I intuit that either I'm doing way too much or not providing a clear enough value equation for them.</p><p>If you're not sure, the best thing to do is ask what the goals are and the impact of those goals will be so you can continue making a business case for the work you'e doing. </p><p>I like to pre-empt these conversations as much as possible and suggest new rates or new scopes proactively whenever possible. </p><p>The last thing you want to do is be stuck doing too much work or not feeling like you're adding enough value for your clients. When that happens, it's better to air your thoughts and make proactive adjustments to keep your work aligned with their needs and goals. </p><p>Ultimately, doing this means taking a long-term view. It's about them, not you. And when you put your clients first, you always get the most mutual value out of the relationship.</p><p>Listen in for some more context and a few specific examples of changes I've made this month.</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>104. How to keep an active waiting list when you are fully booked</title>
      <itunes:title>104. How to keep an active waiting list when you are fully booked</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">009f95ac-6419-47fa-a010-9b1822ce6200</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/104-how-to-keep-an-active-waiting-list-when-you-are-fully-booked</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/104-how-to-keep-an-active-waiting-list-when-you-are-fully-booked">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Are you fully booked? When it happens, what do you do?</p><p>Do you refer work away or put clients on a waiting list?</p><p>Mark had a great question last week:</p>Any advice on managing prospects when you're at full capacity? What's a good strategy to keep a customer in your pipeline. Ideally, they're willing to wait until you can take them on. <p><br>The answer is bigger than simply having a waiting list or not.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How limited availability helps create scarcity and therefore higher rates</li><li>How serving a niche market can help you create group programs and training products that serve as temporary solutions while they wait</li><li>Why it might be time to raise your rates if you're in high demand (you can always change them back later)</li><li>Why  it might be time too say goodbye to old, non-ideal, lower-fee clients might not be</li><li>When to use one-off or recurring strategy calls to get the client started while they wait for your full attention</li><li>When to consider doing a one-time project (higher fees) as time permits to kick things off while they wait for your ongoing support</li><li>How to start trying to create more leverage to help more people down the road</li></ul><p><br></p><p>At the end of the day, how well you're positioned will determine whether you're interchangeable or whether you can command a waiting list when you get busy. By having a niche focus and rare specializations, you can create that waiting list demand as well as develop training, education, and group programs to continue creating more leverage around your knowledge. </p><p>Good positioning is the lever that makes the rest of your business more profitable and impactful. Keep going!</p><p>Hope this helps!</p><p>-k</p><p>P.S. Got a question you'd like an audio response to? Leave it in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question"><strong>Ask a Question</strong></a> channel and I'll add you to the queue!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/104-how-to-keep-an-active-waiting-list-when-you-are-fully-booked">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Are you fully booked? When it happens, what do you do?</p><p>Do you refer work away or put clients on a waiting list?</p><p>Mark had a great question last week:</p>Any advice on managing prospects when you're at full capacity? What's a good strategy to keep a customer in your pipeline. Ideally, they're willing to wait until you can take them on. <p><br>The answer is bigger than simply having a waiting list or not.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How limited availability helps create scarcity and therefore higher rates</li><li>How serving a niche market can help you create group programs and training products that serve as temporary solutions while they wait</li><li>Why it might be time to raise your rates if you're in high demand (you can always change them back later)</li><li>Why  it might be time too say goodbye to old, non-ideal, lower-fee clients might not be</li><li>When to use one-off or recurring strategy calls to get the client started while they wait for your full attention</li><li>When to consider doing a one-time project (higher fees) as time permits to kick things off while they wait for your ongoing support</li><li>How to start trying to create more leverage to help more people down the road</li></ul><p><br></p><p>At the end of the day, how well you're positioned will determine whether you're interchangeable or whether you can command a waiting list when you get busy. By having a niche focus and rare specializations, you can create that waiting list demand as well as develop training, education, and group programs to continue creating more leverage around your knowledge. </p><p>Good positioning is the lever that makes the rest of your business more profitable and impactful. Keep going!</p><p>Hope this helps!</p><p>-k</p><p>P.S. Got a question you'd like an audio response to? Leave it in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question"><strong>Ask a Question</strong></a> channel and I'll add you to the queue!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Feb 2021 12:53:09 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/134d7e6e/fd658562.mp3" length="15057187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>625</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/104-how-to-keep-an-active-waiting-list-when-you-are-fully-booked">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>Are you fully booked? When it happens, what do you do?</p><p>Do you refer work away or put clients on a waiting list?</p><p>Mark had a great question last week:</p>Any advice on managing prospects when you're at full capacity? What's a good strategy to keep a customer in your pipeline. Ideally, they're willing to wait until you can take them on. <p><br>The answer is bigger than simply having a waiting list or not.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk about things like:</strong></p><ul><li>How limited availability helps create scarcity and therefore higher rates</li><li>How serving a niche market can help you create group programs and training products that serve as temporary solutions while they wait</li><li>Why it might be time to raise your rates if you're in high demand (you can always change them back later)</li><li>Why  it might be time too say goodbye to old, non-ideal, lower-fee clients might not be</li><li>When to use one-off or recurring strategy calls to get the client started while they wait for your full attention</li><li>When to consider doing a one-time project (higher fees) as time permits to kick things off while they wait for your ongoing support</li><li>How to start trying to create more leverage to help more people down the road</li></ul><p><br></p><p>At the end of the day, how well you're positioned will determine whether you're interchangeable or whether you can command a waiting list when you get busy. By having a niche focus and rare specializations, you can create that waiting list demand as well as develop training, education, and group programs to continue creating more leverage around your knowledge. </p><p>Good positioning is the lever that makes the rest of your business more profitable and impactful. Keep going!</p><p>Hope this helps!</p><p>-k</p><p>P.S. Got a question you'd like an audio response to? Leave it in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question"><strong>Ask a Question</strong></a> channel and I'll add you to the queue!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>103. How to sell your system—not your process</title>
      <itunes:title>103. How to sell your system—not your process</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cf38a739-4632-4484-88a9-dd39bb1835a5</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/103-how-to-sell-your-system-not-your-process</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/103-how-to-sell-your-system-not-your"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Do you find yourself selling the <em>way you work</em> instead of <em>what the client gets</em> at the end of it? </p><p>As marketers, we have a tendency to describe and sell our <em>approach</em> to solving client challenges, not necessarily the systems they'll use to run things later on.</p><p>And as important as that I, most people care less about how you approach your work and more about how their marketing program will be different after you're gone. </p><p>That's the transformation you're selling as a marketing consultant: it's a new way of doing things that helps get predictable results.</p><p>That's the <em>asset</em> they're buying. </p><p>In this episode, I'll explore the nuances and explain in more detail what that means.</p><p>-kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/103-how-to-sell-your-system-not-your"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Do you find yourself selling the <em>way you work</em> instead of <em>what the client gets</em> at the end of it? </p><p>As marketers, we have a tendency to describe and sell our <em>approach</em> to solving client challenges, not necessarily the systems they'll use to run things later on.</p><p>And as important as that I, most people care less about how you approach your work and more about how their marketing program will be different after you're gone. </p><p>That's the transformation you're selling as a marketing consultant: it's a new way of doing things that helps get predictable results.</p><p>That's the <em>asset</em> they're buying. </p><p>In this episode, I'll explore the nuances and explain in more detail what that means.</p><p>-kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 14:22:26 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/584a84e2/69295433.mp3" length="10170786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>422</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/103-how-to-sell-your-system-not-your"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Do you find yourself selling the <em>way you work</em> instead of <em>what the client gets</em> at the end of it? </p><p>As marketers, we have a tendency to describe and sell our <em>approach</em> to solving client challenges, not necessarily the systems they'll use to run things later on.</p><p>And as important as that I, most people care less about how you approach your work and more about how their marketing program will be different after you're gone. </p><p>That's the transformation you're selling as a marketing consultant: it's a new way of doing things that helps get predictable results.</p><p>That's the <em>asset</em> they're buying. </p><p>In this episode, I'll explore the nuances and explain in more detail what that means.</p><p>-kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>102. How to duplicate your best clients</title>
      <itunes:title>102. How to duplicate your best clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1d38cd78-8b37-4843-8659-e78acc15b1e9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/102-how-to-duplicate-your-best-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/102-how-to-duplicate-your-best-clients"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Here's a great topic for today's podcast episode from <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/ef738317?show_back_link=true">Mark Evans</a> in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question/one-customer">Submit a Question</a> channel:</p>I just signed a new client and have an interesting problem. It only has one customer, which has been been a customer for 13 years. Any thoughts on how to get insight into the software's value, etc. with such a small sample size?<p><br>In this episode, I cover ideas for figuring out the value proposition of the business based on <em>why</em> the customer buys, and ways to find more people who share a similar need or problem.</p><p>Tune in and let me know what you think below!</p><p>k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/102-how-to-duplicate-your-best-clients"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Here's a great topic for today's podcast episode from <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/ef738317?show_back_link=true">Mark Evans</a> in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question/one-customer">Submit a Question</a> channel:</p>I just signed a new client and have an interesting problem. It only has one customer, which has been been a customer for 13 years. Any thoughts on how to get insight into the software's value, etc. with such a small sample size?<p><br>In this episode, I cover ideas for figuring out the value proposition of the business based on <em>why</em> the customer buys, and ways to find more people who share a similar need or problem.</p><p>Tune in and let me know what you think below!</p><p>k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Feb 2021 13:50:09 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e19ecbc8/a94db428.mp3" length="16519156" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>686</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/102-how-to-duplicate-your-best-clients"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Here's a great topic for today's podcast episode from <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/u/ef738317?show_back_link=true">Mark Evans</a> in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question/one-customer">Submit a Question</a> channel:</p>I just signed a new client and have an interesting problem. It only has one customer, which has been been a customer for 13 years. Any thoughts on how to get insight into the software's value, etc. with such a small sample size?<p><br>In this episode, I cover ideas for figuring out the value proposition of the business based on <em>why</em> the customer buys, and ways to find more people who share a similar need or problem.</p><p>Tune in and let me know what you think below!</p><p>k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>101. The "Coinsorter" list of products and services</title>
      <itunes:title>101. The "Coinsorter" list of products and services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">82e53237-e9bd-4139-aff1-4f31e47ffa1f</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/101-the-coinsorter-list-of-products-and-services</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I was speaking with a coaching client today about creating a list of offerings that make it easy for all opportunities to fall into one predefined offer.</p><p>It's basically a reverse-product ladder. Instead of people ascending the ladder, they can jump in the middle and even <em>descend</em> over time.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the "coinsorter" list I recommend for marketing consultants, including:</p><ol><li>Fractional CMO</li><li>Advisory</li><li>Coaching</li><li>Group Programs</li><li>Fixed-Scope Engagements (audits, strategy, roadmaps, workshops)</li><li>Strategy Calls</li><li>Custom Projects (only as needed)</li><li>Products (info products, resources, etc.)</li></ol><p><br>Ideally, someone comes to you and you can easily guiide them to one or two options and still get an end result. </p><p>Custom engagements are always there, but you save a ton of time by having service offerings that balance specificity with a degree of looseness to allow wiggle room to get all kinds of results. </p><p>Give it a listen and tell me what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I was speaking with a coaching client today about creating a list of offerings that make it easy for all opportunities to fall into one predefined offer.</p><p>It's basically a reverse-product ladder. Instead of people ascending the ladder, they can jump in the middle and even <em>descend</em> over time.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the "coinsorter" list I recommend for marketing consultants, including:</p><ol><li>Fractional CMO</li><li>Advisory</li><li>Coaching</li><li>Group Programs</li><li>Fixed-Scope Engagements (audits, strategy, roadmaps, workshops)</li><li>Strategy Calls</li><li>Custom Projects (only as needed)</li><li>Products (info products, resources, etc.)</li></ol><p><br>Ideally, someone comes to you and you can easily guiide them to one or two options and still get an end result. </p><p>Custom engagements are always there, but you save a ton of time by having service offerings that balance specificity with a degree of looseness to allow wiggle room to get all kinds of results. </p><p>Give it a listen and tell me what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Feb 2021 13:30:16 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e8ef0a82/09bc37e5.mp3" length="34376278" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1073</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I was speaking with a coaching client today about creating a list of offerings that make it easy for all opportunities to fall into one predefined offer.</p><p>It's basically a reverse-product ladder. Instead of people ascending the ladder, they can jump in the middle and even <em>descend</em> over time.</p><p>In this episode, I break down the "coinsorter" list I recommend for marketing consultants, including:</p><ol><li>Fractional CMO</li><li>Advisory</li><li>Coaching</li><li>Group Programs</li><li>Fixed-Scope Engagements (audits, strategy, roadmaps, workshops)</li><li>Strategy Calls</li><li>Custom Projects (only as needed)</li><li>Products (info products, resources, etc.)</li></ol><p><br>Ideally, someone comes to you and you can easily guiide them to one or two options and still get an end result. </p><p>Custom engagements are always there, but you save a ton of time by having service offerings that balance specificity with a degree of looseness to allow wiggle room to get all kinds of results. </p><p>Give it a listen and tell me what you think!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>100. Only do it if you're willing to do it 100 times</title>
      <itunes:title>100. Only do it if you're willing to do it 100 times</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a7594b60-1759-4a9c-b1e6-955b6887cfc7</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/100-only-do-it-if-youre-willing-to-do-it-100-times</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/100-only-do-it-if-you-re-willing-to-do-it-100-times">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p><br></p><p>Welcome to the 100th episode of the <a href="https://mindshare.fm/"><strong>Mindshare Mentorship</strong></a> podcast.</p><p><br></p><p>In very meta fashion, I want to share an idea originally coined by <a href="https://twitter.com/jspector"><strong>Josh Spector</strong></a>, a friend who helps creators create, promote, and profit from their creations. </p><p><br></p><p>He wrote an article back in 2018 called <a href="https://medium.com/an-idea-for-you/only-do-it-if-youre-willing-to-do-it-100-times-506a564798ca%5C"><strong>Only Do It If You're Willing To Do It 100 Times</strong></a>. </p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down his idea and encourage you to take his advice when venturing into a new niche or project.</p><p><br></p><p>The simple act of committing to doing whatever you're trying to do 100 times enables you to avoid projects that aren't a fit, think long term, adapt what you're doing, gain control over what you can actually control, and push through the resistance (<a href="https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1591841666/permissionmarket/ref=nosim/"><strong>The Dip</strong></a>) you'll inevitably experience. </p><p><br></p><p>Give this one a listen and tell me if it resonates with you!</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/100-only-do-it-if-you-re-willing-to-do-it-100-times">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p><br></p><p>Welcome to the 100th episode of the <a href="https://mindshare.fm/"><strong>Mindshare Mentorship</strong></a> podcast.</p><p><br></p><p>In very meta fashion, I want to share an idea originally coined by <a href="https://twitter.com/jspector"><strong>Josh Spector</strong></a>, a friend who helps creators create, promote, and profit from their creations. </p><p><br></p><p>He wrote an article back in 2018 called <a href="https://medium.com/an-idea-for-you/only-do-it-if-youre-willing-to-do-it-100-times-506a564798ca%5C"><strong>Only Do It If You're Willing To Do It 100 Times</strong></a>. </p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down his idea and encourage you to take his advice when venturing into a new niche or project.</p><p><br></p><p>The simple act of committing to doing whatever you're trying to do 100 times enables you to avoid projects that aren't a fit, think long term, adapt what you're doing, gain control over what you can actually control, and push through the resistance (<a href="https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1591841666/permissionmarket/ref=nosim/"><strong>The Dip</strong></a>) you'll inevitably experience. </p><p><br></p><p>Give this one a listen and tell me if it resonates with you!</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Feb 2021 14:06:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cae78aae/d25c2702.mp3" length="17351966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>540</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/100-only-do-it-if-you-re-willing-to-do-it-100-times">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p><br></p><p>Welcome to the 100th episode of the <a href="https://mindshare.fm/"><strong>Mindshare Mentorship</strong></a> podcast.</p><p><br></p><p>In very meta fashion, I want to share an idea originally coined by <a href="https://twitter.com/jspector"><strong>Josh Spector</strong></a>, a friend who helps creators create, promote, and profit from their creations. </p><p><br></p><p>He wrote an article back in 2018 called <a href="https://medium.com/an-idea-for-you/only-do-it-if-youre-willing-to-do-it-100-times-506a564798ca%5C"><strong>Only Do It If You're Willing To Do It 100 Times</strong></a>. </p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down his idea and encourage you to take his advice when venturing into a new niche or project.</p><p><br></p><p>The simple act of committing to doing whatever you're trying to do 100 times enables you to avoid projects that aren't a fit, think long term, adapt what you're doing, gain control over what you can actually control, and push through the resistance (<a href="https://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1591841666/permissionmarket/ref=nosim/"><strong>The Dip</strong></a>) you'll inevitably experience. </p><p><br></p><p>Give this one a listen and tell me if it resonates with you!</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>99. Managing scope, red flags, and handling difficult client situations</title>
      <itunes:title>99. Managing scope, red flags, and handling difficult client situations</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1301fe36-7e78-4984-a0cd-7d22bb9de64c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/managing-scope-red-flags-and-handling-difficult-client-situations</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/99-managing-scope-red-flags-and-handling-difficult-client-situations">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>This episode is in response to the story shared by 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/6ccdf231?show_back_link=true">
    Michel Fortin
  </a>
  

 in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/a-share-a-rant-and-a-suggestion">#general channel</a> about how to handle difficult client situations, scope, and spotting red flags before they happen.</p><p>If you're in business long enough, you'll eventually run into people who aren't happy about something. Sometimes it's about you, often it has very little to do with you in the first place. </p><p>But regardless of the situation, it's your job as a professional to own the problem, look for ways to make it right, and prevent it from happening again in the future.</p><p>The gist of the questions are below, but read the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/a-share-a-rant-and-a-suggestion">full post</a> for the full picture:</p>So my two questions/suggestions are these:<p> 1) How do you sell expertise (i.e., head, not hands) <em>after</em> a client has purchased from you? Particularly a roadmapping service where you are not tied to the implementation but the results of which are? </p><p>I'm sure proposals/contracts can clearly delineate the deliverables vs expectations. But I don't want to be so specific that I need to create long contracts to prevent every situational nuance.</p><p>2) How do you define "red flags" before a roadmapping phase? What do you do to find them (and how do you weigh them against your decision)?</p><p>My guess is something like the "why conversation" that Stark talks about would help. The problem is, people who hire marketing experts like us may be desperate and broke, or become nitpicky micromanagers.</p><p>But sometimes, these things don't show up in initial conversations.</p><p>I wonder if an application process might be good? Do you use one? I know you (Kevin) said you go in blind like in <em>Getting Naked</em>. I charge for the exploration, too, which is roadmapping. But do you do some prequalification?</p><p>I'm open to suggestions. </p><p><br>Give this a listen and tell me what works for you in similar situations, we'd all like to know!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/99-managing-scope-red-flags-and-handling-difficult-client-situations">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>This episode is in response to the story shared by 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/6ccdf231?show_back_link=true">
    Michel Fortin
  </a>
  

 in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/a-share-a-rant-and-a-suggestion">#general channel</a> about how to handle difficult client situations, scope, and spotting red flags before they happen.</p><p>If you're in business long enough, you'll eventually run into people who aren't happy about something. Sometimes it's about you, often it has very little to do with you in the first place. </p><p>But regardless of the situation, it's your job as a professional to own the problem, look for ways to make it right, and prevent it from happening again in the future.</p><p>The gist of the questions are below, but read the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/a-share-a-rant-and-a-suggestion">full post</a> for the full picture:</p>So my two questions/suggestions are these:<p> 1) How do you sell expertise (i.e., head, not hands) <em>after</em> a client has purchased from you? Particularly a roadmapping service where you are not tied to the implementation but the results of which are? </p><p>I'm sure proposals/contracts can clearly delineate the deliverables vs expectations. But I don't want to be so specific that I need to create long contracts to prevent every situational nuance.</p><p>2) How do you define "red flags" before a roadmapping phase? What do you do to find them (and how do you weigh them against your decision)?</p><p>My guess is something like the "why conversation" that Stark talks about would help. The problem is, people who hire marketing experts like us may be desperate and broke, or become nitpicky micromanagers.</p><p>But sometimes, these things don't show up in initial conversations.</p><p>I wonder if an application process might be good? Do you use one? I know you (Kevin) said you go in blind like in <em>Getting Naked</em>. I charge for the exploration, too, which is roadmapping. But do you do some prequalification?</p><p>I'm open to suggestions. </p><p><br>Give this a listen and tell me what works for you in similar situations, we'd all like to know!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2021 14:22:29 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a25cb022/b2ac2d1e.mp3" length="34855478" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1087</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/99-managing-scope-red-flags-and-handling-difficult-client-situations">&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</a></p><p>This episode is in response to the story shared by 
  <a class="mention__name" href="/u/6ccdf231?show_back_link=true">
    Michel Fortin
  </a>
  

 in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/a-share-a-rant-and-a-suggestion">#general channel</a> about how to handle difficult client situations, scope, and spotting red flags before they happen.</p><p>If you're in business long enough, you'll eventually run into people who aren't happy about something. Sometimes it's about you, often it has very little to do with you in the first place. </p><p>But regardless of the situation, it's your job as a professional to own the problem, look for ways to make it right, and prevent it from happening again in the future.</p><p>The gist of the questions are below, but read the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/a-share-a-rant-and-a-suggestion">full post</a> for the full picture:</p>So my two questions/suggestions are these:<p> 1) How do you sell expertise (i.e., head, not hands) <em>after</em> a client has purchased from you? Particularly a roadmapping service where you are not tied to the implementation but the results of which are? </p><p>I'm sure proposals/contracts can clearly delineate the deliverables vs expectations. But I don't want to be so specific that I need to create long contracts to prevent every situational nuance.</p><p>2) How do you define "red flags" before a roadmapping phase? What do you do to find them (and how do you weigh them against your decision)?</p><p>My guess is something like the "why conversation" that Stark talks about would help. The problem is, people who hire marketing experts like us may be desperate and broke, or become nitpicky micromanagers.</p><p>But sometimes, these things don't show up in initial conversations.</p><p>I wonder if an application process might be good? Do you use one? I know you (Kevin) said you go in blind like in <em>Getting Naked</em>. I charge for the exploration, too, which is roadmapping. But do you do some prequalification?</p><p>I'm open to suggestions. </p><p><br>Give this a listen and tell me what works for you in similar situations, we'd all like to know!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>98. How to take a one month vacation when you have a roster of monthly retainer clients</title>
      <itunes:title>98. How to take a one month vacation when you have a roster of monthly retainer clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">545d9f48-113f-46a0-bf27-8f579317c345</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/98-how-to-take-a-one-month-vacation-when-you-have-a-roster-of-monthly-retainer-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/here-s-a-good-question-from-mark"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Here's a good question from Mark about taking a one month vacation when you have a full roster of monthly retainer clients:</p>For most of us, it's been all work, all the time since last March. My wife suggested that I take a month off (July) in the summer. It would be great to unplug.<p>Any thoughts on how to do that when you have a roster of clients that you work with on a regular basis?</p><p>The high level summary includes:</p><ol><li>Splitting the month (i.e. going 15th to 15th) to avoid one complete missing invoicing/service period and therefore charging full rates. Or go 3 weeks to make it easier to do that.</li><li>Prepare in advance and have things lined up so the client is able to run with things without you—or with minimal input from you while away.</li><li>Manage expectations early and often with your clients. Tell them early and often that you plan to be away, how you'll handle it, and what it means.</li><li>Be prepared to do extra work leading up to and returning from your break (i.e. more calls with your clients/their suppliers, etc.)</li><li>See if you can do some check-in calls mid-break (contained to a day or two) and/or be available to answer <em>emergency</em> or time-sensitive emails with some expected delay</li><li>If you can't do many of these, you might need to offer a partial refund. Remember, the value you charge for is not based on hours or individual weeks. It's based on creating a transition into a better situation for your clients. How you do that is up to you. So don't nickel and dime it into hours or weeks. </li></ol><p><br>I've gone on multi-week breaks before and it hasn't been an issue. A month is a long time so do what feels right at the end of the day.</p><p>Hope this helps! </p><p>Bye for now.</p><p>Kevin</p><p>P.S. Remember to submit your questions if you'd like an audio response in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question">Submit a Question</a> channel. :)</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/here-s-a-good-question-from-mark"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Here's a good question from Mark about taking a one month vacation when you have a full roster of monthly retainer clients:</p>For most of us, it's been all work, all the time since last March. My wife suggested that I take a month off (July) in the summer. It would be great to unplug.<p>Any thoughts on how to do that when you have a roster of clients that you work with on a regular basis?</p><p>The high level summary includes:</p><ol><li>Splitting the month (i.e. going 15th to 15th) to avoid one complete missing invoicing/service period and therefore charging full rates. Or go 3 weeks to make it easier to do that.</li><li>Prepare in advance and have things lined up so the client is able to run with things without you—or with minimal input from you while away.</li><li>Manage expectations early and often with your clients. Tell them early and often that you plan to be away, how you'll handle it, and what it means.</li><li>Be prepared to do extra work leading up to and returning from your break (i.e. more calls with your clients/their suppliers, etc.)</li><li>See if you can do some check-in calls mid-break (contained to a day or two) and/or be available to answer <em>emergency</em> or time-sensitive emails with some expected delay</li><li>If you can't do many of these, you might need to offer a partial refund. Remember, the value you charge for is not based on hours or individual weeks. It's based on creating a transition into a better situation for your clients. How you do that is up to you. So don't nickel and dime it into hours or weeks. </li></ol><p><br>I've gone on multi-week breaks before and it hasn't been an issue. A month is a long time so do what feels right at the end of the day.</p><p>Hope this helps! </p><p>Bye for now.</p><p>Kevin</p><p>P.S. Remember to submit your questions if you'd like an audio response in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question">Submit a Question</a> channel. :)</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Feb 2021 14:42:03 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fbfa956a/4423efe2.mp3" length="13643064" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>425</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/here-s-a-good-question-from-mark"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Here's a good question from Mark about taking a one month vacation when you have a full roster of monthly retainer clients:</p>For most of us, it's been all work, all the time since last March. My wife suggested that I take a month off (July) in the summer. It would be great to unplug.<p>Any thoughts on how to do that when you have a roster of clients that you work with on a regular basis?</p><p>The high level summary includes:</p><ol><li>Splitting the month (i.e. going 15th to 15th) to avoid one complete missing invoicing/service period and therefore charging full rates. Or go 3 weeks to make it easier to do that.</li><li>Prepare in advance and have things lined up so the client is able to run with things without you—or with minimal input from you while away.</li><li>Manage expectations early and often with your clients. Tell them early and often that you plan to be away, how you'll handle it, and what it means.</li><li>Be prepared to do extra work leading up to and returning from your break (i.e. more calls with your clients/their suppliers, etc.)</li><li>See if you can do some check-in calls mid-break (contained to a day or two) and/or be available to answer <em>emergency</em> or time-sensitive emails with some expected delay</li><li>If you can't do many of these, you might need to offer a partial refund. Remember, the value you charge for is not based on hours or individual weeks. It's based on creating a transition into a better situation for your clients. How you do that is up to you. So don't nickel and dime it into hours or weeks. </li></ol><p><br>I've gone on multi-week breaks before and it hasn't been an issue. A month is a long time so do what feels right at the end of the day.</p><p>Hope this helps! </p><p>Bye for now.</p><p>Kevin</p><p>P.S. Remember to submit your questions if you'd like an audio response in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/submit-a-question">Submit a Question</a> channel. :)</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>97. How to price your productized consulting services based on value</title>
      <itunes:title>97. How to price your productized consulting services based on value</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a2126d20-66ad-4bc4-aa7c-96e1d655ed5d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/97-how-to-price-your-productized-consulting-services-based-on-value</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/97-how-to-price-your-productized-consulting-services-based-on-value"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Productized consulting is a great way to design your business in a way that is profitable and aligned with the effort you want to put into each engagement.</p><p>It's also easier for your prospects to buy, which means it's easier for you to sell.</p><p><em>What's not to love?</em></p><p><strong>In this episode, I break down the ways you can price your productized services in alignment with the value you create for your clients.</strong></p><p>We focus on four points:</p><p><strong>1. Business outcomes</strong></p><p>Value is determined by the business <em>outcomes </em>you create, not the work you put in. That's why it's so critical to understand and articulate the outcomes your clients want to accomplish, then build your services around achieving those.</p><p>Outcomes might include growth, retention, risk reduction, expansion of offerings, better visibility into numbers, systemization, hiring, or a whole host of other things individually or in combination.</p><p><strong>2. The context behind the goals</strong></p><p>In order to get a better picture of value based on business outcomes, you need to understand the context behind it. In other words, <em>why it matters</em>. </p><p>For example, your clients may want to grow, but maybe it's so they can raise more money or sell shares in the business at a better valuation.</p><p>Or maybe investors are getting angry because there is no visibility into the work marketing is doing. Maybe they want better reporting, systems, and processes.</p><p>The work you do may not even increase revenue, but it may reduce risk or ease tensions, which is worth much more than a few grand per month.</p><p>The context is a force multiplier for the value your work does. Understand why their goals matter to the bigger picture. </p><p><strong>3. Determining value </strong></p><p>Once you know the objectives, outcomes, and context behind them, you can begin to understand the value of the work you're doing.</p><p>Ideally you work with similar kinds of clients in a niche. That way, the value will be similar across the different companies you work with (of similar sizes/stages), which makes it easier to package productized consulting services.</p><p>Value can be determined by:</p><ol><li><strong>Opportunity cost</strong> - what happens if they <em>don't</em> hire you/take action? What is the value of the cost of inaction?</li><li><strong>Upside potential</strong> - how much do they stand to gain from your work in financial terms? Might include new revenue growth, increased retention, increased average order value, increases in margins or lifetime value, to name a few. Multiply this by the years in which the value you create is reaped by the client.</li><li><strong>Price anchoring </strong>- how much are your proposed fees in relation to hiring someone in house or even mundane expenses like cleaning costs? You can demonstrate the value by comparing it to other things they spend money on (which bring lesser value).</li><li><strong>Subjective value</strong> - how much pain do they remove by hiring you? How much more confident are they in the rest of their business as a result? What's the value of reducing risk so they sleep better at night? Don't underestimate subjective value - especially for people with more money than peace of mind. </li></ol><p>There are many more ways to determine value, but these are what I cover in this episode.</p><p><strong>4. Determine your price </strong></p><p>Alan Weiss' <a href="https://alanweiss.com/shop/books/hardcover/value-based-fees/"><strong>Value Based Fees</strong></a><strong> </strong>book (also available on Amazon) really opened my eyes to pricing based on value when I first got into consulting. I highly recommend buying it.</p><p>Even though you're selling productized consulting, doesn't mean you can't capture some of the value you create. </p><p>Your price should be a no-brainer relative to the factors above. </p><p>"If you keep even one client from cancelling, you more than pay for my work every month."</p><p>"If you can prove a systemized approach to customer acquisition, it opens the doors to millions in investment opportunity."</p><p>"If you can increase margins by 10%, it increases business value by 30%".</p><p>"For the price of what you pay on printer paper, you can sleep better knowing we're watching out for your blind spots."</p><p><strong>Create a price for a service that accomplishes a business outcome, make it fair and compelling to everyone, and you'll have no problem selling your services.<br></strong><br>The key is being able to articulate some or all of this in your sales page and conversations. </p><p>If you can't articulate the value of what you do, prospects may compare you to other things (like saving the money or hiring in-house) and not even realize the costs of doing those things.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think below!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/97-how-to-price-your-productized-consulting-services-based-on-value"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Productized consulting is a great way to design your business in a way that is profitable and aligned with the effort you want to put into each engagement.</p><p>It's also easier for your prospects to buy, which means it's easier for you to sell.</p><p><em>What's not to love?</em></p><p><strong>In this episode, I break down the ways you can price your productized services in alignment with the value you create for your clients.</strong></p><p>We focus on four points:</p><p><strong>1. Business outcomes</strong></p><p>Value is determined by the business <em>outcomes </em>you create, not the work you put in. That's why it's so critical to understand and articulate the outcomes your clients want to accomplish, then build your services around achieving those.</p><p>Outcomes might include growth, retention, risk reduction, expansion of offerings, better visibility into numbers, systemization, hiring, or a whole host of other things individually or in combination.</p><p><strong>2. The context behind the goals</strong></p><p>In order to get a better picture of value based on business outcomes, you need to understand the context behind it. In other words, <em>why it matters</em>. </p><p>For example, your clients may want to grow, but maybe it's so they can raise more money or sell shares in the business at a better valuation.</p><p>Or maybe investors are getting angry because there is no visibility into the work marketing is doing. Maybe they want better reporting, systems, and processes.</p><p>The work you do may not even increase revenue, but it may reduce risk or ease tensions, which is worth much more than a few grand per month.</p><p>The context is a force multiplier for the value your work does. Understand why their goals matter to the bigger picture. </p><p><strong>3. Determining value </strong></p><p>Once you know the objectives, outcomes, and context behind them, you can begin to understand the value of the work you're doing.</p><p>Ideally you work with similar kinds of clients in a niche. That way, the value will be similar across the different companies you work with (of similar sizes/stages), which makes it easier to package productized consulting services.</p><p>Value can be determined by:</p><ol><li><strong>Opportunity cost</strong> - what happens if they <em>don't</em> hire you/take action? What is the value of the cost of inaction?</li><li><strong>Upside potential</strong> - how much do they stand to gain from your work in financial terms? Might include new revenue growth, increased retention, increased average order value, increases in margins or lifetime value, to name a few. Multiply this by the years in which the value you create is reaped by the client.</li><li><strong>Price anchoring </strong>- how much are your proposed fees in relation to hiring someone in house or even mundane expenses like cleaning costs? You can demonstrate the value by comparing it to other things they spend money on (which bring lesser value).</li><li><strong>Subjective value</strong> - how much pain do they remove by hiring you? How much more confident are they in the rest of their business as a result? What's the value of reducing risk so they sleep better at night? Don't underestimate subjective value - especially for people with more money than peace of mind. </li></ol><p>There are many more ways to determine value, but these are what I cover in this episode.</p><p><strong>4. Determine your price </strong></p><p>Alan Weiss' <a href="https://alanweiss.com/shop/books/hardcover/value-based-fees/"><strong>Value Based Fees</strong></a><strong> </strong>book (also available on Amazon) really opened my eyes to pricing based on value when I first got into consulting. I highly recommend buying it.</p><p>Even though you're selling productized consulting, doesn't mean you can't capture some of the value you create. </p><p>Your price should be a no-brainer relative to the factors above. </p><p>"If you keep even one client from cancelling, you more than pay for my work every month."</p><p>"If you can prove a systemized approach to customer acquisition, it opens the doors to millions in investment opportunity."</p><p>"If you can increase margins by 10%, it increases business value by 30%".</p><p>"For the price of what you pay on printer paper, you can sleep better knowing we're watching out for your blind spots."</p><p><strong>Create a price for a service that accomplishes a business outcome, make it fair and compelling to everyone, and you'll have no problem selling your services.<br></strong><br>The key is being able to articulate some or all of this in your sales page and conversations. </p><p>If you can't articulate the value of what you do, prospects may compare you to other things (like saving the money or hiring in-house) and not even realize the costs of doing those things.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think below!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Feb 2021 11:31:53 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/db211403/ff46f35f.mp3" length="46502979" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1451</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/97-how-to-price-your-productized-consulting-services-based-on-value"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.<br></strong></a><br>Productized consulting is a great way to design your business in a way that is profitable and aligned with the effort you want to put into each engagement.</p><p>It's also easier for your prospects to buy, which means it's easier for you to sell.</p><p><em>What's not to love?</em></p><p><strong>In this episode, I break down the ways you can price your productized services in alignment with the value you create for your clients.</strong></p><p>We focus on four points:</p><p><strong>1. Business outcomes</strong></p><p>Value is determined by the business <em>outcomes </em>you create, not the work you put in. That's why it's so critical to understand and articulate the outcomes your clients want to accomplish, then build your services around achieving those.</p><p>Outcomes might include growth, retention, risk reduction, expansion of offerings, better visibility into numbers, systemization, hiring, or a whole host of other things individually or in combination.</p><p><strong>2. The context behind the goals</strong></p><p>In order to get a better picture of value based on business outcomes, you need to understand the context behind it. In other words, <em>why it matters</em>. </p><p>For example, your clients may want to grow, but maybe it's so they can raise more money or sell shares in the business at a better valuation.</p><p>Or maybe investors are getting angry because there is no visibility into the work marketing is doing. Maybe they want better reporting, systems, and processes.</p><p>The work you do may not even increase revenue, but it may reduce risk or ease tensions, which is worth much more than a few grand per month.</p><p>The context is a force multiplier for the value your work does. Understand why their goals matter to the bigger picture. </p><p><strong>3. Determining value </strong></p><p>Once you know the objectives, outcomes, and context behind them, you can begin to understand the value of the work you're doing.</p><p>Ideally you work with similar kinds of clients in a niche. That way, the value will be similar across the different companies you work with (of similar sizes/stages), which makes it easier to package productized consulting services.</p><p>Value can be determined by:</p><ol><li><strong>Opportunity cost</strong> - what happens if they <em>don't</em> hire you/take action? What is the value of the cost of inaction?</li><li><strong>Upside potential</strong> - how much do they stand to gain from your work in financial terms? Might include new revenue growth, increased retention, increased average order value, increases in margins or lifetime value, to name a few. Multiply this by the years in which the value you create is reaped by the client.</li><li><strong>Price anchoring </strong>- how much are your proposed fees in relation to hiring someone in house or even mundane expenses like cleaning costs? You can demonstrate the value by comparing it to other things they spend money on (which bring lesser value).</li><li><strong>Subjective value</strong> - how much pain do they remove by hiring you? How much more confident are they in the rest of their business as a result? What's the value of reducing risk so they sleep better at night? Don't underestimate subjective value - especially for people with more money than peace of mind. </li></ol><p>There are many more ways to determine value, but these are what I cover in this episode.</p><p><strong>4. Determine your price </strong></p><p>Alan Weiss' <a href="https://alanweiss.com/shop/books/hardcover/value-based-fees/"><strong>Value Based Fees</strong></a><strong> </strong>book (also available on Amazon) really opened my eyes to pricing based on value when I first got into consulting. I highly recommend buying it.</p><p>Even though you're selling productized consulting, doesn't mean you can't capture some of the value you create. </p><p>Your price should be a no-brainer relative to the factors above. </p><p>"If you keep even one client from cancelling, you more than pay for my work every month."</p><p>"If you can prove a systemized approach to customer acquisition, it opens the doors to millions in investment opportunity."</p><p>"If you can increase margins by 10%, it increases business value by 30%".</p><p>"For the price of what you pay on printer paper, you can sleep better knowing we're watching out for your blind spots."</p><p><strong>Create a price for a service that accomplishes a business outcome, make it fair and compelling to everyone, and you'll have no problem selling your services.<br></strong><br>The key is being able to articulate some or all of this in your sales page and conversations. </p><p>If you can't articulate the value of what you do, prospects may compare you to other things (like saving the money or hiring in-house) and not even realize the costs of doing those things.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think below!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>96. Should you sell upfront stategy, audit, and roadmapping or start with an advisory retainer?</title>
      <itunes:title>96. Should you sell upfront stategy, audit, and roadmapping or start with an advisory retainer?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35e4de33-8152-4f97-891a-a5c3a834b9af</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/96-should-you-sell-upfront-stategy-audit-and-roadmapping-or-start-with-an-advisory-retainer</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/96-should-you-sell-upfront-stategy-audit-and-roadmapping-or-start-with-an-advisory-retainer"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the community</strong></a></p><p>I had a great question come in via DM last night, so I'll keep it anonymous but I wanted to go deeper via audio to explain the nuances.</p><p>Here's the question:</p>I have Strategy (Audit + Roadmap) as a front offer, and then advisory later. Based on your experience, are you trying to close everyone for recurring advisory service right away? Just wondering how are you closing the deal for 6 months right away. <p>In this episode, I talk about why I generally jump into advisory retainers right away, why clients tend to ask for that anyway, and why it's in their best interest to do so for 99% of cases.</p><p>I also talk about how to remove risk so clients can "try before they buy" (using guarantees) and generally how I sell it in a sales conversation.</p><p>Listen in and let me know if you do anything differently!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/96-should-you-sell-upfront-stategy-audit-and-roadmapping-or-start-with-an-advisory-retainer"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the community</strong></a></p><p>I had a great question come in via DM last night, so I'll keep it anonymous but I wanted to go deeper via audio to explain the nuances.</p><p>Here's the question:</p>I have Strategy (Audit + Roadmap) as a front offer, and then advisory later. Based on your experience, are you trying to close everyone for recurring advisory service right away? Just wondering how are you closing the deal for 6 months right away. <p>In this episode, I talk about why I generally jump into advisory retainers right away, why clients tend to ask for that anyway, and why it's in their best interest to do so for 99% of cases.</p><p>I also talk about how to remove risk so clients can "try before they buy" (using guarantees) and generally how I sell it in a sales conversation.</p><p>Listen in and let me know if you do anything differently!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jan 2021 12:07:37 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/57852242/5d3cd6d6.mp3" length="20823619" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>649</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/96-should-you-sell-upfront-stategy-audit-and-roadmapping-or-start-with-an-advisory-retainer"><strong>&gt; Click here to join the conversation on this episode in the community</strong></a></p><p>I had a great question come in via DM last night, so I'll keep it anonymous but I wanted to go deeper via audio to explain the nuances.</p><p>Here's the question:</p>I have Strategy (Audit + Roadmap) as a front offer, and then advisory later. Based on your experience, are you trying to close everyone for recurring advisory service right away? Just wondering how are you closing the deal for 6 months right away. <p>In this episode, I talk about why I generally jump into advisory retainers right away, why clients tend to ask for that anyway, and why it's in their best interest to do so for 99% of cases.</p><p>I also talk about how to remove risk so clients can "try before they buy" (using guarantees) and generally how I sell it in a sales conversation.</p><p>Listen in and let me know if you do anything differently!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>95. Why you want to focus on systems and processes—not just tactics and strategies</title>
      <itunes:title>95. Why you want to focus on systems and processes—not just tactics and strategies</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">46c869e9-c13e-48fa-91bc-b79b22c58383</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/95-why-you-want-to-focus-on-systems-and-processes-not-just-tactics-and-strategies</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the things I like to promote in my consulting services is creating consistent and predictable results for my clients. </p><p>In order to do that, you need to create effective systems and processes based on good strategy.</p><p>At the end of the day, people don't want to hire consultants on their team forever. </p><p>Some will work with you for years—and those are great clients! But the majority want to hire you, get your knowledge, and run with a better marketing program after you're gone. </p><p>In this episide, I talk about the differences between systems and processes, and why you need both so you can effectively create lasting change for your clients.</p><p>The benefit of systemization is that if something stops working (or works great), you're able to isolate the parts of your system that were responsible so you can do more of it or fix the things that aren't working. </p><p>So if you're still selling tactics, strategies, and oversight, consider also focusing on developing systems and processes that will become assets to your clients' business.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the things I like to promote in my consulting services is creating consistent and predictable results for my clients. </p><p>In order to do that, you need to create effective systems and processes based on good strategy.</p><p>At the end of the day, people don't want to hire consultants on their team forever. </p><p>Some will work with you for years—and those are great clients! But the majority want to hire you, get your knowledge, and run with a better marketing program after you're gone. </p><p>In this episide, I talk about the differences between systems and processes, and why you need both so you can effectively create lasting change for your clients.</p><p>The benefit of systemization is that if something stops working (or works great), you're able to isolate the parts of your system that were responsible so you can do more of it or fix the things that aren't working. </p><p>So if you're still selling tactics, strategies, and oversight, consider also focusing on developing systems and processes that will become assets to your clients' business.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 14:09:49 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/14e3b4a8/6759f415.mp3" length="16163348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>503</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the things I like to promote in my consulting services is creating consistent and predictable results for my clients. </p><p>In order to do that, you need to create effective systems and processes based on good strategy.</p><p>At the end of the day, people don't want to hire consultants on their team forever. </p><p>Some will work with you for years—and those are great clients! But the majority want to hire you, get your knowledge, and run with a better marketing program after you're gone. </p><p>In this episide, I talk about the differences between systems and processes, and why you need both so you can effectively create lasting change for your clients.</p><p>The benefit of systemization is that if something stops working (or works great), you're able to isolate the parts of your system that were responsible so you can do more of it or fix the things that aren't working. </p><p>So if you're still selling tactics, strategies, and oversight, consider also focusing on developing systems and processes that will become assets to your clients' business.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>94. Applying the 80/20 principal to your consulting work</title>
      <itunes:title>94. Applying the 80/20 principal to your consulting work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15da1ad6-7cf8-41eb-a4bb-f371e0f726d6</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/94-applying-the-80-20-principal-to-your-consulting-work</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/94-applying-the-80-20-principal-to-your-consulting-work"><strong>&gt; Join this episode's conversation here.<br></strong></a><br>According to the Pareto Principal:</p>The <em>Pareto principle</em> states that for many outcomes roughly 80% of consequences come from 20% of the causes (the “vital few”). <p><br>I recently noticed this pattern in my business.</p><p>My coworking membership program was taking up more energy than it was producing in results. I decided to pivot on that to win back my time and energy.</p><p>I also noticed that a marketing plan PDF template generated around 30% of subscribers, which is insane because I worked a LOT harder for the rest.</p><p>So, I made a decision to double down on lead magnet strategy in other areas of my business, including this group, and pivot on the coworking membership that wasn't creating my highest returns.</p><p>Tune in and have a great weekend!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/94-applying-the-80-20-principal-to-your-consulting-work"><strong>&gt; Join this episode's conversation here.<br></strong></a><br>According to the Pareto Principal:</p>The <em>Pareto principle</em> states that for many outcomes roughly 80% of consequences come from 20% of the causes (the “vital few”). <p><br>I recently noticed this pattern in my business.</p><p>My coworking membership program was taking up more energy than it was producing in results. I decided to pivot on that to win back my time and energy.</p><p>I also noticed that a marketing plan PDF template generated around 30% of subscribers, which is insane because I worked a LOT harder for the rest.</p><p>So, I made a decision to double down on lead magnet strategy in other areas of my business, including this group, and pivot on the coworking membership that wasn't creating my highest returns.</p><p>Tune in and have a great weekend!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 14:34:29 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cc3281bb/09c2d398.mp3" length="27005158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>842</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/94-applying-the-80-20-principal-to-your-consulting-work"><strong>&gt; Join this episode's conversation here.<br></strong></a><br>According to the Pareto Principal:</p>The <em>Pareto principle</em> states that for many outcomes roughly 80% of consequences come from 20% of the causes (the “vital few”). <p><br>I recently noticed this pattern in my business.</p><p>My coworking membership program was taking up more energy than it was producing in results. I decided to pivot on that to win back my time and energy.</p><p>I also noticed that a marketing plan PDF template generated around 30% of subscribers, which is insane because I worked a LOT harder for the rest.</p><p>So, I made a decision to double down on lead magnet strategy in other areas of my business, including this group, and pivot on the coworking membership that wasn't creating my highest returns.</p><p>Tune in and have a great weekend!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>93. Why you need to design your business for success</title>
      <itunes:title>93. Why you need to design your business for success</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cbfb11de-4fbc-4f06-82d3-971dda0beba3</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/93-why-you-need-to-design-your-business-for-success</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/93-why-you-need-to-design-your-business-for-success">&gt; Join the conversation on this topic.</a></p><p>This episode is related to the Daily Idea I <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/the-thing-about-limiting-beliefs">posted today</a> about designing your business.</p><p>We're still in January of 2021, which means you might be still in business planning mode. A good time for this topic.</p><p>This episode is all about the topic of designing your business in a way that adds the most value without taking up all of your personal time.</p><p>All it takes is a little business design and belief you can do more than you think.</p><p>Give it a listen.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/93-why-you-need-to-design-your-business-for-success">&gt; Join the conversation on this topic.</a></p><p>This episode is related to the Daily Idea I <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/the-thing-about-limiting-beliefs">posted today</a> about designing your business.</p><p>We're still in January of 2021, which means you might be still in business planning mode. A good time for this topic.</p><p>This episode is all about the topic of designing your business in a way that adds the most value without taking up all of your personal time.</p><p>All it takes is a little business design and belief you can do more than you think.</p><p>Give it a listen.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jan 2021 21:03:09 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a21c732a/0869cb27.mp3" length="14641081" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>456</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/93-why-you-need-to-design-your-business-for-success">&gt; Join the conversation on this topic.</a></p><p>This episode is related to the Daily Idea I <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/daily/the-thing-about-limiting-beliefs">posted today</a> about designing your business.</p><p>We're still in January of 2021, which means you might be still in business planning mode. A good time for this topic.</p><p>This episode is all about the topic of designing your business in a way that adds the most value without taking up all of your personal time.</p><p>All it takes is a little business design and belief you can do more than you think.</p><p>Give it a listen.</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>92. How to create proposals people WANT to buy</title>
      <itunes:title>92. How to create proposals people WANT to buy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ccf76d01-cb23-461f-819e-0a882a2ae750</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/93-how-to-create-proposals-people-want-to-buy</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/93-how-to-create-proposals-people-want-to-buy"><strong>&gt; Join the conversation on this episode here.</strong></a></p><p>I was helping someone in the group win a proposal recently using the proposal template in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/resources-1">Templates</a> section. </p><p>I asked why it worked better than their old way of selling their services and got some interesting feedback.</p><p><strong>Here are a few lessons that stood out from the experience.</strong></p><ol><li>People don't buy deliverables, they buy outcomes.</li><li>People will only buy outcomes <em>they</em> want for the reasons <em>they </em>have.</li><li>They only buy those outcomes when you re-articulate them in your proposal and clearly state the problem and context.</li><li>You need to actually talk to people to get clear on what end results they actually want, why it matters, what the value is, and then create a proposal that maps precisely (or closely) to those expressed needs.</li><li>Later you can turn it into a productized service after going through this exercise successfully a few times.</li></ol><p><br>Our tendency as consultants is to sell what we think people want: time, deliverables, plans, strategies, hours, etc.</p><p>What people actually want is solutions to their unique business challenges and aspirations.</p><p>Talk to people, understand what they want, then put that right in your proposal with 1-3 options for getting there.</p><p>Sell the destination, not the journey.</p><p>Listen in for more!</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/93-how-to-create-proposals-people-want-to-buy"><strong>&gt; Join the conversation on this episode here.</strong></a></p><p>I was helping someone in the group win a proposal recently using the proposal template in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/resources-1">Templates</a> section. </p><p>I asked why it worked better than their old way of selling their services and got some interesting feedback.</p><p><strong>Here are a few lessons that stood out from the experience.</strong></p><ol><li>People don't buy deliverables, they buy outcomes.</li><li>People will only buy outcomes <em>they</em> want for the reasons <em>they </em>have.</li><li>They only buy those outcomes when you re-articulate them in your proposal and clearly state the problem and context.</li><li>You need to actually talk to people to get clear on what end results they actually want, why it matters, what the value is, and then create a proposal that maps precisely (or closely) to those expressed needs.</li><li>Later you can turn it into a productized service after going through this exercise successfully a few times.</li></ol><p><br>Our tendency as consultants is to sell what we think people want: time, deliverables, plans, strategies, hours, etc.</p><p>What people actually want is solutions to their unique business challenges and aspirations.</p><p>Talk to people, understand what they want, then put that right in your proposal with 1-3 options for getting there.</p><p>Sell the destination, not the journey.</p><p>Listen in for more!</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jan 2021 14:42:35 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/820776cf/ef3208cd.mp3" length="20537637" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>640</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/93-how-to-create-proposals-people-want-to-buy"><strong>&gt; Join the conversation on this episode here.</strong></a></p><p>I was helping someone in the group win a proposal recently using the proposal template in the <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/resources-1">Templates</a> section. </p><p>I asked why it worked better than their old way of selling their services and got some interesting feedback.</p><p><strong>Here are a few lessons that stood out from the experience.</strong></p><ol><li>People don't buy deliverables, they buy outcomes.</li><li>People will only buy outcomes <em>they</em> want for the reasons <em>they </em>have.</li><li>They only buy those outcomes when you re-articulate them in your proposal and clearly state the problem and context.</li><li>You need to actually talk to people to get clear on what end results they actually want, why it matters, what the value is, and then create a proposal that maps precisely (or closely) to those expressed needs.</li><li>Later you can turn it into a productized service after going through this exercise successfully a few times.</li></ol><p><br>Our tendency as consultants is to sell what we think people want: time, deliverables, plans, strategies, hours, etc.</p><p>What people actually want is solutions to their unique business challenges and aspirations.</p><p>Talk to people, understand what they want, then put that right in your proposal with 1-3 options for getting there.</p><p>Sell the destination, not the journey.</p><p>Listen in for more!</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>91. Why you should make your home office look like a movie set</title>
      <itunes:title>91. Why you should make your home office look like a movie set</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69256fac-22e4-4df1-a56b-c34cdf605228</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/91-why-you-should-make-your-home-office-look-like-a-movie-set</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/91-why-you-should-make-your-home-office-look-like-a-movie-set"><strong>&gt;&gt; Join the conversation for this episode in the Mindshare community</strong></a></p><p>We live on Zoom calls and webinars now—mostly from our home office.</p><p>That's the reality of most marketing professionals today.</p><p>And it looks like 2021 won't be much different.</p><p>And with that, I want to share an idea with you to keep it front of mind: <strong>people will judge you based on your "Zoom" appearance.</strong></p><p>That includes your lighting, background, sound quality, video resolution, internet speed, and a whole lot more.</p><p>Ultimately, you're putting out an experience. It's either a high-quality one or it's hurting your identity.</p><p>So, if you want to be taken seriously, charge premium rates, and demonstrate credibility in 2021, you have to create a premium online experience for your clients. </p><p>Or at least, a professional looking and sounding experience—even if it just has the basics. </p><p>More ideas in this episode.</p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. I mention some of the technical setup I use, you can check that out here if you're curious: https://kevin.me/audio-setup/ </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/91-why-you-should-make-your-home-office-look-like-a-movie-set"><strong>&gt;&gt; Join the conversation for this episode in the Mindshare community</strong></a></p><p>We live on Zoom calls and webinars now—mostly from our home office.</p><p>That's the reality of most marketing professionals today.</p><p>And it looks like 2021 won't be much different.</p><p>And with that, I want to share an idea with you to keep it front of mind: <strong>people will judge you based on your "Zoom" appearance.</strong></p><p>That includes your lighting, background, sound quality, video resolution, internet speed, and a whole lot more.</p><p>Ultimately, you're putting out an experience. It's either a high-quality one or it's hurting your identity.</p><p>So, if you want to be taken seriously, charge premium rates, and demonstrate credibility in 2021, you have to create a premium online experience for your clients. </p><p>Or at least, a professional looking and sounding experience—even if it just has the basics. </p><p>More ideas in this episode.</p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. I mention some of the technical setup I use, you can check that out here if you're curious: https://kevin.me/audio-setup/ </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2021 18:47:45 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/afcc4d2f/c264798f.mp3" length="14451348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>450</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/91-why-you-should-make-your-home-office-look-like-a-movie-set"><strong>&gt;&gt; Join the conversation for this episode in the Mindshare community</strong></a></p><p>We live on Zoom calls and webinars now—mostly from our home office.</p><p>That's the reality of most marketing professionals today.</p><p>And it looks like 2021 won't be much different.</p><p>And with that, I want to share an idea with you to keep it front of mind: <strong>people will judge you based on your "Zoom" appearance.</strong></p><p>That includes your lighting, background, sound quality, video resolution, internet speed, and a whole lot more.</p><p>Ultimately, you're putting out an experience. It's either a high-quality one or it's hurting your identity.</p><p>So, if you want to be taken seriously, charge premium rates, and demonstrate credibility in 2021, you have to create a premium online experience for your clients. </p><p>Or at least, a professional looking and sounding experience—even if it just has the basics. </p><p>More ideas in this episode.</p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. I mention some of the technical setup I use, you can check that out here if you're curious: https://kevin.me/audio-setup/ </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>90. How to design a high-end productized service offering</title>
      <itunes:title>90. How to design a high-end productized service offering</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aee13f71-a1a8-46d7-880e-5bbaafbda2a5</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/90-how-to-design-a-high-end-productized-service-offering</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When creating a productized services offering, you have two choices:</p><ol><li> Sell just one signature offering</li><li>Create a service ladder with ascending options</li></ol><p>I prefer the latter because I serve a range of clients who need different things. But whatever you choose, this topic will be for you.</p><p>When creating a high-end productized service, there are a few things to keep in mind, including:</p><ol><li>Why the scope and price of your services should be based on the value you provide </li><li>Why it should be pretty obvious to your prospects which one to choose </li><li>Why you shouldn't sell anything that would weigh down your business too much or for too long</li><li>Why you should price heavily anything that involves higher effort or involvement from you</li><li>Some examples of the levers you can use to add to or remove from the scope of your projects</li></ol><ul><li>More access to you in terms of who cant contact you (business owner, staff, suppliers, etc.)</li><li>The channels people can contact you in (email, Slack, phone, etc.)</li><li>The frequency of your interactions (weekly, daily, unlimited, etc.)</li><li>Whether you will produce deliverables, and if so, what kind (i.e. research or marketing calendars)</li><li>The value you add or remove (i.e. finding and vetting suppliers vs. access to Rolodex)</li><li>The scope of what you will advise on (i.e. sales or sales AND marketing)</li></ul><p>6. Why you should create a scope of work based on custom proposals people actually bought</p><p>Your high-end offering should be lucrative but not disabling in terms of your time or energy. Only sell things you want to sell—this is key.</p><p>If you sell things that are time or energy-depleting, charge a lot, and keep it limited to a day, week, or a couple of months at most. Otherwise, your life will become a drag, and your business will turn into a glorified job. </p><p>Hope this helps - let me know in the comments what you think or if you have any questions!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When creating a productized services offering, you have two choices:</p><ol><li> Sell just one signature offering</li><li>Create a service ladder with ascending options</li></ol><p>I prefer the latter because I serve a range of clients who need different things. But whatever you choose, this topic will be for you.</p><p>When creating a high-end productized service, there are a few things to keep in mind, including:</p><ol><li>Why the scope and price of your services should be based on the value you provide </li><li>Why it should be pretty obvious to your prospects which one to choose </li><li>Why you shouldn't sell anything that would weigh down your business too much or for too long</li><li>Why you should price heavily anything that involves higher effort or involvement from you</li><li>Some examples of the levers you can use to add to or remove from the scope of your projects</li></ol><ul><li>More access to you in terms of who cant contact you (business owner, staff, suppliers, etc.)</li><li>The channels people can contact you in (email, Slack, phone, etc.)</li><li>The frequency of your interactions (weekly, daily, unlimited, etc.)</li><li>Whether you will produce deliverables, and if so, what kind (i.e. research or marketing calendars)</li><li>The value you add or remove (i.e. finding and vetting suppliers vs. access to Rolodex)</li><li>The scope of what you will advise on (i.e. sales or sales AND marketing)</li></ul><p>6. Why you should create a scope of work based on custom proposals people actually bought</p><p>Your high-end offering should be lucrative but not disabling in terms of your time or energy. Only sell things you want to sell—this is key.</p><p>If you sell things that are time or energy-depleting, charge a lot, and keep it limited to a day, week, or a couple of months at most. Otherwise, your life will become a drag, and your business will turn into a glorified job. </p><p>Hope this helps - let me know in the comments what you think or if you have any questions!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Jan 2021 19:04:48 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b81cc3a0/9c5ed89c.mp3" length="39036534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1218</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>When creating a productized services offering, you have two choices:</p><ol><li> Sell just one signature offering</li><li>Create a service ladder with ascending options</li></ol><p>I prefer the latter because I serve a range of clients who need different things. But whatever you choose, this topic will be for you.</p><p>When creating a high-end productized service, there are a few things to keep in mind, including:</p><ol><li>Why the scope and price of your services should be based on the value you provide </li><li>Why it should be pretty obvious to your prospects which one to choose </li><li>Why you shouldn't sell anything that would weigh down your business too much or for too long</li><li>Why you should price heavily anything that involves higher effort or involvement from you</li><li>Some examples of the levers you can use to add to or remove from the scope of your projects</li></ol><ul><li>More access to you in terms of who cant contact you (business owner, staff, suppliers, etc.)</li><li>The channels people can contact you in (email, Slack, phone, etc.)</li><li>The frequency of your interactions (weekly, daily, unlimited, etc.)</li><li>Whether you will produce deliverables, and if so, what kind (i.e. research or marketing calendars)</li><li>The value you add or remove (i.e. finding and vetting suppliers vs. access to Rolodex)</li><li>The scope of what you will advise on (i.e. sales or sales AND marketing)</li></ul><p>6. Why you should create a scope of work based on custom proposals people actually bought</p><p>Your high-end offering should be lucrative but not disabling in terms of your time or energy. Only sell things you want to sell—this is key.</p><p>If you sell things that are time or energy-depleting, charge a lot, and keep it limited to a day, week, or a couple of months at most. Otherwise, your life will become a drag, and your business will turn into a glorified job. </p><p>Hope this helps - let me know in the comments what you think or if you have any questions!</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>89. How to build a marketing platform you actually own</title>
      <itunes:title>89. How to build a marketing platform you actually own</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">245f2d2f-14a1-4f22-8641-ffc8d2570c41</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/89-how-to-build-a-marketing-platform-you-actually-own</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This one might be a bit controversial. 🙂</p><p>Not really, but I do use the current political situation in the US to make a long-discussed point about where and how to build your marketing platform for longevity.<br><strong><br>Disclaimer:</strong> <em> I mention not liking Mr. Donald Trump in this episode, but it's not a slight at the Republican party, people, nor their values. My friends and colleagues walk down both sides of the aisle and frankly, there are things to be gained from both sides. No judgement from me.</em></p><p>So with that said—on with the show!</p><p>This one is a riff off <a href="https://kevin.me/platform/">a post</a> I published on my blog back in June of this year about owning your own platform. </p><p>There are several reasons for this. Namely, you don't want to build a business on someone else's land.</p><p>In this episide, I talk about the four ingredients of an independent platform and why it's so important to focus on those key areas for longevity.</p><p>I also talk about the irony of this group being on Circle, which is a platform I don't own, and how I mitigate some of that risk.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/platform/">Here's the orginal blog post this is based on</a>.</p><p>—Kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This one might be a bit controversial. 🙂</p><p>Not really, but I do use the current political situation in the US to make a long-discussed point about where and how to build your marketing platform for longevity.<br><strong><br>Disclaimer:</strong> <em> I mention not liking Mr. Donald Trump in this episode, but it's not a slight at the Republican party, people, nor their values. My friends and colleagues walk down both sides of the aisle and frankly, there are things to be gained from both sides. No judgement from me.</em></p><p>So with that said—on with the show!</p><p>This one is a riff off <a href="https://kevin.me/platform/">a post</a> I published on my blog back in June of this year about owning your own platform. </p><p>There are several reasons for this. Namely, you don't want to build a business on someone else's land.</p><p>In this episide, I talk about the four ingredients of an independent platform and why it's so important to focus on those key areas for longevity.</p><p>I also talk about the irony of this group being on Circle, which is a platform I don't own, and how I mitigate some of that risk.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/platform/">Here's the orginal blog post this is based on</a>.</p><p>—Kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jan 2021 19:53:02 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/7206d86f/e3a98998.mp3" length="40320498" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1258</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This one might be a bit controversial. 🙂</p><p>Not really, but I do use the current political situation in the US to make a long-discussed point about where and how to build your marketing platform for longevity.<br><strong><br>Disclaimer:</strong> <em> I mention not liking Mr. Donald Trump in this episode, but it's not a slight at the Republican party, people, nor their values. My friends and colleagues walk down both sides of the aisle and frankly, there are things to be gained from both sides. No judgement from me.</em></p><p>So with that said—on with the show!</p><p>This one is a riff off <a href="https://kevin.me/platform/">a post</a> I published on my blog back in June of this year about owning your own platform. </p><p>There are several reasons for this. Namely, you don't want to build a business on someone else's land.</p><p>In this episide, I talk about the four ingredients of an independent platform and why it's so important to focus on those key areas for longevity.</p><p>I also talk about the irony of this group being on Circle, which is a platform I don't own, and how I mitigate some of that risk.</p><p><a href="https://kevin.me/platform/">Here's the orginal blog post this is based on</a>.</p><p>—Kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>88. How to use the sales process to create your productized services</title>
      <itunes:title>88. How to use the sales process to create your productized services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3949925a-9768-441c-ace9-cd6e2fac032a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/88-how-to-use-the-sales-process-to-create-your-productized-services</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/88-how-to-use-the-sales-process-to-create-your-productized-services"><strong>&gt; Click here to the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</strong></a></p><p>I'm a big fan of productized services. </p><p>They let you design your business in a way that lets you create predictable outcomes, scalable earnings, and managed effort. </p><p>But I don't create these services in a vacuum. And they're never completely "done"—I'm always updating them along the way.</p><p>These services are always born during the sales process. </p><p><strong>Specifically, it goes something like this: </strong></p><ol><li>I speak with potential clients in a call and ask them about their goals, challenges, and desired outcomes.</li><li>I put together a draft list of objectives using as much of their own language as possible. </li><li>Once they confirm the list is complete and accurate, I then put together a few options to help them get to that outcome. </li><li>I'll then schedule another call to walk through the options. I don't like sending proposals without a discussion—especially for a new service. The feedback you get is essential to informing whether you hit the mark or not.</li><li>I make any necessary revisions and then once I'm able to sell the service, I know I have a first version. </li><li>From there, I usually try to sell it again to the next prospect via 1:1 calls. I go through the same process, dig deeper into things, and see if any of the differences are important. </li><li>Once I sold a couple, the productized service is officially validated. I publish it and begin promoting it.</li><li>But then when the next prospect comes around, I begin the process all over again from scratch, watching carefully what they say, need, and why it all matters. I refine the service and now it's even <em>more </em>polished.</li></ol><p><br>By the time I've sold a few, the productized service should feel like I am reading my prospect's minds. </p><p>They usually include a list of pains or scenarios they face and describe the benefits and why they matter to counter-act those pains. </p><p>The scope is something that involves only the things I do best and only the things I can do which will deliver the most value.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you do to create your productized services. </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/88-how-to-use-the-sales-process-to-create-your-productized-services"><strong>&gt; Click here to the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</strong></a></p><p>I'm a big fan of productized services. </p><p>They let you design your business in a way that lets you create predictable outcomes, scalable earnings, and managed effort. </p><p>But I don't create these services in a vacuum. And they're never completely "done"—I'm always updating them along the way.</p><p>These services are always born during the sales process. </p><p><strong>Specifically, it goes something like this: </strong></p><ol><li>I speak with potential clients in a call and ask them about their goals, challenges, and desired outcomes.</li><li>I put together a draft list of objectives using as much of their own language as possible. </li><li>Once they confirm the list is complete and accurate, I then put together a few options to help them get to that outcome. </li><li>I'll then schedule another call to walk through the options. I don't like sending proposals without a discussion—especially for a new service. The feedback you get is essential to informing whether you hit the mark or not.</li><li>I make any necessary revisions and then once I'm able to sell the service, I know I have a first version. </li><li>From there, I usually try to sell it again to the next prospect via 1:1 calls. I go through the same process, dig deeper into things, and see if any of the differences are important. </li><li>Once I sold a couple, the productized service is officially validated. I publish it and begin promoting it.</li><li>But then when the next prospect comes around, I begin the process all over again from scratch, watching carefully what they say, need, and why it all matters. I refine the service and now it's even <em>more </em>polished.</li></ol><p><br>By the time I've sold a few, the productized service should feel like I am reading my prospect's minds. </p><p>They usually include a list of pains or scenarios they face and describe the benefits and why they matter to counter-act those pains. </p><p>The scope is something that involves only the things I do best and only the things I can do which will deliver the most value.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you do to create your productized services. </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Jan 2021 14:16:16 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/bbf71663/5cf5a6e2.mp3" length="29668418" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>925</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/88-how-to-use-the-sales-process-to-create-your-productized-services"><strong>&gt; Click here to the conversation on this episode in the Mindshare community.</strong></a></p><p>I'm a big fan of productized services. </p><p>They let you design your business in a way that lets you create predictable outcomes, scalable earnings, and managed effort. </p><p>But I don't create these services in a vacuum. And they're never completely "done"—I'm always updating them along the way.</p><p>These services are always born during the sales process. </p><p><strong>Specifically, it goes something like this: </strong></p><ol><li>I speak with potential clients in a call and ask them about their goals, challenges, and desired outcomes.</li><li>I put together a draft list of objectives using as much of their own language as possible. </li><li>Once they confirm the list is complete and accurate, I then put together a few options to help them get to that outcome. </li><li>I'll then schedule another call to walk through the options. I don't like sending proposals without a discussion—especially for a new service. The feedback you get is essential to informing whether you hit the mark or not.</li><li>I make any necessary revisions and then once I'm able to sell the service, I know I have a first version. </li><li>From there, I usually try to sell it again to the next prospect via 1:1 calls. I go through the same process, dig deeper into things, and see if any of the differences are important. </li><li>Once I sold a couple, the productized service is officially validated. I publish it and begin promoting it.</li><li>But then when the next prospect comes around, I begin the process all over again from scratch, watching carefully what they say, need, and why it all matters. I refine the service and now it's even <em>more </em>polished.</li></ol><p><br>By the time I've sold a few, the productized service should feel like I am reading my prospect's minds. </p><p>They usually include a list of pains or scenarios they face and describe the benefits and why they matter to counter-act those pains. </p><p>The scope is something that involves only the things I do best and only the things I can do which will deliver the most value.</p><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you do to create your productized services. </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>87. Why you should stick to a strict publishing schedule</title>
      <itunes:title>87. Why you should stick to a strict publishing schedule</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38b5387e-89c2-4ece-b3c2-b1dbaefbedd1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/87-why-you-should-stick-to-a-strict-publishing-schedule</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today's content comes to you a bit late in the evening. </p><p>I'm tired and ready for bed, but I didn't get this recording done so I wanted to make sure I delivered on schedule. I committed to Monday, Wednesday, Friday recordings, so that's what I'll do come heck or high water (except holidays ;)).</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the reasons why you should aim to stick to a set publishing schedule.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you do to keep on track with your own publishing.</p><p>Best, </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today's content comes to you a bit late in the evening. </p><p>I'm tired and ready for bed, but I didn't get this recording done so I wanted to make sure I delivered on schedule. I committed to Monday, Wednesday, Friday recordings, so that's what I'll do come heck or high water (except holidays ;)).</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the reasons why you should aim to stick to a set publishing schedule.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you do to keep on track with your own publishing.</p><p>Best, </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jan 2021 18:43:59 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/26b9c7ae/42986a2e.mp3" length="15877412" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>494</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Today's content comes to you a bit late in the evening. </p><p>I'm tired and ready for bed, but I didn't get this recording done so I wanted to make sure I delivered on schedule. I committed to Monday, Wednesday, Friday recordings, so that's what I'll do come heck or high water (except holidays ;)).</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the reasons why you should aim to stick to a set publishing schedule.</p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you do to keep on track with your own publishing.</p><p>Best, </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>86. Why you should make your services about your clients—not about you</title>
      <itunes:title>86. Why you should make your services about your clients—not about you</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2ec4108-2589-40ce-8155-faf5f8f95ba0</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/86-why-you-should-make-your-services-about-your-clients-not-about-you</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<ul><li><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/86-why-you-should-make-your-services-about-your-clients-not-about-you">Link to episode in the Mindshare community</a></li></ul><p><br>Hey all,</p><p>I hope you had a great week and were able to take a few days off over the holidays. </p><p>Today's topic is about how you position your services. I talk about how my two websites work and why Everspaces is really the model to follow.</p><p>Here are my services pages as discussed in this episode:</p><ul><li><a href="https://kevin.me/consulting/">https://kevin.me/consulting/</a></li><li><a href="https://www.everspaces.com/services/">https://www.everspaces.com/services/</a></li></ul><p><br>The big point is that Everspaces' services are about YOU, the potential client. </p><p>Whereas my personal website is about how much access you get from ME. </p><p>People prefer to buy things that fit them like a glove. </p><p>While my personal site does a fine job RECEIVING leads and opportunities from people in my network of all industries, it doesn't lend well to relying on it for all my marketing. </p><p>It's too broad and target clients have no idea which one will get them the results they want. </p><p>Some of you have borrowed language from my personal site for your own services pages, which is fine when you're starting out, but ideally, you want to create service pages that:</p><ol><li>Maps directly to your target market segments</li><li>Speaks their language throughout</li><li>Makes it obvious which one they should choose based on their goals</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<ul><li><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/86-why-you-should-make-your-services-about-your-clients-not-about-you">Link to episode in the Mindshare community</a></li></ul><p><br>Hey all,</p><p>I hope you had a great week and were able to take a few days off over the holidays. </p><p>Today's topic is about how you position your services. I talk about how my two websites work and why Everspaces is really the model to follow.</p><p>Here are my services pages as discussed in this episode:</p><ul><li><a href="https://kevin.me/consulting/">https://kevin.me/consulting/</a></li><li><a href="https://www.everspaces.com/services/">https://www.everspaces.com/services/</a></li></ul><p><br>The big point is that Everspaces' services are about YOU, the potential client. </p><p>Whereas my personal website is about how much access you get from ME. </p><p>People prefer to buy things that fit them like a glove. </p><p>While my personal site does a fine job RECEIVING leads and opportunities from people in my network of all industries, it doesn't lend well to relying on it for all my marketing. </p><p>It's too broad and target clients have no idea which one will get them the results they want. </p><p>Some of you have borrowed language from my personal site for your own services pages, which is fine when you're starting out, but ideally, you want to create service pages that:</p><ol><li>Maps directly to your target market segments</li><li>Speaks their language throughout</li><li>Makes it obvious which one they should choose based on their goals</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Jan 2021 14:56:37 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/77b104ea/c9c4da10.mp3" length="20157343" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>628</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<ul><li><a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/86-why-you-should-make-your-services-about-your-clients-not-about-you">Link to episode in the Mindshare community</a></li></ul><p><br>Hey all,</p><p>I hope you had a great week and were able to take a few days off over the holidays. </p><p>Today's topic is about how you position your services. I talk about how my two websites work and why Everspaces is really the model to follow.</p><p>Here are my services pages as discussed in this episode:</p><ul><li><a href="https://kevin.me/consulting/">https://kevin.me/consulting/</a></li><li><a href="https://www.everspaces.com/services/">https://www.everspaces.com/services/</a></li></ul><p><br>The big point is that Everspaces' services are about YOU, the potential client. </p><p>Whereas my personal website is about how much access you get from ME. </p><p>People prefer to buy things that fit them like a glove. </p><p>While my personal site does a fine job RECEIVING leads and opportunities from people in my network of all industries, it doesn't lend well to relying on it for all my marketing. </p><p>It's too broad and target clients have no idea which one will get them the results they want. </p><p>Some of you have borrowed language from my personal site for your own services pages, which is fine when you're starting out, but ideally, you want to create service pages that:</p><ol><li>Maps directly to your target market segments</li><li>Speaks their language throughout</li><li>Makes it obvious which one they should choose based on their goals</li></ol><p>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>85. The 8 signs it's time to fire a client</title>
      <itunes:title>85. The 8 signs it's time to fire a client</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d898e9d-75c9-4971-b7db-e68b0d1ecd8c</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/85-the-8-signs-its-time-to-fire-a-client</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve all been there. You need to fire your client. </p><p>Something is not working or feeling right, and it’s just better to part ways.</p><p>Ideally, you find a way to part ways amicably, learn from these experiences, and watch for red flags in the future so you avoid repeated scenarios. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about the 8 signs it’s time to fire a client. At a high level, they include:</p><ol><li>They make you feel bad or stressed often or all the time</li><li>They don’t implement your advice, or they pick and choose what to do but expect the results regardless</li><li>They treat you like an employee</li><li>They expect results too quickly and/or aren’t investing adequate resources to meet their goals </li><li>They make you do a dog and pony show every month or quarter to reexplain everything you’re suggesting they do and the thought process behind it</li><li>They don’t pay you on time</li><li>They’re too needy/can’t do anything without you holding their hand</li><li>You can’t get an ROI for them in a meaningful time period</li></ol><p><br>I go into a lot of details on these, so give it a listen and tell me if you think I missed any big ones! </p><p>Eventually, if you learn to sniff it out early, it will save you a lot of headaches in the long run. </p><p>Have a Merry Christmas and happy holidays!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve all been there. You need to fire your client. </p><p>Something is not working or feeling right, and it’s just better to part ways.</p><p>Ideally, you find a way to part ways amicably, learn from these experiences, and watch for red flags in the future so you avoid repeated scenarios. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about the 8 signs it’s time to fire a client. At a high level, they include:</p><ol><li>They make you feel bad or stressed often or all the time</li><li>They don’t implement your advice, or they pick and choose what to do but expect the results regardless</li><li>They treat you like an employee</li><li>They expect results too quickly and/or aren’t investing adequate resources to meet their goals </li><li>They make you do a dog and pony show every month or quarter to reexplain everything you’re suggesting they do and the thought process behind it</li><li>They don’t pay you on time</li><li>They’re too needy/can’t do anything without you holding their hand</li><li>You can’t get an ROI for them in a meaningful time period</li></ol><p><br>I go into a lot of details on these, so give it a listen and tell me if you think I missed any big ones! </p><p>Eventually, if you learn to sniff it out early, it will save you a lot of headaches in the long run. </p><p>Have a Merry Christmas and happy holidays!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2020 14:42:26 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/20448622/58b7e757.mp3" length="53446065" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1668</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve all been there. You need to fire your client. </p><p>Something is not working or feeling right, and it’s just better to part ways.</p><p>Ideally, you find a way to part ways amicably, learn from these experiences, and watch for red flags in the future so you avoid repeated scenarios. </p><p>In this episode, I talk about the 8 signs it’s time to fire a client. At a high level, they include:</p><ol><li>They make you feel bad or stressed often or all the time</li><li>They don’t implement your advice, or they pick and choose what to do but expect the results regardless</li><li>They treat you like an employee</li><li>They expect results too quickly and/or aren’t investing adequate resources to meet their goals </li><li>They make you do a dog and pony show every month or quarter to reexplain everything you’re suggesting they do and the thought process behind it</li><li>They don’t pay you on time</li><li>They’re too needy/can’t do anything without you holding their hand</li><li>You can’t get an ROI for them in a meaningful time period</li></ol><p><br>I go into a lot of details on these, so give it a listen and tell me if you think I missed any big ones! </p><p>Eventually, if you learn to sniff it out early, it will save you a lot of headaches in the long run. </p><p>Have a Merry Christmas and happy holidays!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>84. Should you do project management for your advisory clients?</title>
      <itunes:title>84. Should you do project management for your advisory clients?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2f0b200c-804b-4162-ab4b-ede1011ec77d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/85-should-you-do-project-management-for-your-advisory-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation for this episode: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/85-should-you-do-project-management-for-your-advisory-clients">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/85-should-you-do-project-management-for-your-advisory-clients</a></p><p>Last episode (I said 84 in the recording, I meant 83), I talked about the various ways some advisory clients can’t or won’t implement your advice, and what to do about it when that happens. </p><p>Mark had a follow up question about whether to do project management in cases where the client doesn’t have an in-house person to implement.</p><p>The short answer is no. I did it when I first started and I burned out/reached capacity at two clients (and some other smaller work I was doing at the same time). </p><p>Project management is stressful and energy consuming. It also puts the owness of speed on you instead of the client. </p><p>Personally, I don’t want that stress and it’s not what I do best. </p><p>You want to be able to move at the speed of your clients, not the speed of your own internal capability to keep projects moving forward (which you have little control over anyway).</p><p>Instead, I’d consider finding someone to recommend to your client who can implement the work you agree to and/or manage projects so things stay on track.</p><p>The closest thing I do to project management is keep a record of notes in Google Drive for each of our calls. I write down what we talk about, who is doing what, and when it should be do.</p><p>Then, if the client hasn’t completed their end by the next call, it’s in plain black and white who’s responsiblity it was. I don’t babysit.</p><p>This has relieved immense amounts of stress and pressure off me. Maybe you can be a good advisor <em>and</em> be the one chasing information and managing projects, but I doubt it. </p><p>It is highly low value and low leverage, which isn’t what you want to be doing as a solo consultant.</p><p>Lots more in this one, so give it a listen and tell me what you think.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation for this episode: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/85-should-you-do-project-management-for-your-advisory-clients">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/85-should-you-do-project-management-for-your-advisory-clients</a></p><p>Last episode (I said 84 in the recording, I meant 83), I talked about the various ways some advisory clients can’t or won’t implement your advice, and what to do about it when that happens. </p><p>Mark had a follow up question about whether to do project management in cases where the client doesn’t have an in-house person to implement.</p><p>The short answer is no. I did it when I first started and I burned out/reached capacity at two clients (and some other smaller work I was doing at the same time). </p><p>Project management is stressful and energy consuming. It also puts the owness of speed on you instead of the client. </p><p>Personally, I don’t want that stress and it’s not what I do best. </p><p>You want to be able to move at the speed of your clients, not the speed of your own internal capability to keep projects moving forward (which you have little control over anyway).</p><p>Instead, I’d consider finding someone to recommend to your client who can implement the work you agree to and/or manage projects so things stay on track.</p><p>The closest thing I do to project management is keep a record of notes in Google Drive for each of our calls. I write down what we talk about, who is doing what, and when it should be do.</p><p>Then, if the client hasn’t completed their end by the next call, it’s in plain black and white who’s responsiblity it was. I don’t babysit.</p><p>This has relieved immense amounts of stress and pressure off me. Maybe you can be a good advisor <em>and</em> be the one chasing information and managing projects, but I doubt it. </p><p>It is highly low value and low leverage, which isn’t what you want to be doing as a solo consultant.</p><p>Lots more in this one, so give it a listen and tell me what you think.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Dec 2020 14:56:25 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ff1d5b9d/242388ff.mp3" length="21774831" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>679</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation for this episode: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/85-should-you-do-project-management-for-your-advisory-clients">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/85-should-you-do-project-management-for-your-advisory-clients</a></p><p>Last episode (I said 84 in the recording, I meant 83), I talked about the various ways some advisory clients can’t or won’t implement your advice, and what to do about it when that happens. </p><p>Mark had a follow up question about whether to do project management in cases where the client doesn’t have an in-house person to implement.</p><p>The short answer is no. I did it when I first started and I burned out/reached capacity at two clients (and some other smaller work I was doing at the same time). </p><p>Project management is stressful and energy consuming. It also puts the owness of speed on you instead of the client. </p><p>Personally, I don’t want that stress and it’s not what I do best. </p><p>You want to be able to move at the speed of your clients, not the speed of your own internal capability to keep projects moving forward (which you have little control over anyway).</p><p>Instead, I’d consider finding someone to recommend to your client who can implement the work you agree to and/or manage projects so things stay on track.</p><p>The closest thing I do to project management is keep a record of notes in Google Drive for each of our calls. I write down what we talk about, who is doing what, and when it should be do.</p><p>Then, if the client hasn’t completed their end by the next call, it’s in plain black and white who’s responsiblity it was. I don’t babysit.</p><p>This has relieved immense amounts of stress and pressure off me. Maybe you can be a good advisor <em>and</em> be the one chasing information and managing projects, but I doubt it. </p><p>It is highly low value and low leverage, which isn’t what you want to be doing as a solo consultant.</p><p>Lots more in this one, so give it a listen and tell me what you think.</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>83. What to do when your advisory clients can’t (or don’t) implement your advice</title>
      <itunes:title>83. What to do when your advisory clients can’t (or don’t) implement your advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">57049dbf-ee11-475c-9b2f-b6e73c0eaad6</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/84-what-to-do-when-your-advisory-clients-can-t-or-don-t-implement-your-advice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re working in an advisory capacity, it’s critical that your advice gets implemented. </p><p>If your recommendations aren’t being executed, you aren’t creating enough value for your clients, which means you become a <em>cost</em>. And that’s not good.</p><p>In this eposide, I share some ideas for what to do when your clients can’t (or won’t) implement your ideas quickly enough, including:</p><ul><li>Bringing in additional support to introduce to my clients (like a general marketing freelancer)</li><li>Doing some up-front implementation work as a foundational project</li><li>Hiring someone in my own business to help me flesh out my methodology (including training, systems and processes) to make implementation more efficient</li></ul><p>Do you have any other ways of facilitating the implementation in an advisory relationship? Let me know in the comments below!</p><p><br>Join the conversation: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/84-what-to-do-when-your-advisory-clients-can-t-or-don-t-implement-your-advice">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/84-what-to-do-when-your-advisory-clients-can-t-or-don-t-implement-your-advice</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re working in an advisory capacity, it’s critical that your advice gets implemented. </p><p>If your recommendations aren’t being executed, you aren’t creating enough value for your clients, which means you become a <em>cost</em>. And that’s not good.</p><p>In this eposide, I share some ideas for what to do when your clients can’t (or won’t) implement your ideas quickly enough, including:</p><ul><li>Bringing in additional support to introduce to my clients (like a general marketing freelancer)</li><li>Doing some up-front implementation work as a foundational project</li><li>Hiring someone in my own business to help me flesh out my methodology (including training, systems and processes) to make implementation more efficient</li></ul><p>Do you have any other ways of facilitating the implementation in an advisory relationship? Let me know in the comments below!</p><p><br>Join the conversation: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/84-what-to-do-when-your-advisory-clients-can-t-or-don-t-implement-your-advice">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/84-what-to-do-when-your-advisory-clients-can-t-or-don-t-implement-your-advice</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 14:51:46 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6a3f2b61/a117fd9d.mp3" length="18255648" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>569</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you’re working in an advisory capacity, it’s critical that your advice gets implemented. </p><p>If your recommendations aren’t being executed, you aren’t creating enough value for your clients, which means you become a <em>cost</em>. And that’s not good.</p><p>In this eposide, I share some ideas for what to do when your clients can’t (or won’t) implement your ideas quickly enough, including:</p><ul><li>Bringing in additional support to introduce to my clients (like a general marketing freelancer)</li><li>Doing some up-front implementation work as a foundational project</li><li>Hiring someone in my own business to help me flesh out my methodology (including training, systems and processes) to make implementation more efficient</li></ul><p>Do you have any other ways of facilitating the implementation in an advisory relationship? Let me know in the comments below!</p><p><br>Join the conversation: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/84-what-to-do-when-your-advisory-clients-can-t-or-don-t-implement-your-advice">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/84-what-to-do-when-your-advisory-clients-can-t-or-don-t-implement-your-advice</a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>82. Why you should price in accordance with the pain potential</title>
      <itunes:title>82. Why you should price in accordance with the pain potential</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d879e0c8-1b76-460d-bc68-a336cd171cc5</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/82-why-you-should-price-in-accordance-with-the-pain-potential</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It can be hard to know how to position your services.</p><p>Are you the high-quality option, the "cheap and cheerful" one, or somewhere in between?</p><p>I've <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/72-should-you-price-your-consulting-services-on-the-high-middle-or-low-end-of-the-spectrum">spoken before</a> about being in a reasonable price range so clients can justify staying with you longer. But "reasonable" is a big vague, so I wanted to explore this topic deeper. </p><p>To me, it comes down to the <em>pain potential</em>. Not the pain, necessarily, but the potential for pain if they don't hire me (or someone like me). </p><p>The bigger the downside potential, the more people will pay to avoid it.</p><p>Give this a listen and tell me if you agree.</p><p>—kw</p><p><strong>Join the conversation for this episode:</strong> https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/82-why-you-should-price-in-accordance-with-the-pain-potential<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It can be hard to know how to position your services.</p><p>Are you the high-quality option, the "cheap and cheerful" one, or somewhere in between?</p><p>I've <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/72-should-you-price-your-consulting-services-on-the-high-middle-or-low-end-of-the-spectrum">spoken before</a> about being in a reasonable price range so clients can justify staying with you longer. But "reasonable" is a big vague, so I wanted to explore this topic deeper. </p><p>To me, it comes down to the <em>pain potential</em>. Not the pain, necessarily, but the potential for pain if they don't hire me (or someone like me). </p><p>The bigger the downside potential, the more people will pay to avoid it.</p><p>Give this a listen and tell me if you agree.</p><p>—kw</p><p><strong>Join the conversation for this episode:</strong> https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/82-why-you-should-price-in-accordance-with-the-pain-potential<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Dec 2020 14:28:09 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/f9015d5e/bdf1795f.mp3" length="19111593" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>595</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>It can be hard to know how to position your services.</p><p>Are you the high-quality option, the "cheap and cheerful" one, or somewhere in between?</p><p>I've <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/72-should-you-price-your-consulting-services-on-the-high-middle-or-low-end-of-the-spectrum">spoken before</a> about being in a reasonable price range so clients can justify staying with you longer. But "reasonable" is a big vague, so I wanted to explore this topic deeper. </p><p>To me, it comes down to the <em>pain potential</em>. Not the pain, necessarily, but the potential for pain if they don't hire me (or someone like me). </p><p>The bigger the downside potential, the more people will pay to avoid it.</p><p>Give this a listen and tell me if you agree.</p><p>—kw</p><p><strong>Join the conversation for this episode:</strong> https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/82-why-you-should-price-in-accordance-with-the-pain-potential<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>81. Why sharing your backstory matters</title>
      <itunes:title>81. Why sharing your backstory matters</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f1f0c23-8696-4700-9110-df4bbb0368d0</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/81-why-sharing-your-backstory-matters</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation for this episode here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/81-why-sharing-your-backstory-matters</p><p>* * * * </p><p>Have you ever noticed how dramatic movies tend to start with lots of backstory behind the characters?</p><p>Think about Apollo 13, for example. The first part of the movie is focused on their family life, children, etc.</p><p>Why do they bother going into all that backstory? What does it have to do with the main plot?</p><p><strong>They do it so you are emotionally invested in the characters.</strong> It gives them meaning and you can empathize with them a lot more.</p><p>I’ve been thinking lately about how best to use backstory in marketing. As a professional, I think it’s important to share some of your personal life inside of your professional identity.</p><p>Otherwise, you’re kind of like an interchangeable extra in the film. Nobody cares what happens to you. </p><p>Like the thousands leading the charge in Braveheart, we only really care about the characters we know. </p><p><strong>If you want people to care, share some of your backstory.</strong></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation for this episode here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/81-why-sharing-your-backstory-matters</p><p>* * * * </p><p>Have you ever noticed how dramatic movies tend to start with lots of backstory behind the characters?</p><p>Think about Apollo 13, for example. The first part of the movie is focused on their family life, children, etc.</p><p>Why do they bother going into all that backstory? What does it have to do with the main plot?</p><p><strong>They do it so you are emotionally invested in the characters.</strong> It gives them meaning and you can empathize with them a lot more.</p><p>I’ve been thinking lately about how best to use backstory in marketing. As a professional, I think it’s important to share some of your personal life inside of your professional identity.</p><p>Otherwise, you’re kind of like an interchangeable extra in the film. Nobody cares what happens to you. </p><p>Like the thousands leading the charge in Braveheart, we only really care about the characters we know. </p><p><strong>If you want people to care, share some of your backstory.</strong></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Dec 2020 14:39:23 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/90f9548c/e146f2a7.mp3" length="12929092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>402</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation for this episode here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/general/81-why-sharing-your-backstory-matters</p><p>* * * * </p><p>Have you ever noticed how dramatic movies tend to start with lots of backstory behind the characters?</p><p>Think about Apollo 13, for example. The first part of the movie is focused on their family life, children, etc.</p><p>Why do they bother going into all that backstory? What does it have to do with the main plot?</p><p><strong>They do it so you are emotionally invested in the characters.</strong> It gives them meaning and you can empathize with them a lot more.</p><p>I’ve been thinking lately about how best to use backstory in marketing. As a professional, I think it’s important to share some of your personal life inside of your professional identity.</p><p>Otherwise, you’re kind of like an interchangeable extra in the film. Nobody cares what happens to you. </p><p>Like the thousands leading the charge in Braveheart, we only really care about the characters we know. </p><p><strong>If you want people to care, share some of your backstory.</strong></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>80. How to make your products or service more compelling</title>
      <itunes:title>80. How to make your products or service more compelling</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a5da489e-bb65-47ad-b49f-d0ebfcce1b2b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/80-how-to-make-your-products-or-service-more-compelling</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Join this episode's conversation in the community:</strong> https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/80-how-to-make-your-products-or-service-more-compelling</p><p>. . . .</p><p>Lately, I've been paying attention to the factors that convince me to buy things—especially when I'm not super familiar with the product or creator who made it. </p><p><strong>By far, the most compelling factor in my decision to puchase was the positioning.</strong> </p><p><em>What does it do, how is it unique, and is it for me?<br></em><br>And assuming the product or service is well-positioned, I really analyzed what else made me more likely to want to buy things.</p><p><strong>And after a lot of analysis, the second most significant factor was social proof.</strong></p><p>Things like:</p><ol><li>Unsolicited recommendations</li><li>Reviews and testimonials</li><li>Case studies and work samples</li><li>Client and media logos</li><li>Statistics and numbers</li><li>Group affiliations</li></ol><p><br>The main crux of this is selling people on two points:</p><ol><li>Does this work in general?</li><li>Does it work for people like me?</li><li>Will it actually work for <em>me</em>?</li></ol><p><br>The last part is the trickiest, which is why you can never have too much social proof. </p><p>So there you have it. Are your/your clients' products and services well-positioned?</p><p>And if they are, how much social proof surrounds the places where people make buying decisions? My guess is there's always room to improve and add more.</p><p>Got any good tricks up your sleeves? Let us know in the comments below!</p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. I'd love to hear your feedback on this group. Want to leave a testimonial or review? DM me or email kevin@kevin.me and I'd be delighted to hear from you. 🙏</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Join this episode's conversation in the community:</strong> https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/80-how-to-make-your-products-or-service-more-compelling</p><p>. . . .</p><p>Lately, I've been paying attention to the factors that convince me to buy things—especially when I'm not super familiar with the product or creator who made it. </p><p><strong>By far, the most compelling factor in my decision to puchase was the positioning.</strong> </p><p><em>What does it do, how is it unique, and is it for me?<br></em><br>And assuming the product or service is well-positioned, I really analyzed what else made me more likely to want to buy things.</p><p><strong>And after a lot of analysis, the second most significant factor was social proof.</strong></p><p>Things like:</p><ol><li>Unsolicited recommendations</li><li>Reviews and testimonials</li><li>Case studies and work samples</li><li>Client and media logos</li><li>Statistics and numbers</li><li>Group affiliations</li></ol><p><br>The main crux of this is selling people on two points:</p><ol><li>Does this work in general?</li><li>Does it work for people like me?</li><li>Will it actually work for <em>me</em>?</li></ol><p><br>The last part is the trickiest, which is why you can never have too much social proof. </p><p>So there you have it. Are your/your clients' products and services well-positioned?</p><p>And if they are, how much social proof surrounds the places where people make buying decisions? My guess is there's always room to improve and add more.</p><p>Got any good tricks up your sleeves? Let us know in the comments below!</p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. I'd love to hear your feedback on this group. Want to leave a testimonial or review? DM me or email kevin@kevin.me and I'd be delighted to hear from you. 🙏</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Dec 2020 15:00:41 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/87ac8d5f/f480e99e.mp3" length="12787022" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>398</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><strong>Join this episode's conversation in the community:</strong> https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/80-how-to-make-your-products-or-service-more-compelling</p><p>. . . .</p><p>Lately, I've been paying attention to the factors that convince me to buy things—especially when I'm not super familiar with the product or creator who made it. </p><p><strong>By far, the most compelling factor in my decision to puchase was the positioning.</strong> </p><p><em>What does it do, how is it unique, and is it for me?<br></em><br>And assuming the product or service is well-positioned, I really analyzed what else made me more likely to want to buy things.</p><p><strong>And after a lot of analysis, the second most significant factor was social proof.</strong></p><p>Things like:</p><ol><li>Unsolicited recommendations</li><li>Reviews and testimonials</li><li>Case studies and work samples</li><li>Client and media logos</li><li>Statistics and numbers</li><li>Group affiliations</li></ol><p><br>The main crux of this is selling people on two points:</p><ol><li>Does this work in general?</li><li>Does it work for people like me?</li><li>Will it actually work for <em>me</em>?</li></ol><p><br>The last part is the trickiest, which is why you can never have too much social proof. </p><p>So there you have it. Are your/your clients' products and services well-positioned?</p><p>And if they are, how much social proof surrounds the places where people make buying decisions? My guess is there's always room to improve and add more.</p><p>Got any good tricks up your sleeves? Let us know in the comments below!</p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. I'd love to hear your feedback on this group. Want to leave a testimonial or review? DM me or email kevin@kevin.me and I'd be delighted to hear from you. 🙏</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>79. How to come up with interesting topics for your content marketing</title>
      <itunes:title>79. How to come up with interesting topics for your content marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">600ce5bb-f28f-40d4-8bc9-802078b86007</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/79-how-to-come-up-with-interesting-topics-for-your-content-marketing</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation around this episode here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/79-how-to-come-up-with-interesting-topics-for-your-content-marketing</p><p>. . . . </p><p>I had a great question come in about whether to interview clients for content ideas or not. </p><p>In general, I'm not against asking clients what topics they might be interested in, but like a lot of things, people don't know what they don't know. </p><p>Especially if you ask them out of the blue.</p><p>It's better to spot things "in the wild" in the course of your conversations and through research.</p><p><strong>In this episode I will cover my top three sources for content ideas:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Imaging my best clients and intuiting what they would want</li><li>Taking notes throughout the day and noticing key questions/challenges/desires/things I teach often</li><li>Researching online, such as on Twitter, in communities, book reviews, podcast topics, conference topics and more. </li></ol><p><br>There are a lot of ways to find new topics, but these work best for me. I go into a lot more depth on why in this podcast.</p><p><strong>The main thing to remember:</strong> with everything you write, ask yourself, would my ideal client want to read this? If not, go back to the drawing board. </p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would be interested in this group? Ask them to join! I might just hook you up with a free month or two if you do. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation around this episode here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/79-how-to-come-up-with-interesting-topics-for-your-content-marketing</p><p>. . . . </p><p>I had a great question come in about whether to interview clients for content ideas or not. </p><p>In general, I'm not against asking clients what topics they might be interested in, but like a lot of things, people don't know what they don't know. </p><p>Especially if you ask them out of the blue.</p><p>It's better to spot things "in the wild" in the course of your conversations and through research.</p><p><strong>In this episode I will cover my top three sources for content ideas:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Imaging my best clients and intuiting what they would want</li><li>Taking notes throughout the day and noticing key questions/challenges/desires/things I teach often</li><li>Researching online, such as on Twitter, in communities, book reviews, podcast topics, conference topics and more. </li></ol><p><br>There are a lot of ways to find new topics, but these work best for me. I go into a lot more depth on why in this podcast.</p><p><strong>The main thing to remember:</strong> with everything you write, ask yourself, would my ideal client want to read this? If not, go back to the drawing board. </p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would be interested in this group? Ask them to join! I might just hook you up with a free month or two if you do. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Dec 2020 14:57:01 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/dc903a7c/dc22222e.mp3" length="27291068" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>851</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Join the conversation around this episode here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/79-how-to-come-up-with-interesting-topics-for-your-content-marketing</p><p>. . . . </p><p>I had a great question come in about whether to interview clients for content ideas or not. </p><p>In general, I'm not against asking clients what topics they might be interested in, but like a lot of things, people don't know what they don't know. </p><p>Especially if you ask them out of the blue.</p><p>It's better to spot things "in the wild" in the course of your conversations and through research.</p><p><strong>In this episode I will cover my top three sources for content ideas:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Imaging my best clients and intuiting what they would want</li><li>Taking notes throughout the day and noticing key questions/challenges/desires/things I teach often</li><li>Researching online, such as on Twitter, in communities, book reviews, podcast topics, conference topics and more. </li></ol><p><br>There are a lot of ways to find new topics, but these work best for me. I go into a lot more depth on why in this podcast.</p><p><strong>The main thing to remember:</strong> with everything you write, ask yourself, would my ideal client want to read this? If not, go back to the drawing board. </p><p>—kw</p><p>P.S. Know someone who would be interested in this group? Ask them to join! I might just hook you up with a free month or two if you do. </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>78. The right way to wrap up your client engagements</title>
      <itunes:title>78. The right way to wrap up your client engagements</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f51b7fa9-42c6-4f4b-ba93-c0ab582646e9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/78-the-right-way-to-wrap-up-your-client-engagements</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Every client engagement comes to an end, eventually.</p><p>And when it does, I'm a big believer in having an "off-boarding" call.</p><p>In my opinion, these are critical. It can sometimes be a little uncomfortable—even when things end on a good note. </p><p>But they are extremely valuable to both you and the client. I'll explain why.<br><strong><br>In this episode, I talk about: </strong></p><ol><li>Why you want to have off-boarding calls with your clients (and not let things phase out into oblivion).</li><li>What to talk about during those calls, including accomplishments, results, things still to be done, feedback for you (good and bad), as well as an offer to stick around to ensure a smooth transition.</li><li>How to use that process as the basis for case studies, testimonials, and improvements to the way you do your work, and much more.</li></ol><p>Do you hold off-boarding calls? Will you start now if not?</p><p>I'd love to hear what else you do at the end of your client engagements.</p><p>Link to episode in community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/78-the-right-way-to-wrap-up-your-client-engagements</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Every client engagement comes to an end, eventually.</p><p>And when it does, I'm a big believer in having an "off-boarding" call.</p><p>In my opinion, these are critical. It can sometimes be a little uncomfortable—even when things end on a good note. </p><p>But they are extremely valuable to both you and the client. I'll explain why.<br><strong><br>In this episode, I talk about: </strong></p><ol><li>Why you want to have off-boarding calls with your clients (and not let things phase out into oblivion).</li><li>What to talk about during those calls, including accomplishments, results, things still to be done, feedback for you (good and bad), as well as an offer to stick around to ensure a smooth transition.</li><li>How to use that process as the basis for case studies, testimonials, and improvements to the way you do your work, and much more.</li></ol><p>Do you hold off-boarding calls? Will you start now if not?</p><p>I'd love to hear what else you do at the end of your client engagements.</p><p>Link to episode in community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/78-the-right-way-to-wrap-up-your-client-engagements</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Dec 2020 14:43:02 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1f146680/a5842913.mp3" length="15640004" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>487</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Every client engagement comes to an end, eventually.</p><p>And when it does, I'm a big believer in having an "off-boarding" call.</p><p>In my opinion, these are critical. It can sometimes be a little uncomfortable—even when things end on a good note. </p><p>But they are extremely valuable to both you and the client. I'll explain why.<br><strong><br>In this episode, I talk about: </strong></p><ol><li>Why you want to have off-boarding calls with your clients (and not let things phase out into oblivion).</li><li>What to talk about during those calls, including accomplishments, results, things still to be done, feedback for you (good and bad), as well as an offer to stick around to ensure a smooth transition.</li><li>How to use that process as the basis for case studies, testimonials, and improvements to the way you do your work, and much more.</li></ol><p>Do you hold off-boarding calls? Will you start now if not?</p><p>I'd love to hear what else you do at the end of your client engagements.</p><p>Link to episode in community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/78-the-right-way-to-wrap-up-your-client-engagements</p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>77. The value of publishing consistently</title>
      <itunes:title>77. The value of publishing consistently</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ac7bedff-b166-47c7-87e3-16c509c2fc0b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/77-the-value-of-publishing-consistently</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's late on a Friday night and I'm sharing this quick audio with you.</p><p>It's about consistency. The value of showing up even when you're tired and don't want to.</p><p>Writing and publishing content consistently has been the sole driver of most of my businesses since I started. </p><p>If I didn't create lots of content over the years, I wouldn't be in business today. It's that simple.</p><p>And while I've gone through phases of creating lots of content and letting the habit slide, the best results have always come from being consistent. </p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk more about:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Strategies for writing content daily</li><li>Coming up with content ideas</li><li>Focusing on topics related to your methodology</li><li>Discovering your own big ideas</li><li>Infrequent vs. frequent content</li><li>Recency and frequency biases</li></ol><p><br>And a few other ideas.</p><p>I hope this resonates with you. </p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Link to episode in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/77-the-value-of-consistent-publishing</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's late on a Friday night and I'm sharing this quick audio with you.</p><p>It's about consistency. The value of showing up even when you're tired and don't want to.</p><p>Writing and publishing content consistently has been the sole driver of most of my businesses since I started. </p><p>If I didn't create lots of content over the years, I wouldn't be in business today. It's that simple.</p><p>And while I've gone through phases of creating lots of content and letting the habit slide, the best results have always come from being consistent. </p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk more about:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Strategies for writing content daily</li><li>Coming up with content ideas</li><li>Focusing on topics related to your methodology</li><li>Discovering your own big ideas</li><li>Infrequent vs. frequent content</li><li>Recency and frequency biases</li></ol><p><br>And a few other ideas.</p><p>I hope this resonates with you. </p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Link to episode in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/77-the-value-of-consistent-publishing</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2020 17:54:43 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b4e3a2d7/69ebf042.mp3" length="14736352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>459</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's late on a Friday night and I'm sharing this quick audio with you.</p><p>It's about consistency. The value of showing up even when you're tired and don't want to.</p><p>Writing and publishing content consistently has been the sole driver of most of my businesses since I started. </p><p>If I didn't create lots of content over the years, I wouldn't be in business today. It's that simple.</p><p>And while I've gone through phases of creating lots of content and letting the habit slide, the best results have always come from being consistent. </p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk more about:<br></strong><br></p><ol><li>Strategies for writing content daily</li><li>Coming up with content ideas</li><li>Focusing on topics related to your methodology</li><li>Discovering your own big ideas</li><li>Infrequent vs. frequent content</li><li>Recency and frequency biases</li></ol><p><br>And a few other ideas.</p><p>I hope this resonates with you. </p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Link to episode in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/77-the-value-of-consistent-publishing</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>76. Own the entire problem</title>
      <itunes:title>76. Own the entire problem</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">362c95cf-3170-48b5-a1ec-bfd61eb4093e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/76-own-the-entire-problem</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you get paid to do implementation work, you're ultimately being paid to solve a problem.</p><p><br></p><p>Maybe it's anything website or content-related. Or maybe it's more broad, like anything marketing-related. Anything within that purview becomes your problem. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>In other words, you own the entire problem of X for your clients.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>The challenge when switching to advisory work is that you end up <em>facilitating </em>the solution instead of actually <em>doing</em> it for your client. That means someone still has to actually <em>do</em> the implementation.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>But as an advisor, whatever your scope is, it's still your problem to solve. </strong>Regardless of the roadblock that comes up, you will move mountains if you have to.  </p><p><br></p><p>That might mean finding new freelancers or agencies to implement, doing wireframes or proof-of-concepts yourself, training people do to things in-house, teaching people how things work, or anything else that needs to happen to get the problem solved.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>After all, what you're selling is a solution to their problem. Nobody pays for half a solution.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Personally, I charge a fixed price for what I do. I don't want problems to get more expensive for my clients than anticipated. That just adds a problem to a problem.</p><p><br></p><p>If it means I need to put in overtime to get the problem solved, that's the risk I take. I own it and find solutions. </p><p><br></p><p>From the client's perspective, they get the assurance that for a fixed price, the problem of X is solved (marketing, design, strategy, leads, whatever). </p><p><strong>The feeling of buying all-in services is very reassuring.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>But if you throw your hands in the air and make any part of the problem your client's problem, you're providing an incomplete service.</p><p><br></p><p>"That's not my job" won't cut it if it's part of the problem you promised to own. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>People pay a lot of money to make their problems someone else's. The more you do that, and the bigger the "problem", the more you’ll get paid.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for some more specifics. </p><p>Link to this topic in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/76-own-the-entire-problem</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you get paid to do implementation work, you're ultimately being paid to solve a problem.</p><p><br></p><p>Maybe it's anything website or content-related. Or maybe it's more broad, like anything marketing-related. Anything within that purview becomes your problem. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>In other words, you own the entire problem of X for your clients.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>The challenge when switching to advisory work is that you end up <em>facilitating </em>the solution instead of actually <em>doing</em> it for your client. That means someone still has to actually <em>do</em> the implementation.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>But as an advisor, whatever your scope is, it's still your problem to solve. </strong>Regardless of the roadblock that comes up, you will move mountains if you have to.  </p><p><br></p><p>That might mean finding new freelancers or agencies to implement, doing wireframes or proof-of-concepts yourself, training people do to things in-house, teaching people how things work, or anything else that needs to happen to get the problem solved.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>After all, what you're selling is a solution to their problem. Nobody pays for half a solution.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Personally, I charge a fixed price for what I do. I don't want problems to get more expensive for my clients than anticipated. That just adds a problem to a problem.</p><p><br></p><p>If it means I need to put in overtime to get the problem solved, that's the risk I take. I own it and find solutions. </p><p><br></p><p>From the client's perspective, they get the assurance that for a fixed price, the problem of X is solved (marketing, design, strategy, leads, whatever). </p><p><strong>The feeling of buying all-in services is very reassuring.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>But if you throw your hands in the air and make any part of the problem your client's problem, you're providing an incomplete service.</p><p><br></p><p>"That's not my job" won't cut it if it's part of the problem you promised to own. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>People pay a lot of money to make their problems someone else's. The more you do that, and the bigger the "problem", the more you’ll get paid.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for some more specifics. </p><p>Link to this topic in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/76-own-the-entire-problem</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Dec 2020 17:50:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/56e63106/16d093d6.mp3" length="10741470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>334</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>When you get paid to do implementation work, you're ultimately being paid to solve a problem.</p><p><br></p><p>Maybe it's anything website or content-related. Or maybe it's more broad, like anything marketing-related. Anything within that purview becomes your problem. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>In other words, you own the entire problem of X for your clients.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>The challenge when switching to advisory work is that you end up <em>facilitating </em>the solution instead of actually <em>doing</em> it for your client. That means someone still has to actually <em>do</em> the implementation.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>But as an advisor, whatever your scope is, it's still your problem to solve. </strong>Regardless of the roadblock that comes up, you will move mountains if you have to.  </p><p><br></p><p>That might mean finding new freelancers or agencies to implement, doing wireframes or proof-of-concepts yourself, training people do to things in-house, teaching people how things work, or anything else that needs to happen to get the problem solved.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>After all, what you're selling is a solution to their problem. Nobody pays for half a solution.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Personally, I charge a fixed price for what I do. I don't want problems to get more expensive for my clients than anticipated. That just adds a problem to a problem.</p><p><br></p><p>If it means I need to put in overtime to get the problem solved, that's the risk I take. I own it and find solutions. </p><p><br></p><p>From the client's perspective, they get the assurance that for a fixed price, the problem of X is solved (marketing, design, strategy, leads, whatever). </p><p><strong>The feeling of buying all-in services is very reassuring.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>But if you throw your hands in the air and make any part of the problem your client's problem, you're providing an incomplete service.</p><p><br></p><p>"That's not my job" won't cut it if it's part of the problem you promised to own. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>People pay a lot of money to make their problems someone else's. The more you do that, and the bigger the "problem", the more you’ll get paid.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for some more specifics. </p><p>Link to this topic in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/76-own-the-entire-problem</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>75. How to—and why you should—tightly narrow your positioning</title>
      <itunes:title>75. How to—and why you should—tightly narrow your positioning</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fc21cdc8-ef6d-4ed5-bb2c-2f672e91fef0</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/75-how-to-and-why-you-should-tightly-narrow-your-positioning</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Positioning yourself effectively kinda hurts.</p><p><br></p><p>It should feel like you're leaving a LOT on the table. And the reality is, you are. You're leaving MOST of your opportunities on the table.</p><p><br></p><p>And yet, counter-intuitively, by saying no to most, you say yes to more.</p><p><br></p><p>In the episode I talk about how and why you should tightly narrow your positioning.</p><p><br></p><p>It shout hurt a little bit, which is why I recommend doing things in a very particular way (i.e. having a broad AND narrow position until you get traction, phasing into it, focusing who and HOW you serve, etc.).</p><p><br></p><p>If you are struggling at all with your positioning, give this a listen and let me know in the comments where the pain is. I promise the pain is where the opportunity is in so many cases.</p><p><br></p><p>We all need a little coaching to get through it (I did), and there are a lot of considerations when making a choice, so don't be shy about where you are in the process.</p><p>Here's a link to the post in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/74-how-to-and-why-you-should-tightly-narrow-your-positioning</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Positioning yourself effectively kinda hurts.</p><p><br></p><p>It should feel like you're leaving a LOT on the table. And the reality is, you are. You're leaving MOST of your opportunities on the table.</p><p><br></p><p>And yet, counter-intuitively, by saying no to most, you say yes to more.</p><p><br></p><p>In the episode I talk about how and why you should tightly narrow your positioning.</p><p><br></p><p>It shout hurt a little bit, which is why I recommend doing things in a very particular way (i.e. having a broad AND narrow position until you get traction, phasing into it, focusing who and HOW you serve, etc.).</p><p><br></p><p>If you are struggling at all with your positioning, give this a listen and let me know in the comments where the pain is. I promise the pain is where the opportunity is in so many cases.</p><p><br></p><p>We all need a little coaching to get through it (I did), and there are a lot of considerations when making a choice, so don't be shy about where you are in the process.</p><p>Here's a link to the post in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/74-how-to-and-why-you-should-tightly-narrow-your-positioning</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Nov 2020 14:40:03 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/9ff41357/1a4794b1.mp3" length="19348991" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>603</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Positioning yourself effectively kinda hurts.</p><p><br></p><p>It should feel like you're leaving a LOT on the table. And the reality is, you are. You're leaving MOST of your opportunities on the table.</p><p><br></p><p>And yet, counter-intuitively, by saying no to most, you say yes to more.</p><p><br></p><p>In the episode I talk about how and why you should tightly narrow your positioning.</p><p><br></p><p>It shout hurt a little bit, which is why I recommend doing things in a very particular way (i.e. having a broad AND narrow position until you get traction, phasing into it, focusing who and HOW you serve, etc.).</p><p><br></p><p>If you are struggling at all with your positioning, give this a listen and let me know in the comments where the pain is. I promise the pain is where the opportunity is in so many cases.</p><p><br></p><p>We all need a little coaching to get through it (I did), and there are a lot of considerations when making a choice, so don't be shy about where you are in the process.</p><p>Here's a link to the post in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/74-how-to-and-why-you-should-tightly-narrow-your-positioning</p><p><br></p><p>—kw</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>74. How to attract more leads to your consultancy</title>
      <itunes:title>74. How to attract more leads to your consultancy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3e6d981-5e84-42d4-8614-746e1fa60a03</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/74-how-to-attract-more-leads-to-your-consultancy</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve been talking a lot about business models and positioning lately but not enough on how to generate leads for your consultancy.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down the way I've been able to get a consistent flow of clients in my consulting work, resulting in me being booked solid for most of this year.</p><p><br></p><p>Here's an overview of what I talk about:</p><ul><li>Positioning <ul><li>Choose something you have an existing advantage in</li><li>Go two levels deep<ul><li>Industry</li><li>Problem you solve</li><li>How you solve it</li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Deep research<ul><li>Communities</li><li>Podcasts<ul><li>Guests and hosts</li></ul></li><li>Conferences<ul><li>Presenters and sponsors</li></ul></li><li>Books<ul><li>Read the reviews</li></ul></li><li>Consultants<ul><li>Who else is offering what you do?</li></ul></li><li>Other service/software providers</li><li>Products they buy</li><li>Pains/problems/questions</li></ul></li><li>Content marketing<ul><li>Write daily or as often as you can</li><li>Publish on LinkedIn, anywhere else you can</li><li>Send to email list</li></ul></li><li><strong>All roads lead to email list</strong><ul><li>Create a "super signature" to do the selling for you</li></ul></li><li>Be everywhere<ul><li>Webinars</li><li>Associations</li><li>Conferences</li><li>Software companies</li><li>Groups</li><li>Invite your subscribers to free webinars</li><li>Community participation/eBombs</li><li>Build relationships</li><li>Podcasts<ul><li><strong>Remember: </strong>send everyone to your email list</li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Have a productized services ladder that maps to your ideal clients' situation</li><li>Plus many more ideas you <em>could </em>get into, including ads, video, podcast, and so many other tactical things that could work for you. </li></ul><p>This is just the beginning of exploring the topic of lead gen. for your consultancy and it's by no means the only way to do things. </p><p><br></p><p>Do you do anything differently? What works for you?</p><p><br></p><p>Leave a comment in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/74-how-to-attract-more-leads-to-your-consultancy</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve been talking a lot about business models and positioning lately but not enough on how to generate leads for your consultancy.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down the way I've been able to get a consistent flow of clients in my consulting work, resulting in me being booked solid for most of this year.</p><p><br></p><p>Here's an overview of what I talk about:</p><ul><li>Positioning <ul><li>Choose something you have an existing advantage in</li><li>Go two levels deep<ul><li>Industry</li><li>Problem you solve</li><li>How you solve it</li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Deep research<ul><li>Communities</li><li>Podcasts<ul><li>Guests and hosts</li></ul></li><li>Conferences<ul><li>Presenters and sponsors</li></ul></li><li>Books<ul><li>Read the reviews</li></ul></li><li>Consultants<ul><li>Who else is offering what you do?</li></ul></li><li>Other service/software providers</li><li>Products they buy</li><li>Pains/problems/questions</li></ul></li><li>Content marketing<ul><li>Write daily or as often as you can</li><li>Publish on LinkedIn, anywhere else you can</li><li>Send to email list</li></ul></li><li><strong>All roads lead to email list</strong><ul><li>Create a "super signature" to do the selling for you</li></ul></li><li>Be everywhere<ul><li>Webinars</li><li>Associations</li><li>Conferences</li><li>Software companies</li><li>Groups</li><li>Invite your subscribers to free webinars</li><li>Community participation/eBombs</li><li>Build relationships</li><li>Podcasts<ul><li><strong>Remember: </strong>send everyone to your email list</li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Have a productized services ladder that maps to your ideal clients' situation</li><li>Plus many more ideas you <em>could </em>get into, including ads, video, podcast, and so many other tactical things that could work for you. </li></ul><p>This is just the beginning of exploring the topic of lead gen. for your consultancy and it's by no means the only way to do things. </p><p><br></p><p>Do you do anything differently? What works for you?</p><p><br></p><p>Leave a comment in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/74-how-to-attract-more-leads-to-your-consultancy</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Nov 2020 14:36:23 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/58b95418/ed734ee9.mp3" length="38418774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1199</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>We’ve been talking a lot about business models and positioning lately but not enough on how to generate leads for your consultancy.</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode, I break down the way I've been able to get a consistent flow of clients in my consulting work, resulting in me being booked solid for most of this year.</p><p><br></p><p>Here's an overview of what I talk about:</p><ul><li>Positioning <ul><li>Choose something you have an existing advantage in</li><li>Go two levels deep<ul><li>Industry</li><li>Problem you solve</li><li>How you solve it</li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Deep research<ul><li>Communities</li><li>Podcasts<ul><li>Guests and hosts</li></ul></li><li>Conferences<ul><li>Presenters and sponsors</li></ul></li><li>Books<ul><li>Read the reviews</li></ul></li><li>Consultants<ul><li>Who else is offering what you do?</li></ul></li><li>Other service/software providers</li><li>Products they buy</li><li>Pains/problems/questions</li></ul></li><li>Content marketing<ul><li>Write daily or as often as you can</li><li>Publish on LinkedIn, anywhere else you can</li><li>Send to email list</li></ul></li><li><strong>All roads lead to email list</strong><ul><li>Create a "super signature" to do the selling for you</li></ul></li><li>Be everywhere<ul><li>Webinars</li><li>Associations</li><li>Conferences</li><li>Software companies</li><li>Groups</li><li>Invite your subscribers to free webinars</li><li>Community participation/eBombs</li><li>Build relationships</li><li>Podcasts<ul><li><strong>Remember: </strong>send everyone to your email list</li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Have a productized services ladder that maps to your ideal clients' situation</li><li>Plus many more ideas you <em>could </em>get into, including ads, video, podcast, and so many other tactical things that could work for you. </li></ul><p>This is just the beginning of exploring the topic of lead gen. for your consultancy and it's by no means the only way to do things. </p><p><br></p><p>Do you do anything differently? What works for you?</p><p><br></p><p>Leave a comment in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/74-how-to-attract-more-leads-to-your-consultancy</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>73. How to use done-with-you offerings to create efficiency and leverage around your expertise</title>
      <itunes:title>73. How to use done-with-you offerings to create efficiency and leverage around your expertise</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f79e353-9b2b-4b3c-b5fc-cd6d2c94fde1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/73-how-to-use-done-with-you-offerings-to-create-efficiency-and-leverage-around-your-expertise</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a marketing advisor, I’m biased towards done-<em>with</em>-you services.</p><p>While I see the merits in done-for-you work (freelance/agency style) or do-it-yourself (one-off strategy sessions and/or info products), the thing thay works best for me is clearly the done-with-you offering.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the three ingredients required to make done-with-you work into a high-profit and low labour engagement.</p><p>The three ingredients include:</p><ol><li>Having a process for every engamenent  </li><li>Having pre-made training resources to help clients learn and do some things independently </li><li>Working with a team of highly specialized partners to do the implementation for the client (and the benefits to everyone of doing so as a fiduciary advisor)</li></ol><p>If you’re serious about selling advisory work, this is the trifecta that has worked extremely well for me and my clients, creating leverage and some degree of scale in my business.</p><p>Of course, all of this works best if you focus on a niche industry. But that doesn’t mean you can’t be a horizontal specialist, i.e. an SEO, designer, or even a copywriter.</p><p>Do you prefer one of the other forms of offerings in your business? A blend of everything? Feel strongly about an entirely different approach?</p><p>Let me know! My word isn’t gospel so let's share the nuances in the comments below.</p><p>Link to post: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/73-how-to-use-done-with-you-offerings-to-create-efficiency-and-leverage-around-your-expertise">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/73-how-to-use-done-with-you-offerings-to-create-efficiency-and-leverage-around-your-expertise</a></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a marketing advisor, I’m biased towards done-<em>with</em>-you services.</p><p>While I see the merits in done-for-you work (freelance/agency style) or do-it-yourself (one-off strategy sessions and/or info products), the thing thay works best for me is clearly the done-with-you offering.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the three ingredients required to make done-with-you work into a high-profit and low labour engagement.</p><p>The three ingredients include:</p><ol><li>Having a process for every engamenent  </li><li>Having pre-made training resources to help clients learn and do some things independently </li><li>Working with a team of highly specialized partners to do the implementation for the client (and the benefits to everyone of doing so as a fiduciary advisor)</li></ol><p>If you’re serious about selling advisory work, this is the trifecta that has worked extremely well for me and my clients, creating leverage and some degree of scale in my business.</p><p>Of course, all of this works best if you focus on a niche industry. But that doesn’t mean you can’t be a horizontal specialist, i.e. an SEO, designer, or even a copywriter.</p><p>Do you prefer one of the other forms of offerings in your business? A blend of everything? Feel strongly about an entirely different approach?</p><p>Let me know! My word isn’t gospel so let's share the nuances in the comments below.</p><p>Link to post: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/73-how-to-use-done-with-you-offerings-to-create-efficiency-and-leverage-around-your-expertise">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/73-how-to-use-done-with-you-offerings-to-create-efficiency-and-leverage-around-your-expertise</a></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Nov 2020 14:27:24 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/0b309388/64c628f2.mp3" length="15829837" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>493</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a marketing advisor, I’m biased towards done-<em>with</em>-you services.</p><p>While I see the merits in done-for-you work (freelance/agency style) or do-it-yourself (one-off strategy sessions and/or info products), the thing thay works best for me is clearly the done-with-you offering.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about the three ingredients required to make done-with-you work into a high-profit and low labour engagement.</p><p>The three ingredients include:</p><ol><li>Having a process for every engamenent  </li><li>Having pre-made training resources to help clients learn and do some things independently </li><li>Working with a team of highly specialized partners to do the implementation for the client (and the benefits to everyone of doing so as a fiduciary advisor)</li></ol><p>If you’re serious about selling advisory work, this is the trifecta that has worked extremely well for me and my clients, creating leverage and some degree of scale in my business.</p><p>Of course, all of this works best if you focus on a niche industry. But that doesn’t mean you can’t be a horizontal specialist, i.e. an SEO, designer, or even a copywriter.</p><p>Do you prefer one of the other forms of offerings in your business? A blend of everything? Feel strongly about an entirely different approach?</p><p>Let me know! My word isn’t gospel so let's share the nuances in the comments below.</p><p>Link to post: <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/73-how-to-use-done-with-you-offerings-to-create-efficiency-and-leverage-around-your-expertise">https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/73-how-to-use-done-with-you-offerings-to-create-efficiency-and-leverage-around-your-expertise</a></p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>72. Should you price your consulting services on the high, middle, or low end of the spectrum?</title>
      <itunes:title>72. Should you price your consulting services on the high, middle, or low end of the spectrum?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">742852f5-284a-44da-9589-b9bd02b2ce53</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/72-should-you-price-your-consulting-services-on-the-high-middle-or-low-end-of-the-spectrum-mp3-mp3-file-there-are-lots-of-ways-to-price-your-consulting-engagements-you-could-be-the-low-cost-consultant-the-high-price-consultant-or-anywhere-in-between-usually-i-recommend-companies-focus-on-being-either-one-of-the-lower-cost-convenience-providers-and-do-it-at-scale-or-create-a-world-class-experience-and-charge-high-rates-this-idea-came-from-a-book-called-trade-off-by-kevin-maney-i-highly-recommend-you-read-this-but-oddly-enough-i-price-my-consulting-services-at-what-i-consider-to-be-a-very-reasonable-cost-and-yet-i-am-able-to-generate-multiple-six-figures-without-breaking-a-sweat-why-because-advisory-work-is-pretty-leveraged-there-arent-too-many-deliverables-but-following-my-pricing-isnt-a-strategy-in-this-episode-i-walk-through-my-mindset-when-it-comes-to-picking-prices-for-my-services-so-you-can-see-if-any-of-it-resonates-with-you-i-also-talk-about-recurring-revenue-and-how-it-helps-create-stable-predictable-revenue-and-a-calm-business-there-are-many-ways-to-package-your-services-so-you-should-do-what-works-for-you-heres-how-i-think-about-it-in-case-it-helps-k-p-s-got-a-question-reply-to-this-or-any-post-or-dm-me-if-youd-like-to-keep-it-anonymous-private</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are lots of ways to price your consulting engagements. </p><p><br></p><p>You could be the low-cost consultant, the high-price consultant, or anywhere in between.</p><p><br></p><p>Usually, I recommend companies focus on being either one of the lower cost, convenience providers (and do it at scale) OR create a world-class experience and charge high rates. </p><p>This idea came from a book called Trade-Off by Kevin Maney. I highly recommend you read this.</p><p><br></p><p>But oddly enough, I price my consulting services at what I consider to be a very reasonable cost. And yet, I am able to generate multiple six figures without breaking a sweat.</p><p><br></p><p>Why? Because advisory work is pretty leveraged. There aren't too many deliverables. </p><p><br></p><p>But following my pricing isn't a strategy.</p><p>In this episode, I walk through my mindset when it comes to picking prices for my services so you can see if any of it resonates with you. </p><p>I also talk about recurring revenue and how it helps create stable, predictable revenue and a calm business.</p><p><br></p><p>There are many ways to package your services, so you should do what works for you. </p><p><br></p><p>Here's how I think about it in case it helps.</p><p>Link to post in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/72-should-you-price-your-consulting-services-on-the-high-middle-or-low-end-of-the-spectrum </p><p><br></p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Got a question? Reply to this (or any post) or DM me if you'd like to keep it anonymous/private.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are lots of ways to price your consulting engagements. </p><p><br></p><p>You could be the low-cost consultant, the high-price consultant, or anywhere in between.</p><p><br></p><p>Usually, I recommend companies focus on being either one of the lower cost, convenience providers (and do it at scale) OR create a world-class experience and charge high rates. </p><p>This idea came from a book called Trade-Off by Kevin Maney. I highly recommend you read this.</p><p><br></p><p>But oddly enough, I price my consulting services at what I consider to be a very reasonable cost. And yet, I am able to generate multiple six figures without breaking a sweat.</p><p><br></p><p>Why? Because advisory work is pretty leveraged. There aren't too many deliverables. </p><p><br></p><p>But following my pricing isn't a strategy.</p><p>In this episode, I walk through my mindset when it comes to picking prices for my services so you can see if any of it resonates with you. </p><p>I also talk about recurring revenue and how it helps create stable, predictable revenue and a calm business.</p><p><br></p><p>There are many ways to package your services, so you should do what works for you. </p><p><br></p><p>Here's how I think about it in case it helps.</p><p>Link to post in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/72-should-you-price-your-consulting-services-on-the-high-middle-or-low-end-of-the-spectrum </p><p><br></p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Got a question? Reply to this (or any post) or DM me if you'd like to keep it anonymous/private.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Nov 2020 14:42:52 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/faf1274a/2ef4b26d.mp3" length="15642564" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>487</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are lots of ways to price your consulting engagements. </p><p><br></p><p>You could be the low-cost consultant, the high-price consultant, or anywhere in between.</p><p><br></p><p>Usually, I recommend companies focus on being either one of the lower cost, convenience providers (and do it at scale) OR create a world-class experience and charge high rates. </p><p>This idea came from a book called Trade-Off by Kevin Maney. I highly recommend you read this.</p><p><br></p><p>But oddly enough, I price my consulting services at what I consider to be a very reasonable cost. And yet, I am able to generate multiple six figures without breaking a sweat.</p><p><br></p><p>Why? Because advisory work is pretty leveraged. There aren't too many deliverables. </p><p><br></p><p>But following my pricing isn't a strategy.</p><p>In this episode, I walk through my mindset when it comes to picking prices for my services so you can see if any of it resonates with you. </p><p>I also talk about recurring revenue and how it helps create stable, predictable revenue and a calm business.</p><p><br></p><p>There are many ways to package your services, so you should do what works for you. </p><p><br></p><p>Here's how I think about it in case it helps.</p><p>Link to post in the community: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/72-should-you-price-your-consulting-services-on-the-high-middle-or-low-end-of-the-spectrum </p><p><br></p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Got a question? Reply to this (or any post) or DM me if you'd like to keep it anonymous/private.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>71. Selling membership, group coaching, and low-ticket 1:1 coaching</title>
      <itunes:title>71. Selling membership, group coaching, and low-ticket 1:1 coaching</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0b273e2-10b2-4b65-82c0-25c5d18472c9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/70-an-inside-look-at-my-business-strategy-marketing-strategy-and-marketing-plan-4ce1aa4b-0872-49d0-a2f9-efb39ef707a1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hello friendly people!</p><p>Oren had some questions about my coworking consultancy's <a href="https://nation.everspaces.com/members">membership program</a>, whether people upgrade to the 1:1 premium "inner circle coaching" option, and whether it's the same things my <a href="https://everspaces.com/propeller/">Propeller Program</a>.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I break down:</strong></p><ul><li>How many people are in those groups</li><li>Whether people upgrade to the premium 1:1 coaching</li><li>The surprising benefits of memberships outside of the money it generates</li><li>How the small group coaching works and why it's a good idea to try</li><li>And how being in a niche (or having a clearly defined market) is key if you plan to sell a program like any of these</li></ul><p>I also mention a past recording of a situation where a client was considering as downgrade into the 1:1 inner circle coaching. Here's <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/uqowr">a link to that recording</a> (episode #65).</p><p><strong>The bottom line is this:</strong> <br>If you're going to do group stuff, it helps to be in a niche or serve a very specific group of people, otherwise it's just too hard to coach or teach a group of people who are in completely different situations. You end up broadening and generalizing your info to the point of it losing most of it's value.</p><p>Think small to think big!</p><p>Join the conversation here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/71-selling-membership-group-coaching-and-low-ticket-1-1-coaching</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hello friendly people!</p><p>Oren had some questions about my coworking consultancy's <a href="https://nation.everspaces.com/members">membership program</a>, whether people upgrade to the 1:1 premium "inner circle coaching" option, and whether it's the same things my <a href="https://everspaces.com/propeller/">Propeller Program</a>.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I break down:</strong></p><ul><li>How many people are in those groups</li><li>Whether people upgrade to the premium 1:1 coaching</li><li>The surprising benefits of memberships outside of the money it generates</li><li>How the small group coaching works and why it's a good idea to try</li><li>And how being in a niche (or having a clearly defined market) is key if you plan to sell a program like any of these</li></ul><p>I also mention a past recording of a situation where a client was considering as downgrade into the 1:1 inner circle coaching. Here's <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/uqowr">a link to that recording</a> (episode #65).</p><p><strong>The bottom line is this:</strong> <br>If you're going to do group stuff, it helps to be in a niche or serve a very specific group of people, otherwise it's just too hard to coach or teach a group of people who are in completely different situations. You end up broadening and generalizing your info to the point of it losing most of it's value.</p><p>Think small to think big!</p><p>Join the conversation here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/71-selling-membership-group-coaching-and-low-ticket-1-1-coaching</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2020 14:15:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/2518ed36/dc67f597.mp3" length="21156255" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>659</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hello friendly people!</p><p>Oren had some questions about my coworking consultancy's <a href="https://nation.everspaces.com/members">membership program</a>, whether people upgrade to the 1:1 premium "inner circle coaching" option, and whether it's the same things my <a href="https://everspaces.com/propeller/">Propeller Program</a>.</p><p><strong>In this episode, I break down:</strong></p><ul><li>How many people are in those groups</li><li>Whether people upgrade to the premium 1:1 coaching</li><li>The surprising benefits of memberships outside of the money it generates</li><li>How the small group coaching works and why it's a good idea to try</li><li>And how being in a niche (or having a clearly defined market) is key if you plan to sell a program like any of these</li></ul><p>I also mention a past recording of a situation where a client was considering as downgrade into the 1:1 inner circle coaching. Here's <a href="https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/uqowr">a link to that recording</a> (episode #65).</p><p><strong>The bottom line is this:</strong> <br>If you're going to do group stuff, it helps to be in a niche or serve a very specific group of people, otherwise it's just too hard to coach or teach a group of people who are in completely different situations. You end up broadening and generalizing your info to the point of it losing most of it's value.</p><p>Think small to think big!</p><p>Join the conversation here: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/71-selling-membership-group-coaching-and-low-ticket-1-1-coaching</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>70. An inside look at my business strategy, marketing strategy, and marketing plan</title>
      <itunes:title>70. An inside look at my business strategy, marketing strategy, and marketing plan</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">541d5c5a-9431-4101-a4ed-318cb6e24657</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/70-an-inside-look-at-my-business-strategy-marketing-strategy-and-marketing-plan</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I was recently asked how I am able to find clients for all my different services. </p><p>So, I thought I'd break down my business strategy, marketing strategy, and marketing plan to help you get the full picture in case it helps you get clarity.</p><p><br><strong>Currently, I have:</strong></p><ul><li>8 x 1:1 advisory clients</li><li>1 x 4 members group coaching clients </li><li>40+ people in a memberrship program</li><li>This community which is in it's infancy</li><li>I do occasional workshops/training programs</li><li>I sell (very few) info products </li><li>Some lingering website maintenance and hosting work from past life</li></ul><p><br>With total revenue around US$25k/month including the web stuff (to give you context and full transparency).<br> </p><p><strong>In this episode, I'll break down how I look at:</strong></p><ol><li>My overarching business strategy</li><li>My current marketing strategy (for my specialized business)</li><li>My current marketing plan (at a high-level)</li></ol><p><br><strong>The key to a good marketing strategy is having a good business strategy.</strong> </p><p>And the best business strategy is to be specialized if you're a consultant—even if, like me, you keep a general website for those random opportunities outside of your specialization.</p><p>Does this resonate with you? Do you have a different approach? I'd love to hear it! </p><p>Leave a comment in the community for this episode: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/70-an-inside-look-at-my-business-strategy-marketing-strategy-and-marketing-plan</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I was recently asked how I am able to find clients for all my different services. </p><p>So, I thought I'd break down my business strategy, marketing strategy, and marketing plan to help you get the full picture in case it helps you get clarity.</p><p><br><strong>Currently, I have:</strong></p><ul><li>8 x 1:1 advisory clients</li><li>1 x 4 members group coaching clients </li><li>40+ people in a memberrship program</li><li>This community which is in it's infancy</li><li>I do occasional workshops/training programs</li><li>I sell (very few) info products </li><li>Some lingering website maintenance and hosting work from past life</li></ul><p><br>With total revenue around US$25k/month including the web stuff (to give you context and full transparency).<br> </p><p><strong>In this episode, I'll break down how I look at:</strong></p><ol><li>My overarching business strategy</li><li>My current marketing strategy (for my specialized business)</li><li>My current marketing plan (at a high-level)</li></ol><p><br><strong>The key to a good marketing strategy is having a good business strategy.</strong> </p><p>And the best business strategy is to be specialized if you're a consultant—even if, like me, you keep a general website for those random opportunities outside of your specialization.</p><p>Does this resonate with you? Do you have a different approach? I'd love to hear it! </p><p>Leave a comment in the community for this episode: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/70-an-inside-look-at-my-business-strategy-marketing-strategy-and-marketing-plan</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2020 14:25:42 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/dfa1477c/04065b7d.mp3" length="25768883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>804</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I was recently asked how I am able to find clients for all my different services. </p><p>So, I thought I'd break down my business strategy, marketing strategy, and marketing plan to help you get the full picture in case it helps you get clarity.</p><p><br><strong>Currently, I have:</strong></p><ul><li>8 x 1:1 advisory clients</li><li>1 x 4 members group coaching clients </li><li>40+ people in a memberrship program</li><li>This community which is in it's infancy</li><li>I do occasional workshops/training programs</li><li>I sell (very few) info products </li><li>Some lingering website maintenance and hosting work from past life</li></ul><p><br>With total revenue around US$25k/month including the web stuff (to give you context and full transparency).<br> </p><p><strong>In this episode, I'll break down how I look at:</strong></p><ol><li>My overarching business strategy</li><li>My current marketing strategy (for my specialized business)</li><li>My current marketing plan (at a high-level)</li></ol><p><br><strong>The key to a good marketing strategy is having a good business strategy.</strong> </p><p>And the best business strategy is to be specialized if you're a consultant—even if, like me, you keep a general website for those random opportunities outside of your specialization.</p><p>Does this resonate with you? Do you have a different approach? I'd love to hear it! </p><p>Leave a comment in the community for this episode: https://society.mindshare.fm/c/mentorship/70-an-inside-look-at-my-business-strategy-marketing-strategy-and-marketing-plan</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>69. Why your job is as much about de-risking as it is about growth</title>
      <itunes:title>69. Why your job is as much about de-risking as it is about growth</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9982e6a8-514e-4125-8136-e780c7d2e567</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/69-why-your-job-is-as-much-about-de-risking-as-it-is-about-growth</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Yesterday, I wrote <a href="https://kevin.me/de-risking/">a quick post</a> on my personal website about how your job as a marketing consultant is as much about de-risking your clients' situation as it is about growth.</p><p>It might seem counter-intuitive for a marketing consultant to be thinking about risk mitigation when your day-to-day job is to help clients win new business, but you might be surprised to hear that they are two sides of the same coin.</p><p>Give this one a listen and let me know in the comments what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—kevin</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Yesterday, I wrote <a href="https://kevin.me/de-risking/">a quick post</a> on my personal website about how your job as a marketing consultant is as much about de-risking your clients' situation as it is about growth.</p><p>It might seem counter-intuitive for a marketing consultant to be thinking about risk mitigation when your day-to-day job is to help clients win new business, but you might be surprised to hear that they are two sides of the same coin.</p><p>Give this one a listen and let me know in the comments what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—kevin</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2020 14:57:24 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c31c16bb/a219f499.mp3" length="16400713" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>511</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Yesterday, I wrote <a href="https://kevin.me/de-risking/">a quick post</a> on my personal website about how your job as a marketing consultant is as much about de-risking your clients' situation as it is about growth.</p><p>It might seem counter-intuitive for a marketing consultant to be thinking about risk mitigation when your day-to-day job is to help clients win new business, but you might be surprised to hear that they are two sides of the same coin.</p><p>Give this one a listen and let me know in the comments what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—kevin</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>68. Words of encouragement for you on my birthday</title>
      <itunes:title>68. Words of encouragement for you on my birthday</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">71406ff7-5f54-407a-9af1-04a40dbaec67</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/68-words-of-encouragement-for-you-on-my-birthday</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Hey! </p><p>Today is my birthday and I felt like recording this little bit of encouragement for those who are thinking of starting a group program or mentorship of your own.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. The community is being rebranded as <a href="http://mindshare.fm/">Mindshare.fm</a> and has been rebuilt using Circle (community platform), Memberful (payment and private podcast functionality), and Transistor (podcast host). If you want to get access today, you can head over here and save $5/mo. on monthly plans (promo code: <strong>VIP5</strong>) or sign up to the new annual plan for $99/year: <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">https://mindshare.fm</a></p><p>More details soon.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Hey! </p><p>Today is my birthday and I felt like recording this little bit of encouragement for those who are thinking of starting a group program or mentorship of your own.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. The community is being rebranded as <a href="http://mindshare.fm/">Mindshare.fm</a> and has been rebuilt using Circle (community platform), Memberful (payment and private podcast functionality), and Transistor (podcast host). If you want to get access today, you can head over here and save $5/mo. on monthly plans (promo code: <strong>VIP5</strong>) or sign up to the new annual plan for $99/year: <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">https://mindshare.fm</a></p><p>More details soon.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Nov 2020 16:34:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/389fa485/40e43439.mp3" length="16353032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>509</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Hey! </p><p>Today is my birthday and I felt like recording this little bit of encouragement for those who are thinking of starting a group program or mentorship of your own.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p>P.S. The community is being rebranded as <a href="http://mindshare.fm/">Mindshare.fm</a> and has been rebuilt using Circle (community platform), Memberful (payment and private podcast functionality), and Transistor (podcast host). If you want to get access today, you can head over here and save $5/mo. on monthly plans (promo code: <strong>VIP5</strong>) or sign up to the new annual plan for $99/year: <a href="https://mindshare.fm/">https://mindshare.fm</a></p><p>More details soon.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>67. Should you let prospects speak to past clients as a reference?</title>
      <itunes:title>67. Should you let prospects speak to past clients as a reference?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c903690d-599f-4971-b01f-7345e7a08c31</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/67-should-you-let-prospects-speak-to-past-clients-as-a-reference</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a prospect asks to speak to one of your pasts clients as a reference, what do you say?</p><p><br>Do you say yes or no? Is it a red flag or normal procedure? </p><p><br>Let's dive in. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a prospect asks to speak to one of your pasts clients as a reference, what do you say?</p><p><br>Do you say yes or no? Is it a red flag or normal procedure? </p><p><br>Let's dive in. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2020 16:32:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cc1b3ee6/c28a4b40.mp3" length="15212037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>474</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>When a prospect asks to speak to one of your pasts clients as a reference, what do you say?</p><p><br>Do you say yes or no? Is it a red flag or normal procedure? </p><p><br>Let's dive in. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>66. Why you should publish your consulting prices on your website</title>
      <itunes:title>66. Why you should publish your consulting prices on your website</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3577d7f-a024-44d6-940b-59a6af8c2b09</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/66-why-you-should-publish-your-consulting-prices-on-your-website</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Happy Friday, everyone.</p><p>I wrote a blog post today and thought I'd do an audio version for you to make it easy to download into your brain while you do something else.</p><p><strong>The TLDR is:<br></strong><br></p><p>Most consultants don’t  publish their pricing. While custom quoting based on value isn’t wrong,  it can lead to a poorer buying experience, less trust at the beginning  of the relationship, and even fewer opportunities overall.</p><p>You can read the actual article here (<a href="https://kevin.me/prices/)">https://kevin.me/prices/)</a> or just give this a listen and enjoy the ride!</p><p>Have a great weekend.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Happy Friday, everyone.</p><p>I wrote a blog post today and thought I'd do an audio version for you to make it easy to download into your brain while you do something else.</p><p><strong>The TLDR is:<br></strong><br></p><p>Most consultants don’t  publish their pricing. While custom quoting based on value isn’t wrong,  it can lead to a poorer buying experience, less trust at the beginning  of the relationship, and even fewer opportunities overall.</p><p>You can read the actual article here (<a href="https://kevin.me/prices/)">https://kevin.me/prices/)</a> or just give this a listen and enjoy the ride!</p><p>Have a great weekend.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Nov 2020 18:05:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/df488bcd/e05a25bf.mp3" length="18731252" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>584</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Happy Friday, everyone.</p><p>I wrote a blog post today and thought I'd do an audio version for you to make it easy to download into your brain while you do something else.</p><p><strong>The TLDR is:<br></strong><br></p><p>Most consultants don’t  publish their pricing. While custom quoting based on value isn’t wrong,  it can lead to a poorer buying experience, less trust at the beginning  of the relationship, and even fewer opportunities overall.</p><p>You can read the actual article here (<a href="https://kevin.me/prices/)">https://kevin.me/prices/)</a> or just give this a listen and enjoy the ride!</p><p>Have a great weekend.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—kevin</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>65. Downgrades, low-ticket advisory, and nuanced levers of value</title>
      <itunes:title>65. Downgrades, low-ticket advisory, and nuanced levers of value</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6357be06-2036-4c20-a95e-9e1b524e60a5</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/65-downgrades-low-ticket-advisory-and-nuanced-levers-of-value</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>A client recently asked to downgrade services to my lowest 1:1 advisory tier.</p><p>During that conversation, I walked them through several levers of value that they would be missing from the tier they were currently on. </p><p>Since my work isn't based on hours or "deliverables", the value clients get from each feature might be nuanced but are worth talking about so they can make the right decision. </p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk about:<br></strong><br></p><p>1. The intangible but valuable features of my advisory services—especially at the low end.</p><p>2. How and when to create low-tier advisory services—and when you shouldn't do it.</p><p>3. Why it can be helpful to have downgrade options to phase out engagements—instead of a hard stop.</p><p>4. How to offer low-tier advisory work while still keeping leverage in your business. </p><p>That's all for now!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>A client recently asked to downgrade services to my lowest 1:1 advisory tier.</p><p>During that conversation, I walked them through several levers of value that they would be missing from the tier they were currently on. </p><p>Since my work isn't based on hours or "deliverables", the value clients get from each feature might be nuanced but are worth talking about so they can make the right decision. </p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk about:<br></strong><br></p><p>1. The intangible but valuable features of my advisory services—especially at the low end.</p><p>2. How and when to create low-tier advisory services—and when you shouldn't do it.</p><p>3. Why it can be helpful to have downgrade options to phase out engagements—instead of a hard stop.</p><p>4. How to offer low-tier advisory work while still keeping leverage in your business. </p><p>That's all for now!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2020 17:51:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c9876d4d/63a2d771.mp3" length="22440220" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>700</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>A client recently asked to downgrade services to my lowest 1:1 advisory tier.</p><p>During that conversation, I walked them through several levers of value that they would be missing from the tier they were currently on. </p><p>Since my work isn't based on hours or "deliverables", the value clients get from each feature might be nuanced but are worth talking about so they can make the right decision. </p><p><strong>In this episode, I talk about:<br></strong><br></p><p>1. The intangible but valuable features of my advisory services—especially at the low end.</p><p>2. How and when to create low-tier advisory services—and when you shouldn't do it.</p><p>3. Why it can be helpful to have downgrade options to phase out engagements—instead of a hard stop.</p><p>4. How to offer low-tier advisory work while still keeping leverage in your business. </p><p>That's all for now!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>64. What is the difference between advisory and consulting services</title>
      <itunes:title>64. What is the difference between advisory and consulting services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d6850f0f-f734-4d9a-941b-3b5999e614e1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/64-what-is-the-difference-between-advisory-and-consulting-services</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Is there a difference between selling consulting vs. advisory work?</p><p>In my world, there certainly is. A big one.</p><p>Advisors sell their advice. They sell access to their <em>knowledge and expertise</em>.</p><p>Consultants do, too. But according to my definition, <em>they also produce deliverables</em>. </p><p>And of course, there's nothing wrong with producing deliverables as part of your services.</p><p>But from my experience, they're not as valued as you might think.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ul><li>How I transitioned from roadmaps/audit deliverables to jumping right in</li><li>How to create "deliverables" <em>with</em> the client instead of for them</li><li>How to create repeatable template documents instead of deliverables</li><li>How to transition from selling done-for-you work to advisory services</li><li>Small steps you can make to bridge gap between freelancing and consulting</li><li>How to create even more leverage through systemization and packaged expertise</li></ul><p>Do you sell advisory or consulting work? Do you agree with the differences?</p><p>Let me know in the comments below.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Is there a difference between selling consulting vs. advisory work?</p><p>In my world, there certainly is. A big one.</p><p>Advisors sell their advice. They sell access to their <em>knowledge and expertise</em>.</p><p>Consultants do, too. But according to my definition, <em>they also produce deliverables</em>. </p><p>And of course, there's nothing wrong with producing deliverables as part of your services.</p><p>But from my experience, they're not as valued as you might think.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ul><li>How I transitioned from roadmaps/audit deliverables to jumping right in</li><li>How to create "deliverables" <em>with</em> the client instead of for them</li><li>How to create repeatable template documents instead of deliverables</li><li>How to transition from selling done-for-you work to advisory services</li><li>Small steps you can make to bridge gap between freelancing and consulting</li><li>How to create even more leverage through systemization and packaged expertise</li></ul><p>Do you sell advisory or consulting work? Do you agree with the differences?</p><p>Let me know in the comments below.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 17:50:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b000cc48/237bdc79.mp3" length="21727187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>677</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Is there a difference between selling consulting vs. advisory work?</p><p>In my world, there certainly is. A big one.</p><p>Advisors sell their advice. They sell access to their <em>knowledge and expertise</em>.</p><p>Consultants do, too. But according to my definition, <em>they also produce deliverables</em>. </p><p>And of course, there's nothing wrong with producing deliverables as part of your services.</p><p>But from my experience, they're not as valued as you might think.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about:</p><ul><li>How I transitioned from roadmaps/audit deliverables to jumping right in</li><li>How to create "deliverables" <em>with</em> the client instead of for them</li><li>How to create repeatable template documents instead of deliverables</li><li>How to transition from selling done-for-you work to advisory services</li><li>Small steps you can make to bridge gap between freelancing and consulting</li><li>How to create even more leverage through systemization and packaged expertise</li></ul><p>Do you sell advisory or consulting work? Do you agree with the differences?</p><p>Let me know in the comments below.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>63. Why I turned down an affiliate partnership with Active Campaign</title>
      <itunes:title>63. Why I turned down an affiliate partnership with Active Campaign</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db0153a0-f84b-4b24-b5b6-606e7848f489</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/63-why-i-turned-down-an-affiliate-partnership-with-active-campaign</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I recommend ActiveCampain to a lot of my coworking clients. It's easy to use and has a CRM/email marketing/automation built in.</p><p>When one of my clients signed up recently, the folks at ActiveCampaign asked where they heard of them. Of course, they mentioned me. </p><p>So, ActiveCampaign then reached out and asked if I'd like to be an affiliate partner, earning commission for all referrals for the lifetime of their relationships.</p><p>And while they did set me up with an affiliate URL in case I ever need it, I will never use it for one of my active advisory clients.</p><p>Why?</p><p><strong>Because I believe in providing strictly a fiduciary standard of advice. <br></strong><br></p><p>You can (and should) learn more about that here if you're interested in doing advisory work: <a href="https://www.patreon.com/posts/39604714">https://www.patreon.com/posts/39604714</a></p><p>Clients may not seek this initially, but when I tell them the lengths I go to ensure my advice is neutral and unbiased as can be, I know they appreciate it.</p><p>There's nothing wrong with referral commissions or affiliates. But in an advisory capacity, I don't do it for the reasons described above.</p><p>At the end of the day, all you have is trust. Optimize for it at every touchpoint.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I recommend ActiveCampain to a lot of my coworking clients. It's easy to use and has a CRM/email marketing/automation built in.</p><p>When one of my clients signed up recently, the folks at ActiveCampaign asked where they heard of them. Of course, they mentioned me. </p><p>So, ActiveCampaign then reached out and asked if I'd like to be an affiliate partner, earning commission for all referrals for the lifetime of their relationships.</p><p>And while they did set me up with an affiliate URL in case I ever need it, I will never use it for one of my active advisory clients.</p><p>Why?</p><p><strong>Because I believe in providing strictly a fiduciary standard of advice. <br></strong><br></p><p>You can (and should) learn more about that here if you're interested in doing advisory work: <a href="https://www.patreon.com/posts/39604714">https://www.patreon.com/posts/39604714</a></p><p>Clients may not seek this initially, but when I tell them the lengths I go to ensure my advice is neutral and unbiased as can be, I know they appreciate it.</p><p>There's nothing wrong with referral commissions or affiliates. But in an advisory capacity, I don't do it for the reasons described above.</p><p>At the end of the day, all you have is trust. Optimize for it at every touchpoint.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 17:40:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/243e7538/7d7e4e7d.mp3" length="9648166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>300</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I recommend ActiveCampain to a lot of my coworking clients. It's easy to use and has a CRM/email marketing/automation built in.</p><p>When one of my clients signed up recently, the folks at ActiveCampaign asked where they heard of them. Of course, they mentioned me. </p><p>So, ActiveCampaign then reached out and asked if I'd like to be an affiliate partner, earning commission for all referrals for the lifetime of their relationships.</p><p>And while they did set me up with an affiliate URL in case I ever need it, I will never use it for one of my active advisory clients.</p><p>Why?</p><p><strong>Because I believe in providing strictly a fiduciary standard of advice. <br></strong><br></p><p>You can (and should) learn more about that here if you're interested in doing advisory work: <a href="https://www.patreon.com/posts/39604714">https://www.patreon.com/posts/39604714</a></p><p>Clients may not seek this initially, but when I tell them the lengths I go to ensure my advice is neutral and unbiased as can be, I know they appreciate it.</p><p>There's nothing wrong with referral commissions or affiliates. But in an advisory capacity, I don't do it for the reasons described above.</p><p>At the end of the day, all you have is trust. Optimize for it at every touchpoint.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>62. How to create case studies that attract more business</title>
      <itunes:title>62. How to create case studies that attract more business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">874eaa96-5913-4a4c-839e-7967bab42cdc</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/62-how-to-create-case-studies-that-attract-more-business</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Unsure what to put in a case study? </p><p>The key is remembering to think like a prospect. What do they want to see?</p><p>1. That you've helped people like them</p><p>2. That you actually do things they want done</p><p>3. That you get results they are looking for</p><p>4. That you can get results for <em>them specifically,</em> too</p><p>The first step before you begin is knowing what kind of clients you want to attract. There's no point in doing a case study on clients you have no desire to replicate.</p><p>Like attracts like.</p><p>Once you have a clear vision of the clients you want to attract, it's time to write.</p><p>Here's what I normally recommend:</p><p><strong>1. The client's situation before they hired you</strong> - where they started (which should resemble your prospect's situation) </p><p><strong>2. The things you actually did</strong> - clients want to see you can do the tactical things they already want. Remember, clients self-prescribe solutions. They come looking for tactics. This list shows you can do all of what they want and much more. Include photos/screenshots/examples if you can.</p><p><strong>3. The results you actually got (and why they matter) -</strong> Clients have a desired future state in mind. Maybe they need more revenue or maybe they been better performance tracking for their investors or key stakeholders. Combine the results you got, whether financial, analytical, subjective, or otherwise with the reason they mattered. </p><p><strong>4. A client testimonial - </strong>this is the bow on the package that ties it all together. Their words describing the nuance and specific things they liked about working with you. Try to make it outcome focused but allow room for benefit-driven and emotional language. </p><p><strong>On the topic of testimonials...<br></strong><br></p><p>Sean D'Souza of <a href="https://psychotactics.com/">Psychotactics</a> has a list of questions you could ask (below). </p><p>But don't feel you need to copy them verbatim. The key is uncovering the before, during, and after in their own language, and then seeing how they describe you and the benefits of working with you. </p><p>Here's what <a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/">Sean recommends you ask</a> (with his explanation below each):</p><p><strong>1) What was the obstacle in your mind/hesitation before buying this product/service?</strong></p><p>We ask this question because the customer always has a perception, hesitation an obstacle. No matter how ready the customer is to buy your product/serv­ice, there’s always a hitch. The hitch could be money, or time, or availability, or relevance—or a whole bunch of issues.</p><p>And when you ask this question, it brings out those issues. And it does something more. It gives you an insight into issues you may not have con­sidered, because the client is now reaching into their memory to see what could have been the deal-breaker. And there’s always an obstacle; always something you may not have consid­ered. So when the customer brings up this obstacle, it presents an angle that’s unique, personal and dramatic.</p><p><strong>2) What did you find as a result of buying this product/service?</strong></p><p>This question is important, because it defuses that obstacle. When a client answers this question, they are clear about why the purchase was worth it, despite the obvious obstacles.</p><p><strong>3) What specific feature did you like most about this product/service?</strong></p><p>Now you’re digging deeper. If you ask the customer to focus on the entire product/service, the answer gets waffly. It’s therefore important to focus on one feature/benefit that the customer liked most about the product/serv­ice. This brings out that one feature in explicit richness and detail.</p><p><strong>4) What would be three other benefits about this product/service?</strong></p><p>Having already got one big feature, you can now go a little wide, and see what else the customer found useful. You can substitute the word ‘three’ with ‘two’ or simply remove the number. The number allows the customer to focus on ‘two’ or ‘three’ things, and then give you those ‘two’ or ‘three’ things that were useful.</p><p><strong>5) Would you recommend this product/service? If so, why</strong></p><p>You may not think this is an important question, but psychologically it’s very important. When a customer recommends something, there’s more than your product/service at stake. The customer’s integrity is at stake too. So unless the customer feels strongly about the product/service, they won’t be so keen to recommend it. And when they do recommend it, they’re saying to prospective buyers: “Hey, I recommend it, and here are the reasons!”</p><p><strong>6) Is there anything you’d like to add?</strong></p><p>By this point, the customer has said all he/she has to say. But there’s never any harm in asking this question. The questions before this question kinda ‘warm up’ the customer, and sometimes you get the most amazing parting statements, that you simply can’t imagine.</p><p>And this detailed construction of testimonials brings us to a very interest­ing observation.</p><p>I definitely recommend reading this full article for more info, and listening to his podcast for more great marketing tips: <a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/">https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/</a> </p><p><br></p><p>That's all for now! Did this help? Let me know what you do differently if you have other ideas.</p><p>Until next time</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Unsure what to put in a case study? </p><p>The key is remembering to think like a prospect. What do they want to see?</p><p>1. That you've helped people like them</p><p>2. That you actually do things they want done</p><p>3. That you get results they are looking for</p><p>4. That you can get results for <em>them specifically,</em> too</p><p>The first step before you begin is knowing what kind of clients you want to attract. There's no point in doing a case study on clients you have no desire to replicate.</p><p>Like attracts like.</p><p>Once you have a clear vision of the clients you want to attract, it's time to write.</p><p>Here's what I normally recommend:</p><p><strong>1. The client's situation before they hired you</strong> - where they started (which should resemble your prospect's situation) </p><p><strong>2. The things you actually did</strong> - clients want to see you can do the tactical things they already want. Remember, clients self-prescribe solutions. They come looking for tactics. This list shows you can do all of what they want and much more. Include photos/screenshots/examples if you can.</p><p><strong>3. The results you actually got (and why they matter) -</strong> Clients have a desired future state in mind. Maybe they need more revenue or maybe they been better performance tracking for their investors or key stakeholders. Combine the results you got, whether financial, analytical, subjective, or otherwise with the reason they mattered. </p><p><strong>4. A client testimonial - </strong>this is the bow on the package that ties it all together. Their words describing the nuance and specific things they liked about working with you. Try to make it outcome focused but allow room for benefit-driven and emotional language. </p><p><strong>On the topic of testimonials...<br></strong><br></p><p>Sean D'Souza of <a href="https://psychotactics.com/">Psychotactics</a> has a list of questions you could ask (below). </p><p>But don't feel you need to copy them verbatim. The key is uncovering the before, during, and after in their own language, and then seeing how they describe you and the benefits of working with you. </p><p>Here's what <a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/">Sean recommends you ask</a> (with his explanation below each):</p><p><strong>1) What was the obstacle in your mind/hesitation before buying this product/service?</strong></p><p>We ask this question because the customer always has a perception, hesitation an obstacle. No matter how ready the customer is to buy your product/serv­ice, there’s always a hitch. The hitch could be money, or time, or availability, or relevance—or a whole bunch of issues.</p><p>And when you ask this question, it brings out those issues. And it does something more. It gives you an insight into issues you may not have con­sidered, because the client is now reaching into their memory to see what could have been the deal-breaker. And there’s always an obstacle; always something you may not have consid­ered. So when the customer brings up this obstacle, it presents an angle that’s unique, personal and dramatic.</p><p><strong>2) What did you find as a result of buying this product/service?</strong></p><p>This question is important, because it defuses that obstacle. When a client answers this question, they are clear about why the purchase was worth it, despite the obvious obstacles.</p><p><strong>3) What specific feature did you like most about this product/service?</strong></p><p>Now you’re digging deeper. If you ask the customer to focus on the entire product/service, the answer gets waffly. It’s therefore important to focus on one feature/benefit that the customer liked most about the product/serv­ice. This brings out that one feature in explicit richness and detail.</p><p><strong>4) What would be three other benefits about this product/service?</strong></p><p>Having already got one big feature, you can now go a little wide, and see what else the customer found useful. You can substitute the word ‘three’ with ‘two’ or simply remove the number. The number allows the customer to focus on ‘two’ or ‘three’ things, and then give you those ‘two’ or ‘three’ things that were useful.</p><p><strong>5) Would you recommend this product/service? If so, why</strong></p><p>You may not think this is an important question, but psychologically it’s very important. When a customer recommends something, there’s more than your product/service at stake. The customer’s integrity is at stake too. So unless the customer feels strongly about the product/service, they won’t be so keen to recommend it. And when they do recommend it, they’re saying to prospective buyers: “Hey, I recommend it, and here are the reasons!”</p><p><strong>6) Is there anything you’d like to add?</strong></p><p>By this point, the customer has said all he/she has to say. But there’s never any harm in asking this question. The questions before this question kinda ‘warm up’ the customer, and sometimes you get the most amazing parting statements, that you simply can’t imagine.</p><p>And this detailed construction of testimonials brings us to a very interest­ing observation.</p><p>I definitely recommend reading this full article for more info, and listening to his podcast for more great marketing tips: <a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/">https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/</a> </p><p><br></p><p>That's all for now! Did this help? Let me know what you do differently if you have other ideas.</p><p>Until next time</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 16:46:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1aa00921/def244c0.mp3" length="21013293" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>655</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Unsure what to put in a case study? </p><p>The key is remembering to think like a prospect. What do they want to see?</p><p>1. That you've helped people like them</p><p>2. That you actually do things they want done</p><p>3. That you get results they are looking for</p><p>4. That you can get results for <em>them specifically,</em> too</p><p>The first step before you begin is knowing what kind of clients you want to attract. There's no point in doing a case study on clients you have no desire to replicate.</p><p>Like attracts like.</p><p>Once you have a clear vision of the clients you want to attract, it's time to write.</p><p>Here's what I normally recommend:</p><p><strong>1. The client's situation before they hired you</strong> - where they started (which should resemble your prospect's situation) </p><p><strong>2. The things you actually did</strong> - clients want to see you can do the tactical things they already want. Remember, clients self-prescribe solutions. They come looking for tactics. This list shows you can do all of what they want and much more. Include photos/screenshots/examples if you can.</p><p><strong>3. The results you actually got (and why they matter) -</strong> Clients have a desired future state in mind. Maybe they need more revenue or maybe they been better performance tracking for their investors or key stakeholders. Combine the results you got, whether financial, analytical, subjective, or otherwise with the reason they mattered. </p><p><strong>4. A client testimonial - </strong>this is the bow on the package that ties it all together. Their words describing the nuance and specific things they liked about working with you. Try to make it outcome focused but allow room for benefit-driven and emotional language. </p><p><strong>On the topic of testimonials...<br></strong><br></p><p>Sean D'Souza of <a href="https://psychotactics.com/">Psychotactics</a> has a list of questions you could ask (below). </p><p>But don't feel you need to copy them verbatim. The key is uncovering the before, during, and after in their own language, and then seeing how they describe you and the benefits of working with you. </p><p>Here's what <a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/">Sean recommends you ask</a> (with his explanation below each):</p><p><strong>1) What was the obstacle in your mind/hesitation before buying this product/service?</strong></p><p>We ask this question because the customer always has a perception, hesitation an obstacle. No matter how ready the customer is to buy your product/serv­ice, there’s always a hitch. The hitch could be money, or time, or availability, or relevance—or a whole bunch of issues.</p><p>And when you ask this question, it brings out those issues. And it does something more. It gives you an insight into issues you may not have con­sidered, because the client is now reaching into their memory to see what could have been the deal-breaker. And there’s always an obstacle; always something you may not have consid­ered. So when the customer brings up this obstacle, it presents an angle that’s unique, personal and dramatic.</p><p><strong>2) What did you find as a result of buying this product/service?</strong></p><p>This question is important, because it defuses that obstacle. When a client answers this question, they are clear about why the purchase was worth it, despite the obvious obstacles.</p><p><strong>3) What specific feature did you like most about this product/service?</strong></p><p>Now you’re digging deeper. If you ask the customer to focus on the entire product/service, the answer gets waffly. It’s therefore important to focus on one feature/benefit that the customer liked most about the product/serv­ice. This brings out that one feature in explicit richness and detail.</p><p><strong>4) What would be three other benefits about this product/service?</strong></p><p>Having already got one big feature, you can now go a little wide, and see what else the customer found useful. You can substitute the word ‘three’ with ‘two’ or simply remove the number. The number allows the customer to focus on ‘two’ or ‘three’ things, and then give you those ‘two’ or ‘three’ things that were useful.</p><p><strong>5) Would you recommend this product/service? If so, why</strong></p><p>You may not think this is an important question, but psychologically it’s very important. When a customer recommends something, there’s more than your product/service at stake. The customer’s integrity is at stake too. So unless the customer feels strongly about the product/service, they won’t be so keen to recommend it. And when they do recommend it, they’re saying to prospective buyers: “Hey, I recommend it, and here are the reasons!”</p><p><strong>6) Is there anything you’d like to add?</strong></p><p>By this point, the customer has said all he/she has to say. But there’s never any harm in asking this question. The questions before this question kinda ‘warm up’ the customer, and sometimes you get the most amazing parting statements, that you simply can’t imagine.</p><p>And this detailed construction of testimonials brings us to a very interest­ing observation.</p><p>I definitely recommend reading this full article for more info, and listening to his podcast for more great marketing tips: <a href="https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/">https://www.psychotactics.com/six-questions-testimonials/</a> </p><p><br></p><p>That's all for now! Did this help? Let me know what you do differently if you have other ideas.</p><p>Until next time</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>61. Jonathan Stark's advice on selling your expertise—not your hands—for the first time</title>
      <itunes:title>61. Jonathan Stark's advice on selling your expertise—not your hands—for the first time</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ef7d0b55-62d6-4fff-bde1-b7fe3fb3ab04</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/61-jonathan-starks-advice-on-selling-your-expertise</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I interviewed <a href="https://jonathanstark.com/">Jonathan Stark</a> today for a new podcast I'm creating. </p><p>The focus of the podcast is to help marketing freelancers, consultants, and agency owners package and sell their expertise, not their hands, in an effort to create leverage and scale. </p><p>And Jonathan is a wealth of knowledge on this subject. </p><p>Right before the interview ended, I asked him what his best advice would be to someone who wants to sell their expertise as a product or advisor (vs. implementor) for the first time.</p><p>His advice was similar to mine but a bit different. </p><p><strong>He suggested that, instead of building a whole business around your idea, you could start by selling a specific product or service around it and see if it sticks. <br></strong><br></p><p>It could be under your own brand or on it's own site. But it would be small and specific, which is interesting to me. </p><p>I'll post the full recording for you soon as a member of this group while we wait for the podcast to be released, but I thought it was interesting to share this approach in the meantime.</p><p>Are you thinking of starting something new? Let me know in the comments what your plan is!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1 Like</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I interviewed <a href="https://jonathanstark.com/">Jonathan Stark</a> today for a new podcast I'm creating. </p><p>The focus of the podcast is to help marketing freelancers, consultants, and agency owners package and sell their expertise, not their hands, in an effort to create leverage and scale. </p><p>And Jonathan is a wealth of knowledge on this subject. </p><p>Right before the interview ended, I asked him what his best advice would be to someone who wants to sell their expertise as a product or advisor (vs. implementor) for the first time.</p><p>His advice was similar to mine but a bit different. </p><p><strong>He suggested that, instead of building a whole business around your idea, you could start by selling a specific product or service around it and see if it sticks. <br></strong><br></p><p>It could be under your own brand or on it's own site. But it would be small and specific, which is interesting to me. </p><p>I'll post the full recording for you soon as a member of this group while we wait for the podcast to be released, but I thought it was interesting to share this approach in the meantime.</p><p>Are you thinking of starting something new? Let me know in the comments what your plan is!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1 Like</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2020 17:38:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6ecbe191/9a0cb137.mp3" length="11788100" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>367</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I interviewed <a href="https://jonathanstark.com/">Jonathan Stark</a> today for a new podcast I'm creating. </p><p>The focus of the podcast is to help marketing freelancers, consultants, and agency owners package and sell their expertise, not their hands, in an effort to create leverage and scale. </p><p>And Jonathan is a wealth of knowledge on this subject. </p><p>Right before the interview ended, I asked him what his best advice would be to someone who wants to sell their expertise as a product or advisor (vs. implementor) for the first time.</p><p>His advice was similar to mine but a bit different. </p><p><strong>He suggested that, instead of building a whole business around your idea, you could start by selling a specific product or service around it and see if it sticks. <br></strong><br></p><p>It could be under your own brand or on it's own site. But it would be small and specific, which is interesting to me. </p><p>I'll post the full recording for you soon as a member of this group while we wait for the podcast to be released, but I thought it was interesting to share this approach in the meantime.</p><p>Are you thinking of starting something new? Let me know in the comments what your plan is!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1 Like</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>60. How to salvage a case study after a client engagement—without all the data [Consulting]</title>
      <itunes:title>60. How to salvage a case study after a client engagement—without all the data [Consulting]</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">55a50464-1829-47dd-9d74-62378c732d73</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/60-how-to-salvage-a-case-study-after-a-client-engagement-without-all-the-data-consulting</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Michelle worked with a client for 9 months, did a TON of work, provided a LOT of value, but the client didn't fulfill their end of the bargain by properly tracking leads.</p><p>Now she's wondering how to salvage a case study without having all the results-based data.</p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about how you can create a case study based on the work you did and some of the results you got (i.e. more traffic), but obviously it won't be as strong as a financial outcome-focused case study.</p><p>I also talk about:</p><ul><li>How to prevent this from happening again</li><li>What to do when clients don't keep their end of the bargain</li><li>How to handle the end of an engagement that doesn't feel like a home run for the client</li><li>And more ideas related to situations like these</li></ul><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Got questions or challenges you're facing in your freelance/agency/coaching/consulting business? Feel free to DM or reply to any of these posts. If you'd rather remain anonymous, just say the words and I'll keep my recorded response general/anonymous.  </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Michelle worked with a client for 9 months, did a TON of work, provided a LOT of value, but the client didn't fulfill their end of the bargain by properly tracking leads.</p><p>Now she's wondering how to salvage a case study without having all the results-based data.</p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about how you can create a case study based on the work you did and some of the results you got (i.e. more traffic), but obviously it won't be as strong as a financial outcome-focused case study.</p><p>I also talk about:</p><ul><li>How to prevent this from happening again</li><li>What to do when clients don't keep their end of the bargain</li><li>How to handle the end of an engagement that doesn't feel like a home run for the client</li><li>And more ideas related to situations like these</li></ul><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Got questions or challenges you're facing in your freelance/agency/coaching/consulting business? Feel free to DM or reply to any of these posts. If you'd rather remain anonymous, just say the words and I'll keep my recorded response general/anonymous.  </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Oct 2020 14:22:17 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/48306893/6b5140c1.mp3" length="32569095" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1016</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Michelle worked with a client for 9 months, did a TON of work, provided a LOT of value, but the client didn't fulfill their end of the bargain by properly tracking leads.</p><p>Now she's wondering how to salvage a case study without having all the results-based data.</p><p><br>In this episode, I talk about how you can create a case study based on the work you did and some of the results you got (i.e. more traffic), but obviously it won't be as strong as a financial outcome-focused case study.</p><p>I also talk about:</p><ul><li>How to prevent this from happening again</li><li>What to do when clients don't keep their end of the bargain</li><li>How to handle the end of an engagement that doesn't feel like a home run for the client</li><li>And more ideas related to situations like these</li></ul><p>—k</p><p>P.S. Got questions or challenges you're facing in your freelance/agency/coaching/consulting business? Feel free to DM or reply to any of these posts. If you'd rather remain anonymous, just say the words and I'll keep my recorded response general/anonymous.  </p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>59. How to talk strategy when your clients want to talk tactics [Consulting]</title>
      <itunes:title>59. How to talk strategy when your clients want to talk tactics [Consulting]</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bbcb456-52ec-4cf0-9382-2f5b4c416d68</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/59-how-to-talk-strategy-when-your-clients-want-to-talk-tactics-consulting</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had someone reach out to me on <a href="http://clarity.fm/">Clarity.fm</a> today (I had set up an account a long time ago but never used it). </p><p>We booked a call to talk about how he can sell his India-based business outsourcing services into Canada/US.</p><p>All of his questions were tactical. Things like, "how do I get more US and Canadian traffic to his site, how many keywords this, how many backlinks that."</p><p><strong>The main problem, however, wasn't the tactics. It was his positioning. <br></strong><br></p><p>He sold everything to everyone.</p><p>There's no way someone so broadly positioned would ever be able to build a predictable flywheel of leads being so broadly positioned unless they built it slowly over time.</p><p>So we balanced the conversation between strategy (things like focus and specialization) and tactics (some education on how SEO works, some website tips, etc.)</p><p>New prospects almost always come to you with tactical problems and ideas. But the solutions really lie in creating a strategy around getting a result <em>first</em>. </p><p>The tactics become obvious once you nail the strategy.  </p><p>Do you notice the same thing when prospects come to you? How do you handle it?</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had someone reach out to me on <a href="http://clarity.fm/">Clarity.fm</a> today (I had set up an account a long time ago but never used it). </p><p>We booked a call to talk about how he can sell his India-based business outsourcing services into Canada/US.</p><p>All of his questions were tactical. Things like, "how do I get more US and Canadian traffic to his site, how many keywords this, how many backlinks that."</p><p><strong>The main problem, however, wasn't the tactics. It was his positioning. <br></strong><br></p><p>He sold everything to everyone.</p><p>There's no way someone so broadly positioned would ever be able to build a predictable flywheel of leads being so broadly positioned unless they built it slowly over time.</p><p>So we balanced the conversation between strategy (things like focus and specialization) and tactics (some education on how SEO works, some website tips, etc.)</p><p>New prospects almost always come to you with tactical problems and ideas. But the solutions really lie in creating a strategy around getting a result <em>first</em>. </p><p>The tactics become obvious once you nail the strategy.  </p><p>Do you notice the same thing when prospects come to you? How do you handle it?</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2020 13:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/651b6215/14d203de.mp3" length="21060976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>656</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had someone reach out to me on <a href="http://clarity.fm/">Clarity.fm</a> today (I had set up an account a long time ago but never used it). </p><p>We booked a call to talk about how he can sell his India-based business outsourcing services into Canada/US.</p><p>All of his questions were tactical. Things like, "how do I get more US and Canadian traffic to his site, how many keywords this, how many backlinks that."</p><p><strong>The main problem, however, wasn't the tactics. It was his positioning. <br></strong><br></p><p>He sold everything to everyone.</p><p>There's no way someone so broadly positioned would ever be able to build a predictable flywheel of leads being so broadly positioned unless they built it slowly over time.</p><p>So we balanced the conversation between strategy (things like focus and specialization) and tactics (some education on how SEO works, some website tips, etc.)</p><p>New prospects almost always come to you with tactical problems and ideas. But the solutions really lie in creating a strategy around getting a result <em>first</em>. </p><p>The tactics become obvious once you nail the strategy.  </p><p>Do you notice the same thing when prospects come to you? How do you handle it?</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>58. [Subscriptions] How to know what content to share in free vs. a paid subscription</title>
      <itunes:title>58. [Subscriptions] How to know what content to share in free vs. a paid subscription</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3dac970-5e45-4325-a6c6-1a176730ff63</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/58-subscriptions-how-to-know-what-content-to-share-in-free-vs-a-paid-subscription</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a great question from Michelle on how to know what content to give away free vs. paid when you sell a premium content subscription. </p><p><br>My response includes an example I heard from <a href="https://fortheinterested.com/">Josh Spector</a>, who believes paid content should be <em>different</em> than the free content, not just more of the same. </p><p><br>His subscription outlines his exact processes for doing what he does, and his free content includes more general advice and curated links.</p><p><br>The differences may seem subtle, but the content style is sufficiently different and valuable, which makes it easy for him to know what to share when. </p><p><br>This approach also allows him to talk about the same ideas but in a different, more valuable format for his paid subscribers.</p><p><br>I also talk about how <a href="http://stratechery.com/">Stratechery</a> does the "more of the same content" model but also sells the audio recordings via private podcast, making the paid version that much more valuable to those who prefer to listen. </p><p><br>Lastly, I talk about how this group is a different format (audio) than my free stuff (text and a free interview podcast coming soon). I also explain how it's different from a typical subscription in that it has community and resources, making it more of a membership.</p><p><br>Anyway - hope this helps if you're thinking of starting your own subscription.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a great question from Michelle on how to know what content to give away free vs. paid when you sell a premium content subscription. </p><p><br>My response includes an example I heard from <a href="https://fortheinterested.com/">Josh Spector</a>, who believes paid content should be <em>different</em> than the free content, not just more of the same. </p><p><br>His subscription outlines his exact processes for doing what he does, and his free content includes more general advice and curated links.</p><p><br>The differences may seem subtle, but the content style is sufficiently different and valuable, which makes it easy for him to know what to share when. </p><p><br>This approach also allows him to talk about the same ideas but in a different, more valuable format for his paid subscribers.</p><p><br>I also talk about how <a href="http://stratechery.com/">Stratechery</a> does the "more of the same content" model but also sells the audio recordings via private podcast, making the paid version that much more valuable to those who prefer to listen. </p><p><br>Lastly, I talk about how this group is a different format (audio) than my free stuff (text and a free interview podcast coming soon). I also explain how it's different from a typical subscription in that it has community and resources, making it more of a membership.</p><p><br>Anyway - hope this helps if you're thinking of starting your own subscription.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2020 14:49:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1475d2d5/af1112f9.mp3" length="13500114" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>420</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a great question from Michelle on how to know what content to give away free vs. paid when you sell a premium content subscription. </p><p><br>My response includes an example I heard from <a href="https://fortheinterested.com/">Josh Spector</a>, who believes paid content should be <em>different</em> than the free content, not just more of the same. </p><p><br>His subscription outlines his exact processes for doing what he does, and his free content includes more general advice and curated links.</p><p><br>The differences may seem subtle, but the content style is sufficiently different and valuable, which makes it easy for him to know what to share when. </p><p><br>This approach also allows him to talk about the same ideas but in a different, more valuable format for his paid subscribers.</p><p><br>I also talk about how <a href="http://stratechery.com/">Stratechery</a> does the "more of the same content" model but also sells the audio recordings via private podcast, making the paid version that much more valuable to those who prefer to listen. </p><p><br>Lastly, I talk about how this group is a different format (audio) than my free stuff (text and a free interview podcast coming soon). I also explain how it's different from a typical subscription in that it has community and resources, making it more of a membership.</p><p><br>Anyway - hope this helps if you're thinking of starting your own subscription.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>57. How to start a membership before your content is created</title>
      <itunes:title>57. How to start a membership before your content is created</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4d896f96-e9e4-4c39-b8c5-827d074e6064</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/57-how-to-start-a-membership-before-your-content-is-created</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A lot of folks joined this group with an interest or desire in staring a membership, mentorship, or other form of subscription program.</p><p><br>But the biggest issue (aside from picking just one idea) is knowing where to start. </p><p><br>And the ideas of creating content in advance is daunting—especially if you don't even know whether people will buy it.</p><p><strong><br>My advice? </strong>Create a landing page and outline of what is going to be included in the membership and just launch it. I talk more about how to create this outline in this episode.</p><p><br>And if you have an email list, you should be able to get some interested parties if your idea is compelling. If not, you may have a positioning or value proposition issue. </p><p><br>Once you get started, you can systematically create the content each week or month depending on what you promised until it's completed. <strong>You don't need to have it all created in advance.</strong></p><p><br>The bigger problem is how to create that initial landing page (and the value proposition to go with it). I'll talk more about that in the next episode.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A lot of folks joined this group with an interest or desire in staring a membership, mentorship, or other form of subscription program.</p><p><br>But the biggest issue (aside from picking just one idea) is knowing where to start. </p><p><br>And the ideas of creating content in advance is daunting—especially if you don't even know whether people will buy it.</p><p><strong><br>My advice? </strong>Create a landing page and outline of what is going to be included in the membership and just launch it. I talk more about how to create this outline in this episode.</p><p><br>And if you have an email list, you should be able to get some interested parties if your idea is compelling. If not, you may have a positioning or value proposition issue. </p><p><br>Once you get started, you can systematically create the content each week or month depending on what you promised until it's completed. <strong>You don't need to have it all created in advance.</strong></p><p><br>The bigger problem is how to create that initial landing page (and the value proposition to go with it). I'll talk more about that in the next episode.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 17:29:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/36553fcd/f9e40094.mp3" length="14023349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>436</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>A lot of folks joined this group with an interest or desire in staring a membership, mentorship, or other form of subscription program.</p><p><br>But the biggest issue (aside from picking just one idea) is knowing where to start. </p><p><br>And the ideas of creating content in advance is daunting—especially if you don't even know whether people will buy it.</p><p><strong><br>My advice? </strong>Create a landing page and outline of what is going to be included in the membership and just launch it. I talk more about how to create this outline in this episode.</p><p><br>And if you have an email list, you should be able to get some interested parties if your idea is compelling. If not, you may have a positioning or value proposition issue. </p><p><br>Once you get started, you can systematically create the content each week or month depending on what you promised until it's completed. <strong>You don't need to have it all created in advance.</strong></p><p><br>The bigger problem is how to create that initial landing page (and the value proposition to go with it). I'll talk more about that in the next episode.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>56. How to choose the right niche and take the first steps [Coaching Call]</title>
      <itunes:title>56. How to choose the right niche and take the first steps [Coaching Call]</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">52f9e25b-78c1-4f78-add3-28dcfc065f66</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/56-how-to-choose-the-right-niche-and-take-the-first-steps-coaching-call</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Choosing a niche is hard. Or, it's scary, I should say.</p><p><br>It feels like the more you focus down, the less opportunity you'll have. </p><p><br>And even if you think you know <em>where</em> you want to specialize, knowing what steps to take first can be daunting.</p><p><br>Michelle reached out with this exact conundrum, so I thought it would be good to jump on a coaching call with her and share the conversation with you all (with her permission).</p><p><br>In this call, we talk about ways she can go about identifying her best opportunities and then what to do first.</p><p><br>She is considering one of several niches:</p><ul><li>Entrepreneurial women</li><li>Home care agencies</li><li>B2B professional services</li><li>Print and promotions industry</li><li>Non-profits</li></ul><p>By the end, we narrow it down to two options and I give her some tips on the <em>first steps to take</em> to see if it helps her make a decision.</p><p>Here's the thing... when you pick a niche, the best way to do it (or, this is what I did) is to do it on the side. Start a blog, do a ton of industry-landscape research, build relationships, add a services page,  and see if you can get some traction while you keep your current business running.</p><p><br>Some people will try to add multiple specializations to their main site, which can work, but it significantly waters down the messaging and makes you look less compelling. </p><p><br>When you go all-in on a separate site, every word, post, service, and detail is tailored to a specific audience. </p><p><br>And when someone refers you or if you speak to someone, they see your site and it feels like it was <em>made entirely for them. </em>Because it is. </p><p><br>Give this a listen and see what you think.</p><p><br>Are you still trying to hone in on your niche? Let me know in the comments where you're stuck.</p><p><br>I'll be doing 30-minute coaching calls again in the future, so if you want to participate, send me a DM!</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Choosing a niche is hard. Or, it's scary, I should say.</p><p><br>It feels like the more you focus down, the less opportunity you'll have. </p><p><br>And even if you think you know <em>where</em> you want to specialize, knowing what steps to take first can be daunting.</p><p><br>Michelle reached out with this exact conundrum, so I thought it would be good to jump on a coaching call with her and share the conversation with you all (with her permission).</p><p><br>In this call, we talk about ways she can go about identifying her best opportunities and then what to do first.</p><p><br>She is considering one of several niches:</p><ul><li>Entrepreneurial women</li><li>Home care agencies</li><li>B2B professional services</li><li>Print and promotions industry</li><li>Non-profits</li></ul><p>By the end, we narrow it down to two options and I give her some tips on the <em>first steps to take</em> to see if it helps her make a decision.</p><p>Here's the thing... when you pick a niche, the best way to do it (or, this is what I did) is to do it on the side. Start a blog, do a ton of industry-landscape research, build relationships, add a services page,  and see if you can get some traction while you keep your current business running.</p><p><br>Some people will try to add multiple specializations to their main site, which can work, but it significantly waters down the messaging and makes you look less compelling. </p><p><br>When you go all-in on a separate site, every word, post, service, and detail is tailored to a specific audience. </p><p><br>And when someone refers you or if you speak to someone, they see your site and it feels like it was <em>made entirely for them. </em>Because it is. </p><p><br>Give this a listen and see what you think.</p><p><br>Are you still trying to hone in on your niche? Let me know in the comments where you're stuck.</p><p><br>I'll be doing 30-minute coaching calls again in the future, so if you want to participate, send me a DM!</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 09:59:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/27d47bbc/95326a81.mp3" length="50445129" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3150</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Choosing a niche is hard. Or, it's scary, I should say.</p><p><br>It feels like the more you focus down, the less opportunity you'll have. </p><p><br>And even if you think you know <em>where</em> you want to specialize, knowing what steps to take first can be daunting.</p><p><br>Michelle reached out with this exact conundrum, so I thought it would be good to jump on a coaching call with her and share the conversation with you all (with her permission).</p><p><br>In this call, we talk about ways she can go about identifying her best opportunities and then what to do first.</p><p><br>She is considering one of several niches:</p><ul><li>Entrepreneurial women</li><li>Home care agencies</li><li>B2B professional services</li><li>Print and promotions industry</li><li>Non-profits</li></ul><p>By the end, we narrow it down to two options and I give her some tips on the <em>first steps to take</em> to see if it helps her make a decision.</p><p>Here's the thing... when you pick a niche, the best way to do it (or, this is what I did) is to do it on the side. Start a blog, do a ton of industry-landscape research, build relationships, add a services page,  and see if you can get some traction while you keep your current business running.</p><p><br>Some people will try to add multiple specializations to their main site, which can work, but it significantly waters down the messaging and makes you look less compelling. </p><p><br>When you go all-in on a separate site, every word, post, service, and detail is tailored to a specific audience. </p><p><br>And when someone refers you or if you speak to someone, they see your site and it feels like it was <em>made entirely for them. </em>Because it is. </p><p><br>Give this a listen and see what you think.</p><p><br>Are you still trying to hone in on your niche? Let me know in the comments where you're stuck.</p><p><br>I'll be doing 30-minute coaching calls again in the future, so if you want to participate, send me a DM!</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>55. Should you do hourly advisory work?</title>
      <itunes:title>55. Should you do hourly advisory work?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5cee5961-8d09-4cab-b176-025d9eb6d219</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/55-should-you-do-hourly-advisory-work</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a question with a lot of moving parts.</p><p><br>One of our members asks:</p><em>Have client who wants advisory, 1 hour a week. I’m skeptical they’ll want to pay my £200/hr rate. Pre A round. What would you do/suggest?</em><p><strong><br>Some highlights of my response include:</strong></p><ul><li>Don't let clients prescribe solutions/scope/how you deliver your work</li><li>You want to create solutions based on their goals—which are determined by your ability to deliver on it and the value of that outcome</li><li>Whatever you do, don't sell by the hour</li><li>Bake in a few other pieces of value so they can't take your rate and divide it by a number of hours</li><li>Consider a few options: one-off strategy calls, productized services, custom, group coaching</li></ul><p>Give it a listen, I cover lots more examples.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a question with a lot of moving parts.</p><p><br>One of our members asks:</p><em>Have client who wants advisory, 1 hour a week. I’m skeptical they’ll want to pay my £200/hr rate. Pre A round. What would you do/suggest?</em><p><strong><br>Some highlights of my response include:</strong></p><ul><li>Don't let clients prescribe solutions/scope/how you deliver your work</li><li>You want to create solutions based on their goals—which are determined by your ability to deliver on it and the value of that outcome</li><li>Whatever you do, don't sell by the hour</li><li>Bake in a few other pieces of value so they can't take your rate and divide it by a number of hours</li><li>Consider a few options: one-off strategy calls, productized services, custom, group coaching</li></ul><p>Give it a listen, I cover lots more examples.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 17:59:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cfa0a9f4/98fe1516.mp3" length="13594481" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>564</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a question with a lot of moving parts.</p><p><br>One of our members asks:</p><em>Have client who wants advisory, 1 hour a week. I’m skeptical they’ll want to pay my £200/hr rate. Pre A round. What would you do/suggest?</em><p><strong><br>Some highlights of my response include:</strong></p><ul><li>Don't let clients prescribe solutions/scope/how you deliver your work</li><li>You want to create solutions based on their goals—which are determined by your ability to deliver on it and the value of that outcome</li><li>Whatever you do, don't sell by the hour</li><li>Bake in a few other pieces of value so they can't take your rate and divide it by a number of hours</li><li>Consider a few options: one-off strategy calls, productized services, custom, group coaching</li></ul><p>Give it a listen, I cover lots more examples.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>54. How to handle client confidentiality</title>
      <itunes:title>54. How to handle client confidentiality</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">057df816-90b9-49aa-8889-b83358dcf05a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/54-how-to-handle-client-confidentiality</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How do you know what information you can share about past clients and the work you do?</p><p><br>Personally, I use a pretty simple philosophy: if it's public, it's fair game. But if you're in doubt—get permission.</p><p><br>Hiring an advisor requires utmost trust and confidentiality. You <em>need</em> to know all the private details of your clients' business if you have any hope of helping them. </p><p><br>And  this is especially true when you specialize (like I do). I've often worked with clients in the same market at the same time (although they were sufficiently different and I disclosed it to all parties). </p><p><br>But trust and confidentiality are key components to this. And you need to be diligent about not spilling the beans. Which means you need a simple way to think about it. </p><p><br>Here's how I break it down:</p><ol><li>Share only what is publicly visible information</li></ol><ul><li>Websites</li><li>Social media</li><li>Email newsletters</li><li>Ads</li><li>etc.</li></ul><p>2. Don't share things like:</p><ul><li>Revenue</li><li>Strategy </li><li>Learnings and experiences</li><li>Thought processes</li><li>Holistic marketing plans</li></ul><p>3. Share only what your client gives you permission to share</p><ul><li>When in doubt—ask if you can share it!</li><li>Do a case study after, if you can, and get their written approval to publish it.</li><li>Talk about what you did and the results you got using<em> real measurable numbers</em>—things like ROI, revenue, profit, growth in MRR, occupancy, etc. Don't just focus on projects or tasks you did. Focus on results (but do share outcomes).</li></ul><p>4. Demonstrate and articulate to your clients and prospects how you handle confidentiality</p><ul><li>Explain how you work at various stages of the engagement, including the sales process (more important if you specialize in an industry).</li><li>Actually demonstrate it when it comes up by saying what you can and can't share about a past client experience.</li><li>Use general principles when advising a client using information you are privy to due to your past engagements.</li></ul><p>Trust is your biggest asset. Don't mess with it—especially if you specialize. When in doubt, share less. </p><p>Yours, </p><p>—k<br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How do you know what information you can share about past clients and the work you do?</p><p><br>Personally, I use a pretty simple philosophy: if it's public, it's fair game. But if you're in doubt—get permission.</p><p><br>Hiring an advisor requires utmost trust and confidentiality. You <em>need</em> to know all the private details of your clients' business if you have any hope of helping them. </p><p><br>And  this is especially true when you specialize (like I do). I've often worked with clients in the same market at the same time (although they were sufficiently different and I disclosed it to all parties). </p><p><br>But trust and confidentiality are key components to this. And you need to be diligent about not spilling the beans. Which means you need a simple way to think about it. </p><p><br>Here's how I break it down:</p><ol><li>Share only what is publicly visible information</li></ol><ul><li>Websites</li><li>Social media</li><li>Email newsletters</li><li>Ads</li><li>etc.</li></ul><p>2. Don't share things like:</p><ul><li>Revenue</li><li>Strategy </li><li>Learnings and experiences</li><li>Thought processes</li><li>Holistic marketing plans</li></ul><p>3. Share only what your client gives you permission to share</p><ul><li>When in doubt—ask if you can share it!</li><li>Do a case study after, if you can, and get their written approval to publish it.</li><li>Talk about what you did and the results you got using<em> real measurable numbers</em>—things like ROI, revenue, profit, growth in MRR, occupancy, etc. Don't just focus on projects or tasks you did. Focus on results (but do share outcomes).</li></ul><p>4. Demonstrate and articulate to your clients and prospects how you handle confidentiality</p><ul><li>Explain how you work at various stages of the engagement, including the sales process (more important if you specialize in an industry).</li><li>Actually demonstrate it when it comes up by saying what you can and can't share about a past client experience.</li><li>Use general principles when advising a client using information you are privy to due to your past engagements.</li></ul><p>Trust is your biggest asset. Don't mess with it—especially if you specialize. When in doubt, share less. </p><p>Yours, </p><p>—k<br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2020 08:01:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a6b7eca1/406d3466.mp3" length="15805696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>656</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>How do you know what information you can share about past clients and the work you do?</p><p><br>Personally, I use a pretty simple philosophy: if it's public, it's fair game. But if you're in doubt—get permission.</p><p><br>Hiring an advisor requires utmost trust and confidentiality. You <em>need</em> to know all the private details of your clients' business if you have any hope of helping them. </p><p><br>And  this is especially true when you specialize (like I do). I've often worked with clients in the same market at the same time (although they were sufficiently different and I disclosed it to all parties). </p><p><br>But trust and confidentiality are key components to this. And you need to be diligent about not spilling the beans. Which means you need a simple way to think about it. </p><p><br>Here's how I break it down:</p><ol><li>Share only what is publicly visible information</li></ol><ul><li>Websites</li><li>Social media</li><li>Email newsletters</li><li>Ads</li><li>etc.</li></ul><p>2. Don't share things like:</p><ul><li>Revenue</li><li>Strategy </li><li>Learnings and experiences</li><li>Thought processes</li><li>Holistic marketing plans</li></ul><p>3. Share only what your client gives you permission to share</p><ul><li>When in doubt—ask if you can share it!</li><li>Do a case study after, if you can, and get their written approval to publish it.</li><li>Talk about what you did and the results you got using<em> real measurable numbers</em>—things like ROI, revenue, profit, growth in MRR, occupancy, etc. Don't just focus on projects or tasks you did. Focus on results (but do share outcomes).</li></ul><p>4. Demonstrate and articulate to your clients and prospects how you handle confidentiality</p><ul><li>Explain how you work at various stages of the engagement, including the sales process (more important if you specialize in an industry).</li><li>Actually demonstrate it when it comes up by saying what you can and can't share about a past client experience.</li><li>Use general principles when advising a client using information you are privy to due to your past engagements.</li></ul><p>Trust is your biggest asset. Don't mess with it—especially if you specialize. When in doubt, share less. </p><p>Yours, </p><p>—k<br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>53. What is the difference between group coaching and this Patreon model?</title>
      <itunes:title>53. What is the difference between group coaching and this Patreon model?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8d20bc6a-bff8-4d29-9106-b069bd4bc287</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/53-what-is-the-difference-between-group-coaching-and-this-patreon-model</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a question from Oren:</p>What’s the difference between group coaching and this Patreon model? <p>This particular Patreon model is what I consider a "subscription". It's access to content for a small monthly fee. </p><p><br>However, and I don't mention this in the recording until the very end, but the community and resources add-on features make this group more like a <strong>membership </strong>model. </p><p><br>It includes the content (<em>subscription</em>) plus the other things that create a multi-faceted <em>membership</em>. </p><p><br>For more on this topic, check out the earlier recording on August 3rd, "<em>The difference between subscription, membership, and group coaching business models".<br></em><br></p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a question from Oren:</p>What’s the difference between group coaching and this Patreon model? <p>This particular Patreon model is what I consider a "subscription". It's access to content for a small monthly fee. </p><p><br>However, and I don't mention this in the recording until the very end, but the community and resources add-on features make this group more like a <strong>membership </strong>model. </p><p><br>It includes the content (<em>subscription</em>) plus the other things that create a multi-faceted <em>membership</em>. </p><p><br>For more on this topic, check out the earlier recording on August 3rd, "<em>The difference between subscription, membership, and group coaching business models".<br></em><br></p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 11:14:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/404f4488/e6ae4464.mp3" length="12132528" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>503</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a question from Oren:</p>What’s the difference between group coaching and this Patreon model? <p>This particular Patreon model is what I consider a "subscription". It's access to content for a small monthly fee. </p><p><br>However, and I don't mention this in the recording until the very end, but the community and resources add-on features make this group more like a <strong>membership </strong>model. </p><p><br>It includes the content (<em>subscription</em>) plus the other things that create a multi-faceted <em>membership</em>. </p><p><br>For more on this topic, check out the earlier recording on August 3rd, "<em>The difference between subscription, membership, and group coaching business models".<br></em><br></p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>52. How to create a low-tier consulting offer that works for everybody</title>
      <itunes:title>52. How to create a low-tier consulting offer that works for everybody</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">67d1298a-ec8c-4a30-bd03-c02840f7139d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/52-how-to-create-a-low-tier-consulting-offer-that-works-for-everybody</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wanted to create a low-tier consulting service? Something your smaller clients could afford that delivers lots of value, gets results, <em>and</em> is profitable for you?</p><p><br>Oren has a great question around just this topic. </p><em>I've been evaluating doing a low tier, like $750/mo for unlimited slack messages (no phone calls). Like a light weight version pre your advisor tier. Concern is massive energy-drain potentially. Multiple businesses pinging lots of questions over all day long. A fair few businesses I talk to have circa 10k a month to spend on marketing. So eating up 2,5k is too big a chunk which is why I lose them. </em><p>I've tried before to sell low-price offers which include a call per month then unlimited Slack access. Nobody bought it.</p><p>But then I introduced group coaching. It flew off the shelves and performs really well.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about all of that, as well as some tactics and strategies for making it work. It includes things like:</p><ul><li>Why group coaching is actually better for your clients (more 1:1 live help)</li><li>How groups lead to better accountability (from you and their peers)</li><li>Why you want to have at least a 6-month commitment</li><li>Why it's not really a hassle if you do it right</li><li>Why you want to package and deliver content in addition to the coaching</li><li>And why specializing makes the whole thing more compelling and valuable to your clients</li><li>How to promote it using the 5130 method by Taki Moore</li></ul><p>Oren also mentioned:</p><em>Everything I read points to niching down further. What's less clear to me is the process for doing this successfully.  Also kinda tricky to do when I’m currently getting leads and closing more business.</em><p>It's a great point and I talk about this towards the end of the recording. </p><p><br>I will do more content on this soon because it's not perfectly intuitive and it's really valuable if you can do it (specialize).</p><p><br>That's all for now, have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours, </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wanted to create a low-tier consulting service? Something your smaller clients could afford that delivers lots of value, gets results, <em>and</em> is profitable for you?</p><p><br>Oren has a great question around just this topic. </p><em>I've been evaluating doing a low tier, like $750/mo for unlimited slack messages (no phone calls). Like a light weight version pre your advisor tier. Concern is massive energy-drain potentially. Multiple businesses pinging lots of questions over all day long. A fair few businesses I talk to have circa 10k a month to spend on marketing. So eating up 2,5k is too big a chunk which is why I lose them. </em><p>I've tried before to sell low-price offers which include a call per month then unlimited Slack access. Nobody bought it.</p><p>But then I introduced group coaching. It flew off the shelves and performs really well.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about all of that, as well as some tactics and strategies for making it work. It includes things like:</p><ul><li>Why group coaching is actually better for your clients (more 1:1 live help)</li><li>How groups lead to better accountability (from you and their peers)</li><li>Why you want to have at least a 6-month commitment</li><li>Why it's not really a hassle if you do it right</li><li>Why you want to package and deliver content in addition to the coaching</li><li>And why specializing makes the whole thing more compelling and valuable to your clients</li><li>How to promote it using the 5130 method by Taki Moore</li></ul><p>Oren also mentioned:</p><em>Everything I read points to niching down further. What's less clear to me is the process for doing this successfully.  Also kinda tricky to do when I’m currently getting leads and closing more business.</em><p>It's a great point and I talk about this towards the end of the recording. </p><p><br>I will do more content on this soon because it's not perfectly intuitive and it's really valuable if you can do it (specialize).</p><p><br>That's all for now, have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours, </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2020 17:15:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/23338453/a61b56f5.mp3" length="19194360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>798</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wanted to create a low-tier consulting service? Something your smaller clients could afford that delivers lots of value, gets results, <em>and</em> is profitable for you?</p><p><br>Oren has a great question around just this topic. </p><em>I've been evaluating doing a low tier, like $750/mo for unlimited slack messages (no phone calls). Like a light weight version pre your advisor tier. Concern is massive energy-drain potentially. Multiple businesses pinging lots of questions over all day long. A fair few businesses I talk to have circa 10k a month to spend on marketing. So eating up 2,5k is too big a chunk which is why I lose them. </em><p>I've tried before to sell low-price offers which include a call per month then unlimited Slack access. Nobody bought it.</p><p>But then I introduced group coaching. It flew off the shelves and performs really well.</p><p>In this episode, I talk about all of that, as well as some tactics and strategies for making it work. It includes things like:</p><ul><li>Why group coaching is actually better for your clients (more 1:1 live help)</li><li>How groups lead to better accountability (from you and their peers)</li><li>Why you want to have at least a 6-month commitment</li><li>Why it's not really a hassle if you do it right</li><li>Why you want to package and deliver content in addition to the coaching</li><li>And why specializing makes the whole thing more compelling and valuable to your clients</li><li>How to promote it using the 5130 method by Taki Moore</li></ul><p>Oren also mentioned:</p><em>Everything I read points to niching down further. What's less clear to me is the process for doing this successfully.  Also kinda tricky to do when I’m currently getting leads and closing more business.</em><p>It's a great point and I talk about this towards the end of the recording. </p><p><br>I will do more content on this soon because it's not perfectly intuitive and it's really valuable if you can do it (specialize).</p><p><br>That's all for now, have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours, </p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>51. Why you should benchmark your KPIs at the start of each engagement</title>
      <itunes:title>51. Why you should benchmark your KPIs at the start of each engagement</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f62b1706-7760-4f27-8f57-cfd006258eb0</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/51-why-you-should-benchmark-your-kpis-at-the-start-of-each-engagement</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you take inventory of the client's key performance indicators when you first start working with them? </p><p><br>Personally, I didn't do this for a long time. And it became really hard to:</p><p>a) prove your results down the line</p><p><br>b) write a case study</p><p><br>In this recording, I talk about some of the KPIs I track early and why they matter later on.</p><p><br>If you are clear about your client goals from the beginning, you can break them down into sub-goals that allow you show progress during and after your engagement.</p><p><br>For reference, you can see an example of a case study I produced here: <a href="https://everspaces.com/iq/">https://everspaces.com/iq/</a></p><p><br>It's not perfect but it is highly specific about what results I was able to help my client accomplish. Prospects read it and it definitely helps during the sales process.</p><p><br>Got a neat tip or trick? I'd love to hear it!</p><p><br>DM or hit reply below to share.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you take inventory of the client's key performance indicators when you first start working with them? </p><p><br>Personally, I didn't do this for a long time. And it became really hard to:</p><p>a) prove your results down the line</p><p><br>b) write a case study</p><p><br>In this recording, I talk about some of the KPIs I track early and why they matter later on.</p><p><br>If you are clear about your client goals from the beginning, you can break them down into sub-goals that allow you show progress during and after your engagement.</p><p><br>For reference, you can see an example of a case study I produced here: <a href="https://everspaces.com/iq/">https://everspaces.com/iq/</a></p><p><br>It's not perfect but it is highly specific about what results I was able to help my client accomplish. Prospects read it and it definitely helps during the sales process.</p><p><br>Got a neat tip or trick? I'd love to hear it!</p><p><br>DM or hit reply below to share.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 17:46:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c5d87d4e/7e14451e.mp3" length="6425498" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>266</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you take inventory of the client's key performance indicators when you first start working with them? </p><p><br>Personally, I didn't do this for a long time. And it became really hard to:</p><p>a) prove your results down the line</p><p><br>b) write a case study</p><p><br>In this recording, I talk about some of the KPIs I track early and why they matter later on.</p><p><br>If you are clear about your client goals from the beginning, you can break them down into sub-goals that allow you show progress during and after your engagement.</p><p><br>For reference, you can see an example of a case study I produced here: <a href="https://everspaces.com/iq/">https://everspaces.com/iq/</a></p><p><br>It's not perfect but it is highly specific about what results I was able to help my client accomplish. Prospects read it and it definitely helps during the sales process.</p><p><br>Got a neat tip or trick? I'd love to hear it!</p><p><br>DM or hit reply below to share.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>50. The value of note-taking in client engagements (and how I do it)</title>
      <itunes:title>50. The value of note-taking in client engagements (and how I do it)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b81f78c-aa10-4f54-9eda-09a5145c0be0</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/50-the-value-of-note-taking-in-client-engagements-and-how-i-do-it</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Taking notes during your client calls is one of the most valuable things you can do. </p><p><br>It outlines what you talk about, what you mutually decide on, and who's responsible for doing what. In other words, it creates a record and accountability, which leads to better results. </p><p><br>It also lets you reflect on the work you do. Clients get to see progress and you have a fully documented record of accomplishments that will make it easy to write case studies on in the future.</p><p><br>Listen in for the specifics in how I do this.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Taking notes during your client calls is one of the most valuable things you can do. </p><p><br>It outlines what you talk about, what you mutually decide on, and who's responsible for doing what. In other words, it creates a record and accountability, which leads to better results. </p><p><br>It also lets you reflect on the work you do. Clients get to see progress and you have a fully documented record of accomplishments that will make it easy to write case studies on in the future.</p><p><br>Listen in for the specifics in how I do this.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 17:32:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/62268fb2/7570f429.mp3" length="7638620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>316</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Taking notes during your client calls is one of the most valuable things you can do. </p><p><br>It outlines what you talk about, what you mutually decide on, and who's responsible for doing what. In other words, it creates a record and accountability, which leads to better results. </p><p><br>It also lets you reflect on the work you do. Clients get to see progress and you have a fully documented record of accomplishments that will make it easy to write case studies on in the future.</p><p><br>Listen in for the specifics in how I do this.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>49. How to get paid in advance for your work</title>
      <itunes:title>49. How to get paid in advance for your work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce95ef90-6b60-4ea9-98fb-0f92b63146d0</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/49-how-to-get-paid-in-advance-for-your-work</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have a hard time getting paid in advance?</p><p><br>If not, it could be due to one of a few reasons:</p><p><br>1. You don't have enough leverage (i.e. unique specialization)</p><p><br>2. You don't set expectations in advance</p><p><br>3. You don't follow up for missed payments in a way that fixes the systemic issue</p><p><br>Or any number of other reasons, but these are the big ones.</p><p><br>Here's how to get paid in advance for all of your engagements. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have a hard time getting paid in advance?</p><p><br>If not, it could be due to one of a few reasons:</p><p><br>1. You don't have enough leverage (i.e. unique specialization)</p><p><br>2. You don't set expectations in advance</p><p><br>3. You don't follow up for missed payments in a way that fixes the systemic issue</p><p><br>Or any number of other reasons, but these are the big ones.</p><p><br>Here's how to get paid in advance for all of your engagements. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 11:09:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/4ba65543/fff52a0c.mp3" length="12881035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>535</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have a hard time getting paid in advance?</p><p><br>If not, it could be due to one of a few reasons:</p><p><br>1. You don't have enough leverage (i.e. unique specialization)</p><p><br>2. You don't set expectations in advance</p><p><br>3. You don't follow up for missed payments in a way that fixes the systemic issue</p><p><br>Or any number of other reasons, but these are the big ones.</p><p><br>Here's how to get paid in advance for all of your engagements. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>48. The benefits of transparent pricing for your consulting services</title>
      <itunes:title>48. The benefits of transparent pricing for your consulting services</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">12e147eb-4b73-465c-83e1-1d15b74eb638</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/48-the-benefits-of-transparent-pricing-for-your-consulting-services</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Happy Monday!</p><p><br>I had a question over the weekend from Oren, a new member of the Mentorship who positions himself as a "chief growth officer" and runs a hybrid agency/consulting model.</p><p><br>Oren asks:</p><em>Have you seen benefit from making your pricing transparent on your websites (everspaces &amp; </em><a href="http://kevin.me/"><em>kevin.me</em></a><em>) </em><p>Excellent question! Here's an overview of some of the reasons I publish pricing transparently for my consulting services.:</p><p><strong><br>1. It's all about the customer experience</strong>—transparent pricing is a better experience for my clients. They don't need to come in feeling like it's a negotiation. They have their guard down and we can talk transparently about their business, finances, goals etc. My prices don't change once I find out their problem is urgent or they have a lot of money. </p><p><strong><br>2. I'm optimizing for trust and transparency</strong>—most of marketing is a black box to my ideal clients. They have been burned in the past or couldn't interpret whether their suppliers were getting results. I'm positioned as a safe haven for them. Someone they can trust. So, my prices are fixed as a way to demonstrate stability and transparency.</p><p><strong><br>3. Differentiation</strong>—most consultants don't publish their prices. When everyone does one thing, I like to do another. Especially when it serves the customer. Consultants who don't publish pricing perpetuate the "black box" feeling many clients get around hiring marketing professionals, making them less likely to reach out (I think). </p><p><strong><br>4. I get to design the business the way I like it</strong>—I've designed my services to be able to sustain up to 10 1:1 clients at a time generating multiple six figures in profit if I do. I also get to work 9-5 pretty regularly, don't feel stressed after work because I'm not driving/managing projects, and I can maintain a calm schedule with lots of buffer in my day. </p><p><strong><br>5. Operational efficiency—</strong>because all of my engagements go roughly the same way, I can budget my time and roll out processes that are the same (or similar) for each clients. Because of this, my time intensity decreases and therefore the more profitable my engagements are. </p><p><br>There are many more benefits to published pricing, but for me, it just matches my style and approach to the clients I serve.</p><p><br>Thanks for your question, Oren! I hope I've converted you—at least in part—but if not, I'd love to hear why not!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Happy Monday!</p><p><br>I had a question over the weekend from Oren, a new member of the Mentorship who positions himself as a "chief growth officer" and runs a hybrid agency/consulting model.</p><p><br>Oren asks:</p><em>Have you seen benefit from making your pricing transparent on your websites (everspaces &amp; </em><a href="http://kevin.me/"><em>kevin.me</em></a><em>) </em><p>Excellent question! Here's an overview of some of the reasons I publish pricing transparently for my consulting services.:</p><p><strong><br>1. It's all about the customer experience</strong>—transparent pricing is a better experience for my clients. They don't need to come in feeling like it's a negotiation. They have their guard down and we can talk transparently about their business, finances, goals etc. My prices don't change once I find out their problem is urgent or they have a lot of money. </p><p><strong><br>2. I'm optimizing for trust and transparency</strong>—most of marketing is a black box to my ideal clients. They have been burned in the past or couldn't interpret whether their suppliers were getting results. I'm positioned as a safe haven for them. Someone they can trust. So, my prices are fixed as a way to demonstrate stability and transparency.</p><p><strong><br>3. Differentiation</strong>—most consultants don't publish their prices. When everyone does one thing, I like to do another. Especially when it serves the customer. Consultants who don't publish pricing perpetuate the "black box" feeling many clients get around hiring marketing professionals, making them less likely to reach out (I think). </p><p><strong><br>4. I get to design the business the way I like it</strong>—I've designed my services to be able to sustain up to 10 1:1 clients at a time generating multiple six figures in profit if I do. I also get to work 9-5 pretty regularly, don't feel stressed after work because I'm not driving/managing projects, and I can maintain a calm schedule with lots of buffer in my day. </p><p><strong><br>5. Operational efficiency—</strong>because all of my engagements go roughly the same way, I can budget my time and roll out processes that are the same (or similar) for each clients. Because of this, my time intensity decreases and therefore the more profitable my engagements are. </p><p><br>There are many more benefits to published pricing, but for me, it just matches my style and approach to the clients I serve.</p><p><br>Thanks for your question, Oren! I hope I've converted you—at least in part—but if not, I'd love to hear why not!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2020 11:07:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/d0fa3c1f/a52b4cab.mp3" length="19586193" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>814</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Happy Monday!</p><p><br>I had a question over the weekend from Oren, a new member of the Mentorship who positions himself as a "chief growth officer" and runs a hybrid agency/consulting model.</p><p><br>Oren asks:</p><em>Have you seen benefit from making your pricing transparent on your websites (everspaces &amp; </em><a href="http://kevin.me/"><em>kevin.me</em></a><em>) </em><p>Excellent question! Here's an overview of some of the reasons I publish pricing transparently for my consulting services.:</p><p><strong><br>1. It's all about the customer experience</strong>—transparent pricing is a better experience for my clients. They don't need to come in feeling like it's a negotiation. They have their guard down and we can talk transparently about their business, finances, goals etc. My prices don't change once I find out their problem is urgent or they have a lot of money. </p><p><strong><br>2. I'm optimizing for trust and transparency</strong>—most of marketing is a black box to my ideal clients. They have been burned in the past or couldn't interpret whether their suppliers were getting results. I'm positioned as a safe haven for them. Someone they can trust. So, my prices are fixed as a way to demonstrate stability and transparency.</p><p><strong><br>3. Differentiation</strong>—most consultants don't publish their prices. When everyone does one thing, I like to do another. Especially when it serves the customer. Consultants who don't publish pricing perpetuate the "black box" feeling many clients get around hiring marketing professionals, making them less likely to reach out (I think). </p><p><strong><br>4. I get to design the business the way I like it</strong>—I've designed my services to be able to sustain up to 10 1:1 clients at a time generating multiple six figures in profit if I do. I also get to work 9-5 pretty regularly, don't feel stressed after work because I'm not driving/managing projects, and I can maintain a calm schedule with lots of buffer in my day. </p><p><strong><br>5. Operational efficiency—</strong>because all of my engagements go roughly the same way, I can budget my time and roll out processes that are the same (or similar) for each clients. Because of this, my time intensity decreases and therefore the more profitable my engagements are. </p><p><br>There are many more benefits to published pricing, but for me, it just matches my style and approach to the clients I serve.</p><p><br>Thanks for your question, Oren! I hope I've converted you—at least in part—but if not, I'd love to hear why not!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>47. How to establish a budget for price-sensitive clients</title>
      <itunes:title>47. How to establish a budget for price-sensitive clients</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c8e9f076-6fda-43f4-be82-3b3ebb4cd028</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/47-how-to-establish-a-budget-for-price-sensitive-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hello my friends,</p><p>I hope you had an amazing week, it's been a long one for me. </p><p><br>In this episode, I share a few updates and then answer this question from Michelle:</p><em>Hey Kevin, I don't know if you run into this issue, but I have. My client is very cheap (and right now bc of covid and election here people are full of fear and do not want to spend money). They don't have an accurate marketing budget - which makes it very hard for me to help them. </em><strong><em>Do you have techniques that help clients that generate 3.5 million in sales that they need to spend at least 3-5k a month to really get any results? </em></strong><em>I feel like my hands are tied here and then I feel even worse because I feel like I'm not really helping them by working with them for less than that... Thoughts?</em><p>I've seen clients like this before. Either they are not good clients or they simply need a reality check. </p><p><strong><br>1. My advice is to guide them back to their goals. </strong>Find out what they are trying to accomplish and ask them if their tiny budget is reasonable to get them there. You can't turn $1k in to $1million. You're not a magician. </p><p><br>2. You can go a step further and<strong> roadmap a rough project using the KPI document </strong>as a way to show month-over-month cashflow. That can often help clients really visualize what's involved.</p><p>3. If they don't have money to spend and they expect you to pull a miracle out of your hat, it's time to move on. There are more educated clients out there.</p><p><br>4. Be sure to create trust, first. They may have been burned in the past by weak marketing suppliers and unwilling to do that again. <strong>You need to show competence to gain their trust. </strong>The KPI sheet shows them you're serious about financial ROI.</p><p><br>Hope this helps! And as always, if you have any questions you can DM me or reply to any of these posts in the comments below.</p><p><br>LOTS more soon,</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hello my friends,</p><p>I hope you had an amazing week, it's been a long one for me. </p><p><br>In this episode, I share a few updates and then answer this question from Michelle:</p><em>Hey Kevin, I don't know if you run into this issue, but I have. My client is very cheap (and right now bc of covid and election here people are full of fear and do not want to spend money). They don't have an accurate marketing budget - which makes it very hard for me to help them. </em><strong><em>Do you have techniques that help clients that generate 3.5 million in sales that they need to spend at least 3-5k a month to really get any results? </em></strong><em>I feel like my hands are tied here and then I feel even worse because I feel like I'm not really helping them by working with them for less than that... Thoughts?</em><p>I've seen clients like this before. Either they are not good clients or they simply need a reality check. </p><p><strong><br>1. My advice is to guide them back to their goals. </strong>Find out what they are trying to accomplish and ask them if their tiny budget is reasonable to get them there. You can't turn $1k in to $1million. You're not a magician. </p><p><br>2. You can go a step further and<strong> roadmap a rough project using the KPI document </strong>as a way to show month-over-month cashflow. That can often help clients really visualize what's involved.</p><p>3. If they don't have money to spend and they expect you to pull a miracle out of your hat, it's time to move on. There are more educated clients out there.</p><p><br>4. Be sure to create trust, first. They may have been burned in the past by weak marketing suppliers and unwilling to do that again. <strong>You need to show competence to gain their trust. </strong>The KPI sheet shows them you're serious about financial ROI.</p><p><br>Hope this helps! And as always, if you have any questions you can DM me or reply to any of these posts in the comments below.</p><p><br>LOTS more soon,</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2020 22:21:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/da108b47/b56e31f9.mp3" length="21904590" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>911</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hello my friends,</p><p>I hope you had an amazing week, it's been a long one for me. </p><p><br>In this episode, I share a few updates and then answer this question from Michelle:</p><em>Hey Kevin, I don't know if you run into this issue, but I have. My client is very cheap (and right now bc of covid and election here people are full of fear and do not want to spend money). They don't have an accurate marketing budget - which makes it very hard for me to help them. </em><strong><em>Do you have techniques that help clients that generate 3.5 million in sales that they need to spend at least 3-5k a month to really get any results? </em></strong><em>I feel like my hands are tied here and then I feel even worse because I feel like I'm not really helping them by working with them for less than that... Thoughts?</em><p>I've seen clients like this before. Either they are not good clients or they simply need a reality check. </p><p><strong><br>1. My advice is to guide them back to their goals. </strong>Find out what they are trying to accomplish and ask them if their tiny budget is reasonable to get them there. You can't turn $1k in to $1million. You're not a magician. </p><p><br>2. You can go a step further and<strong> roadmap a rough project using the KPI document </strong>as a way to show month-over-month cashflow. That can often help clients really visualize what's involved.</p><p>3. If they don't have money to spend and they expect you to pull a miracle out of your hat, it's time to move on. There are more educated clients out there.</p><p><br>4. Be sure to create trust, first. They may have been burned in the past by weak marketing suppliers and unwilling to do that again. <strong>You need to show competence to gain their trust. </strong>The KPI sheet shows them you're serious about financial ROI.</p><p><br>Hope this helps! And as always, if you have any questions you can DM me or reply to any of these posts in the comments below.</p><p><br>LOTS more soon,</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>46. Should you decrease your price after the initial term if the bulk of the work and value is delivered?</title>
      <itunes:title>46. Should you decrease your price after the initial term if the bulk of the work and value is delivered?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ec174460-3786-4e3b-aa1f-0cae90d7052a</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/46-should-you-decrease-your-price-after-the-initial-term-if-the-bulk-of-the-work-and-value-is-delivered</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's another great question coming after last episode on negotiating with clients.</p><p><br>I mentioned that my first few months are heavy in terms of workload, involvement, and the value I deliver relative to later months, so Jordan asked: </p><em>Since a lot of work is front-loaded, do you charge more in the first few months and then decrease in the following ones? And why/why not?</em><p>Great question!</p><p><strong>The short answer is: sometimes. </strong></p><p><br>If the value and workload is setting to drop off consistently, I don't like to charge full rate if I can put them into a better option for the needs. </p><p><br>I also don't like just saying goodbye (unless it's time to part ways). So, I use a "continuity program" which is less involved. I also set new goals to reestablish purpose and direction for the next phase of our engagement. </p><p><br>The key, though, is value. Not time or input. Are you producing value that far exceeds your price? Can you prove it by making a reasonable case? That's all that matters. </p><p><br>Here's the long answer (recorded).</p><p><br>Until next time!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's another great question coming after last episode on negotiating with clients.</p><p><br>I mentioned that my first few months are heavy in terms of workload, involvement, and the value I deliver relative to later months, so Jordan asked: </p><em>Since a lot of work is front-loaded, do you charge more in the first few months and then decrease in the following ones? And why/why not?</em><p>Great question!</p><p><strong>The short answer is: sometimes. </strong></p><p><br>If the value and workload is setting to drop off consistently, I don't like to charge full rate if I can put them into a better option for the needs. </p><p><br>I also don't like just saying goodbye (unless it's time to part ways). So, I use a "continuity program" which is less involved. I also set new goals to reestablish purpose and direction for the next phase of our engagement. </p><p><br>The key, though, is value. Not time or input. Are you producing value that far exceeds your price? Can you prove it by making a reasonable case? That's all that matters. </p><p><br>Here's the long answer (recorded).</p><p><br>Until next time!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 18:01:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/627e3c4b/b9554840.mp3" length="6318988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>261</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's another great question coming after last episode on negotiating with clients.</p><p><br>I mentioned that my first few months are heavy in terms of workload, involvement, and the value I deliver relative to later months, so Jordan asked: </p><em>Since a lot of work is front-loaded, do you charge more in the first few months and then decrease in the following ones? And why/why not?</em><p>Great question!</p><p><strong>The short answer is: sometimes. </strong></p><p><br>If the value and workload is setting to drop off consistently, I don't like to charge full rate if I can put them into a better option for the needs. </p><p><br>I also don't like just saying goodbye (unless it's time to part ways). So, I use a "continuity program" which is less involved. I also set new goals to reestablish purpose and direction for the next phase of our engagement. </p><p><br>The key, though, is value. Not time or input. Are you producing value that far exceeds your price? Can you prove it by making a reasonable case? That's all that matters. </p><p><br>Here's the long answer (recorded).</p><p><br>Until next time!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>45. How to handle prospects who want to negotiate</title>
      <itunes:title>45. How to handle prospects who want to negotiate</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8f6497cc-23e7-437d-bb51-f11e85bf2ff4</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/45-how-to-handle-prospects-who-want-to-negotiate</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you know what to do when your clients try to negotiate with your proposal?</p><p><br>Sometimes it might be the scope, or the price, or the term length. Or any other form of customization.</p><p><br>Is it a red flag? How do you handle it?</p><p><br>I go deep into a few examples of how to handle those discussions in this recording.</p><p><br>Do you do this or something different? Let me know in the comments (you can use the Patreon app if you don't already).</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you know what to do when your clients try to negotiate with your proposal?</p><p><br>Sometimes it might be the scope, or the price, or the term length. Or any other form of customization.</p><p><br>Is it a red flag? How do you handle it?</p><p><br>I go deep into a few examples of how to handle those discussions in this recording.</p><p><br>Do you do this or something different? Let me know in the comments (you can use the Patreon app if you don't already).</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2020 12:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/308f657f/5e13deba.mp3" length="16875898" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>701</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you know what to do when your clients try to negotiate with your proposal?</p><p><br>Sometimes it might be the scope, or the price, or the term length. Or any other form of customization.</p><p><br>Is it a red flag? How do you handle it?</p><p><br>I go deep into a few examples of how to handle those discussions in this recording.</p><p><br>Do you do this or something different? Let me know in the comments (you can use the Patreon app if you don't already).</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>44. The two main things I look for when auditing a client website</title>
      <itunes:title>44. The two main things I look for when auditing a client website</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7471d344-b376-4a34-95f7-b4caa41051f6</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/44-the-two-main-things-i-look-for-when-auditing-a-client-website</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I reviewed two clients' websites today and thought I'd share the main two things I look for in case it helps you do a similar review for your clients.</p><p>I won't go into all the possible details here. It's not about fonts, colours, design, or anything like that.</p><p>This is high-level, functional things that really make or break the user experience.</p><p>They are:</p><p>1. <strong>The 15-second test </strong>- do I know what you offer, who it's for, and how they're unique within 15-seconds of landing on the site?</p><p>2. <strong>Don't make me think</strong> - everything should be obvious, including what's clickable, where it goes, where to find information, and how to navigate the site overall. </p><p>If you get these two factors right, the rest is going to be a lot easier.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I reviewed two clients' websites today and thought I'd share the main two things I look for in case it helps you do a similar review for your clients.</p><p>I won't go into all the possible details here. It's not about fonts, colours, design, or anything like that.</p><p>This is high-level, functional things that really make or break the user experience.</p><p>They are:</p><p>1. <strong>The 15-second test </strong>- do I know what you offer, who it's for, and how they're unique within 15-seconds of landing on the site?</p><p>2. <strong>Don't make me think</strong> - everything should be obvious, including what's clickable, where it goes, where to find information, and how to navigate the site overall. </p><p>If you get these two factors right, the rest is going to be a lot easier.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2020 17:28:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/11c9ba94/004725db.mp3" length="6604165" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>273</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>I reviewed two clients' websites today and thought I'd share the main two things I look for in case it helps you do a similar review for your clients.</p><p>I won't go into all the possible details here. It's not about fonts, colours, design, or anything like that.</p><p>This is high-level, functional things that really make or break the user experience.</p><p>They are:</p><p>1. <strong>The 15-second test </strong>- do I know what you offer, who it's for, and how they're unique within 15-seconds of landing on the site?</p><p>2. <strong>Don't make me think</strong> - everything should be obvious, including what's clickable, where it goes, where to find information, and how to navigate the site overall. </p><p>If you get these two factors right, the rest is going to be a lot easier.</p><p>Have a great weekend!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>43. How to get clients from around the world by specializing</title>
      <itunes:title>43. How to get clients from around the world by specializing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f0a09ad-0cf8-4862-a320-fb310045f402</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/43-how-to-get-clients-from-around-the-world-by-specializing</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>For the first few years in business, all my clients were local to my area.</p><p><br>I was worried about moving to another city in case it meant I'd lose all my clients! Gaah!</p><p><br>In retrospect, I had little to be worried about. But it was a very real concern. </p><p><br>Today, none of my clients live or operate locally. The closest one is an hour away. Most are flights away.</p><p><br>What changed?<strong> I specialized. </strong></p><p><br>On our Q&amp;A call, only two of us had clients from around the world. We were also, coincidentally or not, specialized.</p><p><br>Those who had local clients all had one thing in common: they didn't specialize.</p><p><br>Now, there's nothing inherently good or bad about local clients. If anything, it's good to have clients locally for the face-to-face element (remember that?).</p><p><br>But the point I'm making is that when you specialize, your market actually opens up. You actually do marketing in a very different way. You think in terms of where your target market hangs out.</p><p><br>You form partnerships, seek to share audiences, and so much more. </p><p><br>People like doing business with the best person for the job. If they can find a specialist, they'll likely try to work with them first. If not, they will go with whoever they know.</p><p><br>Here's my thoughts on the whole thing and how it all worked out. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>For the first few years in business, all my clients were local to my area.</p><p><br>I was worried about moving to another city in case it meant I'd lose all my clients! Gaah!</p><p><br>In retrospect, I had little to be worried about. But it was a very real concern. </p><p><br>Today, none of my clients live or operate locally. The closest one is an hour away. Most are flights away.</p><p><br>What changed?<strong> I specialized. </strong></p><p><br>On our Q&amp;A call, only two of us had clients from around the world. We were also, coincidentally or not, specialized.</p><p><br>Those who had local clients all had one thing in common: they didn't specialize.</p><p><br>Now, there's nothing inherently good or bad about local clients. If anything, it's good to have clients locally for the face-to-face element (remember that?).</p><p><br>But the point I'm making is that when you specialize, your market actually opens up. You actually do marketing in a very different way. You think in terms of where your target market hangs out.</p><p><br>You form partnerships, seek to share audiences, and so much more. </p><p><br>People like doing business with the best person for the job. If they can find a specialist, they'll likely try to work with them first. If not, they will go with whoever they know.</p><p><br>Here's my thoughts on the whole thing and how it all worked out. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2020 07:01:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a6eac90a/49da0f75.mp3" length="14878494" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>618</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>For the first few years in business, all my clients were local to my area.</p><p><br>I was worried about moving to another city in case it meant I'd lose all my clients! Gaah!</p><p><br>In retrospect, I had little to be worried about. But it was a very real concern. </p><p><br>Today, none of my clients live or operate locally. The closest one is an hour away. Most are flights away.</p><p><br>What changed?<strong> I specialized. </strong></p><p><br>On our Q&amp;A call, only two of us had clients from around the world. We were also, coincidentally or not, specialized.</p><p><br>Those who had local clients all had one thing in common: they didn't specialize.</p><p><br>Now, there's nothing inherently good or bad about local clients. If anything, it's good to have clients locally for the face-to-face element (remember that?).</p><p><br>But the point I'm making is that when you specialize, your market actually opens up. You actually do marketing in a very different way. You think in terms of where your target market hangs out.</p><p><br>You form partnerships, seek to share audiences, and so much more. </p><p><br>People like doing business with the best person for the job. If they can find a specialist, they'll likely try to work with them first. If not, they will go with whoever they know.</p><p><br>Here's my thoughts on the whole thing and how it all worked out. </p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>42. Q&amp;A Call Recording - September 2020</title>
      <itunes:title>42. Q&amp;A Call Recording - September 2020</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0477fb2d-50db-4612-bcf3-1ed835f33dc3</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/42-q-a-call-recording-september-2020</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey, everyone! </p><p>Thanks so much to those of you who joined us on Friday for our first Q&amp;A call.</p><p>This is the recording from our Q&amp;A call where we talked about things like:</p><p>1. How to package and sell a first phase engagement with a client who's interested in starting a membership program</p><p>2. How to organize your time and energies for maximum output</p><p>3. General discussion and ideas around things like proposals, projects vs. retainers, initial discovery and strategy phases, and a whole lot more!</p><p>Listen in, and as always, keep your questions coming!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey, everyone! </p><p>Thanks so much to those of you who joined us on Friday for our first Q&amp;A call.</p><p>This is the recording from our Q&amp;A call where we talked about things like:</p><p>1. How to package and sell a first phase engagement with a client who's interested in starting a membership program</p><p>2. How to organize your time and energies for maximum output</p><p>3. General discussion and ideas around things like proposals, projects vs. retainers, initial discovery and strategy phases, and a whole lot more!</p><p>Listen in, and as always, keep your questions coming!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2020 17:36:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/32516c45/f4cb24ec.mp3" length="28217828" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1174</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Hey, everyone! </p><p>Thanks so much to those of you who joined us on Friday for our first Q&amp;A call.</p><p>This is the recording from our Q&amp;A call where we talked about things like:</p><p>1. How to package and sell a first phase engagement with a client who's interested in starting a membership program</p><p>2. How to organize your time and energies for maximum output</p><p>3. General discussion and ideas around things like proposals, projects vs. retainers, initial discovery and strategy phases, and a whole lot more!</p><p>Listen in, and as always, keep your questions coming!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>41. Nine membership platform options to consider building your community on</title>
      <itunes:title>41. Nine membership platform options to consider building your community on</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa1de10a-8dbc-4a1d-a543-3f70e9a4d4be</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/41-nine-membership-platform-options-to-consider-building-your-community-on</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a response to Michelle's follow-up question on which platforms to consider when building a membership program.</p><p><br>She asked:</p><em>Are there any other platforms you'd recommend for building a subscription-based membership besides Patron? If so, can you list them? And why did you choose this platform over others? </em><p>Here are the platforms I discussed during this recording:</p><p>1. <a href="http://circle.so/">Circle.so</a></p><p><br>2. <a href="http://podia.com/">Podia.com</a></p><p><br>3. <a href="http://mightynetworks.co/">MightyNetworks.co</a>,</p><p><br>4. <a href="http://kajabi.com/">Kajabi.com</a></p><p><br>5. <a href="http://slack.com/">Slack.com</a></p><p><br>6. <a href="http://patreon.com/">Patreon.com</a></p><p><br>7. <a href="http://memberful.com/">Memberful.com</a></p><p><br>8. <a href="http://restrictcontentpro.com/">RestrictContentPro.com</a></p><p><br></p><p><br>As well as payment processors like:</p><p><br>1. <a href="http://thrivecart.com/">Thrivecart.com<br></a><br></p><p>2. <a href="http://samcart.com/">Samcart.com</a></p><p><br>3. <a href="http://paypal.com/">PayPal.com</a></p><p><br>4. <a href="http://moonclerk.com/">Moonclerk.com</a></p><p><br>5. <a href="http://stripe.com/">Stripe.com</a> </p><p><br></p><p>Hope this helps!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a response to Michelle's follow-up question on which platforms to consider when building a membership program.</p><p><br>She asked:</p><em>Are there any other platforms you'd recommend for building a subscription-based membership besides Patron? If so, can you list them? And why did you choose this platform over others? </em><p>Here are the platforms I discussed during this recording:</p><p>1. <a href="http://circle.so/">Circle.so</a></p><p><br>2. <a href="http://podia.com/">Podia.com</a></p><p><br>3. <a href="http://mightynetworks.co/">MightyNetworks.co</a>,</p><p><br>4. <a href="http://kajabi.com/">Kajabi.com</a></p><p><br>5. <a href="http://slack.com/">Slack.com</a></p><p><br>6. <a href="http://patreon.com/">Patreon.com</a></p><p><br>7. <a href="http://memberful.com/">Memberful.com</a></p><p><br>8. <a href="http://restrictcontentpro.com/">RestrictContentPro.com</a></p><p><br></p><p><br>As well as payment processors like:</p><p><br>1. <a href="http://thrivecart.com/">Thrivecart.com<br></a><br></p><p>2. <a href="http://samcart.com/">Samcart.com</a></p><p><br>3. <a href="http://paypal.com/">PayPal.com</a></p><p><br>4. <a href="http://moonclerk.com/">Moonclerk.com</a></p><p><br>5. <a href="http://stripe.com/">Stripe.com</a> </p><p><br></p><p>Hope this helps!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2020 17:04:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c9db18ea/64fc3ecd.mp3" length="28217900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1174</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a response to Michelle's follow-up question on which platforms to consider when building a membership program.</p><p><br>She asked:</p><em>Are there any other platforms you'd recommend for building a subscription-based membership besides Patron? If so, can you list them? And why did you choose this platform over others? </em><p>Here are the platforms I discussed during this recording:</p><p>1. <a href="http://circle.so/">Circle.so</a></p><p><br>2. <a href="http://podia.com/">Podia.com</a></p><p><br>3. <a href="http://mightynetworks.co/">MightyNetworks.co</a>,</p><p><br>4. <a href="http://kajabi.com/">Kajabi.com</a></p><p><br>5. <a href="http://slack.com/">Slack.com</a></p><p><br>6. <a href="http://patreon.com/">Patreon.com</a></p><p><br>7. <a href="http://memberful.com/">Memberful.com</a></p><p><br>8. <a href="http://restrictcontentpro.com/">RestrictContentPro.com</a></p><p><br></p><p><br>As well as payment processors like:</p><p><br>1. <a href="http://thrivecart.com/">Thrivecart.com<br></a><br></p><p>2. <a href="http://samcart.com/">Samcart.com</a></p><p><br>3. <a href="http://paypal.com/">PayPal.com</a></p><p><br>4. <a href="http://moonclerk.com/">Moonclerk.com</a></p><p><br>5. <a href="http://stripe.com/">Stripe.com</a> </p><p><br></p><p>Hope this helps!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>40. How to help your clients get into the membership model</title>
      <itunes:title>40. How to help your clients get into the membership model</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8c048b8f-e89a-4fe8-bdd8-2e47aa88b699</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/40-how-to-help-your-clients-get-into-the-membership-model</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a great question from Michelle on how to help her client get into the membership model. </p><p><br>Michelle asked:</p><em>I have a client that I'm working with now and he already has the industry reputation and audience as a consultant in a niche industry. I told him he should consider doing a subscription-based membership. So, I'm going to help him build it out. I'm excited for this. Any advice on how to help someone else built this out? You've already provided some great content, just curious if you helped other people do this and is there anything you'd recommend.</em><p><br>Here's what was covered in my reply:</p><p><br>1. Audience, credibility, niche is key</p><p><br>2. Figure out the transformation you're selling</p><p><br>3. Deliver ongoing value in the form of content, community, coaching, or hybrid of multiple</p><p><br>4. Add static resources to the membership for additional value</p><p><br>5. Think of the best way to sell out, whether as a front-end offer or back-end offer (both can work)</p><p><br>Tomorrow I'll discuss a few of the membership platforms that are available out there, so stay tuned for that!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a great question from Michelle on how to help her client get into the membership model. </p><p><br>Michelle asked:</p><em>I have a client that I'm working with now and he already has the industry reputation and audience as a consultant in a niche industry. I told him he should consider doing a subscription-based membership. So, I'm going to help him build it out. I'm excited for this. Any advice on how to help someone else built this out? You've already provided some great content, just curious if you helped other people do this and is there anything you'd recommend.</em><p><br>Here's what was covered in my reply:</p><p><br>1. Audience, credibility, niche is key</p><p><br>2. Figure out the transformation you're selling</p><p><br>3. Deliver ongoing value in the form of content, community, coaching, or hybrid of multiple</p><p><br>4. Add static resources to the membership for additional value</p><p><br>5. Think of the best way to sell out, whether as a front-end offer or back-end offer (both can work)</p><p><br>Tomorrow I'll discuss a few of the membership platforms that are available out there, so stay tuned for that!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Sep 2020 18:08:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/c824767e/724c89b2.mp3" length="8958307" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>371</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a great question from Michelle on how to help her client get into the membership model. </p><p><br>Michelle asked:</p><em>I have a client that I'm working with now and he already has the industry reputation and audience as a consultant in a niche industry. I told him he should consider doing a subscription-based membership. So, I'm going to help him build it out. I'm excited for this. Any advice on how to help someone else built this out? You've already provided some great content, just curious if you helped other people do this and is there anything you'd recommend.</em><p><br>Here's what was covered in my reply:</p><p><br>1. Audience, credibility, niche is key</p><p><br>2. Figure out the transformation you're selling</p><p><br>3. Deliver ongoing value in the form of content, community, coaching, or hybrid of multiple</p><p><br>4. Add static resources to the membership for additional value</p><p><br>5. Think of the best way to sell out, whether as a front-end offer or back-end offer (both can work)</p><p><br>Tomorrow I'll discuss a few of the membership platforms that are available out there, so stay tuned for that!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>39. How to prove ROI with your marketing</title>
      <itunes:title>39. How to prove ROI with your marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eb17ed38-b358-4058-a2ff-bfe1ccd67d52</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/39-how-to-prove-roi-with-your-marketing</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>UPDATED KPI SHEET: I put a link to the wrong sheet in the original post. The new one is here: </strong><a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1NYqN_QdbU7PPQ_v1LR9KycEdGNtm7a4LTugo09IADLk/edit"><strong>https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1NYqN_QdbU7PPQ_v1LR9KycEdGNtm7a4LTugo09IADLk/edit</strong></a></p><p><br>Most new clients I speak to have never worked with someone who could prove an ROI.</p><p><br>Which is crazy, because it's not that complicated.</p><p><br>By tracking in a spreadsheet month over month the following metrics, you should be able to quickly see whether your marketing is performing well or not.</p><p><br>1. Revenue</p><p>2. Marketing expenses</p><p>3. New leads/subscribers</p><p>4. New customers/closed deals</p><p>5. Cost per lead (marketing expenses / number of leads)</p><p>6. Cost per new customer acquisition (marketing expenses / number of new customers)</p><p>7. Marketing costs as a percent of revenue (marketing expenses / revenue)</p><p><br>The result of this gives you a floating average that tells you whether your efforts are resulting in a profitable flow of new leads or customers.</p><p><br>Assuming you know your approximate lifetime value of each new customer, it will be immediately apparent whether you're moving the needle or becoming an expense. </p><p><br>Got questions? Let me know!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>UPDATED KPI SHEET: I put a link to the wrong sheet in the original post. The new one is here: </strong><a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1NYqN_QdbU7PPQ_v1LR9KycEdGNtm7a4LTugo09IADLk/edit"><strong>https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1NYqN_QdbU7PPQ_v1LR9KycEdGNtm7a4LTugo09IADLk/edit</strong></a></p><p><br>Most new clients I speak to have never worked with someone who could prove an ROI.</p><p><br>Which is crazy, because it's not that complicated.</p><p><br>By tracking in a spreadsheet month over month the following metrics, you should be able to quickly see whether your marketing is performing well or not.</p><p><br>1. Revenue</p><p>2. Marketing expenses</p><p>3. New leads/subscribers</p><p>4. New customers/closed deals</p><p>5. Cost per lead (marketing expenses / number of leads)</p><p>6. Cost per new customer acquisition (marketing expenses / number of new customers)</p><p>7. Marketing costs as a percent of revenue (marketing expenses / revenue)</p><p><br>The result of this gives you a floating average that tells you whether your efforts are resulting in a profitable flow of new leads or customers.</p><p><br>Assuming you know your approximate lifetime value of each new customer, it will be immediately apparent whether you're moving the needle or becoming an expense. </p><p><br>Got questions? Let me know!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Sep 2020 14:12:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/148d8afc/0cf5ee4b.mp3" length="11383270" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>472</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>UPDATED KPI SHEET: I put a link to the wrong sheet in the original post. The new one is here: </strong><a href="https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1NYqN_QdbU7PPQ_v1LR9KycEdGNtm7a4LTugo09IADLk/edit"><strong>https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1NYqN_QdbU7PPQ_v1LR9KycEdGNtm7a4LTugo09IADLk/edit</strong></a></p><p><br>Most new clients I speak to have never worked with someone who could prove an ROI.</p><p><br>Which is crazy, because it's not that complicated.</p><p><br>By tracking in a spreadsheet month over month the following metrics, you should be able to quickly see whether your marketing is performing well or not.</p><p><br>1. Revenue</p><p>2. Marketing expenses</p><p>3. New leads/subscribers</p><p>4. New customers/closed deals</p><p>5. Cost per lead (marketing expenses / number of leads)</p><p>6. Cost per new customer acquisition (marketing expenses / number of new customers)</p><p>7. Marketing costs as a percent of revenue (marketing expenses / revenue)</p><p><br>The result of this gives you a floating average that tells you whether your efforts are resulting in a profitable flow of new leads or customers.</p><p><br>Assuming you know your approximate lifetime value of each new customer, it will be immediately apparent whether you're moving the needle or becoming an expense. </p><p><br>Got questions? Let me know!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>38. How to onboard clients (and why it's so important)</title>
      <itunes:title>38. How to onboard clients (and why it's so important)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e6c202f-f25c-414d-9a40-722c2f630848</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/38-how-to-onboard-clients-and-why-its-so-important</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When your clients decide to move forward with you, it's critical you make them feel like they made the right choice. </p><p><br>After all, they are dropping some meaningful $$ on you (or should be), so first steps and impressions will mean a lot.</p><p><br>Here's how I do my initial onboarding process, why it's so important to get right, and my template for the initial email once they decide to move forward with me (copied below).</p><p><br>I've also linked my onboarding questionnaire in the content below, so feel free to make a copy of it and use it in your own practice (just change the header and footer, of course!).</p><p><br>Here's my initial email:</p><p><br></p><p>Hi [Name],</p><p><br>Glad to hear you've decided to move forward with [Name of Program! I'm excited to get started.</p><p><strong><br>Agreement (if unsigned)</strong></p><p><br>Attached is an agreement for you to sign and return. I've dated it for Monday, which is the soonest I can get you in (and fits in nicely before my next project starts). Does that timeline work for you?</p><p><strong><br>Invoice</strong></p><p><br>I'll send an invoice which can be paid using most credit cards. I suggest setting up auto-pay on those to securely handle the payments each month. They're due by the 1st of each month, so if you need time to manually process/pay the invoice, just let me know so I can send them earlier.</p><p><strong><br>Kick-off Call</strong></p><p><br>Our next step is to set up an initial kick-off call to go through these items and begin exploring a roadmap for the next few weeks. Are you available any time Tuesday afternoon or Monday at 11am for a 90-minute call? If not, could you suggest a few times later in the week?</p><p>We'll set up our recurring calls during this first meeting.</p><p><strong><br>Questionnaire</strong></p><p><br>To save time and make sure I download any known information from you, please <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1AvIxwEP6esEGMfuOardnJpmMcqpzfqosGW43Qm1GauU/edit#heading=h.gjdgxs">fill out this questionnaire</a> to the extent you can before our kick-off call.</p><p><strong>Access</strong></p><p><br>I'll need access to any/all of the following if you have it set up. The most important right now is Google Analytics and the rest may be required later on.</p><ul><li><strong>Google Analytics</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Search Console</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Ads</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Tag Manage</strong>r (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google My Business</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Website CMS Admin</strong> (please send to [my email])</li></ul><p>That should do it for now, there's more to cover but we'll take it a step at a time.</p><p><br>Thanks again and I look forward to working with you!</p><p><br>Kevin</p><p><br></p><p>Have questions about this process or something to do with your work? Let me know in the comments.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When your clients decide to move forward with you, it's critical you make them feel like they made the right choice. </p><p><br>After all, they are dropping some meaningful $$ on you (or should be), so first steps and impressions will mean a lot.</p><p><br>Here's how I do my initial onboarding process, why it's so important to get right, and my template for the initial email once they decide to move forward with me (copied below).</p><p><br>I've also linked my onboarding questionnaire in the content below, so feel free to make a copy of it and use it in your own practice (just change the header and footer, of course!).</p><p><br>Here's my initial email:</p><p><br></p><p>Hi [Name],</p><p><br>Glad to hear you've decided to move forward with [Name of Program! I'm excited to get started.</p><p><strong><br>Agreement (if unsigned)</strong></p><p><br>Attached is an agreement for you to sign and return. I've dated it for Monday, which is the soonest I can get you in (and fits in nicely before my next project starts). Does that timeline work for you?</p><p><strong><br>Invoice</strong></p><p><br>I'll send an invoice which can be paid using most credit cards. I suggest setting up auto-pay on those to securely handle the payments each month. They're due by the 1st of each month, so if you need time to manually process/pay the invoice, just let me know so I can send them earlier.</p><p><strong><br>Kick-off Call</strong></p><p><br>Our next step is to set up an initial kick-off call to go through these items and begin exploring a roadmap for the next few weeks. Are you available any time Tuesday afternoon or Monday at 11am for a 90-minute call? If not, could you suggest a few times later in the week?</p><p>We'll set up our recurring calls during this first meeting.</p><p><strong><br>Questionnaire</strong></p><p><br>To save time and make sure I download any known information from you, please <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1AvIxwEP6esEGMfuOardnJpmMcqpzfqosGW43Qm1GauU/edit#heading=h.gjdgxs">fill out this questionnaire</a> to the extent you can before our kick-off call.</p><p><strong>Access</strong></p><p><br>I'll need access to any/all of the following if you have it set up. The most important right now is Google Analytics and the rest may be required later on.</p><ul><li><strong>Google Analytics</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Search Console</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Ads</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Tag Manage</strong>r (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google My Business</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Website CMS Admin</strong> (please send to [my email])</li></ul><p>That should do it for now, there's more to cover but we'll take it a step at a time.</p><p><br>Thanks again and I look forward to working with you!</p><p><br>Kevin</p><p><br></p><p>Have questions about this process or something to do with your work? Let me know in the comments.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 13:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a611989d/1dd21930.mp3" length="10669841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>442</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>When your clients decide to move forward with you, it's critical you make them feel like they made the right choice. </p><p><br>After all, they are dropping some meaningful $$ on you (or should be), so first steps and impressions will mean a lot.</p><p><br>Here's how I do my initial onboarding process, why it's so important to get right, and my template for the initial email once they decide to move forward with me (copied below).</p><p><br>I've also linked my onboarding questionnaire in the content below, so feel free to make a copy of it and use it in your own practice (just change the header and footer, of course!).</p><p><br>Here's my initial email:</p><p><br></p><p>Hi [Name],</p><p><br>Glad to hear you've decided to move forward with [Name of Program! I'm excited to get started.</p><p><strong><br>Agreement (if unsigned)</strong></p><p><br>Attached is an agreement for you to sign and return. I've dated it for Monday, which is the soonest I can get you in (and fits in nicely before my next project starts). Does that timeline work for you?</p><p><strong><br>Invoice</strong></p><p><br>I'll send an invoice which can be paid using most credit cards. I suggest setting up auto-pay on those to securely handle the payments each month. They're due by the 1st of each month, so if you need time to manually process/pay the invoice, just let me know so I can send them earlier.</p><p><strong><br>Kick-off Call</strong></p><p><br>Our next step is to set up an initial kick-off call to go through these items and begin exploring a roadmap for the next few weeks. Are you available any time Tuesday afternoon or Monday at 11am for a 90-minute call? If not, could you suggest a few times later in the week?</p><p>We'll set up our recurring calls during this first meeting.</p><p><strong><br>Questionnaire</strong></p><p><br>To save time and make sure I download any known information from you, please <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1AvIxwEP6esEGMfuOardnJpmMcqpzfqosGW43Qm1GauU/edit#heading=h.gjdgxs">fill out this questionnaire</a> to the extent you can before our kick-off call.</p><p><strong>Access</strong></p><p><br>I'll need access to any/all of the following if you have it set up. The most important right now is Google Analytics and the rest may be required later on.</p><ul><li><strong>Google Analytics</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Search Console</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Ads</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google Tag Manage</strong>r (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Google My Business</strong> (please send to [my email])</li><li><strong>Website CMS Admin</strong> (please send to [my email])</li></ul><p>That should do it for now, there's more to cover but we'll take it a step at a time.</p><p><br>Thanks again and I look forward to working with you!</p><p><br>Kevin</p><p><br></p><p>Have questions about this process or something to do with your work? Let me know in the comments.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>37. How to differentiate and create engagement for your membership program</title>
      <itunes:title>37. How to differentiate and create engagement for your membership program</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3c5210c7-cf7b-437b-94f8-9e4c26f178cc</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/37-how-to-differentiate-and-create-engagement-for-your-membership-program</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the last episode, I answered a member question about how I created a membership program for my consultancy (Everspaces). </p><p><strong><br>There were two follow-up questions:</strong></p>1. How do you differentiate yourself from associations/organizations that also have memberships (e.g. GWA)?  - How are you driving engagement on the Slack channel? For example, do you prompt questions every X days or weeks?<p>2. How are you driving engagement on the Slack channel? For example, do you prompt questions every X days or weeks?</p><p><br>Listen in to the episode to hear the responses!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the last episode, I answered a member question about how I created a membership program for my consultancy (Everspaces). </p><p><strong><br>There were two follow-up questions:</strong></p>1. How do you differentiate yourself from associations/organizations that also have memberships (e.g. GWA)?  - How are you driving engagement on the Slack channel? For example, do you prompt questions every X days or weeks?<p>2. How are you driving engagement on the Slack channel? For example, do you prompt questions every X days or weeks?</p><p><br>Listen in to the episode to hear the responses!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2020 09:56:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/4a9a781e/934dabd7.mp3" length="16162492" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>671</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the last episode, I answered a member question about how I created a membership program for my consultancy (Everspaces). </p><p><strong><br>There were two follow-up questions:</strong></p>1. How do you differentiate yourself from associations/organizations that also have memberships (e.g. GWA)?  - How are you driving engagement on the Slack channel? For example, do you prompt questions every X days or weeks?<p>2. How are you driving engagement on the Slack channel? For example, do you prompt questions every X days or weeks?</p><p><br>Listen in to the episode to hear the responses!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>36. How I started a membership program for my consultancy</title>
      <itunes:title>36. How I started a membership program for my consultancy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06ca7337-4b3e-4e6d-9faa-9b69986818fd</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/36-how-i-started-a-membership-program-for-my-consultancy</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Someone asked me how I started a membership for my coworking consultancy.</p><p><br>I had to give it some thought—it's been an evolution and there are some distinct learnings I have found along the way. I'm far from finished on this journey and have plenty of things to learn still.</p><p><strong><br>Here are my notes I took from the recording for your reference:</strong></p><ul><li>Have a niche focus</li><li>Build a "Success Path"</li><li>Started at $100/mo, but went to $9/month and built up again from there </li><li>Book recommendation: Trade-Off by Kevin Maney</li><li>Why I do it<ul><li>Credibility for my consulting work</li><li>Learning from target market</li><li>Forces me to create content</li><li>Use content in my consulting </li><li>A place for clients to congregate</li></ul></li><li>Plans to switch up how I package and sell my memberships/IP</li></ul><p>Thinking of starting a membership program for your business? I'd love to learn more. Hit reply and let me know!</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Someone asked me how I started a membership for my coworking consultancy.</p><p><br>I had to give it some thought—it's been an evolution and there are some distinct learnings I have found along the way. I'm far from finished on this journey and have plenty of things to learn still.</p><p><strong><br>Here are my notes I took from the recording for your reference:</strong></p><ul><li>Have a niche focus</li><li>Build a "Success Path"</li><li>Started at $100/mo, but went to $9/month and built up again from there </li><li>Book recommendation: Trade-Off by Kevin Maney</li><li>Why I do it<ul><li>Credibility for my consulting work</li><li>Learning from target market</li><li>Forces me to create content</li><li>Use content in my consulting </li><li>A place for clients to congregate</li></ul></li><li>Plans to switch up how I package and sell my memberships/IP</li></ul><p>Thinking of starting a membership program for your business? I'd love to learn more. Hit reply and let me know!</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2020 16:13:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/80ef3904/ebcac521.mp3" length="22475105" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>934</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Someone asked me how I started a membership for my coworking consultancy.</p><p><br>I had to give it some thought—it's been an evolution and there are some distinct learnings I have found along the way. I'm far from finished on this journey and have plenty of things to learn still.</p><p><strong><br>Here are my notes I took from the recording for your reference:</strong></p><ul><li>Have a niche focus</li><li>Build a "Success Path"</li><li>Started at $100/mo, but went to $9/month and built up again from there </li><li>Book recommendation: Trade-Off by Kevin Maney</li><li>Why I do it<ul><li>Credibility for my consulting work</li><li>Learning from target market</li><li>Forces me to create content</li><li>Use content in my consulting </li><li>A place for clients to congregate</li></ul></li><li>Plans to switch up how I package and sell my memberships/IP</li></ul><p>Thinking of starting a membership program for your business? I'd love to learn more. Hit reply and let me know!</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>35. How to know if a specific niche can sustain your business</title>
      <itunes:title>35. How to know if a specific niche can sustain your business</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">90842529-79b9-412e-a512-b1f8ff83c510</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/35-how-to-know-if-a-specific-niche-can-sustain-your-business</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you thinking about getting into an industry or niche but aren't sure if there's enough money in it to sustain your business?</p><p><br>This episode is based on a question that came in regarding the home care industry. Some research showed people don't spend much money on marketing relative to their revenue.</p><p><br>Does that mean it's a dead end?</p><p><br>Not so fast, I say. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you thinking about getting into an industry or niche but aren't sure if there's enough money in it to sustain your business?</p><p><br>This episode is based on a question that came in regarding the home care industry. Some research showed people don't spend much money on marketing relative to their revenue.</p><p><br>Does that mean it's a dead end?</p><p><br>Not so fast, I say. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2020 18:26:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/fe0c9247/ec9fc262.mp3" length="13701731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>569</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you thinking about getting into an industry or niche but aren't sure if there's enough money in it to sustain your business?</p><p><br>This episode is based on a question that came in regarding the home care industry. Some research showed people don't spend much money on marketing relative to their revenue.</p><p><br>Does that mean it's a dead end?</p><p><br>Not so fast, I say. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>34. How do you know if your prices are too high or low?</title>
      <itunes:title>34. How do you know if your prices are too high or low?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2af10612-a5ab-44d9-a070-1a35eb0faf2e</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/34-how-do-you-know-if-your-prices-are-too-high-or-low</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>Do you ever wonder if your prices are too high or low? </strong></p><p><br>Feel like you're shooting in the dark?</p><p><br>Is $2,000 expensive or cheap?</p><p><br>The question comes down to the value of your work and your ability to articulate it.</p><p><br>In this session, I break down a question from a writer in this group about how I would go about the process of pricing and explaining the value to a client.</p><p><br>You'll also hear an idea for how to increase your price by 150% if you had a few extra skills. </p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think in the comments!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>Do you ever wonder if your prices are too high or low? </strong></p><p><br>Feel like you're shooting in the dark?</p><p><br>Is $2,000 expensive or cheap?</p><p><br>The question comes down to the value of your work and your ability to articulate it.</p><p><br>In this session, I break down a question from a writer in this group about how I would go about the process of pricing and explaining the value to a client.</p><p><br>You'll also hear an idea for how to increase your price by 150% if you had a few extra skills. </p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think in the comments!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2020 22:43:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/76a53908/30a19707.mp3" length="17232639" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>716</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>Do you ever wonder if your prices are too high or low? </strong></p><p><br>Feel like you're shooting in the dark?</p><p><br>Is $2,000 expensive or cheap?</p><p><br>The question comes down to the value of your work and your ability to articulate it.</p><p><br>In this session, I break down a question from a writer in this group about how I would go about the process of pricing and explaining the value to a client.</p><p><br>You'll also hear an idea for how to increase your price by 150% if you had a few extra skills. </p><p>Give it a listen and let me know what you think in the comments!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>33. How to use testimonials in your marketing</title>
      <itunes:title>33. How to use testimonials in your marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93223857-b5b7-4a36-858a-d618c185802b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/33-how-to-use-testimonials-in-your-marketing</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Testimonials are a powerful way to convey quality to your prospective clients. </p><p><br>There's nothing like your clients' words when it comes to articulating the value and experience of your services.</p><p><br>And while there are lots of ways to do this, the main job of testimonials are to:</p><p><br>1. Articulate the transformation (before/after)</p><p><br>2. Help overcome objections your prospects may have</p><p><strong><br>The best testimonials are raw and unedited. </strong>Use the language your clients gave you. It's fine to tweak or edit it, but don't change words. <strong>Keep them as they are, typos and all.</strong></p><p><br>I'll cover more on this at a later date, but for now, I challenge you to find any opportunities you can to gather testimonials from people you work with. </p><p><br>If nothing else, it will boost your confidence in those down days. </p><p><br>Win win right? :)</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Testimonials are a powerful way to convey quality to your prospective clients. </p><p><br>There's nothing like your clients' words when it comes to articulating the value and experience of your services.</p><p><br>And while there are lots of ways to do this, the main job of testimonials are to:</p><p><br>1. Articulate the transformation (before/after)</p><p><br>2. Help overcome objections your prospects may have</p><p><strong><br>The best testimonials are raw and unedited. </strong>Use the language your clients gave you. It's fine to tweak or edit it, but don't change words. <strong>Keep them as they are, typos and all.</strong></p><p><br>I'll cover more on this at a later date, but for now, I challenge you to find any opportunities you can to gather testimonials from people you work with. </p><p><br>If nothing else, it will boost your confidence in those down days. </p><p><br>Win win right? :)</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 18:24:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/299ad608/7f5b63b4.mp3" length="6318868" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>261</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Testimonials are a powerful way to convey quality to your prospective clients. </p><p><br>There's nothing like your clients' words when it comes to articulating the value and experience of your services.</p><p><br>And while there are lots of ways to do this, the main job of testimonials are to:</p><p><br>1. Articulate the transformation (before/after)</p><p><br>2. Help overcome objections your prospects may have</p><p><strong><br>The best testimonials are raw and unedited. </strong>Use the language your clients gave you. It's fine to tweak or edit it, but don't change words. <strong>Keep them as they are, typos and all.</strong></p><p><br>I'll cover more on this at a later date, but for now, I challenge you to find any opportunities you can to gather testimonials from people you work with. </p><p><br>If nothing else, it will boost your confidence in those down days. </p><p><br>Win win right? :)</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>32. Why you need to slow your clients down</title>
      <itunes:title>32. Why you need to slow your clients down</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e1befafe-b531-404f-9d6b-b32c706b74a3</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/32-why-you-need-to-slow-your-clients-down</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>Do your clients want quick results? <br></strong><br></p><p><br>Here's the truth... it's a myth.</p><p><br>Marketing is the slow road. Sure, you can get some numbers quickly. But like all things, if you want lasting, sustainable growth, it takes time.</p><p><br>Think of it like your health. You can lose 10 lbs by starving yourself for a few days and taking extreme measures. Fighters do it all the time.</p><p><br>But if you want to be <em>healthy</em> and have and maintain a healthy bodyweight over time, you need to build habits, systems, strategies, and contingencies. </p><p><strong><br>And the only way that works is by slow change.</strong></p><p><br>So, the next time your clients hold you to quick results, remind them that change takes time. It's slow in the beginning but then compounds like interest.</p><p><br>It requires building one layer on top of the other. Many parts need to work together. </p><p><br>Manage expectations early and throughout. Put in the ground work to make the rest of your marketing more effective. Then buckle in for the long, boring road of consistency and iteration.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>Do your clients want quick results? <br></strong><br></p><p><br>Here's the truth... it's a myth.</p><p><br>Marketing is the slow road. Sure, you can get some numbers quickly. But like all things, if you want lasting, sustainable growth, it takes time.</p><p><br>Think of it like your health. You can lose 10 lbs by starving yourself for a few days and taking extreme measures. Fighters do it all the time.</p><p><br>But if you want to be <em>healthy</em> and have and maintain a healthy bodyweight over time, you need to build habits, systems, strategies, and contingencies. </p><p><strong><br>And the only way that works is by slow change.</strong></p><p><br>So, the next time your clients hold you to quick results, remind them that change takes time. It's slow in the beginning but then compounds like interest.</p><p><br>It requires building one layer on top of the other. Many parts need to work together. </p><p><br>Manage expectations early and throughout. Put in the ground work to make the rest of your marketing more effective. Then buckle in for the long, boring road of consistency and iteration.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Aug 2020 14:20:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/14e9ca9c/5d48a49a.mp3" length="13202023" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>548</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br><strong><br>Do your clients want quick results? <br></strong><br></p><p><br>Here's the truth... it's a myth.</p><p><br>Marketing is the slow road. Sure, you can get some numbers quickly. But like all things, if you want lasting, sustainable growth, it takes time.</p><p><br>Think of it like your health. You can lose 10 lbs by starving yourself for a few days and taking extreme measures. Fighters do it all the time.</p><p><br>But if you want to be <em>healthy</em> and have and maintain a healthy bodyweight over time, you need to build habits, systems, strategies, and contingencies. </p><p><strong><br>And the only way that works is by slow change.</strong></p><p><br>So, the next time your clients hold you to quick results, remind them that change takes time. It's slow in the beginning but then compounds like interest.</p><p><br>It requires building one layer on top of the other. Many parts need to work together. </p><p><br>Manage expectations early and throughout. Put in the ground work to make the rest of your marketing more effective. Then buckle in for the long, boring road of consistency and iteration.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>31. Study a day in the life of your clients' best customers</title>
      <itunes:title>31. Study a day in the life of your clients' best customers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9ec2203-6a43-4593-9565-06a812172b2d</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/31-study-a-day-in-the-life-of-your-clients-best-customers</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This idea won't make sense for all situations. But it will for many.</p><p><strong><br>The general idea is this: take your clients' best customer (or multiple) and analyze a typical day in their life. </strong></p><p><br>Actually interview them and ask them to walk you through what happens from the moment they wake up to the moment they go to sleep, including how and when their products or services are consumed.</p><p>What you're looking for is <em>context </em>around how their products and services fit into their daily lives. It tells you far more than you think at first glance.</p><p><br>It tells you a lot about the motivating factors surrounding the purchase and consumption of your products and services. </p><p><br>You see things like:</p><ul><li>How does price play into this purchase decision?</li><li>Why do they buy from you vs. any other option?</li><li>What are the logical and emotional reasons they buy?</li><li>What are the pains or frictions associated with the experience?</li><li>What identity factors are at play (i.e. people like me do things like this)</li></ul><p>This exercise may sound like it won't produce fruit relative to the effort, but it does. </p><p><br>You can then create a target market profile around the lives of real people. When you do that, you create each piece of marketing with your best customers in mind. </p><p><br>Real people, not averages. </p><p><br>The better you know your customers (or your clients' customers) the better your marketing will be. </p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This idea won't make sense for all situations. But it will for many.</p><p><strong><br>The general idea is this: take your clients' best customer (or multiple) and analyze a typical day in their life. </strong></p><p><br>Actually interview them and ask them to walk you through what happens from the moment they wake up to the moment they go to sleep, including how and when their products or services are consumed.</p><p>What you're looking for is <em>context </em>around how their products and services fit into their daily lives. It tells you far more than you think at first glance.</p><p><br>It tells you a lot about the motivating factors surrounding the purchase and consumption of your products and services. </p><p><br>You see things like:</p><ul><li>How does price play into this purchase decision?</li><li>Why do they buy from you vs. any other option?</li><li>What are the logical and emotional reasons they buy?</li><li>What are the pains or frictions associated with the experience?</li><li>What identity factors are at play (i.e. people like me do things like this)</li></ul><p>This exercise may sound like it won't produce fruit relative to the effort, but it does. </p><p><br>You can then create a target market profile around the lives of real people. When you do that, you create each piece of marketing with your best customers in mind. </p><p><br>Real people, not averages. </p><p><br>The better you know your customers (or your clients' customers) the better your marketing will be. </p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2020 08:30:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/1376ddec/83622274.mp3" length="3391707" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>209</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This idea won't make sense for all situations. But it will for many.</p><p><strong><br>The general idea is this: take your clients' best customer (or multiple) and analyze a typical day in their life. </strong></p><p><br>Actually interview them and ask them to walk you through what happens from the moment they wake up to the moment they go to sleep, including how and when their products or services are consumed.</p><p>What you're looking for is <em>context </em>around how their products and services fit into their daily lives. It tells you far more than you think at first glance.</p><p><br>It tells you a lot about the motivating factors surrounding the purchase and consumption of your products and services. </p><p><br>You see things like:</p><ul><li>How does price play into this purchase decision?</li><li>Why do they buy from you vs. any other option?</li><li>What are the logical and emotional reasons they buy?</li><li>What are the pains or frictions associated with the experience?</li><li>What identity factors are at play (i.e. people like me do things like this)</li></ul><p>This exercise may sound like it won't produce fruit relative to the effort, but it does. </p><p><br>You can then create a target market profile around the lives of real people. When you do that, you create each piece of marketing with your best customers in mind. </p><p><br>Real people, not averages. </p><p><br>The better you know your customers (or your clients' customers) the better your marketing will be. </p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>30. Know your clients' customers better than they do</title>
      <itunes:title>30. Know your clients' customers better than they do</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dcd6eb0a-fcab-4c0a-99a9-158cd1efcd96</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/30-know-your-clients-customers-better-than-they-do</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your job as a marketer is to grow your clients' business so you can actually get results.</p><p><br>It doesn't matter how good you are at the tactics, if you don't know exactly who buys your clients' products and services and why, you won't get the best possible results.</p><p><br>When I work with a client, I often spend a lot of time up front doing research. </p><p><br>Things like researching the industry and the competitive landscape. </p><p><br>But most importantly, I spend as much time as I can understanding the kind of people who buy the products or services and why. </p><p><br>I do this by interviewing their best customers (in some cases),  running very short surveys, and analyzing the emotional and logical reasons people buy.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p>P.S.  I recorded this quick audio while walking outside. The audio isn't great, but I hope the kernel of the idea is enough to make it worthwhile to listen to. </p><p><br>I'm not sure if I'll always publish audio like this while I'm out and about. I realize it can bug people to listen to low-ish quality audio.</p><p><br>But in this case, I figured it's better to share in case you get value out of it. What do you think?</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your job as a marketer is to grow your clients' business so you can actually get results.</p><p><br>It doesn't matter how good you are at the tactics, if you don't know exactly who buys your clients' products and services and why, you won't get the best possible results.</p><p><br>When I work with a client, I often spend a lot of time up front doing research. </p><p><br>Things like researching the industry and the competitive landscape. </p><p><br>But most importantly, I spend as much time as I can understanding the kind of people who buy the products or services and why. </p><p><br>I do this by interviewing their best customers (in some cases),  running very short surveys, and analyzing the emotional and logical reasons people buy.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p>P.S.  I recorded this quick audio while walking outside. The audio isn't great, but I hope the kernel of the idea is enough to make it worthwhile to listen to. </p><p><br>I'm not sure if I'll always publish audio like this while I'm out and about. I realize it can bug people to listen to low-ish quality audio.</p><p><br>But in this case, I figured it's better to share in case you get value out of it. What do you think?</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2020 23:22:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/cb16aca6/baabd330.mp3" length="3977754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>246</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Your job as a marketer is to grow your clients' business so you can actually get results.</p><p><br>It doesn't matter how good you are at the tactics, if you don't know exactly who buys your clients' products and services and why, you won't get the best possible results.</p><p><br>When I work with a client, I often spend a lot of time up front doing research. </p><p><br>Things like researching the industry and the competitive landscape. </p><p><br>But most importantly, I spend as much time as I can understanding the kind of people who buy the products or services and why. </p><p><br>I do this by interviewing their best customers (in some cases),  running very short surveys, and analyzing the emotional and logical reasons people buy.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p>P.S.  I recorded this quick audio while walking outside. The audio isn't great, but I hope the kernel of the idea is enough to make it worthwhile to listen to. </p><p><br>I'm not sure if I'll always publish audio like this while I'm out and about. I realize it can bug people to listen to low-ish quality audio.</p><p><br>But in this case, I figured it's better to share in case you get value out of it. What do you think?</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>28. The #1 thing to focus on during (and after) the sales process</title>
      <itunes:title>28. The #1 thing to focus on during (and after) the sales process</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">646cc6e1-4b55-4cdb-8420-c8baafa77983</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/28-28-the-1-thing-to-focus-on-during-and-after-the-sales-process</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're like most freelancers and consultants, you run your sales process much like a typical scoping project.</p><p><br>You try to figure out what the client wants you to <em>do</em> and you then nail down what the scope will be. </p><p><br>But that's a problem. </p><p><strong><br>The clients aren't actually hiring you because of what you can do. They're hiring you because of where you can take them.<br></strong><br></p><p>If you go back to the earlier post, "How to sell advisory services", you'll recall that the first part of my advisory value proposition is <em>transformation</em>. You're bringing a client from point A to point B.</p><p><br>When you focus on understanding, articulating, and scoping around the desired end state, then you have a <em>much</em> more consultative and effective approach to the sales, scope, and delivery of your project.</p><p><br>It's like magic. Suddenly you're not talking about deliverables, you're talking about outcomes. And that gets people excited.</p><p><br>Try it and let me know what you think. Stick a post-it note to your computer if you have to that says, "FOCUS ON THE GOALS" before your next phone call.</p><p><br>Everyone will get a better outcome when you do that. Especially if you keep the goal in mind throughout the engagement.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're like most freelancers and consultants, you run your sales process much like a typical scoping project.</p><p><br>You try to figure out what the client wants you to <em>do</em> and you then nail down what the scope will be. </p><p><br>But that's a problem. </p><p><strong><br>The clients aren't actually hiring you because of what you can do. They're hiring you because of where you can take them.<br></strong><br></p><p>If you go back to the earlier post, "How to sell advisory services", you'll recall that the first part of my advisory value proposition is <em>transformation</em>. You're bringing a client from point A to point B.</p><p><br>When you focus on understanding, articulating, and scoping around the desired end state, then you have a <em>much</em> more consultative and effective approach to the sales, scope, and delivery of your project.</p><p><br>It's like magic. Suddenly you're not talking about deliverables, you're talking about outcomes. And that gets people excited.</p><p><br>Try it and let me know what you think. Stick a post-it note to your computer if you have to that says, "FOCUS ON THE GOALS" before your next phone call.</p><p><br>Everyone will get a better outcome when you do that. Especially if you keep the goal in mind throughout the engagement.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2020 18:10:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/682a010c/d995a11d.mp3" length="10063622" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>417</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you're like most freelancers and consultants, you run your sales process much like a typical scoping project.</p><p><br>You try to figure out what the client wants you to <em>do</em> and you then nail down what the scope will be. </p><p><br>But that's a problem. </p><p><strong><br>The clients aren't actually hiring you because of what you can do. They're hiring you because of where you can take them.<br></strong><br></p><p>If you go back to the earlier post, "How to sell advisory services", you'll recall that the first part of my advisory value proposition is <em>transformation</em>. You're bringing a client from point A to point B.</p><p><br>When you focus on understanding, articulating, and scoping around the desired end state, then you have a <em>much</em> more consultative and effective approach to the sales, scope, and delivery of your project.</p><p><br>It's like magic. Suddenly you're not talking about deliverables, you're talking about outcomes. And that gets people excited.</p><p><br>Try it and let me know what you think. Stick a post-it note to your computer if you have to that says, "FOCUS ON THE GOALS" before your next phone call.</p><p><br>Everyone will get a better outcome when you do that. Especially if you keep the goal in mind throughout the engagement.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>25. T-shaped expertise: why you don't need to be an expert at everything</title>
      <itunes:title>25. T-shaped expertise: why you don't need to be an expert at everything</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2073269e-015c-4f25-913b-945f06ebbff1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/25-t-shaped-expertise-why-you-dont-need-to-be-an-expert-at-everything</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Michelle asked a great question that I think applies to most people in this group.</p><p>She asked:</p><em>“Do I need to know the ins and outs of PPC advertising or can i get away with knowing when and how to figure out if it's the best marketing strategy for my client? I'm a big hands on learner person. I love learning all I can. Thoughts?”</em><p>My answer? No. You shouldn't (and can't) learn everything about everything. Like she suggested, you do need to know when it's the right strategy for your client.</p><p>Generally, you want to go deep on one thing and be competent in the rest. A T-shaped marketer (because you go deep on one thing and have broad knowledge of a wide range of things). </p><p><br>But you do need to know how to pull it together and where it fits into the overall marketing strategy so you can get business results. That's what you're hired for, after all. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Michelle asked a great question that I think applies to most people in this group.</p><p>She asked:</p><em>“Do I need to know the ins and outs of PPC advertising or can i get away with knowing when and how to figure out if it's the best marketing strategy for my client? I'm a big hands on learner person. I love learning all I can. Thoughts?”</em><p>My answer? No. You shouldn't (and can't) learn everything about everything. Like she suggested, you do need to know when it's the right strategy for your client.</p><p>Generally, you want to go deep on one thing and be competent in the rest. A T-shaped marketer (because you go deep on one thing and have broad knowledge of a wide range of things). </p><p><br>But you do need to know how to pull it together and where it fits into the overall marketing strategy so you can get business results. That's what you're hired for, after all. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Aug 2020 08:02:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/6e3e4b2c/c6312a79.mp3" length="14486054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>601</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Michelle asked a great question that I think applies to most people in this group.</p><p>She asked:</p><em>“Do I need to know the ins and outs of PPC advertising or can i get away with knowing when and how to figure out if it's the best marketing strategy for my client? I'm a big hands on learner person. I love learning all I can. Thoughts?”</em><p>My answer? No. You shouldn't (and can't) learn everything about everything. Like she suggested, you do need to know when it's the right strategy for your client.</p><p>Generally, you want to go deep on one thing and be competent in the rest. A T-shaped marketer (because you go deep on one thing and have broad knowledge of a wide range of things). </p><p><br>But you do need to know how to pull it together and where it fits into the overall marketing strategy so you can get business results. That's what you're hired for, after all. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>24. Advise your clients like you would your family</title>
      <itunes:title>24. Advise your clients like you would your family</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">827eb263-24fb-48db-99cc-a1110b0c406f</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/24-advise-your-clients-like-you-would-your-family</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The secret sauce to advising your clients is to act as if they were your own family.</p><p><br>Here's how I approach my work and how you can do the same, even if you're just getting started in a strategy role. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The secret sauce to advising your clients is to act as if they were your own family.</p><p><br>Here's how I approach my work and how you can do the same, even if you're just getting started in a strategy role. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Aug 2020 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e34d3576/b4ae97df.mp3" length="4999172" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>206</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The secret sauce to advising your clients is to act as if they were your own family.</p><p><br>Here's how I approach my work and how you can do the same, even if you're just getting started in a strategy role. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>23. How writers fit into a greater marketing strategy</title>
      <itunes:title>23. How writers fit into a greater marketing strategy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d4ccb89d-7197-4334-af70-57eb43a2789b</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/23-how-writers-fit-into-a-greater-marketing-strategy</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a good question from Taylor, who does content marketing and copywriting. </p><p>He asks :</p>When I was in the PR world, I understood exactly the relationship between myself, the ad agencies, the media buyers, etc. And even though there was some (aka a ton) of overlap and grey area, I understood how to approach it as far as which aspects should really be handled by me even though the others technically had the capabilities to do it. And I understood how to craft a strategy that encompassed all of us and how we all fit together.<p><br></p>I feel like doing the "content" side of things, I don't have that same understanding of exactly where/how I fit into the mix of existing marketing partners, if you know what I mean. So, I gotta learn a lot of that through research etc. but any wisdom you have woujld be helpful too!<p><br>Well, Taylor, I have some answers for you. </p><p><br>It revolves around how you position yourself within the organization. It means trying to "own" the entire job of written communication, whether that means doing the strategy, overseeing anything being produced, or doing the actual writing yourself.</p><p>I'll cover more on how I approach the creation of a digital strategy (and how that's involved) but I also touched on it in this recording to give you a better sense of where you might fit into the big picture.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a good question from Taylor, who does content marketing and copywriting. </p><p>He asks :</p>When I was in the PR world, I understood exactly the relationship between myself, the ad agencies, the media buyers, etc. And even though there was some (aka a ton) of overlap and grey area, I understood how to approach it as far as which aspects should really be handled by me even though the others technically had the capabilities to do it. And I understood how to craft a strategy that encompassed all of us and how we all fit together.<p><br></p>I feel like doing the "content" side of things, I don't have that same understanding of exactly where/how I fit into the mix of existing marketing partners, if you know what I mean. So, I gotta learn a lot of that through research etc. but any wisdom you have woujld be helpful too!<p><br>Well, Taylor, I have some answers for you. </p><p><br>It revolves around how you position yourself within the organization. It means trying to "own" the entire job of written communication, whether that means doing the strategy, overseeing anything being produced, or doing the actual writing yourself.</p><p>I'll cover more on how I approach the creation of a digital strategy (and how that's involved) but I also touched on it in this recording to give you a better sense of where you might fit into the big picture.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2020 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/32f33ca6/a3856255.mp3" length="18979913" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>789</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I had a good question from Taylor, who does content marketing and copywriting. </p><p>He asks :</p>When I was in the PR world, I understood exactly the relationship between myself, the ad agencies, the media buyers, etc. And even though there was some (aka a ton) of overlap and grey area, I understood how to approach it as far as which aspects should really be handled by me even though the others technically had the capabilities to do it. And I understood how to craft a strategy that encompassed all of us and how we all fit together.<p><br></p>I feel like doing the "content" side of things, I don't have that same understanding of exactly where/how I fit into the mix of existing marketing partners, if you know what I mean. So, I gotta learn a lot of that through research etc. but any wisdom you have woujld be helpful too!<p><br>Well, Taylor, I have some answers for you. </p><p><br>It revolves around how you position yourself within the organization. It means trying to "own" the entire job of written communication, whether that means doing the strategy, overseeing anything being produced, or doing the actual writing yourself.</p><p>I'll cover more on how I approach the creation of a digital strategy (and how that's involved) but I also touched on it in this recording to give you a better sense of where you might fit into the big picture.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>22. How to handle out-of-scope implementation work</title>
      <itunes:title>22. How to handle out-of-scope implementation work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">697e7f7a-b3b0-4914-b040-4c3a1199c8c8</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/22-how-to-handle-out-of-scope-implementation-work</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In response to my last post on <a href="https://www.patreon.com/posts/40342128"><strong>how to sell advisory retainers</strong></a>, Michelle asked:</p><em>How do you price the extra implementation work?  I get into trouble [because I] end up doing a lot of the work and in the long run the advising and strategy are where I make my most money. I think it's harder with Brand than simply Marketing alone.  I usually do a brand and marketing audit and then build in workshops for brand dev and move into the cmo role from there.  It usually leaves me feeling confused about which to focus on first or together. Thoughts about that?</em><p><br>Here's my response.</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In response to my last post on <a href="https://www.patreon.com/posts/40342128"><strong>how to sell advisory retainers</strong></a>, Michelle asked:</p><em>How do you price the extra implementation work?  I get into trouble [because I] end up doing a lot of the work and in the long run the advising and strategy are where I make my most money. I think it's harder with Brand than simply Marketing alone.  I usually do a brand and marketing audit and then build in workshops for brand dev and move into the cmo role from there.  It usually leaves me feeling confused about which to focus on first or together. Thoughts about that?</em><p><br>Here's my response.</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 16:15:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/2a311ac0/dd62afd0.mp3" length="13380717" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>555</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In response to my last post on <a href="https://www.patreon.com/posts/40342128"><strong>how to sell advisory retainers</strong></a>, Michelle asked:</p><em>How do you price the extra implementation work?  I get into trouble [because I] end up doing a lot of the work and in the long run the advising and strategy are where I make my most money. I think it's harder with Brand than simply Marketing alone.  I usually do a brand and marketing audit and then build in workshops for brand dev and move into the cmo role from there.  It usually leaves me feeling confused about which to focus on first or together. Thoughts about that?</em><p><br>Here's my response.</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>20. Member question on choosing a niche</title>
      <itunes:title>20. Member question on choosing a niche</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d6d68a2d-43c0-4207-b537-86f9fe3c26a9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/20-member-question-on-choosing-a-niche</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a response to a question from a new member of the group about how to research and choose a niche.</p><p><br>She's got a Fractional CMO positioning and not getting enough traction. Chances are, I told her, it's because it doesn't speak to a specific enough market vertical. </p><p><br>So, she's asked a few questions about how to find, research, and select a niche (and some stuff about SEO work she's currently doing, which is relevant).</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a response to a question from a new member of the group about how to research and choose a niche.</p><p><br>She's got a Fractional CMO positioning and not getting enough traction. Chances are, I told her, it's because it doesn't speak to a specific enough market vertical. </p><p><br>So, she's asked a few questions about how to find, research, and select a niche (and some stuff about SEO work she's currently doing, which is relevant).</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Aug 2020 14:25:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e3969227/ebd8fd88.mp3" length="29180806" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1214</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Here's a response to a question from a new member of the group about how to research and choose a niche.</p><p><br>She's got a Fractional CMO positioning and not getting enough traction. Chances are, I told her, it's because it doesn't speak to a specific enough market vertical. </p><p><br>So, she's asked a few questions about how to find, research, and select a niche (and some stuff about SEO work she's currently doing, which is relevant).</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>19. Specialization, systemization, and productization</title>
      <itunes:title>19. Specialization, systemization, and productization</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8d1d6b7f-9136-41c7-b904-868342c396c1</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/19-specialization-systemization-and-productization</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever since I started specializing in a market vertical (coworking) I've been able to really start systemizing and productizing my work. It's had a massive impact, both for me and my clients.</p><p><br>Not only does it allow me to be more efficient, I also get to work with more clients and produce a consistent result for them time after time. </p><p>Everything from how I package, sell, onboard, and run my client engagements is systemized using a combination of email templates, documents, a Basecamp project, and more. </p><p><br>Learn more about how it all works and why you should consider specializing so you can do the same.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever since I started specializing in a market vertical (coworking) I've been able to really start systemizing and productizing my work. It's had a massive impact, both for me and my clients.</p><p><br>Not only does it allow me to be more efficient, I also get to work with more clients and produce a consistent result for them time after time. </p><p>Everything from how I package, sell, onboard, and run my client engagements is systemized using a combination of email templates, documents, a Basecamp project, and more. </p><p><br>Learn more about how it all works and why you should consider specializing so you can do the same.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2020 17:50:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/e861b31d/39540481.mp3" length="10348847" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>429</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever since I started specializing in a market vertical (coworking) I've been able to really start systemizing and productizing my work. It's had a massive impact, both for me and my clients.</p><p><br>Not only does it allow me to be more efficient, I also get to work with more clients and produce a consistent result for them time after time. </p><p>Everything from how I package, sell, onboard, and run my client engagements is systemized using a combination of email templates, documents, a Basecamp project, and more. </p><p><br>Learn more about how it all works and why you should consider specializing so you can do the same.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>18. How to get started as an independent freelancer or consultant</title>
      <itunes:title>18. How to get started as an independent freelancer or consultant</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7727252b-c14f-466b-b590-690c40290957</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/18-how-to-get-started-as-an-independent-freelancer-or-consultant</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to leave your job and get started in freelancing or consulting? </p><p><br>Well, I've got some advice for you.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to leave your job and get started in freelancing or consulting? </p><p><br>Well, I've got some advice for you.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2020 16:03:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/40d24054/a348d525.mp3" length="11882363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>493</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to leave your job and get started in freelancing or consulting? </p><p><br>Well, I've got some advice for you.</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should you do outreach to get clients?</title>
      <itunes:title>Should you do outreach to get clients?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc952df1-5a11-4e7e-aeb8-add2ccef38e5</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/should-you-do-outreach-to-get-clients</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>I've never hard to rely on outreach to get clients. But I do spend a lot of time creating content, so that could be why.</p><p><br>Although, sometimes it can be necessary—especially when you're just getting started. But you don't want to rely on it. </p><p><br>Here are some thoughts on how to use outreach to get new clients (if that's what you need to do).</p><p><br>Cheers!</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>I've never hard to rely on outreach to get clients. But I do spend a lot of time creating content, so that could be why.</p><p><br>Although, sometimes it can be necessary—especially when you're just getting started. But you don't want to rely on it. </p><p><br>Here are some thoughts on how to use outreach to get new clients (if that's what you need to do).</p><p><br>Cheers!</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 11:29:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/bcc18e89/8bacaa6f.mp3" length="12417715" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>515</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>I've never hard to rely on outreach to get clients. But I do spend a lot of time creating content, so that could be why.</p><p><br>Although, sometimes it can be necessary—especially when you're just getting started. But you don't want to rely on it. </p><p><br>Here are some thoughts on how to use outreach to get new clients (if that's what you need to do).</p><p><br>Cheers!</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>16. The difference between subscription, membership, and group coaching business models</title>
      <itunes:title>16. The difference between subscription, membership, and group coaching business models</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">813c79b2-bcbb-4269-b6a9-7df3ba20d477</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/16-the-difference-between-subscription-membership-and-group-coaching-business-models</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Thinking of selling one to many offers? </p><p><br>Subscriptions, memberships, and group coaching are great ways to generate income on your path towards more leverage. </p><p>But if you don't plan the business model right, you could end up with a model that isn't aligned with your members/clients.</p><p><br>In this episode, I chat about some of the distinct elements of each and how to price them so they make sense for everyone. </p><p><br>Here's some rough notes I used for the episode:</p><p><strong><br>1. Subscription (content, media company model)</strong></p><ul><li>Newspapers</li><li>Substack, Ghost, Stratechery</li><li>Q&amp;A calls or Community (low touch)</li><li>$5-$15/mo+</li></ul><p><strong>2. Membership (content, community, resources)</strong></p><ul><li>Community (i.e. on Patreon, Slack, Circle, others)</li><li>Checklists</li><li>Templates</li><li>Video recordings</li><li>Webinars</li><li>Swipe File</li><li>Rolodex</li><li>Q&amp;A calls</li><li>$10 to $150/mo+</li></ul><p><strong>3. Group Coaching (content, 1:1 advice, transformation)</strong></p><ul><li>Value-based goals</li><li>Higher-ticket</li><li>Less scalable</li><li>Small group coaching (Everspaces)</li><li>$250 to $1,500/mo++</li></ul><p>Are you interested in starting one of these models (or have one already?)</p><p><br>Let me know what you're thinking and if you have any questions we can mull over together. </p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Thinking of selling one to many offers? </p><p><br>Subscriptions, memberships, and group coaching are great ways to generate income on your path towards more leverage. </p><p>But if you don't plan the business model right, you could end up with a model that isn't aligned with your members/clients.</p><p><br>In this episode, I chat about some of the distinct elements of each and how to price them so they make sense for everyone. </p><p><br>Here's some rough notes I used for the episode:</p><p><strong><br>1. Subscription (content, media company model)</strong></p><ul><li>Newspapers</li><li>Substack, Ghost, Stratechery</li><li>Q&amp;A calls or Community (low touch)</li><li>$5-$15/mo+</li></ul><p><strong>2. Membership (content, community, resources)</strong></p><ul><li>Community (i.e. on Patreon, Slack, Circle, others)</li><li>Checklists</li><li>Templates</li><li>Video recordings</li><li>Webinars</li><li>Swipe File</li><li>Rolodex</li><li>Q&amp;A calls</li><li>$10 to $150/mo+</li></ul><p><strong>3. Group Coaching (content, 1:1 advice, transformation)</strong></p><ul><li>Value-based goals</li><li>Higher-ticket</li><li>Less scalable</li><li>Small group coaching (Everspaces)</li><li>$250 to $1,500/mo++</li></ul><p>Are you interested in starting one of these models (or have one already?)</p><p><br>Let me know what you're thinking and if you have any questions we can mull over together. </p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Aug 2020 16:56:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/f4962bf9/9ad8841d.mp3" length="22011857" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>915</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Thinking of selling one to many offers? </p><p><br>Subscriptions, memberships, and group coaching are great ways to generate income on your path towards more leverage. </p><p>But if you don't plan the business model right, you could end up with a model that isn't aligned with your members/clients.</p><p><br>In this episode, I chat about some of the distinct elements of each and how to price them so they make sense for everyone. </p><p><br>Here's some rough notes I used for the episode:</p><p><strong><br>1. Subscription (content, media company model)</strong></p><ul><li>Newspapers</li><li>Substack, Ghost, Stratechery</li><li>Q&amp;A calls or Community (low touch)</li><li>$5-$15/mo+</li></ul><p><strong>2. Membership (content, community, resources)</strong></p><ul><li>Community (i.e. on Patreon, Slack, Circle, others)</li><li>Checklists</li><li>Templates</li><li>Video recordings</li><li>Webinars</li><li>Swipe File</li><li>Rolodex</li><li>Q&amp;A calls</li><li>$10 to $150/mo+</li></ul><p><strong>3. Group Coaching (content, 1:1 advice, transformation)</strong></p><ul><li>Value-based goals</li><li>Higher-ticket</li><li>Less scalable</li><li>Small group coaching (Everspaces)</li><li>$250 to $1,500/mo++</li></ul><p>Are you interested in starting one of these models (or have one already?)</p><p><br>Let me know what you're thinking and if you have any questions we can mull over together. </p><p><br>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>14. What a sushi chef taught me about premium positioning</title>
      <itunes:title>14. What a sushi chef taught me about premium positioning</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">976f2404-54db-4038-8f7f-dd470ff66824</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/14-what-a-sushi-chef-taught-me-about-premium-positioning</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Sukiyabashi Jiro is a 10-seat restaurant located underground next to the entrance of a train station. And yet, this is one of the most prestigious restaurants in the world.</p><p><br>If you haven't seen it yet, I highly recommend watching <em>Jiro Dreams of Sushi, </em>a documentary about sushi chef, Jiro Ono, and his Michelin three-star restaurant, Sukiyabashi Jiro.</p><p><br>Listen to this post to see how it inspired me to use scarcity to create a more premium positioning during my sales process. </p><p><br>And for more inspiration, you can read an article with other lessons learned here: <a href="https://kevin.me/consistency/">https://kevin.me/consistency/</a></p><p><br>Happy Friday!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Sukiyabashi Jiro is a 10-seat restaurant located underground next to the entrance of a train station. And yet, this is one of the most prestigious restaurants in the world.</p><p><br>If you haven't seen it yet, I highly recommend watching <em>Jiro Dreams of Sushi, </em>a documentary about sushi chef, Jiro Ono, and his Michelin three-star restaurant, Sukiyabashi Jiro.</p><p><br>Listen to this post to see how it inspired me to use scarcity to create a more premium positioning during my sales process. </p><p><br>And for more inspiration, you can read an article with other lessons learned here: <a href="https://kevin.me/consistency/">https://kevin.me/consistency/</a></p><p><br>Happy Friday!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jul 2020 23:08:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ecea92b7/a6201479.mp3" length="5498229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>227</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>Sukiyabashi Jiro is a 10-seat restaurant located underground next to the entrance of a train station. And yet, this is one of the most prestigious restaurants in the world.</p><p><br>If you haven't seen it yet, I highly recommend watching <em>Jiro Dreams of Sushi, </em>a documentary about sushi chef, Jiro Ono, and his Michelin three-star restaurant, Sukiyabashi Jiro.</p><p><br>Listen to this post to see how it inspired me to use scarcity to create a more premium positioning during my sales process. </p><p><br>And for more inspiration, you can read an article with other lessons learned here: <a href="https://kevin.me/consistency/">https://kevin.me/consistency/</a></p><p><br>Happy Friday!</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>10. How it feels to buy trustworthy advice (part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>10. How it feels to buy trustworthy advice (part 3)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dcd4f830-cab0-47b0-a46e-22f91d3508b6</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/10-how-it-feels-to-buy-trustworthy-advice-part-3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if you could buy an air conditioner/furnace from someone who only made money on the service, not the actual unit.</p><p><br>As it stands, HVAC providers sell the furnace AND installation. And that puts you, the buyer, at odds with their interest. They want to sell you the most expensive unit.</p><p><br>What if, instead, they carried a wide range of options and didn't limit themselves to a few available options. In this case, they could actually advise you on what the right unit is for you. </p><p><br>No up-sells, no pushy sales tactics, no "renting" a unit and baking in the service. </p><p><br>Not only would it make them into a "category of one" in the market, you'd be more likely to trust them the entire time. </p><p><br>If they gained a reputation, people would be more likely to refer them to everyone they knew. </p><p><br>And as a buyer who had a great experience, you'd be more likely to call them when things broke down. You trust them.</p><p><br>While this might not be practical for this industry, it's entirely possible. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if you could buy an air conditioner/furnace from someone who only made money on the service, not the actual unit.</p><p><br>As it stands, HVAC providers sell the furnace AND installation. And that puts you, the buyer, at odds with their interest. They want to sell you the most expensive unit.</p><p><br>What if, instead, they carried a wide range of options and didn't limit themselves to a few available options. In this case, they could actually advise you on what the right unit is for you. </p><p><br>No up-sells, no pushy sales tactics, no "renting" a unit and baking in the service. </p><p><br>Not only would it make them into a "category of one" in the market, you'd be more likely to trust them the entire time. </p><p><br>If they gained a reputation, people would be more likely to refer them to everyone they knew. </p><p><br>And as a buyer who had a great experience, you'd be more likely to call them when things broke down. You trust them.</p><p><br>While this might not be practical for this industry, it's entirely possible. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Jul 2020 18:05:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/7ad79b24/0ef92fb9.mp3" length="8637300" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>358</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if you could buy an air conditioner/furnace from someone who only made money on the service, not the actual unit.</p><p><br>As it stands, HVAC providers sell the furnace AND installation. And that puts you, the buyer, at odds with their interest. They want to sell you the most expensive unit.</p><p><br>What if, instead, they carried a wide range of options and didn't limit themselves to a few available options. In this case, they could actually advise you on what the right unit is for you. </p><p><br>No up-sells, no pushy sales tactics, no "renting" a unit and baking in the service. </p><p><br>Not only would it make them into a "category of one" in the market, you'd be more likely to trust them the entire time. </p><p><br>If they gained a reputation, people would be more likely to refer them to everyone they knew. </p><p><br>And as a buyer who had a great experience, you'd be more likely to call them when things broke down. You trust them.</p><p><br>While this might not be practical for this industry, it's entirely possible. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>9. Two ways to transition from selling implementation to selling advice</title>
      <itunes:title>9. Two ways to transition from selling implementation to selling advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76d3fe0c-3bdc-4aaa-a09b-a1cc9b015bb3</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/9-two-ways-to-transition-from-selling-implementation-to-selling-advice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most people start off selling implementation work before being able to sell advice.</p><p><br>If that's you, I recommend one of these two options if you wish to transition into selling advice.</p><p><br>1. Offer it as a tier of service in your proposals</p><p>2. Offer a fractional CMO/managed marketing service</p><p><br>The second one will severely limit you in terms of how many clients you can take on, but at least you can begin to:</p><ul><li>get paid a full rate for your skills (without marking up others' work)</li><li>stop doing the work yourself and start overseeing it instead</li><li>take on a more strategic role and be seen as a trusted advisor </li></ul><p>This approach worked really well for me in the beginning. The second approach in particular. </p><p><br>Eventually, you phase out of the managed stuff and start doing real consulting and advisory work. </p><p><br>And once you start selling work this way and it works, you'll never go back.</p><p><br>Leave a comment and let me know what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most people start off selling implementation work before being able to sell advice.</p><p><br>If that's you, I recommend one of these two options if you wish to transition into selling advice.</p><p><br>1. Offer it as a tier of service in your proposals</p><p>2. Offer a fractional CMO/managed marketing service</p><p><br>The second one will severely limit you in terms of how many clients you can take on, but at least you can begin to:</p><ul><li>get paid a full rate for your skills (without marking up others' work)</li><li>stop doing the work yourself and start overseeing it instead</li><li>take on a more strategic role and be seen as a trusted advisor </li></ul><p>This approach worked really well for me in the beginning. The second approach in particular. </p><p><br>Eventually, you phase out of the managed stuff and start doing real consulting and advisory work. </p><p><br>And once you start selling work this way and it works, you'll never go back.</p><p><br>Leave a comment and let me know what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2020 16:53:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/54031927/b6e53c3f.mp3" length="11668589" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>484</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Most people start off selling implementation work before being able to sell advice.</p><p><br>If that's you, I recommend one of these two options if you wish to transition into selling advice.</p><p><br>1. Offer it as a tier of service in your proposals</p><p>2. Offer a fractional CMO/managed marketing service</p><p><br>The second one will severely limit you in terms of how many clients you can take on, but at least you can begin to:</p><ul><li>get paid a full rate for your skills (without marking up others' work)</li><li>stop doing the work yourself and start overseeing it instead</li><li>take on a more strategic role and be seen as a trusted advisor </li></ul><p>This approach worked really well for me in the beginning. The second approach in particular. </p><p><br>Eventually, you phase out of the managed stuff and start doing real consulting and advisory work. </p><p><br>And once you start selling work this way and it works, you'll never go back.</p><p><br>Leave a comment and let me know what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>8. How it feels to buy trustworthy advice (part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>8. How it feels to buy trustworthy advice (part 2)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78a8f10f-abbd-45d2-8dc7-2d7c89626436</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/8-how-it-feels-to-buy-trustworthy-advice-part-2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>This is a follow up episode from two days ago. I want you to listen to this and empathize with your clients' inner world when faced with the decisions you help them make. </p><p><br>To summarize, I'm finally ready to buy a new AC machine. It's been an interesting experience navigating a world I have no knowledge or experience about. </p><p><br>Luckily, I have a friend who is an HVAC expert. He's been my trusted advisor.</p><p><br>And if it weren't for him, I definitely would have ended up making the wrong decision (or completely guessing about which one was right for me).</p><p>Now, remember also that this is a one-off scenario. But your clients have to make all kinds of judgement calls about their marketing every day. <strong>Often, they have no way of knowing whether they are making decisions until it's much too late.</strong></p><p><br>That's why it's so valuable to be a neutral advisor to your clients. And if you're going to do that, whether you sell implementation or not, you need to<em> act in their best interest.</em></p><p><br>Even if it means short term sacrifice to you. </p><p><br>Otherwise, you're just like the first sales guy spoke to who wasn't really trying to fit me with the best possible option, but instead the one that made him the most money. </p><p><br>(I know you're not like that, of course.)</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>This is a follow up episode from two days ago. I want you to listen to this and empathize with your clients' inner world when faced with the decisions you help them make. </p><p><br>To summarize, I'm finally ready to buy a new AC machine. It's been an interesting experience navigating a world I have no knowledge or experience about. </p><p><br>Luckily, I have a friend who is an HVAC expert. He's been my trusted advisor.</p><p><br>And if it weren't for him, I definitely would have ended up making the wrong decision (or completely guessing about which one was right for me).</p><p>Now, remember also that this is a one-off scenario. But your clients have to make all kinds of judgement calls about their marketing every day. <strong>Often, they have no way of knowing whether they are making decisions until it's much too late.</strong></p><p><br>That's why it's so valuable to be a neutral advisor to your clients. And if you're going to do that, whether you sell implementation or not, you need to<em> act in their best interest.</em></p><p><br>Even if it means short term sacrifice to you. </p><p><br>Otherwise, you're just like the first sales guy spoke to who wasn't really trying to fit me with the best possible option, but instead the one that made him the most money. </p><p><br>(I know you're not like that, of course.)</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2020 16:31:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/3583c6d2/465f1183.mp3" length="7780898" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>322</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>This is a follow up episode from two days ago. I want you to listen to this and empathize with your clients' inner world when faced with the decisions you help them make. </p><p><br>To summarize, I'm finally ready to buy a new AC machine. It's been an interesting experience navigating a world I have no knowledge or experience about. </p><p><br>Luckily, I have a friend who is an HVAC expert. He's been my trusted advisor.</p><p><br>And if it weren't for him, I definitely would have ended up making the wrong decision (or completely guessing about which one was right for me).</p><p>Now, remember also that this is a one-off scenario. But your clients have to make all kinds of judgement calls about their marketing every day. <strong>Often, they have no way of knowing whether they are making decisions until it's much too late.</strong></p><p><br>That's why it's so valuable to be a neutral advisor to your clients. And if you're going to do that, whether you sell implementation or not, you need to<em> act in their best interest.</em></p><p><br>Even if it means short term sacrifice to you. </p><p><br>Otherwise, you're just like the first sales guy spoke to who wasn't really trying to fit me with the best possible option, but instead the one that made him the most money. </p><p><br>(I know you're not like that, of course.)</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7. How to sell on value and avoid commoditization</title>
      <itunes:title>7. How to sell on value and avoid commoditization</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3120f9c3-b3d2-4b79-bfc7-1ef828202850</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/7-how-to-sell-on-value-and-avoid-commoditization</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Clients will come to you and prescribe a solution to their problem. But that doesn't mean you need to listen to them. </p><p><strong><br>In fact, you need to do your own investigation first. </strong></p><p><br>You need to diagnose their situation, find out what <em>future state</em> they're looking for, why it matters, what the financial impact will be, and only THEN do you decide how to get there and what it should cost.</p><p><br>Not only does this help keep everyone focused on what matters (the end result) it helps you overcome price objections and find creative solutions to their situation using various levels of involvement.</p><p><br>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Clients will come to you and prescribe a solution to their problem. But that doesn't mean you need to listen to them. </p><p><strong><br>In fact, you need to do your own investigation first. </strong></p><p><br>You need to diagnose their situation, find out what <em>future state</em> they're looking for, why it matters, what the financial impact will be, and only THEN do you decide how to get there and what it should cost.</p><p><br>Not only does this help keep everyone focused on what matters (the end result) it helps you overcome price objections and find creative solutions to their situation using various levels of involvement.</p><p><br>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 16:17:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/87c5ddb1/49b96e66.mp3" length="15877183" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>659</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Clients will come to you and prescribe a solution to their problem. But that doesn't mean you need to listen to them. </p><p><strong><br>In fact, you need to do your own investigation first. </strong></p><p><br>You need to diagnose their situation, find out what <em>future state</em> they're looking for, why it matters, what the financial impact will be, and only THEN do you decide how to get there and what it should cost.</p><p><br>Not only does this help keep everyone focused on what matters (the end result) it helps you overcome price objections and find creative solutions to their situation using various levels of involvement.</p><p><br>Give this a listen and let me know what you think!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>6. How it feels to buy trustworthy advice</title>
      <itunes:title>6. How it feels to buy trustworthy advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">30d9e1bb-febf-4189-850e-03531c127cdc</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/6-how-it-feels-to-buy-trustworthy-advice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>My air conditioner broke in the middle of a heatwave.</p><p><br>Someone came to look at it and told me it needs to be replaced. They also recommended I replace my furnace at the same time. </p><p><em><br>How do I know if what they're saying is true?</em> I trust them, but my guard is up. </p><p><br>Now, imagine I had to make decisions like this every single day. Complicated choices with financial impact on things I have no expertise in.</p><p><br>I'd want someone on my team I could trust. Someone with no financial incentives in the implementation. An advocate. </p><p><br>And if I didn't have in-house expertise, I'd want an advisor to help me make these decisions. </p><p><br>That's what a good advisor does. They're an advocate. Incentives aligned. </p><p><strong><br>So if you want to be a full-time advisor, you have to get paid for your expertise and </strong><strong><em>facilitate</em></strong><strong> implementation, not necessarily offer it yourself. </strong></p><p><br>More on this soon.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>My air conditioner broke in the middle of a heatwave.</p><p><br>Someone came to look at it and told me it needs to be replaced. They also recommended I replace my furnace at the same time. </p><p><em><br>How do I know if what they're saying is true?</em> I trust them, but my guard is up. </p><p><br>Now, imagine I had to make decisions like this every single day. Complicated choices with financial impact on things I have no expertise in.</p><p><br>I'd want someone on my team I could trust. Someone with no financial incentives in the implementation. An advocate. </p><p><br>And if I didn't have in-house expertise, I'd want an advisor to help me make these decisions. </p><p><br>That's what a good advisor does. They're an advocate. Incentives aligned. </p><p><strong><br>So if you want to be a full-time advisor, you have to get paid for your expertise and </strong><strong><em>facilitate</em></strong><strong> implementation, not necessarily offer it yourself. </strong></p><p><br>More on this soon.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 13:02:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/a26c73eb/f03f9f19.mp3" length="6461173" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>267</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>My air conditioner broke in the middle of a heatwave.</p><p><br>Someone came to look at it and told me it needs to be replaced. They also recommended I replace my furnace at the same time. </p><p><em><br>How do I know if what they're saying is true?</em> I trust them, but my guard is up. </p><p><br>Now, imagine I had to make decisions like this every single day. Complicated choices with financial impact on things I have no expertise in.</p><p><br>I'd want someone on my team I could trust. Someone with no financial incentives in the implementation. An advocate. </p><p><br>And if I didn't have in-house expertise, I'd want an advisor to help me make these decisions. </p><p><br>That's what a good advisor does. They're an advocate. Incentives aligned. </p><p><strong><br>So if you want to be a full-time advisor, you have to get paid for your expertise and </strong><strong><em>facilitate</em></strong><strong> implementation, not necessarily offer it yourself. </strong></p><p><br>More on this soon.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>4.2 Why going two levels deep is the counter-intuitive secret to marketing</title>
      <itunes:title>4.2 Why going two levels deep is the counter-intuitive secret to marketing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">431ca943-dd30-47f0-aefc-3da5274daa79</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/4-2-why-going-two-levels-deep-is-the-counter-intuitive-secret-to-marketing</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There's a funny phenomenon I noticed when it comes to any kind of success in marketing. </p><p><br>You can apply it to almost anything you do and get greater success. </p><p><strong><br>The phenomenon is this: go two levels deep. </strong></p><p><br>Give this a listen and hit the like button or reply with your thoughts!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>There's a funny phenomenon I noticed when it comes to any kind of success in marketing. </p><p><br>You can apply it to almost anything you do and get greater success. </p><p><strong><br>The phenomenon is this: go two levels deep. </strong></p><p><br>Give this a listen and hit the like button or reply with your thoughts!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2020 22:06:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ee941c9b/f0f23470.mp3" length="12168263" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>505</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>There's a funny phenomenon I noticed when it comes to any kind of success in marketing. </p><p><br>You can apply it to almost anything you do and get greater success. </p><p><strong><br>The phenomenon is this: go two levels deep. </strong></p><p><br>Give this a listen and hit the like button or reply with your thoughts!</p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>5. Here's how to land any kind of client you want</title>
      <itunes:title>5. Here's how to land any kind of client you want</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a1c7210-496f-4fce-b8d4-82f0b1cb0ee6</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/5-heres-how-to-land-any-kind-of-client-you-want</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The problem with not knowing who you're trying to target with your marketing is that you end up not getting anyone interested enough to reach out.</p><p><br>To succeed as a marketer, you need to have a target and then put the right things in the right places at the right time. </p><p>Listen to this strategy and tell me what you think.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The problem with not knowing who you're trying to target with your marketing is that you end up not getting anyone interested enough to reach out.</p><p><br>To succeed as a marketer, you need to have a target and then put the right things in the right places at the right time. </p><p>Listen to this strategy and tell me what you think.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jul 2020 05:59:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/bb50d843/d3de0e58.mp3" length="8173359" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>338</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The problem with not knowing who you're trying to target with your marketing is that you end up not getting anyone interested enough to reach out.</p><p><br>To succeed as a marketer, you need to have a target and then put the right things in the right places at the right time. </p><p>Listen to this strategy and tell me what you think.</p><p><br>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>4. "Fiduciary" vs. "suitability" advice (and which kind clients really want)</title>
      <itunes:title>4. "Fiduciary" vs. "suitability" advice (and which kind clients really want)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">985d5caf-4227-4635-9ec9-fb39808703e9</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/4-fiduciary-vs-suitability-advice-and-which-kind-clients-really-want</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to sell advice for a living? Well, there are at least two ways you can do it. But only one of them will get you real success. </p><p><br>Listen in to the differences between a <em>fiduciary</em> standard and <em>suitability</em> standard of advice, and why the fiduciary standard is the only one to aim for.</p><p><br>If you want to learn more, <a href="https://www.investopedia.com/articles/professionaleducation/11/suitability-fiduciary-standards.asp">here's a link to an article</a> explaining the differences applied to the financial advisor industry. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to sell advice for a living? Well, there are at least two ways you can do it. But only one of them will get you real success. </p><p><br>Listen in to the differences between a <em>fiduciary</em> standard and <em>suitability</em> standard of advice, and why the fiduciary standard is the only one to aim for.</p><p><br>If you want to learn more, <a href="https://www.investopedia.com/articles/professionaleducation/11/suitability-fiduciary-standards.asp">here's a link to an article</a> explaining the differences applied to the financial advisor industry. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2020 18:14:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/00874dc7/a414b454.mp3" length="7067493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>292</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to sell advice for a living? Well, there are at least two ways you can do it. But only one of them will get you real success. </p><p><br>Listen in to the differences between a <em>fiduciary</em> standard and <em>suitability</em> standard of advice, and why the fiduciary standard is the only one to aim for.</p><p><br>If you want to learn more, <a href="https://www.investopedia.com/articles/professionaleducation/11/suitability-fiduciary-standards.asp">here's a link to an article</a> explaining the differences applied to the financial advisor industry. </p><p>Yours,</p><p>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>3. Minimalist mic and software setup for great audio on the road</title>
      <itunes:title>3. Minimalist mic and software setup for great audio on the road</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e35328f1-d2fd-495e-a2f7-2d2baa74e190</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/4-2-minimalist-mic-and-software-setup-for-great-audio-on-the-road</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>After listening to yesterday's audio recording, I realized the sound quality of my AirPods was not great. So, I wanted to fix that going forward. </p><p><br>I'm on the road right now helping my dad recover from hip surgery, so I don't have my usual sound setup.</p><p><br>But I do have a Samson Go Mic with me, which I bought for under $100 on Amazon. I keep it in my small tech bag which houses my backup wires, batteries etc. for just such occasions.</p><p><br>I also used Garage Band, which comes installed on most Macs. I used the Vocals &gt; Narration preset to help make the audio that much more crisp.</p><p>I'll probably play with this setup a but more, but I think it sounds a lot better than before so I wanted to share with you. </p><p><strong>Bottom line: invest in good audio. If you're a professional, it's the least you can do for your clients. <br></strong><br></p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>After listening to yesterday's audio recording, I realized the sound quality of my AirPods was not great. So, I wanted to fix that going forward. </p><p><br>I'm on the road right now helping my dad recover from hip surgery, so I don't have my usual sound setup.</p><p><br>But I do have a Samson Go Mic with me, which I bought for under $100 on Amazon. I keep it in my small tech bag which houses my backup wires, batteries etc. for just such occasions.</p><p><br>I also used Garage Band, which comes installed on most Macs. I used the Vocals &gt; Narration preset to help make the audio that much more crisp.</p><p>I'll probably play with this setup a but more, but I think it sounds a lot better than before so I wanted to share with you. </p><p><strong>Bottom line: invest in good audio. If you're a professional, it's the least you can do for your clients. <br></strong><br></p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 11:10:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/b9f13c8f/1fb0dc17.mp3" length="12168247" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>505</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>After listening to yesterday's audio recording, I realized the sound quality of my AirPods was not great. So, I wanted to fix that going forward. </p><p><br>I'm on the road right now helping my dad recover from hip surgery, so I don't have my usual sound setup.</p><p><br>But I do have a Samson Go Mic with me, which I bought for under $100 on Amazon. I keep it in my small tech bag which houses my backup wires, batteries etc. for just such occasions.</p><p><br>I also used Garage Band, which comes installed on most Macs. I used the Vocals &gt; Narration preset to help make the audio that much more crisp.</p><p>I'll probably play with this setup a but more, but I think it sounds a lot better than before so I wanted to share with you. </p><p><strong>Bottom line: invest in good audio. If you're a professional, it's the least you can do for your clients. <br></strong><br></p><p>Yours,</p><p><br>—k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2. How to transition from selling implementation to advice</title>
      <itunes:title>2. How to transition from selling implementation to advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cc04f00e-ae69-4e76-8725-01b1c5b7ceaa</guid>
      <link>https://podcast.howtoselladvice.com/episodes/2-how-to-transition-from-selling-implementation-to-advice</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>If you want to sell advice instead of done-for-your implementation, there’s one main thing you need to account for:<strong> implementation. <br></strong><br></p><p>You don't have to <em>do</em> the implementation. But if you want the best results, you'll want to facilitate it. </p><p>Listen in and let me know your thoughts.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>–k</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>If you want to sell advice instead of done-for-your implementation, there’s one main thing you need to account for:<strong> implementation. <br></strong><br></p><p>You don't have to <em>do</em> the implementation. But if you want the best results, you'll want to facilitate it. </p><p>Listen in and let me know your thoughts.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>–k</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 15:23:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Kevin C. Whelan</author>
      <enclosure url="https://pdcn.co/e/pdst.fm/e/dts.podtrac.com/redirect.mp3/media.transistor.fm/ef89b943/7d07675a.mp3" length="4844882" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Kevin C. Whelan</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>300</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p><br>If you want to sell advice instead of done-for-your implementation, there’s one main thing you need to account for:<strong> implementation. <br></strong><br></p><p>You don't have to <em>do</em> the implementation. But if you want the best results, you'll want to facilitate it. </p><p>Listen in and let me know your thoughts.</p><p>Yours,</p><p>–k</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>marketing, consulting, fractional cmo, advisory, advisor, advisory work</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
